Main Catg

Branch offices Area offices
7. SCO 1-2-3, 17. ABC Business Club 16,

19
Second Floor, Sector 17B,
7 Tagore Villa,
17
Chandigarh - 160 017.
Chakrata Road,
Tel : (0172) 305 8631 / 32 / 33 / 34 / 35
8 18
21 20
Fax : (0172) 501 9008 Dehradun - 248 001.
Uttaranchal.
9
8. 507-510, Vth Floor, Soni Paris Point, Tel : (0135) 271 5189 / 248 001
15
Jai Singh Highway, Banipark,
14 24 Jaipur - 302 016. 18. Cabin No.104/105,
10 6 Telefax : (0141) 511 3129 Trade Point,
23
16 9. 504, Sakar IV, Ground Floor,
Opp. M. J. Library, Ellis Bridge, Saran Chamber 1,
11
Ahmedabad - 380 006. Gujarat 5, Park Road, Hazratganj,
13
Tel : (079) 2658 6561 / 2 Lucknow - 226 001.
12 22
Fax : (079) 2658 6563 Tel : (0522) 223 9044 / 7285
10. 402, Swastik Chambers, Fax : (0522) 223 9124
Head office Near Ashwamegh Marriage Hall,
19. Cabin No. 9,
1. 61 & 62, 6th Floor, Behind HP Petrol Pump,
Off Karve Road, Erandwane, Second Floor,
Kalpataru Square, Kondivita Road, Madhok Trade Centre,
Off Andheri-Kurla Road, Andheri (E), Pune - 411 004.
Tel : (020) 6729 5600 / 601 Madhok Complex,
Mumbai - 400 059.
Fax : (020) 6729 5604 Ferozpur Road,
Tel : (022) 3041 6200
Ludhiana - 141 001.
Fax : (022) 3041 6201 11. IInd Floor, Al-Latheef Building,
Website : www.legrand.co.in Tel/Fax No.: (0161) 277 0301 / 304
2/1, Union Street, Off. Infantry Road,
Bangalore 560 001. 20. House No. 97,
Regional sales offices Tel : (080) 2286 1081, 4113 3293 / 4
2014-2015
Ground Floor,
Fax : (080) 2286 1078
2. A-25, Mohan Co-operative Rajgarh Main Road,
Industrial Estate, Mathura Road, 12. No. 36/2178, Syda Building, 2nd Floor, Opp. City Heart Nursing Home,
New Delhi - 110 044. Kaloor Kadavanthra Road, Kaloor, Guwahati - 781 007.
Tel : (011) 2699 0028 / 29 / 30, 3990 2200 Kochi 682 017. Tel : (0361) 245 8498
Fax : (011) 2699 0047 Tel : (0484) 234 2921, 658 0921
Fax : (0484) 233 3921 21. 94, Udham Singh Sarani,
3. Bhakta Towers, 2nd & 3rd Floor,
Plot No. KB 22, Salt Lake, Sector - 3, 13. B-15, Thirumalai Towers, Ground Floor,
Kolkata - 700 098. IV-D, Fourth Floor, Ashrampara,
Tel : (033) 4021 3535 / 36 723, Avanashi Road, Siliguri - 734 001.
Fax : (033) 4021 3537 Coimbatore 641 018. Tel : 94341 91635 / 98009 77780
Tel : (0422) 650 2728, 222 3634 / 0283
4. 34, 3rd Floor, Kalpataru Square, 22. Aparna Towers,
Fax : (0422) 222 3164
Kondivita Road, Off Andheri-Kurla Road, 1st Floor,
Andheri (East), 14. Plot No.95, II Floor, Shreyash Heights,
2/3, Bypass Road,
Mumbai - 400 059. Ramdas Peth, VIP Road,
Madurai 625 010.
Tel : (022) 3385 6200 Nagpur - 440 010.
Fax : (022) 3385 6201 Telefax : (0452) 230 8414
Tel : (0712) 662 7857 / 58
Fax : (0712) 662 7859
5. Gee Gee Universal, 23. 404, Eshwar Plaza,
8th Floor, Door No. 2, 18/1 & 18/2, 15. 204-205, Megapolis Square, Dwaraka Nagar,
Catalogue
McNichols Road, Chetput, 579, M G Road, Main Road,
Chennai 600 031. Indore - 452 001. Vishakhapatnam 530 020.
MC14-15/10000/05/2015
Tel : (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68 Tel : (0731) 393 1650 / 51 / 52
2014
Tel : (0891) 663 5652
Fax: (044) 2836 4169 Fax : (0731) 393 1653 Fax : (0891) 663 9363
6. 205-208, 2nd Floor, Block - II, 16. MF-2, Dattas Lords House,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Jammi Chettu Street, 24. Plot No. 359,
2015
Hyderabad 500 016. Vijayawada 520 010. Saheed Nagar, 2nd Floor,
Tel : (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717 Tel : (0866) 661 1393, 664 6393 Bhubaneswar - 751 007.
Fax : (040) 6636 6974 Fax : (0866) 669 9393 Tel : (0674) 254 0623
Technical assistance from Legrand

Telephonic technical assistance for selection
of products, technical information, guidance,
GLOBAL SPECIALIST
IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING
INFRASTRUCTURES catalogue
wiring diagrams and estimation is now made
available to you at each Regional Office. Contact
the Technical Officer of Legrand at the following
telephone numbers
New Delhi : Tel.: (011) 2699 0028, 3990 2200
Kolkata : Tel.: (033) 4021 3535 / 36
Mumbai : Tel.: (022) 3385 6200
Chennai : Tel.: (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68
Hyderabad : Tel.: (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717
For other places, contact the nearest
Regional / Branch / Area offices
customer.care@legrand.co.in
Building trust Sharing the Understanding
with 36,000 legacy of a you through
employees 4.5 billion euros 1,70,000
turnover in the products
year 2013
Manufacturing facilities in 70 countries and sale of products in 180 countries.
The only company manufacturing low voltage electrical equipments complying to all the
important world standards.
World leader in wiring devices and cable management.
The group designs and manufactures over 98 product families comprising of 1,70,000
products annually, with due emphasis on high performance, simplified installation and user
convenience.
50% of the investment dedicated to the development of new products.
Every year, Legrand invests 4.7% of its global turnover on Research and development activities
involving over 1800 people worldwide.
Partnering you
with more than
4600 active Legrand
patents
a global edifice
Legrand is global specialist in electrical and digital
building infrastructures. The Groups headquarter
is based at Limoges, France. Legrand (India),
the leaders in Miniature Circuit Breakers, RCDs
and Distribution Boards in India, is the indian
subsidiary of Legrand group. The Group services
the needs of residential, commercial, hospitality
and industrial sectors.
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 1

Legrand
Group Values
Customer Awareness Innovation
Resource Enhancement Ethical Behaviour
2 I GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES

Legrand
prestigious projects
> The group services the needs of residential, commercial, hospitality and
industrial projects.
> Some of the prestigious projects we have been proud to be associated with.
NORTH
Orient Taj - Agra Ranbaxy - Gurgaon DLF's Magnolias - Gurgaon
EAST
City Centre 2- Kolkata Mani Square - Kolkata Uniworld City - Kolkata
WEST
Park Plaza - Mumbai Wankhede Stadium - Mumbai Kalpataru Aura - Mumbai
SOUTH
Accenture - Chennai Nokia - Siemens Network - Chennai Plaza Reality - Green Acres - Chennai
CENTRAL
Green City - Vizag Vishnunivasa - Trimula Apollo DB City - Indore

P. 28-29 P. 29 P. 30
DMX3 DMX3 DMX3 -I
air circuit breaker Microprocessor trip free
switches
Power
Power, Protection, Isolation, Controlling,
P. 64-65 P. 67-69 P. 71-73

DPX 250 & DPX 630 DPX 1250 and
Signalling, Metering & Distribution
accessorries 1600
P. 115-135 P. 136-140 P. 141

Alpivar2 capacitor, DX - MCB DX - Isolator
Alpican capacitors, AC Application
Reactors C100
Protection, Isolation,
Controlling, Signalling
P. 146 P. 147 P. 184
and Metering Contactors EMDX Lexic Railway
electrical MCBs
energy meters
046 74
P. 210 P. 210 P. 211
SPN DBs ETPN DBs 7 segment
607715
DBs
607825
607725
Ekinoxe TM
607835
Distribution Boards P. 213 P. 214 P. 213

DPX3 250 ER Flexy DBs Metra Plug and
MCCB DBs Socket DBs
607810
607820 607840
607747
P. 240-243 P. 243-245 P. 246-247
Mechanical Push-buttons, Automatic switches,
Wiring Devices for ArteorTM
and Electronic roller blinds visual indication,

switches control, Dimmers, Access control,
Fan controller clockcon switch
ArteorTM, ZigBee and P. 259 P. 261 P. 261-263

BUS/SCS technology, Audio
and video
Ancillary
mechanisms,
Surface mounting
boxes, flush boxes,
Wiring Devices and sockets cable outlets, plexo 55 and
blanking plates adapter IP55
Home Automation
P. 321 P. 322 P. 334
House Door entry Home networks
management systems structured wiring
system
P. 346-348 P. 348-350 P. 350

Wiring Devices for
Swtiches, push Indicatros, Buzzers Volume

buttons, sockets, and Detectors, Controller,
power units and Sockets & Protectors and
myriusTM
MyriusTM White mechanisms dimmer & regulators Connectors Accessories
Wiring Devices P. 352-355 P. 354-356 P. 356

Swtiches, push Indicatros, Volume
buttons, sockets, Buzzers, Controller and
dimmer and Sockets & Protectors
Black mechanisms regulators Connectors
4
P. 50 P. 54-55 P. 56-57 P. 58
DRX 100 DPX/DPX DPX 160 DPX 250
MCCBs electrical MCCBs thermal magnetic
characteristics MCCBs
P. 74-77 P. 78-79
DPX Ekinoxe
auxiliaries TPN DBs
for DPX and DPX-I
607835
P. 141-142 P. 142-143 P. 143 P. 145-146

DX - RCCBs DX - RCBOs DX - RCD DX - time
AC Application AC Application switches
30mA
C16
100A
P. 185-189 P. 194-196 P. 197-199

Motor protection MaxiRex analogue Push buttons,
circuit breakers time switches and control switches,
and Voltage Dimmers Indicators, Ammeters,
Surge protectors Voltmeters
P. 211 P. 212 P. 212 P. 213

7 segment Phase selector VTPN DBs DPX3 160 MCCB
MCCB DBs 607865
DBs DBs
607750 607780
607755
607760 607790
P. 213 607875
P. 216 P. 216
P17 Tempra Metal One Way Cable End Box,
Plug and Socket Enclosures Meter Box and
DBs PPI Kit
607745
607870 607885 607881
P. 248-255 P. 254-255 P. 256-257 P. 258

Hotel equipment, Sockets & Data sockets, Adaptors for
RCBO and MCB Power units Ethernet switches, different sockets
detectors Wi-Fi and
access point
P. 263 P. 284-291 P. 301 P. 308

DLP trunking plate, Cover plates ZigBee BUS/SCS
floor boxes and Technology- Technology -
pop-up boxes Lighting control Lighting control
and automation and automation
P. 351
Anti-bacterial
switches
P. 359
Flush mounting &
surface mounting
boxes
(Contd....)
5
Wiring Devices
for MosaicTM &
mylincTM
P. 378 P. 378-379 P. 380
Wiring Devices for Mylinc
Switches and
Mylinc Dimmers &
Regulators, sockets
White
Modular
MylincTM accissories and power units plates
Management
P. 392-431 P. 406-407 P. 436-449

Cable management Floor system: Soluflex Connections:
Cable
raised access floor pop-up box,

solutions & DLPTM Trunking and screed floor grommets,
flush mounting
and mini-columns
P. 496 P.498-501 P. 502-504
VDI Structured Cabling
LCS2: cat. 6A LCS2: cat. 6A LCS2: cat. 6 cables,

patch panels cables, cords and cords, zone
and connector zone distribution distribution boxes
units boxes, sockets and and RJ 45 sockets
LCS2 - VDI Structured patch panels
Cabling P.517-518 P.521-523 P.525
LCS2: 19" fibre Fibre optic LCS2, 19"
optic drawers, sockets and zone cabling and server
converters and distribution boxes, freestanding
FTTO and patch
cassettes cabinets
cords
P. 564 P. 566 P. 567

management
Lighting
Lighting
Lighting Management
systems
Motion sensors- Lighting

without natural management management
with Sensors light sensors - with sensors for
work areas with
natural light natrual light
P. 577
Security &
Safety
Video Door
Security Entry kits
P. 584 P. 588 P. 585

Connection
P17 Tempra Hypra Prisinter P17 Tempra

Plugs and Sockets plugs and and Hypra combined
sockets plugs and sockets units
6
P. 452-458 P. 473-479 P. 481-484
Snap-on DLP-U PVC Aluminium
trunking & Aluminium snap-on column
Trunking system
P.506-509 P. 511-512 P.513-514 P. 516

LCS2: cat. 5e LCS2: panels, Cables and LCS2:
patch panels connector units, data sockets, fibre optic cables
and connector switches and Switches and and tool case
units, cables and PoE Wi-Fi access
RJ 45 sockets points Arteor
P. 527-530 P. 531-536 P. 538-541

Plinths, cable Wall mounting Audio/video
entries, thermal cabinets, DIN Rail sockets,
management and Metered PDU Patch panel
and 19" racks and Cords
P. 570 P. 571
Lighting management Lighting
sensors for multi- management
circuit ceiling sensors for
mounted controllers controllers
P. 594
Metra
plugs and
sockets
7
alphabetical list
A B
Control mechanisms -
ArteorTM Radio / Zigbee................................302
Access control - ArteorTM. ............................ 247 Battery for temperature control central unit - Control mechanisms (Receiver) -
ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 315 ArteorTM Radio / Zigbee................................ 301
Access master box.......................................403
Bell indicator - MyriusTM................................348 Copper/fiber optic converter unit - LCS2......511
Accessories for
Blank module - ArteorTM................................ 261 Cord outlet - ArteorTM.................................... 261
19" - LCS2. .............................................. 528
Blanking cover plate Cover plate
ArteorTM...................................................265 Indian standard - ArteorTM............................ 261
Round version - mirror - ArteorTM........... 287
ArteorTM home networks.........................334 Blanking plate for
Round version -
ArteorTM BUS/SCS..................................300 brushed metal - ArteorTM........................289
MyriusTM..................................................350
Cat.6 - LCS2............................................496 Round version -
MylincTM. ................................................. 379
DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300.......................... 26 signature - ArteorTM. ............................... 291
BUS alarm module - ArteorTM. ...................... 287
Enclosure - LCS2. ................................... 547 Round version - tatto - ArteorTM..............286
BUS cable - ArteorTM. ................................... 320
LCS2........................................................496 Square & round version -
BUS cord - ArteorTM...................................... 320 neutral - ArteorTM. ........................... 284-285
MCCBs 100A - DRX................................. 50
BUS meter with memory - ArteorTM. ............. 329 Square version - mirror - ArteorTM.......... 287
MPCBs - Lexic........................................ 185
BUS power supply - Arteor ........................ 311
TM
Square version -
MylincTM. ................................................. 376 brushed metal - ArteorTM........................289
Buzzer - Myrius ..........................................348
TM
MyriusTM..................................................340 Square & round version -

Buzzer - MylincTM.......................................... 378 wood - ArteorTM.......................................290
Time Switches - DX ............................... 146
3
Buzzer - ArteorTM. ......................................... 251 Square version -

Time Switches - Alpharex3..................... 171 signature - ArteorTM. ............................... 291
Video door entry system - ArteorTM........ 323
Square version - tatto - ArteorTM. ...........286
Additional DIN devices - Arteor ................ 311
TM
Additional toroid - ArteorTM........................... 316

C Square and round versin -
graphic - ArteorTM...................................288
Cable end box - Ekinoxe............................... 216
AlpicanTM resin filled capacitors................... 123 Crimping tool for RJ 45................................. 522
Cable entry - LCS2........................................ 541
AlpicanTM gas filled capacitors..................... 123
Cable outlet - ArteorTM.................................. 261
Alpivar 2 capacitors....................................... 115
Alpimatic racks............................................. 116

Cable outlet - MyriusTM..................................356
D
Cable outlet - MylincTM.................................. 379
Alpimatic racks with detuned reactors......... 116 Data & voice - black - MyriusTM. ...................355
Cable protection accessories - LCS2........... 522
Alpimatic & Alpistatic Data & voice - white - MyriusTM.....................349
automatic capacitor banks...................117 - 118 Cables - ArteorTM. .........................................260
DBs for meter box, per phase
Aluminium trunking................................ 474-475 Cables - cat.6a - LCS2..................................496 isolation kit & panel locks - Ekinoxe............. 217
Aluminium snap-on columns........................ 481 Cables for telephone networks cat.3........... 513 Detectors - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...................... 317
Ammeter & voltmeter - Lexic........................ 198 Cabling units - LCS2. .................................... 525 Digital time switch - Alpharex - DX3. ............ 145
Amplifiers - ArteorTM BUS/SCS..................... 319 Central unit for Dimmer & regulator
Analogue time switches Intruder alarms - ArteorTM - round version.......................... 245

ArteorTM BUS/SCS.................................. 287
Maxirex................................................... 194 ArteorTM - square version........................ 244
temperature control -
Microrex.................................................. 146 ArteorTM BUS/SCS.................................. 289 Lexic....................................................... 196
ArteorTM RJ 45 sockets -cat 5e - LCS2. ........508 MyriusTM - white.......................................348
Change over switch - DX3 auxillaries............ 144
Areteor RJ 45 sockets - cat 6 - LCS2............504 MyriusTM - black......................................354
Colour video door phone monitor kit............ 577
Areteor RJ 45 sockets - cat 6a - LCS2..........500 MylincTM. ................................................. 378
Combine unit - interlock switch socket &
Attenuator - ArteorTM..................................... 258 refrigerated container use - P17...................590 DIN rail kit......................................................534
Audio & video connector - Myrius .............350 TM Communication supervision - DMX3.............. 31 DLP U-PVC adaptable
Connectors - ArteorTM................................... 316 trunking systems for installations.................460
Audio & video socket - Arteor . .................. 252
TM
Contact interface - ArteorTM.......................... 311 DND & MMR - MylincTM................................. 378

Audio internal unit - ArteorTM. ....................... 324
Controls - ArteorTM home networks...............335 DND indicator with internal
Automatic swtiches - ArteorTM...................... 246
control unit - MyriusTM...................................355
Automatic transfer switch..............................111 Control and signalling auxillaries - DMX3....... 30
8
DPX3 / DPX electrical charactersitics.............54 Finishing plates for empty power & Data, audio & video sockets -
data desk grommets.....................................440 round version - ArteorTM......................... 253
DPX3 160 equipment and
mounting accessories.................................... 57 Fixed runners - LCS2. ...................................492 Data, audio & video sockets -
square version - ArteorTM. ...................... 252
DPX3 160 thermal magnetic............................ 56 Fixed shelves - LCS2..................................... 529
Electronic chime - ArteorTM. ................... 251
Drawout version - Fiexed version - DMX3.................................... 28
DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300................................ 28 Key fob - ArteorTM................................... 250
Flexy DBs - Ekinoxe...................................... 214
DX3 MCBs...............................................136-140 Key fob switch - ArteorTM........................ 250
Floor boxes & under floor boxes..................264
DX3 isolators.................................................. 141 Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
Floor parts - Soluflex cable floor system......408 control - round version - ArteorTM........... 249
DX3 RCCBs.................................................... 141
Flush box - MylincTM......................................383 Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
DX3 RCBO..................................................... 142 control - Square version - ArteorTM. ....... 249
Flush box - ArteorTM...................................... 262
DX3 RCD........................................................ 143 Shaver socket - ArteorTM. ....................... 250
Flush mounting box - LCS ...........................446
2
DX3 auxillaries............................................... 144 Square & round version bedroom

Flush mounting box - MyriusTM. ....................358 call indicators - ArteorTM......................... 251
DX3 RCD add on module with
measurement and metering......................... 145 Flush mounting box - ArteorTM......................264
I
DX time swtich............................................. 145
3
Flush-mounting boxes for
installation in concrete floors........................436
DX3 contactors.............................................. 146
Free standing cabinets - LCS2. ....................536 Illuminated lighting unit - ArteorTM................ 247
DX3 modular DIN - rail products................... 178
Indian & Euro - US
combined socket outlet - ArteorTM................ 255
E G Indian standard socket outlet - ArteorTM. ..... 255
Indicator - Lexic............................................ 198

Gateways SCS / Zigbee -
Earth leakage relays and coils....................... 75
ArteorTM Radio / Zigbee................................305 Indicators - white - MyriusTM.........................348
EMDX3 electrical energy meter..................... 147
Glue on connector Indoor motion detector - ArteorTM.................305
EMDX3 multi-function measuring units......... 177 50/125 & 62.5/125 - LCS2............................. 516
Indoor temperature sensor...........................305
Empty power & data desk grommets...........440 Installation case for
rapid crimping connector - LCS2. ................546
H
Electronic switches -
round version - ArteorTM................................ 242 Installation kits for raised
access floors or table top.............................436
Electronic switches - Heavy duty capacitor with series
square version - ArteorTM.............................. 242 reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz.................... 115 Insulated supply busbars - Ekinoxe............. 217
Emergency light - MyriusTM...........................348 Heavy duty, 3 phase, 440 V - 50 Hz............. 115 Insulator - ArteorTM BUS/SCS....................... 320
Enclosure - ArteorTM home networks............334 HD15 amplifier + jack kit - ArteorTM..............260 Intruder alarm - ArteorTM BUS/SCS.............. 327
Energy plug - ArteorTM.................................. 255 Home networks IP 55 modular Plexo 55 - ArteorTM. ...............262
installation tools - ArteorTM............................335
Energy sockets IP 55 box Plexo 55 - ArteorTM........................263
Home networks keypad volume
Myrius TM
- black......................................353 IR receiver - ArteorTM BUS/SCS....................309
control distributed audio - ArteorTM..............335
MyriusTM - white....................................... 347 Isolator - DX3................................................. 141
Hospitality function
MylincTM. ................................................. 379
DND indicator & internal
Equipment for conversion of control unit - white - MyriusTM.................349
a fixed device into draw-out device -
DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300................................ 31 DND indicator & internal J
control unit - black - MyriusTM.................355
Joining kits - Plexo3...................................... 232
Equipment cords - ArteorTM..........................260
Keyfob switch - white - MyriusTM............349
Ethernet switches...........................................511
Keyfob switch - black - MyriusTM............355
Ethernet/telephone wiring splitter................ 257
Shaver socket - white - MyriusTM............349 K
Shaver socket - black - MyriusTM............355 Keyfob switch - white - MyriusTM...................349
F Hotel equipment Keyfob Switch - black - MyriusTM..................355
Accessories - ArteorTM........................... 251 Key fob - ArteorTM. ........................................ 250

Female HD 15 - ArteorTM............................... 259
Bell push, call indicator & Key fob switch - ArteorTM.............................. 250
Fiber optic accessory - LCS2....................... 521 register - ArteorTM................................... 251
Keypads - ArteorTM. ...................................... 317
Fiber optic cassette for BUS & radio scenario
patch panel - LCS2. ...................................... 517 controller - ArteorTM................................ 250 Keypad volume control distributed audio....335
Fiber optic unit - LCS2................................... 517 Keyboard support shelf................................ 529

Buzzer - ArteorTM.................................... 251
9
L
Mobile scenario controller - ArteorTM. ..........299 Phase selector TPN DBs - Ekinoxe............... 212
Modular colour plates Pigtails - LCS2............................................... 516

Lamps - ArteorTM........................................... 247
Pearl finish - MylincTM. ............................380 Pivoting 19" cabinets - LCS2......................... 531
LCD Display (MP4)
DMX3 2500/4000/6300................................... 29 Bronze finish - MylincTM.......................... 381 Plastic underfloor boxes...............................264
Lighting control and automation Grey finish - Mylinc .............................. 381

TM
Plates with frame - black - MyriusTM. ............ 357
key cover - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...................... 310
Wood finish - MylincTM............................382 Plates with frame - white - MyriusTM.............. 357
Linking interface - LCS2................................ 527
Modular panels - LCS2. ................................496 Plexo RJ45 Sockets - LCS2...........................504
Load and load shedding management........ 316
Modular support - ArteorTM........................... 261 Plug-in jumpers for all device -
Load management - Arteor ....................... 329
TM ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 313
Modular unit socket outlet - Arteor ............254
TM
Locking - DMX3 2500/4000/6300.................. 30 Pop-up boxes...............................................264

Modules - ArteorTM home networks..............334
Loudspeaker - Arteor . ............................... 325
TM Pop-up type flush-mounting boxes..............436
Motion sensors for 1 circuit
Loudespeaker - ArteorTM Home Networks....335 Pop-up boxes to be equipped.....................436
Ideal for passageways...........................564
Loudspeakers socket - ArteorTM................... 258 Power & data desk grommets
Ideal for outdoor and damp areas.........564
for workstation & meeting room table
Motor operator - DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300..... 30 application....................................................440
M
Motor Starter - white - MyriusTM....................350 Power strip pre-wired - ArteorTM................... 255
Motor starter - black - MyriusTM. ...................356 Power supply - ArteorTM home networks......335
Manageable WI-FI access points
Multifunction sleeves - Plexo3....................... 232 Power supply - ArteorTM BUS/SCS............... 318
802.11a & b/g - LCS2. ................................... 514
Manageable WI-FI access points Multistandard socket - MylincTM. .................. 379 Power unit
802.11n - LCS2. ............................................. 514 ArteorTM................................................... 255
Multistandard socket outlet - ArteorTM..........254
Measurement and control of electric MylincTM. ................................................. 379
My Home BUS............................................... 329
equipment....................................................... 75
MyriusTM - white....................................... 347
MCB - DX3..................................................... 136
Pre-wired modules with
MCB - ArteorTM..............................................254
MCB - Lexic.................................................. 184

O retractable cords..........................................440
Probes - ArteorTM - BUS/SCS........................ 314

OM2 multimode fiber optic cable - LCS2..... 515
MCCB - 100 A - DRX...................................... 50
Pulse counter interface -
MCCB's - DPX3 160......................................... 56 ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 315
MCCB's with electronic Push buttons - white - MyriusTM....................346
earth leakage module..................................... 56 Opening detector interface - Arteor .......... 318
TM
Push buttons - black - MyriusTM.................... 352
MCCB thermal magnetic - DPX 250...............64 Optional cameras - Arteor .........................322
TM
Push button, roller blinds control -
Microprocessor release S1 OS1 / OS2 (UPC) round version - ArteorTM................................ 243
MCCB - DPX 250............................................64 single mode fiber optic cable - LCS2........... 523
Push button, roller blinds control -
Mechanical switch - OS1 / OS2 square version - ArteorTM.............................. 243
round version - ArteorTM................................ 241 single mode fiber optic cable - LCS2........... 515
Push button and control switches - Lexic.... 197
Mechanical Switch - Overdoor lighting unit - ArteorTM................... 247
square version - ArteorTM.............................. 240
R
Metra plug & socket - Hypra........................598
Metra plug & socket - Ekinoxe...................... 215

P Raceways and junction boxes
Micropush swtich - ArteorTM......................... 242
Panel mounting support - ArteorTM............... 261 for screed floors............................................ 424
Micropush control mechanism - ArteorTM. ...308
Panels and unit for Rapid crimping connector - LCS2................546
Midspan Power over Ethernet (POE) incoming telephone - LCS2........................... 513
injectors - LCS2..............................................511 RCA input - ArteorTM BUS/SCS..................... 319
Patch cords - Cat 6A - LCS2.........................498
Miniature emergency RCA local source inputs -
lighting unit - ArteorTM................................... 247 Patch cords - Cat 6 - LCS2. ..........................502 ArteorTM home networks................................335
Mini-trunking & its accessories for Patch panels - Cat 6 - LCS2..........................505 RCBO - white - MyriusTM...............................350
32mm * 12.5mm - DLP............................462 Patch panels - Cat 5e - LCS2........................506 RCBO - DX3................................................... 142
32mm * 16mm - DLP...............................462 Patch panel - Cat 6 - LCS2............................496 RCBO - ArteorTM............................................254
32mm * 20mm - DLP..............................462 Patch panel telephone Reactors and power factor
50 ports 110 connects - LCS2. ..................... 513 controllers - Alpican...................................... 124
Mobile dublers - LCS2. ................................. 512
Peripheral opening detectors - Real terminal -
Mobile sockets - P17 Tempra IP 44..............588 ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 318 DMX3 2500/4000/6300................................... 31
10
Rear pluggable Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets - USB female sockets - ArteorTM..................... 258
RJ 45 sockets - ArteorTM............................... 257 IP 66 - LV 16 & 125 A - P 17 tempra..............589
USB cable - ArteorTM. ................................... 313
Relay actuator modules - ArteorTM. .............. 317 Socket with copper feedthrough -
Cat 6 - LCS2..................................................503
Remote control switch - MyriusTM.................364
V
Soluflex cable floor system................... 406-407
Remote control IR -
Radio/Zigbee - ArteorTM. ..............................309 Sounders - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...................... 318
Video door entry........................................... 577
Remote Management - SPN DBs - Ekinoxe........................................ 210
ArteorTM - BUS/SCS...................................... 321 Video internal display units -
Standard duty, 3 phase, 440 V - 50 Hz"....... 115
ArteorTM BUS/SCS.........................................322
Remote unit - white - Myrius ......................348
TM
Stripping tool - LCS2..................................... 512

Video streaming unit - LCS2. .........................511
Remote unit - black - MyriusTM......................354
Supervision software -
Video/audio street panels............................322
RJ11 socket - ArteorTM. ................................. 256 ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 321
Virual configuration software -
RJ45 patch panel - ArteorTM.........................335 Surface mounting boxes
ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 313
RJ45 tool-less systems - ArteorTM. ............... 252 MyriusTM..................................................359
Voltage surge protector
RJ45 doubler socket - ArteorTM.................... 522 ArteorTM................................................... 261
Lexic....................................................... 189
Rotarty handles & other accessories for Switch / fibre socket...................................... 521
ArteorTM...................................................254
DRX 100.................................................... 50 Switches
Volume controller - MyriusTM.........................350
DPX 160 & 250........................................ 62
3
Arteor ................................................... 240
TM
DPX 250.................................................... 66 MyriusTM - white.......................................346
DPX 630.................................................... 69 MyriusTM - black...................................... 352 W

DPX 1600.................................................. 73 MylincTM. ................................................. 378 Wall mounting 19" cabinets - LCS2............... 532
Round multistandard Wall mounting cabinets - LCS2.....................534
socket outlets - ArteorTM . .............................254
T
Water heater switches - ArteorTM.................. 240
Weatherproof switch -
S Telescopic shelves - LCS2........................... 529 ArteorTM Radio/Zigbee..................................303
Television sockets - ArteorTM. ....................... 256 Weatherproof adaptors - LCS2..................... 512

Scenario controllers
Tempra P17 - plug and sockets....................582 White surrounds - MylincTM...........................382
Radio/ZigBee - ArteorTM...............................299
Thermal management - LCS2....................... 528 Wi-Fi network
Scenario scheduler
management system - LCS2......................... 514
power supply - ArteorTM................................ 321
Thermal shelves - LCS2................................ 531
Wi-Fi access point - ArteorTM........................ 257
Schuko sockets IP 44 -
LV 16 A - P17 tempra....................................590 Time switch - Rex.......................................... 196
SCS cables - ArteorTM BUS/SCS.................. 315 Touch control mechanisms -
Z
ArteorTM BUS/SCS.........................................308
Selector switch - Lexic.................................. 199
Touch plate for scenario control -
Self-adhesive document ArteorTM Radio/Zigbee..................................300 Zone distriubution boxes - LCS2. ................. 478
holders for plans - LCS2. ..............................535
Touch screen - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...............309 10" equipment - LCS2. .................................. 532
Sensor - white - MyriusTM..............................348
Touch screen display (MP6) 10" cabinet - LCS2......................................... 532
Sensor - black - MyriusTM..............................356 DMX3 2500/4000/6300................................... 29
110 tool - LCS2. ............................................. 512
Single pole latching relays - ArteorTM........... 246 TPN DBs - Ekinoxe.......................................... 78
19" cable entry plates - LCS2. ...................... 528
Skirting light Transponders - ArteorTM BUS/SCS............... 317
19" management panel - LCS2..................... 529
ArteorTM................................................... 247 Trip free switches - DMX3............................... 26
19" lighting kit - LCS2.................................... 529
MyriusTM - white.......................................348 Triple pole MPCBs - Lexic............................ 185
19" racks - LCS2............................................530
MyriusTM - black......................................354 TV sockets
19" cabinets - LCS2....................................... 531
MylincTM. ................................................. 378 ArteorTM................................................... 256
19" PDU - LCS2. ............................................533
Snap-on trunking MyriusTM - white.......................................349
routing sections and accessories................ 452 7 segment TPN DBs - Ekinoxe...................... 211
MyriusTM - black......................................355
Socket - MylincTM. ......................................... 379 7 segment TPN MCCB DBs - Ekinoxe.......... 211
Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets - 180 corner sensors - ArteorTM..................... 313
U
IP 44 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 tempra...............588
180 switch sensors - ArteorTM..................... 313
Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets -
IP 66 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 tempra...............589 Unit of 6 x RJ 45 connectors - LCS2.............488
11
catalogue number index
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0039 35 188 1/20 0104 72 466 48(1) 0106 98 469 5/25 0109 25 465 5 0111 63 476 10/100
0013 00 0039 36 - 1/20 0104 72 468 48 0106 99 471 5/25 0109 25 469 5 0111 63 478 10/100
0013 56 216 1 0039 38 - 1/20 0104 72 470 48(1) 0109 25 471 5 0111 64 477 10/100
0013 57 - 1 0039 39 - 5/20 0107 02 466 20/100 0109 27 263 10/100 0111 65 478 10/100
0013 58 - 1 0039 40 - 1/20 0105 20 466 20(1) 0107 06 468 10/50 0109 27 465 10/100 0111 66 476 20/200
0039 41 - 1/20 0105 20 468 20 0107 07 470 5/50 0109 27 467 10/100 0111 66 477 20/400
019 17 232 1 0039 43 - 1/20 0105 20 470 20(1) 0107 22 464 10/50 0109 27 469 10/100 0111 66 478 20/400
019 18 - 1 0039 44 - 5/20 0105 21 464 20(1) 0107 32 - 10 0109 27 471 10/100 0111 88 464 20/500
019 55 - 1 0039 56 - 1/42 0105 21 468 20 0107 32 466 10 0109 27 - 10/100 0111 88 467 20/500
019 61 - 20 0039 57 - 1/42 0105 21 470 20(1) 0107 32 468 10 0109 31 263 50/50 0111 88 469 20/500
019 62 - 1 0039 58 - 1/42 0105 22 466 20(1) 0107 32 470 10 0109 31 465 5/50 0111 88 471 20/500
019 63 - 1 0105 22 468 20 0107 35 464 5/25 0109 31 469 5/50 0111 88 476 20/500
019 64 - 2 0040 00 0105 22 470 20(1) 0107 35 466 5/25 0111 88 477 20/500
0109 31 471 5/50
019 65 - 2 0044 36 198 10/200 0105 24 468 8 0107 35 468 5/25 0109 32 263 50/50 0111 88 478 20/500
019 66 - 1 0044 53 197 10/100 0105 24 470 8(1) 0107 35 470 5/25 0109 32 467 5/50 0111 88 481 20
019 67 - 2 0044 54 - 10/60 0105 26 - 8(1) 0107 36 466 5/25 0109 32 469 5/50
019 68 - 1 0044 55 - 10/60 0105 80 454 24(1) 0107 36 468 5/25 0109 32 471 5/50 0112 02 477 20
019 69 - 1 0044 63 - 10/100 0105 80 455 24(1) 0107 36 470 5/25 0109 35 467 5 0112 03 - 5
019 70 - 2 0044 64 - 10/60 0105 80 456 24 0107 42 466 5/25 0109 35 471 5 0112 04 - 10
0044 83 198 10/100 0105 82 464 24(1) 0107 42 468 5/25 0109 37 263 5/50 0112 06 - 5
0026 01 311 1 0044 84 - 10/100 0105 82 466 24(1) 0107 42 470 5/25 0109 37 465 5/50 0112 12 476 20
0026 02 - 1 0044 85 - 10/100 0105 82 468 24(1) 0107 67 464 10 0109 37 467 5/50 0112 12 477 20
0026 11 - 1 0044 86 - 10/100 0105 82 470 24(1) 0107 80 - 5/50 0109 37 469 5/50 0112 12 478 20
0026 21 - 1 0107 80 466 5/50 0112 13 476 5/50
0109 37 471 5/50
0026 22 - 1 0046 00 198 1/12 0106 02 464 10/40 0107 80 468 5/50 0112 13 477 5/50
0109 37 - 5/50
0026 27 - 1 0046 02 - 1/12 0106 02 466 10/40 0107 80 470 5/50 0112 13 478 5
0109 41 263 10
0026 31 - 1 0046 10 - 2/84 0106 02 468 10/40 0107 81 464 5/50 0112 14 476 20
0109 41 465 10/50
0046 13 - 2/84 0106 02 470 10/40 0107 81 466 5/50 0112 14 477 20
0109 41 469 10/50
0028 00 185 1 0046 15 - 2/84 0106 11 466 5/50 0107 81 468 5/50 0112 14 478 20
0109 41 471 10/50
0028 01 - 1 0046 17 - 2/84 0106 11 468 5/50 0107 81 470 5/50 0112 16 476 10
0109 42 263 10
0028 02 - 1 0046 18 - 2/84 0106 11 470 5/50 0107 82 464 5/50 0112 16 477 10
0109 42 467 20
0028 03 - 1 0046 20 - 2/84 0106 22 464 10/50 0107 82 466 5/50 0112 16 478 10
0109 42 469 20
0028 04 - 1 0046 21 - 2/84 0106 22 466 10/50 0107 82 468 5/50 0112 21 476 1/5
0109 42 471 20
0028 05 - 1 0046 22 - 2/84 0106 22 468 10/50 0107 82 470 5/50 0112 25 478 1
0109 61 263 5
0028 06 - 1 0046 23 - 2/84 0106 22 470 10/50 0107 83 464 5/50 0112 32 476 1
0109 61 465 5/25
0028 07 - 1 0046 31 199 1/12 0106 32 466 5/50 0107 83 466 5/50 0112 34 477 1
0109 61 469 5/25
0028 08 - 1 0046 34 - 1/12 0106 32 468 5/50 0107 83 468 5/50 0112 36 478 1
0109 61 471 5/25
0028 09 - 1 0046 36 - 1/12 0106 32 470 5/50 0107 83 470 5/50 0112 42 477 1
0109 62 263 5
0028 10 - 1 0046 38 - 1/12 0106 82 464 50 0107 85 466 10 0112 43 476 1/10
0109 62 467 10
0028 11 - 1 0046 50 - 1/20 0106 82 466 50 0107 89 468 5 0112 45 477 1/5
0109 62 469 10
0028 12 - 1 0046 52 - 1/20 0106 82 468 50 0107 92 470 2 0112 47 478 1/5
0109 62 471 10
0028 13 - 1 0046 53 - 1/20 0106 82 470 50 0112 51 476 1/10
0109 65 469 5
0028 14 - 1 0046 60 198 1/12 0106 82 476 50 0108 00 466 10/100 0112 51 477 1/5
0028 16 - 1 0109 81 263 5
0046 63 - 1 0106 82 477 50 0108 00 468 10/100 0112 51 478 1/5
0028 17 - 1 0046 76 147 1 0106 82 478 50 0108 00 470 10/100 0109 82 - 5
0028 18 - 1 0046 77 - 1 0106 86 468 50 0108 01 464 10/100 0200 00
0028 22 - 1 0046 80 - 1 0106 86 470 50 0108 01 468 10/100 111 00 476 8(1) 0253 28 64 1
0028 23 - 1 0046 84 - 1 0106 86 477 50 0108 01 470 10/100 0253 29 - 1
0028 25 - 1 0106 86 478 50 0108 02 466 10/100 0111 02 477 4(1) 0253 30 - 1
0028 26 - 1 0047 75 199 1/12 0106 87 464 40 0108 02 468 10/100 0111 04 478 4(1) 0253 31 - 1
0028 29 - 1 0047 76 - 1/12 0106 87 467 40 0108 02 470 10/100 0111 06 466 12(1) 0253 32 - 1
0028 30 - 1 0047 77 - 1/12 0106 87 469 40 0108 04 468 10/100 0111 06 468 12 0253 40 - 1
0028 31 - 1 0047 78 - 1/12 0106 87 471 40 0108 04 470 10/100 0111 06 470 12(1) 0253 41 - 1
0028 32 - 1 0047 79 - 1/12 0106 88 464 10/100 0108 06 - 10/100 0111 06 477 12(1) 0253 42 - 1
0028 34 - 1 0106 88 467 10/100 0111 06 478 12(1) 0253 45 - 1
0048 68 66 1/48 0106 88 469 10/100 0109 10 263 5/50 0111 08 476 24(1) 0253 46 - 1
0030 00 0106 88 471 10/100 0109 10 467 5/50 0111 08 477 24(1) 0253 47 - 1
0036 71 196 1 0090 00 0106 89 464 5/50 0109 10 469 5/50 0111 08 478 24(1) 0253 48 - 1
0097 99 535 10 0106 89 467 5/50 0109 10 471 5/50 0111 10 477 16(1) 0253 49 - 1
0038 28 189 1 0106 89 469 5/50 0109 21 263 20 0111 11 476 16(1) 0253 52 - 1
0038 29 - 1 0098 19 65 1/50 0106 89 471 5/50 0109 21 465 20 0111 11 478 16(1) 0253 53 - 1
0106 91 464 20/200 0109 21 469 20 0111 12 477 8(1) 0253 54 - 1
0039 20 188 1/20
0100 00 0106 91 466 20/200 0109 21 471 20 0111 13 478 8(1) 0253 55 - 1
0039 21 - 1/20 0104 12 464 20(1) 0106 91 468 20/200 0109 22 263 20 0111 58 476 20/100 0253 56 - 1
0039 22 - 1/20 0104 22 466 20(1) 0106 91 470 20/200 0109 22 467 20 0111 60 477 10/50 0253 64 - 1
0039 23 - 1/20 0104 32 468 20(1) 0106 98 464 5/25 0109 22 469 20 0111 61 478 10/100 0253 65 - 1
0039 28 - 5/20 0104 52 470 8(1) 0106 98 467 5/25 0109 22 471 20 0111 62 477 10/100 0253 66 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
12 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
0253 69 64 1 0256 14 67 1 0258 16 71 1 0261 97 74 1/3 0265 32 65 1 0286 27 28 1

0253 70 - 1 0256 15 - 1 0258 17 - 1 0265 33 - 1 0286 28 - 1
0253 71 - 1 0256 27 - 1 0258 18 - 1 0262 21 66 1/5 0265 34 - 1 0286 30 - 1
0253 72 - 1 0256 28 - 1 0258 23(1) - 1 0262 22 - 1 0265 35 - 1 0286 31 - 1
0253 73 - 1 0256 31 - 1 0258 24(1) - 1 0262 24 - 1/8 0265 36 - 1 0286 32 - 1
0253 80 - 1 0256 32 - 1 0258 25(1) - 1 0262 24 69 1/8 0265 37 - 1 0286 33 - 1
0253 81 - 1 0256 35 - 1 0258 29 - 1 0262 26 66 1/4 0265 38 - 1 0286 34 - 1
0253 82 - 1 0256 36 - 1 0258 31 - 1 0262 27 - 1/4 0265 39 - 1 0286 35 - 1
0253 89 - 1 0256 39 - 1 0258 32 - 1 0262 28 66 1/4 0265 45 - 1 0286 36 - 1
0253 90 - 1 0256 40 - 1 0258 38 - 1 0262 29 - 1/4 0265 46 - 1 0286 37 - 1
0253 91 - 1 0256 43 - 1 0258 40 - 1 0262 30 - 1/4 0265 47 - 1 0286 38 - 1
0253 98 77 1 0256 44 - 1 0258 41 - 1 0262 30 69 1/4 0265 50 69 1 0286 40 - 1
0253 99 - 1 0256 47 - 1 0262 31 66 1/6 0265 51 - 1 0286 41 - 1
0256 48 - 1 0260 51 65 1 0262 32 - 1/5 0265 52 - 1 0286 42 - 1
0254 01 64 1 0256 52 68 1 0260 53 - 1 0262 35 - 1/5 0265 53 - 1 0286 43 - 1
0254 03 - 1 0256 53 - 1 0260 54 - 1 0262 40 69 1/5 0265 53 - 1 0286 44 - 1
0254 04 - 1 0256 56 - 1 0260 55 - 1 0262 41 - 1 0265 54 - 1 0286 45 - 1
0254 05 - 1 0256 57 - 1 0260 57 - 1 0262 44 - 1 0265 55 - 1 0286 46 - 1
0254 07 - 1 0256 60 - 1 0260 60 68 1 0262 45 - 1 0265 56 - 1 0286 47 - 1
0254 09 - 1 0256 61 - 1 0260 61 - 1 0262 46 - 1/6 0265 57 - 1 0286 48 - 1
0254 10 - 1 0256 64 - 1 0260 63 - 1 0262 47 - 1/3 0265 58 - 1 0286 50 - 1
0254 11 - 1 0256 65 - 1 0260 64 - 1 0262 50 - 1/5 0265 59 - 1 0286 51 - 1
0254 13 - 1 0260 65 - 1 0262 51 - 1/3 0265 60 - 1 0286 52 - 1
0254 15 - 1 0257 02 71 1 0260 67 -- 1 0262 60 73 1/4 0265 66 - 1 0286 53 - 1
0254 16 - 1 0257 03 - 1 0260 88 75 1/24 0262 61 - 1 0265 67 - 1 0286 54 - 1
0254 17 - 1 0257 04 - 1 0260 92 - 1/12 0262 64 - 1 0265 68 - 1 0286 55 - 1
0254 19 - 1 0257 06(2) - 1 0260 93 - 1/10 0262 65 - 1 0265 74 65 1/8 0286 56 - 1
0254 21 - 1 0257 07(2) - 1 0260 94 - 1 0262 66 - 1/3 0265 74 69 1/8 0286 57 - 1
0254 22 - 1 0257 08(2) - 1 0260 95 - 1 0262 67 - 1/5 0265 74 73 1/8 0286 58 - 1
0254 23 - 1 0257 10 - 1 0260 96 - 1 0262 68 - 1/3 0265 75 65 1 0286 60 - 1
0254 40 65 1 0257 11 - 1 0260 97 - 1 0262 69 - 1/5 0265 75 69 1 0286 61 - 1
0254 41 - 1 0257 12 - 1 0260 98 - 1 0262 70 - 1/6 0265 75 73 1 0286 62 - 1
0254 42 - 1 0257 14(2) - 1 0262 73 - 1 0265 76 65 1/12 0286 63 - 1
0254 43 - 1 0257 15(2) - 1 0261 19 73 1 0262 74 - 1 0265 76 69 1/12 0286 64 - 1
0254 45 - 1 0257 16(2) - 1 0261 23 - 1 0262 79 66 1/3 0265 76 73 1/12 0286 65 - 1
0254 46 - 1 0257 26 72 1 0261 24 - 1 0262 80 - 1/3 0265 78 65 1/5 0286 66 - 1
0254 47 - 1 0257 27 - 1 0261 25 - 1 0262 81 69 1/3 0265 78 69 1/5 0286 67 - 1
0254 48 - 1 0257 28 - 1 0261 27 - 1 0262 83 73 1 0265 80 73 1/5 0286 68 - 1
0254 50 - 1 0257 30(2) - 1 0261 28 - 1 0262 84 - 1 0265 82 - 1 0286 70 - 1
0254 51 - 1 0257 31(2) - 1 0261 30 66 1 0262 93 66 1/6 0265 83 - 1 0286 71 - 1
0254 52 - 1 0257 32(2) - 1 0261 34 - 1 0262 93 69 1/6 0265 84 - 1 0286 72 - 1
0254 53 - 1 0257 34 - 1 0261 35 75 1/2 0262 93 73 1/6 0265 85 - 1 0286 73 - 1
0254 55 - 1 0257 35 - 1 0261 36 - 1/2 0262 94 66 1/6 0286 74 - 1
0254 56 - 1 0257 36 - 1 0261 37 - 1/3 0262 94 69 1/6 0270 06* 50 1/12 0286 75 - 1
0254 57 - 1 0257 38(2) - 1 0261 40 69 1/2 0262 94 73 1/6 0270 07* - 1/12 0286 76 - 1
0254 58 - 1 0257 39(2) - 1 0261 44 - 1/2 0270 08* - 1/12 0286 77 - 1
0257 40(2) - 1 0261 45 75 1/4 0263 31 66 1/4 0270 16 - 1/12 0286 78 - 1
0255 23 67 1 0257 51 - 1 0261 54 73 1 0263 32 - 1/4 0270 17 - 1/12 0286 83 30 1
0255 24 - 1 0257 52 - 1 0261 58 - 1/5 0263 43 65 1/6 0270 18 - 1/12 0286 84 - 1
0255 38 - 1 0257 53 - 1 0261 59 66 1/5 0263 50 69 1 0270 29 - 1/12 0286 85 - 1
0255 40 - 1 0257 55 - 1 0261 59 69 1/5 0263 51 - 1 0270 39 - 1/12 0286 86 - 1
0255 43 - 1 0257 56 - 1 0261 59 73 1/5 0263 52 - 1 0286 87 - 1
0255 44 - 1 0257 57 - 1 0261 60 74 1/5 0263 68 - 1/6 0271 40 51 1 0286 88 - 1
0255 53 - 1 0257 59 - 1 0261 64 - 1/5 0263 80 73 1 0271 41 - 1 0286 93 - 1
0255 54 - 1 0257 60 - 1 0261 65 - 1/5 0263 81 - 1 0271 42 - 1 0286 94 - 1
0255 58 - 1 0257 61 - 1 0261 66 - 1/5 0263 82 - 1 0271 54 - 1 0286 95 - 1
0255 60 - 1 0257 63 - 1 0261 67 - 1/5 0263 83 - 1 0271 55 - 1 0286 96 - 1
0255 63 - 1 0257 64 - 1 0261 68 - 1/5 0263 99 65 1/5 0271 64 - 1 0286 97 - 1
0255 64 - 1 0257 65 - 1 0261 75 - 1/5 0263 99 69 1/5 0271 65 - 1 0286 98 - 1
0255 78 - 1 0257 94 77 1 0261 80 - 1 0271 71 50 1
0255 80 - 1 0257 95 - 1 0261 81 - 1 0264 03 65 1 0271 80 - 1 0287 20 28 1
0255 86 77 1 0257 96 - 1 0261 82 - 1 0264 04 69 1 0271 81 - 1 0287 21 - 1
0255 87 - 1 0257 97 - 1 0261 83 - 1 0264 05 73 1 0271 83 - 1 0287 22 - 1
0255 88 - 1 0257 98 - 1 0261 84 - 1 0264 08 65 1 0271 87 - 1 0287 23 - 1
0255 89 - 1 0257 99 - 1 0261 85 - 1/5 0264 09 69 1 0287 24 - 1
0261 86 - 1 0264 10 73 1 0286 20 28 1 0287 25 - 1
0256 02 67 1 0258 02 71 1 0261 90 - 1/4 0286 21 - 1 0287 26 - 1
0256 03 - 1 0258 03 - 1 0261 91 - 1/4 0265 27 66 1/4 0286 22 - 1 0287 27 - 1
0256 06 - 1 0258 04 - 1 0261 93 31 1 0265 28 - 1/4 0286 23 - 1 0287 28 - 1
0256 07 - 1 0258 09(1) - 1 0261 93 74 1 0265 29 65 1 0286 24 - 1 0287 30 - 1
0256 10 - 1 0258 10(1) - 1 0261 94 31 1 0265 30 - 1 0286 25 - 1 0287 31 - 1
0256 11 - 1 0258 11(1) - 1 0261 94 74 1 0265 31 - 1 0286 26 - 1 0287 32 - 1
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 13
0287 33 28 1 0288 23 31 1 0289 24 31 1 0326 00 523 3 0327 44 516 1 0331 88 535 10

0287 34 - 1 0288 24 30 1 0289 25 - 1 0326 01 - 3 0327 45 512 10 0331 89 - 10
0287 35 - 1 0288 24 31 1 0289 50 29 1 0326 02 - 3 0327 46 - 10 0331 94 - 50
0287 36 - 1 0288 25 - 1 0289 51 - 1 0326 03 - 3 0327 47 - 10 0331 95 - 50
0287 37 - 1 0288 26 30 1 0289 52 - 1 0326 04 - 3 0327 48 - 10 0331 96 - 50
0287 38 - 1 0288 28 - 1 0289 53 - 1 0326 05 - 3 0327 50 507 3051
0287 40 - 1 0288 29 - 1 0289 60 - 1 0326 06 - 3 0327 51 - 3051 0332 60 512 1
0287 41 - 1 0288 30 - 1 0289 61 - 1 0326 07 - 3 0327 52 - 3051 0332 61 - 1
0287 42 - 1 0288 31 - 1 0289 62 - 1 0326 08 - 3 0327 53 - 3051 0332 62 - 1
0287 43 - 1 0288 32 - 1 0289 63 - 1 0326 09 - 3 0327 54 502 3051 0332 79(1) 534 1
0287 44 - 1 0288 33 - 1 0289 70 30 1 0326 10 - 3 0327 55 - 3051 0332 80 514 1
0287 45 - 1 0288 34 - 1 0289 71 - 1 0326 11 - 3 0327 56 - 5001
0287 46 - 1 0288 35 - 1 0289 77 - 1 0326 12 - 3 0327 57 - 5001 0333 25 463 10/100
0287 47 - 1 0288 36 - 1 0289 78 - 1 0326 13 - 3 0327 59 - 5001 0333 27 - 10/100
0287 48 - 1 0288 37 - 1 0326 14 - 3 0327 60 512 1 0333 30 - 10/200
0287 50 - 1 0288 38 - 1 0300 00 0326 15 - 3 0327 73 507 5001
0287 51 - 1 0288 41 - 1 0300 15 463 80(1) 0326 16 - 3 0327 74 - 5001 0334 70 511 5
0287 52 - 1 0288 42 - 1 0300 17 - 50(1) 0326 17 - 3 0327 76 502 501 0334 71 - 2
0287 53 - 1 0288 43 - 1 0326 19 516 1 0327 77 498 5001 0334 72 - 2
0287 54 - 1 0288 44 - 1 0302 51 463 10/100 0326 20 - 1 0327 78 - 5001 0334 73 - 2
0287 55 - 1 0288 45 - 1 0302 53 - 10/100 0326 21 - 1 0327 80 540 1 0334 74 - 2
0287 56 - 1 0288 48 - 1 0302 54 - 10/200 0326 22 - 1 0327 80 260 1 0334 75 - 2
0287 57 - 1 0288 49 - 1 0302 71 - 10/100 0326 23 - 1 0327 81 - 1
0287 58 - 1 0288 50 - 1 0302 73 - 10/100 0326 24 - 1 0327 81 540 1 335 01 514 1
0287 60 - 1 0288 51 - 1 0302 74 - 10/100 0326 25 - 1 0327 83 512 10
0287 61 - 1 0288 52 - 1 0326 26 - 1 0327 87 498 5001 0335 01 511 1
0287 62 - 1 0288 55 - 1 0308 04 463 60(1) 0326 27 - 1 0335 02 - 1
0287 63 - 1 0288 56 - 1 0308 81 464 100/1000 0326 28 523 3 0328 30 497 1 0335 05 - 1
0287 64 - 1 0288 57 - 1 0308 81 467 100/1000 0326 29 - 3 0328 31 - 1 0335 05 517 1
0287 65 - 1 0288 58 - 1 0308 81 469 100/1000 0326 30 - 3 0328 32 - 1 0335 06 511 1
0287 66 - 1 0288 59 - 1 0308 81 471 100/1000 0326 31 - 3 0328 33 - 1 0335 06 517 1
0287 67 - 1 0288 64 31 1 0308 81 476 100/1000 0326 32 - 3 0328 34 - 1 0335 07 511 1
0287 68 - 1 0288 65 - 1 0308 81 477 100/1000 0326 33 - 3 0328 35 - 1 0335 07 517 1
0287 70 - 1 0288 66 - 1 0308 81 478 100/1000 0326 34 - 3 0328 50 507 5001 0335 09 - 1
0287 71 - 1 0288 79 - 1 0326 35 - 3 0328 53 - 5001 0335 10 - 1
0287 72 - 1 0288 82 - 1 0326 36 - 3 0328 55 - 5001 0335 11 - 1
0312 03 463 20/400
0287 73 - 1 0288 83 - 1 0326 37 - 3 0328 56 502 5001 0335 12 511 1
0312 07 - 10/500
0287 74 - 1 0288 84 - 1 0326 40 519 1 0328 57 - 5001 0335 12 517 1
0312 09 - 10/200
0287 75 - 1 0288 85 - 1 0326 41 - 1 0328 59 - 5001 0335 13 511 1
0287 76 - 1 0288 86 - 1 0326 42 - 1 0328 61 - 5001 0335 13 517 1
0320 68 535 50
0287 77 - 1 0288 87 - 1 0326 45 - 1 0328 63 - 5001 0335 16 511 1
0287 78 - 1 0288 88 - 1 0326 46 - 1 0328 78 498 5001 0335 16 517 1
0325 04 515 20001
0287 83 30 1 0288 89 - 1 0326 47 - 1 0328 88 513 1 0335 17 511 1
0325 05 - 20001
0287 84 - 1 0288 90 - 1 0326 48 - 1 0328 91 - 1 0335 17 517 1
0325 06 - 20001
0287 85 - 1 0288 91 - 1 0326 49 - 1 0335 18 511 1
0325 07 - 20001
0287 86 - 1 0288 92 - 1 0326 52 - 10 0329 07 517 1 0335 18 517 1
0325 08 - 20001
0287 87 - 1 0288 93 - 1 0326 53 - 10 0329 07 518 1 0335 19 511 1
0325 09 - 20001
0287 88 - 1 0288 94 - 1 0326 54 - 10 0335 19 517 1
0325 10 - 20001
0287 93 - 1 0288 94A - 1 0326 56 - 10 0330 48 516 1 0335 20 521 1
0325 10 522 2000
0287 94 - 1 0288 95 - 1 0326 57 - 10 0330 49 - 1 0335 21 514 1
0325 11 515 20001
0287 95 - 1 0288 95A - 1 0326 58 - 10 0330 61 523 3 0335 22 - 1
0287 96 - 1 0288 96 - 1 0325 12 - 20001
0326 61 - 10 0330 63 - 3 0335 24 514 1
0287 97 - 1 0288 96A - 1 0325 13 - 20001
0326 62 - 10 0330 65 - 3 0335 30 513 1
0287 98 - 1 0288 97 - 1 0325 14 - 20001
0326 65 515 500 0330 69 - 3 0335 31 - 1
0288 97A - 1 0325 15 - 20001 0326 66 - 1000 0330 70 - 3 0335 32 - 2
0288 01 29 1 0325 50 - 20001 0326 67 - 1000 0330 71 - 3 0335 33 - 2
0288 02 - 1 0289 02 31 1 0325 51 - 20001 0326 68 - 1000 0330 72 - 3 0335 34 511 1
0288 03 - 1 0289 03 - 1 0325 52 - 20001 0326 70 516 10 0330 73 - 3 0335 35 - 1
0288 04 - 1 0289 04 - 1 0325 52 522 2000 0326 71 - 1 0330 75 - 3 0335 36 - 1
0288 05 31 1 0289 05 - 1 0325 53 515 20001 0326 72 517 1 0330 76 - 3 0335 37 - 1
0288 05(1) 29 1 0289 09 - 1 0325 55 - 20001 0326 72 518 1 0330 80 - 3 0335 38 - 1
0288 06 - 1 0289 10 - 1 0325 69 518 1 0326 80 522 1 0330 81 - 3 0335 39 - 1
0288 10(1) - 1 0289 11 - 1 0325 70 - 1 0326 81 - 1 0330 82 - 3 0335 40 499 1
0288 11(1) - 1 0289 12 - 1 0325 71 - 1 0326 82 - 1 0335 40 503 1
0288 12 30 1 0289 13 - 1 0325 72 - 1 0326 83 - 1 0331 00 516 10 0335 40 508 1
0288 12(1) 29 1 0289 14 - 1 0325 73 - 1 0326 84 - 1 0331 27 - 10 0335 40 521 1
0288 13 30 1 0289 15 - 1 0325 74 - 1 0326 90 516 1 0331 35 528 1 0335 44 503 1
0288 14 - 1 0289 16 - 1 0325 75 - 1 0326 91 - 1 0331 47 516 10 0335 45 - 1
0288 15 31 1 0289 20 - 1 0325 76 - 1 0331 84 535 10 0335 46 - 1
0288 20 - 1 0289 21 - 1 0325 77 - 1 327 37 514 1 0331 85 - 10 0335 49 499 2
0288 21 30 1 0289 22 - 1 0325 78 - 1 0331 86 - 10 0335 50 497 1
0288 22 31 1 0289 23 - 1 0325 79 - 1 0327 37 511 1 0331 87 - 10 0335 51 506 1
0335 52 506 1 0462 14 531 1 0464 79 525 1 0488 03 564 6 0517 01 512 50 0518 72 498 5
0335 54 - 2 0462 20 532 1 0464 80 528 1 0488 04 567 1 0517 02 - 50 0518 73 - 5
0335 54 511 2 0462 23 - 1 0464 81 - 1 0488 06 - 1 0517 03 - 50 0518 74 - 5
0335 55 506 2 0462 25 - 1 0464 82 525 1 0488 07 566 1 0517 04 - 50 0518 75 - 5
0335 55 511 2 0462 55 531 1 0464 83 528 1 0488 08 - 1 0517 06 - 50 0518 76 - 5
0335 61 501 1 0462 60 - 1 0464 84 - 1 0488 09 567 1 0517 07 - 50 0518 77 - 5
0335 62 - 1 0462 64 - 1 0464 851 529 1 0488 17 566 1 0517 09 - 1 0518 78 - 5
0335 63 - 1 0462 90 517 1 0464 86 528 1 0488 20 571 1 0517 20 260 1 0518 79 - 5
0335 64 - 2 0462 91 - 1 0464 87 - 1 0488 22 - 1 0517 20* 540 1 0518 80 - 5
0335 65 - 2 0464 88 - 1 0488 23 313 1 0517 22 260 1 0518 81 - 5
0335 66 - 2 0463 00 525 1 0464 89 - 1 0488 23 571 1 0517 22 540 1 0518 82 - 5
0335 67 - 1 0463 06 - 1 0464 90 - 1 0488 24 313 1 0517 23 - 1 0518 83 - 5
0335 68 501 1 0463 12 - 1 0488 24 571 1 0517 24 - 1 0518 84 - 5
0335 73 496 1 0463 18 - 1 0465 00 529 1 0488 25 - 1 0517 25 - 1 0518 85 - 5
0335 76 - 2 0463 19 - 1 0465 00 531 1 0488 28 - 1 0517 26* - 1 0518 90 - 1
0335 77 - 2 0463 21 - 1 0465 01 529 1 0488 30 - 1 0517 27* - 1
0335 79 513 1 0463 22 - 1 0465 01 531 1 0488 41 570 1 0517 40 511 10 0533 00 512 3
0335 84 496 1 0463 23 - 1 0465 02 529 1 0488 42 - 1 0517 41 - 10 0533 01 - 3
0335 85 - 1 0463 28 - 1 0465 02 531 1 0488 43 - 1 0517 52 502 5 0533 02 - 3
0335 86 - 1 0463 29 - 1 0465 05 529 1 0488 44 - 1 0517 53 - 5 0533 03 - 3
0335 88 506 1 0463 30 - 1 0465 06 - 1 0488 45 - 1 0517 54 - 5
0335 89 501 1 0463 33 - 1 0465 07 - 1 0488 47 - 1 0517 55 - 5 0535 60 448 1
0335 90 496 1 0463 34 - 1 0465 08 - 1 0488 50 - 1 0517 57 503 4 0535 61 - 1
0335 90 501 1 0463 35 - 1 0465 09 - 1 0488 51 - 1 0517 58 - 4 0535 62 - 1
0465 10 - 1 0488 52 - 1
0335 90 506 1 0463 37 - 1 0517 59 - 4 0535 63 - 1
0465 11 - 1 0488 68 568 10
0335 90 511 1 0463 38 - 1 0517 62 502 1 0535 64 - 1
0465 12 - 1 0488 72 311 10
0335 91 496 10 0463 39 - 1 0517 63 - 1 0535 65 - 1
0465 13 - 1
0335 91 501 10 0463 39 - 1 0488 72 568 10 0517 64 - 1 0535 90 444 1
0465 17 - 1
0335 91 506 10 0463 41 - 1 0488 72 571 10 0517 65 - 5 0535 91 - 1
0465 18 - 1
0335 91 511 10 0463 42 - 1 0488 73 - 10 0517 72 - 1 0535 92 - 1
0465 19 - 1
0335 91 - 10 0463 43 - 1 0488 75 568 5 0517 73 - 1 0535 98 408 1
0465 221 - 1
0335 91 517 10 0463 85 - 1 0517 74 - 1 0535 98 409 1
0465 231 - 1
0335 92 532 1 0463 86 - 1 0489 11 564 1 0517 75 - 1 0535 98 410 1
0465 28 528 1
0335 93 518 1 0489 14 567 1 0517 80 498 5 0535 98 411 1
0465 282 529 1
0335 94 - 8 0464 06 330 1 0489 16 - 1 0517 81 - 5 0535 98 444 1
0465 29 528 1
0335 96 540 1 0464 07 - 1 0489 17 566 1 0517 82 - 5 0535 99 - 5
0465 292 529 1
0335 97 - 1 0464 15 - 1 0489 31 564 1 0517 83 - 5
0465 30 528 1
0335 98 - 1 0464 16 - 1 0489 32 566 1 0517 86 499 4 0539 49 512 5
0465 301 529 1
0335 99 - 1 0464 18 - 1 0489 33 - 1 0517 87 - 4
0465 31 528 1
0464 19 - 1 0489 71 568 1 0517 88 - 4 0540 00 436 1
0465 311 529 1
0348 48 528 1 0464 23 - 1 0489 72 - 1 0517 90 508 4 0540 01 - 1
0465 322 - 1
0348 48 531 1 0464 25 - 1 0517 91 - 4 0540 02 - 1
0465 332 - 1
0464 26 - 1 0492 22 313 10 0517 92 - 4 0540 03 - 1
0465 381 - 1
0364 53 529 1 0464 27 - 1 0492 34 - 1 0517 93 - 4 0540 05 - 1
0465 391 - 1
0364 54 - 1 0464 30 527 1 0492 49 321 1 0517 94 - 4 0540 06 - 1
0465 401 - 1
0464 31 - 1 0517 95 - 4 0540 07 - 1
0365 80 535 20 0464 32 - 1
0465 41 531 4 0500 00 0517 96 503 4 0540 08 - 1
0465 42 - 4
0365 81 - 20 0464 34 - 1 0515 00 508 4 0517 97 - 1 0540 10 - 1
0465 461 534 1
0365 82 - 1 0464 35 - 1 0515 01 - 4 0517 98 - 4 0540 11 - 1
0465 47 - 1
0464 36 - 1 0515 02 - 4 0540 12 - 1
0400 00 0465 511 - 1
0464 38 - 1 0465 521 - 1 0515 03 - 4 0518 50 502 1 0540 13 - 1
0407 49 318 1 0464 39 - 1 0465 651 - 1 0515 04 - 4 0518 51 - 1 0540 15 - 1
0464 40 - 1 0465 70 330 1 0515 05 - 4 0518 52 - 1 0540 16 - 1
0408 98 323 1 0464 50 - 1 0465 71 - 1 0515 10 503 4 0518 53 - 1 0540 17 - 1
0464 51 - 1 0465 75 528 1 0515 11 - 4 0518 54 - 1 0540 18 - 1
0431 00 318 10 0464 54 - 1 0465 76 - 1 0515 12 - 4 0518 55 - 1 0540 20 - 1
0431 01 - 10 0464 56 - 1 0465 81 534 1 0515 13 - 4 0518 56 - 1 0540 21 - 1
0431 08 - 1 0464 58 - 1 0465 84 - 1 0515 14 - 4 0518 57 - 1 0540 22 - 1
0431 10 - 1 0464 60 - 1 0465 85 - 1 0515 15 - 4 0518 58 - 1 0540 23 - 1
0431 12 - 1 0464 61 - 1 0465 90 533 1 0515 23 499 4 0518 59 - 1 0540 26 - 1
0464 62 - 1 0465 93 - 1 0515 24 - 4 0518 60 - 1 0540 28 - 1
0462 00 531 1 0464 63 - 1 0465 94 - 1 0515 25 - 4 0518 61 - 1 0540 31 - 1
0462 01 - 1 0464 64 - 1 0465 95 - 1 0518 62 - 1 0540 33 - 1
0462 02 - 1 0464 66 527 1 0465 96 - 1 0516 36 507 1 0518 63 - 1 0540 60 440 10
0462 03 - 1 0464 69 528 1 0516 37 - 1 0518 64 - 1 0540 62 - 10
0462 06 - 1 0464 70 - 1 0466 23 75 1/20 0516 38 - 1 0518 65 - 1 0540 63 - 10
0462 07 - 1 0464 72 - 1 0516 39 - 1 0518 66 498 5 0540 65 - 1
0462 08 - 1 0464 73 - 1 0476 93 527 1 0516 40 - 1 0518 67 - 5 0540 67 - 1
0462 09 - 1 0464 74 - 1 0476 94 - 1 0516 41 - 1 0518 68 - 5 0540 70* - 1
0462 11 - 1 0464 76 - 1 0476 95 - 1 0516 42 - 1 0518 69 - 5 0540 71* - 1
0462 12 - 1 0464 77 - 1 0516 43 507 1 0518 70 - 5 0540 72* - 1
0462 13 - 1 0464 78 525 1 0488 00 567 1 0516 93 334 1 0518 71 - 5 0540 73* - 1
0566 01 588 1 0695 56 509 1/20 0756 76 455 5 0883 31 305 1 3501/5 313 10 4062 50 144 1
0566 09 - 1 0695 57 - 1/20 0756 81 454 5 3501/6 - 10 4062 52 - 1
0566 13 - 1 0695 61 504 1/20 0756 81 455 5 0892 79 318 2 3501/7 - 10 4062 64 - 1
0566 14 - 1 0695 69 - 5/100 0756 81 456 5 0892 79 319 2 3501/8 - 10 4062 76 - 1
0566 21 - 1 0695 79 512 1 0756 88 454 5 0892 79 321 2 3501/9 - 10 4062 78 - 1
0566 29 - 1 0695 80 262 10/100 0756 88 455 5 0892 79 322 2 3501/AMB - 5 4062 80 - 1
0566 33 - 1 0695 80 512 10 0756 88 456 5 3501/AUX - 5 4062 82 - 1
0566 34 - 1 0695 81 504 1 0756 90 454 10 0893 07 403 1/10 3501/CEN - 5 4062 86 - 1
0566 41 - 1 0695 81 509 1 0756 90 455 10 0893 79 318 2 3501/GEN - 5 4062 88 - 1
0566 49 - 1 0695 81 512 1 0756 90 456 10 0893 79 319 2 3501/GR - 5 4062 89 - 1
0566 53 - 1 0893 79 321 2 3501/O/I - 5 4062 90 - 1
0566 54 - 1 0696 51 262 10/100 0765 87 510 10 0893 79 322 2 3501/OFF - 5 4062 91 - 1
0566 61 - 1 0696 72 - 5/50 0765 88 505 10 3501/ON - 5 4062 93 - 1
0566 69 - 1 0696 80 - 5/25 0896 04 399 1 3501/PUL - 5 4062 95 - 1
0566 73 - 1 0696 89 - 10/100 0778 80 512 1 0896 20 264 1 3501/SLA - 5
0566 74 - 1 0778 81 512 1 0896 21 - 1 3501/T - 5 4063 03 144 10
0697 40 564 1 0778 91 504 10 0896 25 - 1 3501/TM - 5 4063 04 - 10
0572 98 588 1 0697 80 564 1 0896 26 - 1 3501K - 1 4063 06 - 10
0572 99 - 1 0779 05 522 1 0896 30 - 1 3501K/1 - 1 4063 07 - 10
0700 00 0896 32 - 1 4063 13 - 10
0779 06 - 1
0573 00 588 1 0756 01 454 201 0779 30 260 1 0896 34 402 1 3502 313 1 4063 14 - 5
0573 02 - 1 0756 02 - 121 0779 30 540 1 0896 34 - 1 4063 15 - 5
0573 20 - 1 0756 03 455 121 0896 44 392 1 3504 313 1 4063 16 - 5
0573 22 - 1 0756 04 - 81 0784 57 564 1 0896 49 - 1 4063 19 - 10
0756 06 456 81 0784 71 572 1 0896 67 424 24* 3506 315 1 4063 20 - 10
0576 69 588 20 0756 08 454 201 0784 72 - 1 0896 68 - 32* 3506 318 1
0576 70 - 20 0756 08 455 201 0784 73 - 1 0896 69 - 20* 4065 00 141 1/5/60
0576 72 - 20 0756 08 456 201 0784 75 - 1 0896 83 402 1 3507/06 318 1 4065 01 - 1/5/60
0756 09 454 261 0784 78 - 1 0896 83 - 1 4065 02 - 1/5/60
0577 21 588 3 0756 11 - 10 0896 84 - 1 3508BUS 316 10 4065 04 - 1/5/60
0577 22 - 3 0756 12 - 10 0785 12 348 1/1 0896 84 - 1 3508U2 - 10 4065 05 - 1/5/60
0577 23 - 2 0756 13 455 5 0785 70 - 1/1 0896 85 - 1 3508U3 - 10 4065 09 - 1/40
0756 14 - 5 0785 71 - 1/1 0896 86 - 1 4065 10 - 1/40
0589 10 588 1 0756 16 456 5 0785 72 - 1/1 0896 87 - 1 3522 316 1 4065 11 - 1/40
0589 18 - 1 0756 21 454 10 0785 73 - 1/1 4065 13 - 1/40
0756 22 - 10 0900 00 3523 316 1 4065 14 - 1/40
0600 00 0756 23 455 5 0904 67 504 1 4065 18 - 1/32
0786 14 521 1
0634 00 323 1 0756 24 - 5 0786 16 - 1 3530S 317 3 4065 19 - 1/32
0634 31 - 1 0756 26 456 5 0919 45 512 1 4065 20 - 1/32
0786 17 - 1
0634 32 - 1 0756 31 454 10 3540 317 5 4065 22 - 1/32
0634 33 - 1 0756 32 - 10
0786 18 - 1 3000 00 4065 23 - 1/32
0786 28 499 10
0634 34 - 1 0756 33 455 5 3369 04 323 1 3541 309 1
0786 29 - 10
0634 38 - 1 0756 34 - 5 3369 04 320 1 4085 80 136 1/10/120
0634 39 - 1 0756 36 456 5 3542 309 1 4085 81 - 1/10/120
0787 00 351 1/10
0634 41 - 1 0756 41 454 10 3456 315 1 4085 83 - 1/10/120
0756 42 - 10 3690 71 577 1 4085 84 - 1/10/120
0791 71 572 1
0672 31 298 1 0756 43 455 5 3460 00 320 1 3690 76 - 1 4085 85 - 1/10/120
0791 72 - 1
0672 33 - 1 0756 44 - 5 3460 00 322 1 3690 81 - 1 4085 87 - 1/10/120
0791 73 - 1
0672 34 - 1 0756 46 456 5 3460 20 321 1 3690 86 - 1 4085 90 - 1/10/120
0791 75 - 1
0672 35 299 1 0756 61 454 10 3460 20 323 1 4085 92 - 1/10/120
0791 78 - 1
0672 36 - 1 0756 61 455 10 3749 00 323 1 4085 93 - 1/10/120
0672 37 298 1 0756 61 456 10 0800 00 3477 311 1 4085 94 - 1/10/120
0672 39 299 1 0756 62 454 10
4000 00 4085 95 - 1/10/120
0802 90 350 10/200
0672 40 - 1 0756 63 455 10 3479 317 1 4049 11 217 1 4085 96 - 1/10/120
0802 91 - 10/200
0672 50 305 1 0756 66 454 20 4049 12 - 1 4085 97 - 1/10/120
0802 99 - 10/200
0672 63 298 1 0756 66 455 20 3480 318 1 4049 14 - 1 4085 98 - 1/10/120
0672 64 299 1 0756 66 456 20 4049 17 - 1 4085 99 138 1/5/160
0844 24 318 1
0672 67 321 1 0756 67 454 20 3480V12 - 1 4049 18 - 1
0672 68 - 1 0756 67 455 20 4049 20 - 10 4086 00 138 1/5/161
0882 30 568 1
0756 69 454 10 3482 318 1 4049 26 - 1 4086 01 - 1/5/162
0882 32 299 1
0674 59 314 1 0756 69 455 10 4049 37 - 1 4086 02 136 1/5/60
0756 69 456 101 0882 32 309 1 3495 320 1 4049 38 - 1 4086 03 - 1/5/60
0675 52 308 1 0756 71 454 5 0882 35 568 1 4049 39 - 1 4086 05 - 1/5/60
0675 53 - 1 0756 71 455 5 0882 91 305 1 3496 - 1 4049 40 - 3/30 4086 06 - 1/5/60
0675 54 - 1 0756 71 - 5 4049 41 - 10 4086 07 - 1/5/60
0675 55 319 1 0756 71 456 5 0883 05 303 1 3499 - 1 4049 42 - 1 4086 09 - 1/5/60
0675 56 308 1 0756 72 454 5 0883 20 - 1 4049 43 - 1 4086 12 - 1/5/60
0675 57 - 1 0756 72 455 5 0883 22 - 1 3501/0 313 10 4049 44 - 3/30 4086 14 - 1/5/60
0675 58 - 1 0756 75 - 5 0883 23 - 1 3501/1 - 10 4049 45 - 10 4086 15 - 1/5/60
0675 92 309 1 0756 75 - 5 0883 25 - 1 3501/2 - 10 4049 89 - 6 4086 16 - 1/5/60
0756 75 456 5 0883 27 - 1 3501/3 - 10 4049 90 - 6 4086 17 - 1/5/60
0695 03 303 1 0756 76 454 5 0883 30 - 1 3501/4 - 10 4049 91 217 20/840 4086 18 - 1/5/60
4086 19 136 1/5/60 4087 11 137 1/10/120 4088 10 138 1/10/120 4100 09 140 1 4106 57 145 1 4114 00 143 1/32
4086 20 - 1/5/60 4087 12 - 1/10/120 4088 11 - 1/10/120 4100 10 - 1 4106 58 - 1 4114 01 - 1/32
4086 21 - 1/40 4087 14 - 1/10/120 4088 12 - 1/10/120 4100 11 - 1 4106 59 - 1 4114 02 - 1/32
4086 22 - 1/40 4087 16 - 1/10/120 4088 13 - 1/10/120 4100 12 - 1 4114 15 - 1/32
4086 24 - 1/40 4087 17 - 1/10/120 4088 14 - 1/10/120 4100 13 - 1 4111 85 143 1/16 4114 16 - 1/32
4086 25 - 1/40 4087 18 - 1/10/120 4088 15 - 1/5/60 4100 14 - 1 4111 86 - 1/16
4086 26 - 1/40 4087 19 - 1/10/120 4088 16 - 1/5/60 4100 15 - 1 4111 87 - 1/16 4115 07 142 1/5/60
4086 28 - 1/40 4087 20 - 1/10/120 4088 18 - 1/5/60 4100 20 - 1 4111 88 - 1/16 4115 08 - 1/5/60
4086 31 - 1/40 4087 21 - 1/10/120 4088 19 - 1/5/60 4100 21 - 1 4111 89 - 1/16 4115 17 - 1/5/60
4086 33 - 1/40 4087 22 - 1/10/120 4088 20 - 1/5/60 4100 22 - 1 4115 18 - 1/5/60
4086 34 - 1/40 4087 26 - 1/5/60 4088 21 - 1/5/60 4100 23 - 1 4112 04 143 1/16 4115 27 - 1/5/60
4086 35 - 1/40 4087 27 - 1/5/60 4088 23 - 1/5/60 4100 24 - 1 4112 05 - 1/16 4115 28 - 1/5/60
4086 36 - 1/40 4087 29 - 1/5/60 4088 25 - 1/5/60 4100 25 - 1 4112 06 - 1/16
4086 37 - 1/40 4087 30 - 1/5/60 4088 26 - 1/5/60 4100 26 - 1 4112 07 - 1/16 4117 05 142 1/32
4086 38 - 1/40 4087 31 - 1/5/60 4088 27 - 1/5/60 4100 27 - 1 4112 08 - 1/16 4117 06 - 1/32
4086 39 - 1/40 4087 32 - 1/40 4088 28 - 1/5/60 4100 28 - 1 4112 33 - 1/16 4117 15 - 1/32
4086 40 138 1/5/60 4087 33 - 1/40 4088 29 - 1/5/60 4100 33 - 1 4112 34 - 1/16 4117 16 - 1/32
4086 41 - 1/5/60 4087 35 - 1/40 4088 30 - 1/5/60 4100 34 - 1 4112 35 - 1/16 4117 25 - 1/32
4086 42 - 1/5/60 4087 36 - 1/40 4088 31 - 1/5/60 4100 35 - 1 4112 36 - 1/16 4117 26 - 1/32
4086 43 136 1/32 4087 37 - 1/40 4100 36 - 1 4112 37 - 1/16
4086 44 - 1/32 4087 38 - 1/40 4097 53 139 1 4100 37 - 1 4112 38 - 1/16 4118 51 141 1/5/60
4086 46 - 1/32 4087 40 - 1/40 4097 54 - 1 4100 38 - 1 4112 39 - 1/16 4118 52 - 1/5/60
4086 47 - 1/32 4087 42 - 1/40 4097 55 - 1 4100 39 - 1 4112 40 - 1/16 4118 53 - 1/5/60
4086 48 - 1/32 4087 43 - 1/40 4097 56 - 1 4100 40 - 1 4112 41 - 1/16 4118 56 - 1/5/60
4086 50 - 1/32 4087 44 - 1/40 4097 57 - 1 4100 41 - 1 4112 42 - 1/16 4118 57 - 1/5/60
4086 53 - 1/32 4087 45 - 1/40 4097 58 - 1 4118 58 - 1/5/60
4086 55 - 1/32 4087 46 - 1/40 4097 59 - 1 4101 34 140 1 4118 61 - 1/5/60
4113 22 142 1/32
4086 56 - 1/32 4087 47 - 1/40 4097 60 - 1 4101 35 - 1 4118 62 - 1/5/60
4113 23 - 1/32
4086 57 - 1/32 4087 48 - 1/40 4097 61 - 1 4101 36 - 1 4118 63 - 1/5/60
4113 24 - 1/32
4086 58 - 1/32 4087 52 - 1/32 4097 62 - 1 4101 37 - 1 4118 71 - 1/5/60
4113 25 - 1/32
4086 59 - 1/32 4087 53 - 1/32 4097 63 - 1 4101 38 - 1 4118 72 - 1/5/60
4113 26 - 1/32
4086 60 - 1/32 4087 55 - 1/32 4097 64 - 1 4101 39 - 1 4118 73 - 1/5/60
4113 27 - 1/32
4086 61 - 1/32 4087 56 - 1/32 4097 66 - 1 4101 40 - 1 4118 74 142 1/5/60
4113 28 - 1/32
4086 62 138 1/9 4087 57 - 1/32 4097 67 - 1 4101 41 - 1 4118 76 141 1/32
4113 29 - 1/32
4086 63 - 1/9 4087 58 - 1/32 4097 68 - 1 4101 47 - 1 4118 77 - 1/32
4113 30 - 1/32
4086 64 - 1/9 4087 60 - 1/32 4097 69 - 1 4101 48 - 1 4118 78 - 1/32
4113 31 - 1/32
4086 65 136 1/32 4087 62 - 1/32 4097 70 - 1 4101 49 - 1 4118 81 - 1/32
4113 32 - 1/32
4086 66 - 1/32 4087 63 - 1/32 4097 71 - 1 4101 50 - 1 4118 82 - 1/32
4113 33 - 1/32
4086 68 - 1/32 4087 64 - 1/32 4097 72 - 1 4101 51 - 1 4118 83 - 1/32
4113 34 - 1/32
4086 69 - 1/32 4087 65 - 1/32 4097 73 - 1 4101 52 - 1 4118 86 - 1/32
4113 35 - 1/32
4086 70 - 1/32 4087 66 - 1/32 4097 74 - 1 4101 53 - 1 4118 87 - 1/32
4113 36 - 1/32
4086 72 - 1/32 4087 67 - 1/32 4097 75 - 1 4101 54 - 1 4118 88 - 1/32
4113 37 - 1/32
4086 75 - 1/32 4087 68 - 1/32 4097 76 - 1 4101 60 - 1 4118 91 - 1/5/60
4113 38 - 1/32
4086 77 - 1/32 4087 72 - 1/32 4097 77 - 1 4101 61 - 1 4118 92 - 1/5/60
4113 39 - 1/32
4086 78 - 1/32 4087 73 - 1/32 4097 79 - 1 4101 62 - 1 4118 93 - 1/5/60
4113 40 - 1/32
4086 79 - 1/32 4087 75 - 1/32 4097 80 - 1 4101 63 - 1 4118 94 142 1/5/60
4113 65 - 1/16
4086 80 - 1/32 4087 76 - 1/32 4097 81 - 1 4101 64 - 1 4118 96 141 1/32
4113 66 - 1/16
4086 81 - 1/32 4087 77 - 1/32 4097 82 - 1 4101 65 - 1 4118 97 - 1/32
4086 82 - 1/32 4087 78 - 1/32 4097 83 - 1 4101 66 - 1 4113 67 - 1/16 4118 98 - 1/32
4086 83 - 1/32 4087 79 - 1/32 4097 84 - 1 4101 67 - 1 4113 68 - 1/16 4118 99 142 1/32
4086 84 - 1/32 4087 81 - 1/32 4097 85 - 1 4101 73 - 1 4113 69 - 1/16
4086 85 - 1/32 4087 82 - 1/32 4097 86 - 1 4101 74 - 1 4113 70 - 1/16 4124 29 146 1
4086 87 - 1/32 4087 83 - 1/32 4097 87 - 1 4101 75 - 1 4113 71 - 1/16 4124 30 - 1
4086 88 - 1/32 4087 84 - 1/32 4097 88 - 1 4101 76 - 1 4113 72 - 1/16 4124 31 - 1
4086 89 - 1/32 4087 86 - 1/32 4097 89 - 1 4101 77 - 1 4113 73 - 1/16
4086 91 - 1/32 4087 88 - 1/32 4097 90 - 1 4101 78 - 1 4113 74 - 1/16 4125 44 146 1
4086 94 - 1/32 4087 89 - 1/32 4097 92 - 1 4101 79 - 1 4113 75 - 1/16 4125 45 - 1
4086 96 - 1/32 4087 90 - 1/32 4097 93 - 1 4101 80 - 1 4113 76 - 1/16 4125 47 - 1
4086 97 - 1/32 4087 91 - 1/32 4097 94 - 1 4113 77 - 1/16 4125 48 - 1
4086 98 - 1/32 4087 92 - 1/32 4097 95 - 1 4105 68 143 1 4113 78 - 1/16 4125 49 - 1
4086 99 - 1/32 4087 93 - 1/32 4097 96 - 1 4105 69 - 1 4113 79 - 1/16 4125 50 - 1
4087 94 - 1/32 4097 97 - 1 4105 71 - 1 4113 88 - 1/16 4125 51 - 1
4087 00 136 1/32 4087 98 138 1/10/120 4097 98 - 1 4105 78 - 1 4113 89 - 1/16 4125 53 - 1
4087 01 - 1/32 4087 99 - 1/10/120 4097 99 - 1 4105 79 - 1 4113 90 143 1/32 4125 56 - 1
4087 02 - 1/32 4105 82 - 1 4113 91 - 1/32 4125 57 - 1
4087 03 138 1/9 4088 01 138 1/10/120 4098 00 139 1 4113 92 - 1/32
4087 04 - 1/9 4088 02 - 1/10/120 4098 01 - 1 4106 25 143 1 4113 93 - 1/32 4126 23 146 1
4087 05 - 1/9 4088 03 - 1/10/120 4098 02 - 1 4106 26 - 1 4113 94 - 1/32 4126 29 145 1
4087 06 137 1/10/120 4088 04 - 1/10/120 4098 03 - 1 4106 29 - 1 4113 95 - 1/32 4126 30 - 1
4087 07 - 1/10/120 4088 06 - 1/10/120 4106 38 - 1 4113 97 - 1/32 4126 31 - 1
4087 09 - 1/10/120 4088 08 - 1/10/120 4100 07 140 1 4106 39 - 1 4113 98 - 1/32 4126 34 - 1
4087 10 - 1/10/120 4088 09 - 1/10/120 4100 08 - 1 4106 42 - 1 4113 99 - 1/32 4126 41 - 1
4126 54 145 1 4200 06 56 1 4201 25 56 1 4203 25 59 1 4205 19 61 1 4207 19 76 1

4126 57 - 1 4200 07 - 1 4201 26 - 1 4203 27 - 1 4205 22 - 1 4207 20 - 1
4200 10 - 1 4201 27 - 1 4203 29 - 1 4205 25 - 1 4207 21 - 1
4127 90 146 1 4200 11 - 1 4201 30 - 1 4203 32 - 1 4205 27 - 1 4207 22 - 1
4127 94 - 1 4200 12 - 1 4201 31 - 1 4203 35 - 1 4205 29 - 1 4207 23 - 1
4200 13 - 1 4201 32 - 1 4203 37 - 1 4205 32 - 1 4207 24 - 1
4128 12 146 1 4200 14 - 1 4201 33 - 1 4203 39 - 1 4205 35 - 1 4207 25 - 1
4128 13 - 1 4200 15 - 1 4201 34 - 1 4203 42 - 1 4205 37 - 1 4207 26 - 1
4128 14 - 1 4200 16 - 1 4201 35 - 1 4203 45 - 1 4205 39 - 1 4207 27 - 1
4128 59 - 1 4200 17 - 1 4201 36 - 1 4203 47 - 1 4205 42 - 1 4207 28 - 1
4128 72 145 1 4200 30 - 1 4201 37 - 1 4203 49 - 1 4205 45 - 1 4207 29 - 1
4128 73 - 1 4200 31 - 1 4201 50 - 1 4203 52 - 1 4205 47 - 1
4200 32 - 1 4201 51 - 1 4203 55 - 1 4205 49 - 1 4210 06 62 1/12
4150 41 124 1 4200 33 - 1 4201 52 - 1 4203 57 - 1 4205 52 - 1 4210 07 - 1/12
4150 42 - 1 4200 34 - 1 4201 53 - 1 4203 59 - 1 4205 55 - 1 4210 08 - 1/3
4150 43 - 1 4200 35 - 1 4201 54 - 1 4203 62 - 1 4205 57 - 1 4210 09 - 1/3
4150 52 - 1 4200 36 - 1 4201 55 - 1 4203 65 - 1 4205 59 - 1 4210 10 - 1/12
4200 37 - 1 4201 56 - 1 4203 67 - 1 4210 11 - 1/12
4151 00 123 1/12 4200 40 - 1 4201 57 - 1 4203 69 - 1 4206 05 58 1 4210 12 - 1/12
4151 01 - 1/12 4200 41 - 1 4201 97 77 1 4203 72 - 1 4206 07 - 1 4210 13 - 1/12
4151 02 - 1/12 4200 42 - 1 4201 98 - 1 4203 75 - 1 4206 08 - 1 4210 14 - 1/12
4151 03 - 1/12 4200 43 - 1 4201 99 - 1 4203 77 - 1 4206 09 - 1 4210 15 - 1/12
4151 04 - 1/12 4200 44 - 1 4203 79 - 1 4206 15 - 1 4210 16 - 1/12
4151 05 - 1/6 4200 45 - 1 4202 05 58 1 4203 82 - 1 4206 17 - 1 4210 17 - 1/12
4151 06 - 1/4 4200 46 - 1 4202 07 - 1 4203 85 - 1 4206 18 - 1 4210 18 - 1/12
4151 07 - 1/4 4200 47 - 1 4202 08 - 1 4203 87 - 1 4206 19 - 1 4210 19 - 1/12
4151 08 - 1/4 4200 50 - 1 4202 09 - 1 4203 89 - 1 4206 25 - 1 4210 20 - 1/12
4151 09 - 1/4 4200 51 - 1 4202 15 - 1 4206 27 - 1 4210 21 - 1/12
4151 10 - 1/4 4200 52 - 1 4202 17 - 1 4204 02 60 1 4206 28 - 1 4210 22 - 1/12
4151 11 - 1/4 4200 53 - 1 4202 18 - 1 4204 05 - 1 4206 29 - 1 4210 23 - 1/12
4151 12 - 1/12 4200 54 - 1 4202 19 - 1 4204 07 - 1 4206 35 59 1 4210 24 - 1/12
4151 13 - 1/12 4200 55 - 1 4202 25 - 1 4204 09 - 1 4206 37 - 1 4210 25 - 1/12
4151 14 - 1/6 4200 56 - 1 4202 27 - 1 4204 12 - 1 4206 38 - 1 4210 26 57 1/2
4151 15 - 1/6 4200 57 - 1 4202 28 - 1 4204 15 - 1 4206 39 - 1 4210 27 - 1/2
4151 16 - 1/6 4200 70 - 1 4202 29 - 1 4204 17 - 1 4206 45 - 1 4210 28 - 1/12
4151 17 - 1/4 4200 71 - 1 4202 35 - 1 4204 19 - 1 4206 47 - 1 4210 29 - 1/12
4151 18 - 1/4 4200 72 - 1 4202 37 - 1 4204 22 - 1 4206 48 - 1 4210 30 61 1/8
4151 19 - 1/4 4200 73 - 1 4202 38 - 1 4204 25 - 1 4206 49 - 1 4210 31 - 1/8
4151 20 - 1/2 4200 74 - 1 4202 39 - 1 4204 27 - 1 4206 55 - 1 4210 36 57 1/6
4151 21 - 1/4 4200 75 - 1 4202 45 - 1 4204 29 - 1 4206 57 - 1 4210 37 - 1/6
4151 22 - 1/2 4200 76 - 1 4202 47 - 1 4204 32 - 1 4206 58 - 1 4210 38 61 1/6
4151 23 - 1/2 4200 77 - 1 4202 48 - 1 4204 35 - 1 4206 59 - 1 4210 39 - 1/6
4151 24 - 1/4 4200 80 - 1 4202 49 - 1 4204 37 - 1 4206 65 60 1 4210 40 57 1
4151 25 - 1/4 4200 81 - 1 4202 55 - 1 4204 39 - 1 4206 67 - 1 4210 41 - 1
4151 26 - 1/4 4200 82 - 1 4202 57 - 1 4204 42 - 1 4206 68 - 1 4210 42 61 1
4151 27 - 1/4 4200 83 - 1 4202 58 - 1 4204 45 - 1 4206 69 - 1 4210 43 - 1
4151 28 - 1/4 4200 84 - 1 4202 59 - 1 4204 47 - 1 4206 75 - 1 4210 44 57 1/5
4151 29 - 1/4 4200 85 - 1 4202 65 - 1 4204 49 - 1 4206 77 - 1 4210 44 61 1/5
4151 30 - 1/4 4200 86 - 1 4202 67 - 1 4204 52 - 1 4206 78 - 1 4210 45 57 1/10
4151 31 - 1/4 4200 87 - 1 4202 68 - 1 4204 55 - 1 4206 79 - 1 4210 45 61 1/10
4151 32 124 1/6 4200 90 - 1 4202 69 - 1 4204 57 - 1 4206 85 - 1 4210 46 57 1/10
4151 33 - 1/4 4200 91 - 1 4202 75 - 1 4204 59 - 1 4206 87 - 1 4210 46 61 1/10
4151 34 - 1/4 4200 92 - 1 4202 77 - 1 4204 62 - 1 4206 88 - 1 4210 47 57 1/10
4151 35 - 1/4 4200 93 - 1 4202 78 - 1 4204 65 - 1 4206 89 - 1 4210 47 61 1/10
4151 36 - 1/4 4200 94 - 1 4202 79 - 1 4204 67 - 1 4206 92 61 1 4210 48 62 1/8
4151 37 - 1/4 4200 95 - 1 4202 85 - 1 4204 69 - 1 4206 95 - 1 4210 49 - 1/12
4151 38 - 1/4 4200 96 - 1 4202 87 - 1 4204 72 - 1 4206 97 - 1 4210 50 57 1/4
4151 48 - 1 4200 97 - 1 4202 88 - 1 4204 75 - 1 4206 99 - 1 4210 51 - 1/5
4151 49 - 1 4202 89 - 1 4204 77 - 1 4210 52 61 1/5
4151 50 - 1 4201 10 56 1 4202 98 77 1 4204 79 - 1 4207 02 61 1 4210 53 - 1/3
4151 51 - 1 4201 11 - 1 4202 99 - 1 4204 82 - 1 4207 05 - 1 4210 54 57 1/4
4151 52 - 1 4201 12 - 1 4204 85 - 1 4207 07 - 1 4210 55 - 1/5
4151 53 - 1 4201 13 - 1 4203 00 77 1 4204 87 - 1 4207 09 - 1 4210 56 61 1/5
4151 54 - 1 4201 14 - 1 4203 02 59 1 4204 89 - 1 4207 10 76 1 4210 57 - 1/3
4151 55 - 1 4201 15 - 1 4203 05 - 1 4207 11 - 1 4210 58 62 1
4201 16 - 1 4203 07 - 1 4205 02 61 1 4207 12 - 1 4210 59 - 1/2
4200 00 56 1 4201 17 - 1 4203 09 - 1 4205 05 - 1 4207 13 - 1 4210 60 - 1
4200 01 - 1 4201 20 - 1 4203 12 - 1 4205 07 - 1 4207 14 - 1 4210 61 - 1/4
4200 02 - 1 4201 21 - 1 4203 15 - 1 4205 09 - 1 4207 15 - 1 4210 62 - 1/12
4200 03 - 1 4201 22 - 1 4203 17 - 1 4205 12 - 1 4207 16 - 1 4210 63 - 1/12
4200 04 - 1 4201 23 - 1 4203 19 - 1 4205 15 - 1 4207 17 - 1 4210 64 - 1/12
4200 05 - 1 4201 24 - 1 4203 22 - 1 4205 17 - 1 4207 18 - 1 4210 65 - 1/12
4210 66 62 1/12 5722 72 539 1 5723 61 254 1 5727 77 258 1/20 5730 04 245 10/100 5733 52 241 20/200
4210 67 - 1/12 5722 73 252 1/20 5723 70 260 1 5727 77 539 1 5730 21 241 20/200 5733 53 - 20/200
4210 68 57 1/8 5722 73 259 1/20 5723 70 538 1 5727 78 259 1/20 5730 24 - 20/200 5733 54 - 20/200
4210 69 61 1/8 5722 73 539 1 5723 76 257 1/10 5727 78 538 1 5730 27 - 20/200 5733 55 - 20/200
4210 70 57 1/2 5722 74 252 1/20 5723 76 514 1 5727 79 252 1/20 5730 66 245 10/100 5733 56 - 20/200
4210 70 61 1/2 5722 74 259 1/20 5723 77 257 1/10 5727 79 259 1/20 5730 69 - 10/100 5733 57 - 20/200
4210 71 57 1/5 5722 74 538 1 5723 77 514 1 5727 79 538 1 5730 71 241 10/100 5733 58 - 20/200
4210 72 61 1/16 5722 75 252 1/20 5723 78 257 1/10 5727 80 258 10/100 5730 72 - 10/100 5733 59 243 20/200
4210 73 57 1/5 5722 75 258 1/20 5723 94 261 1/10 5727 80 539 10 5730 73 - 10/100 5733 60 - 20/200
4210 74 61 1/16 5722 75 539 1 5727 81 252 1/20 5730 87 261 10/100 5733 61 - 20/200
4210 75 62 1/6 5722 76 259 1/20 5724 52 247 10/100 5727 81 259 1/20 5733 62 241 20/200
5722 76 539 1 5724 53 - 10/100 5727 81 538 1 5731 03 245 10/100 5733 66 245 10/100
5000 00 5722 77 258 1/20 5724 88 253 5/25 5727 82 252 1/20 5731 04 - 10/100 5733 70 241 20/200
5739 85 316 1 5722 77 539 1 5727 82 259 1/20 5731 21 241 20/200 5733 71 - 20/200
5739 91 - 1 5722 78 259 1/20 5725 37 240 5/50 5727 82 538 1 5731 24 - 20/200 5733 72 - 20/200
5722 78 538 1 5725 38 - 10/100 5727 83 258 1/20 5731 27 241 20/200 5733 73 - 20/200
5720 23* 539 1 5722 79 252 1/20 5725 42 - 10/100 5727 83 539 1 5731 69 245 10/100 5733 76 - 10/100
5720 24* 541 1 5722 79 259 1/20 5725 43 - 10/100 5727 84 258 1 5731 71 241 10/100 5733 80 243 20/200
5720 25* - 1 5722 79 538 1 5725 44 - 10/100 5727 84 539 1 5731 72 - 10/100 5733 81 - 20/200
5720 26* - 1 5722 80 539 10 5725 49 - 10/100 5727 85 253 1/20 5731 73 - 10/100 5733 82 248 5/50
5720 27* - 1 5722 81 252 1/20 5725 51 242 1/10 5727 85 259 1/20 5731 87 261 10/100 5733 83 249 5/50
5720 37 240 5/50 5722 81 259 1/20 5725 63 240 20/200 5727 88 252 1/20 5733 84 248 5/50
5720 38 - 10/100 5722 81 538 1 5725 64 241 20/200 5727 88 259 1/20 5732 20 243 10/100 5733 85 249 5/50
5720 42 - 10/100 5722 82 252 1/20 5725 65 - 20/200 5727 88 538 1 5732 22 248 10/100 5733 90 241 10/100
5720 43 - 10/100 5722 82 259 1/20 5725 67 251 5/40 5727 89 253 1/20 5732 23 249 10/100 5733 92 - 10/100
5720 44 - 10/100 5722 82 538 1 5725 68* 541 1 5727 89 259 1/20 5732 24 248 10/100 5733 96 243 10/100
5720 49 - 10/100 5722 83 258 1/20 5725 71 252 10/100 5727 93 335 1 5732 25 249 10/100 5733 97 - 10/100
5720 51 242 1/10 5722 83 539 1 5725 74 251 5/50 5727 94 - 1 5732 34 248 10/100 5733 98 253 5/25
5720 55 246 1/20 5722 84 258 1 5725 78 252 5/25 5732 35 249 10/100
5720 63 240 20/200 5722 84 539 1 5725 90 538 1 5728 00 513 10 5732 36 248 10/100 5734 00 240 20/200
5720 64 241 20/200 5722 85 253 1/20 5725 91 - 1 5728 01 - 5 5732 37 249 10/100 5734 01 - 20/200
5720 65 - 20/200 5722 85 259 1/20 5725 92 539 1 5728 06 256 20/200 5732 72 253 1/20 5734 02 - 20/200
5720 67 251 5/40 5722 88 252 1/20 5725 93 - 1 5728 06 500 10 5732 72 259 1/20 5734 03 - 20/200
5720 68* 541 1 5722 88 259 1/20 5725 94 539 1 5728 10 513 10 5732 73 253 1/20 5734 04 243 20/200
5720 71 252 10/100 5722 88 538 1 5725 96 252 1 5728 12 - 10 5732 73 259 1/20 5734 05 - 20/200
5720 74 251 5/50 5722 89 253 1/20 5725 96 259 1 5728 13 - 10 5732 74 253 1/20 5734 10 240 20/200
5720 78 252 5/25 5722 89 259 1/20 5725 96 538 1 5728 22 504 10 5732 74 258 1/20 5734 11 - 20/200
5720 83 514 1 5722 93 335 1 5725 97 252 1 5728 23 - 10 5732 84 248 10/100 5734 12 240 10/100
5720 84 - 1 5722 94 - 1 5725 97 259 1 5728 24 253 10/100 5732 85 249 10/100 5734 13 243 20/200
5720 89 538 1 5725 97 538 1 5728 24 504 10 5732 86 248 10/100 5734 14 - 20/200
5720 90 - 1 5723 00 513 10 5728 30 257 10/100 5732 87 249 10/100 5734 15 251 20/200
5720 91 - 1 5723 01 - 5 5726 04 255 10/100 5728 30 508 10 5732 94 248 5/50 5734 16 244 5/50
5720 92 539 1 5723 10 - 10 5726 16 - 10/100 5728 31 257 10/100 5732 95 249 5/50 5734 17 240 20/200
5720 93 - 1 5723 12 - 10 5726 53 250 1 5728 31 503 10 5732 96 248 5/50 5734 25 256 20/200
5720 94 - 1 5723 13 - 10 5726 54 255 1/5 5728 32 257 10/100 5732 97 249 5/50 5734 26 - 20/200
5720 96 252 1 5723 22 504 10 5728 32 508 10 5734 27 256 20/200
5720 96 259 1 5723 24 253 10/100 5727 11 244 1/10 5728 33 257 10/100 5733 00 241 20/200 5734 28 252 20/200
5720 96 538 1 5723 24 504 10 5727 20 243 10/100 5728 33 503 10 5733 01 - 20/200 5734 28 256 20/200
5720 97 252 1 5723 30 257 10/100 5727 26 247 1/20 5728 35 257 10/100 5733 02 - 20/200 5734 28 504 20
5720 97 259 1 5723 30 508 10 5727 27 246 1/20 5728 35 512 10 5733 03 - 20/200 5734 29 256 20/200
5720 97 538 1 5723 31 257 10/100 5727 30 250 1/20 5728 36 257 10/100 5733 04 - 20/200 5734 29 509 20
5723 31 503 10 5727 39 244 1/10 5728 36 512 10 5733 05 - 20/200 5734 30 256 20/200
5721 04 255 10/100 5723 32 257 10/100 5727 40 245 5/60 5728 39 504 1 5733 06 - 20/200 5734 30 509 20
5721 16 - 10/100 5723 32 508 10 5727 50(2) 247 1/10 5728 44 261 10/100 5733 07 - 20/200 5734 32 256 20/200
5721 53 250 1 5723 33 257 10/100 5727 52(2) - 1/10 5728 49 500 10 5733 08 - 20/200 5734 32 500 20
5721 54 255 1/5 5723 33 503 10 5727 59 250 10/50 5728 50 - 5 5733 09 243 20/200 5734 33 261 20/200
5723 35 257 10/100 5727 70 258 10/100 5728 51 - 10 5733 10 - 20/200 5734 34 256 20/200
5722 11 244 1/10 5723 35 512 10 5727 70 539 10 5728 52 - 10 5733 11 - 20/200 5734 34 504 10
5722 20 243 10/100 5723 36 257 10/100 5727 72 252 1/20 5728 53 504 5 5733 12 241 20/200 5734 40 254 20/200
5722 22 247 1/20 5723 36 512 10 5727 72 259 1/20 5728 54 - 10 5733 20 - 20/200 5734 42 251 20/200
5722 23 - 10/100 5723 39 504 1 5727 72 539 1 5728 55 - 10 5733 21 - 20/200 5734 43 - 10/100
5722 26 - 1/20 5723 44 261 10/100 5727 73 252 1/20 5728 57 500 5 5733 22 - 20/200 5734 48 254 10/100
5722 27 246 1/20 5723 49 500 10 5727 73 259 1/20 5728 58 - 10 5733 23 - 20/200 5734 49 261 20/200
5722 30 250 1/20 5723 50 - 5 5727 73 539 1 5728 59 - 10 5733 26 - 10/100 5734 50 240 10/100
5722 39 244 1/10 5723 51 - 10 5727 74 252 1/20 5728 70 260 1 5733 30 243 20/200 5734 51 - 10/100
5722 40 245 5/60 5723 52 - 10 5727 74 259 1/20 5728 76 257 1/10 5733 31 - 20/200 5734 52 - 10/100
5722 50(1) 247 1/10 5723 53 504 5 5727 74 538 1 5728 76 514 1 5733 40 241 10/100 5734 54 - 10/100
5722 52(1) - 1/10 5723 54 - 10 5727 75 252 1/20 5728 77 257 1/10 5733 42 - 10/100 5734 55 242 1/10
5722 59 250 10/50 5723 55 - 10 5727 75 258 1/20 5728 77 514 1 5733 46 243 10/100 5734 58 251 10/100
5722 70 539 10 5723 57 500 5 5727 75 539 1 5728 78 257 1/10 5733 47 - 10/100 5734 59 243 10/100
5722 72 252 1/20 5723 58 - 10 5727 76 259 1/20 5733 50 241 20/200 5734 60 - 10/100
5722 72 259 1/20 5723 59 - 10 5727 76 539 1 5730 03 245 10/100 5733 51 - 20/200 5734 61 251 5/50
5734 62 244 10/100 5736 30 509 20 5737 96 248 5/50 5739 55 322 1 5743 55 245 1/10 5757 36 289 1/20
5734 63 - 10/100 5736 34 256 20/200 5737 97 249 5/50 5739 58 321 1 5743 57 - 1/10 5757 40 284 5/30
5734 64 247 5/25 5736 42 251 20/200 5739 77 319 1 5757 41 285 5/30
5734 66 255 10/100 5736 43 - 10/100 5738 00 240 20/200 5739 79 254 5/50 5744 01 252 1/40 5757 42 - 5/30
5734 67 254 5/50 5736 49 261 20/200 5738 01 - 20/200 5739 80 255 1/10 5744 01 259 1/20 5757 43 287 1/5
5734 68 244 10/100 5736 50 240 10/100 5738 02 - 5/40 5739 84 318 1 5744 51 252 1/40 5757 44 - 1/5
5734 69 - 10/100 5736 51 - 10/100 5738 05 247 5/50 5739 86 322 1 5744 51 259 1/20 5757 46 289 1/5
5734 70 254 20/200 5736 52 - 10/100 5738 06 - 5/50 5739 90 320 1 5744 86 319 5 5757 50 284 5/30
5734 71 - 10/100 5736 54 - 10/100 5738 07 255 1/10/100 5739 90 322 1 5744 87 - 5 5757 51 285 5/30
5734 72 255 10/100 5736 55 242 1/10 5738 08 254 20/200 5744 90 - 5 5757 52 - 5/30
5734 73 254 10/100 5736 58 251 10/100 5738 09 - 20/200 5740 00 242 1/10 5744 91 - 5 5757 53 287 1/5
5734 74 252 10/100 5736 59 243 10/100 5738 10 255 5/50 5740 01 - 1/10 5757 54 - 1/5
5734 74 256 10/100 5736 60 - 10/100 5738 58 303 1 5740 02 - 1/10 5745 01 253 1/20 5757 56 289 1/5
5734 74 504 10 5736 61 251 5/50 5738 60 - 1 5740 03 - 1/10 5745 01 259 1/20 5757 60 284 2/20
5734 75 256 10/100 5736 62 244 10/100 5738 62 - 1 5740 07 244 1/10 5745 03 309 1 5757 61 285 2/20
5734 75 509 10 5736 63 - 10/100 5738 64 - 1 5740 111 322 1 5745 04 - 1 5757 62 - 2/20
5734 76 256 10/100 5736 66 255 10/100 5738 66 - 1 5740 32 324 1 5745 05 319 5 5757 63 287 1/10
5734 76 504 10 5736 67 254 5/50 5738 70 299 1 5740 33 - 1 5745 06 - 5 5757 64 - 1/10
5734 77 256 10/100 5736 68 244 10/100 5738 82 248 5/50 5740 34 246 1/20 5745 11 - 5 5757 66 289 1/10
5734 77 504 10 5736 69 - 10/100 5738 83 249 5/50 5740 34 564 1 5745 12 - 5 5757 70 284 2/16
5734 79 261 10/100 5736 70 254 20/200 5738 84 248 5/50 5740 34 566 1 5745 51 253 1/20 5757 71 285 2/16
5734 80 - 5/50 5736 71 - 10/100 5738 85 249 5/50 5740 38 323 1 5745 51 259 1/20 5757 72 - 2/16
5734 85 254 1 5736 72 255 10/100 5738 86 255 1/10/100 5740 39 - 1 5745 87 250 1 5757 73 287 1/8
5738 87 - 1/10/100 5740 40
5734 89 254 10/100 5736 73 254 10/100 322 1 5745 87 300 1 5757 74 - 1/8
5738 88 - 1/10/100 5740 41
5734 91 261 10/50 5736 74 252 10/100 - 1 5745 88 250 1 5757 76 289 1/8
5738 89 - 1/10/100
5736 74 256 10/100 5740 42 - 1 5745 88 300 1 5757 80 284 2/16
5738 90 - 1/10/100
5735 01 244 1/10 5736 74 504 10 5740 43 323 1 5745 89 250 1 5757 81 285 2/16
5735 10 255 5/50 5736 75 256 10/100 5740 46 313 1 5745 90 - 1 5757 82 - 2/16
5739 00 309 1
5735 20 261 5/35 5736 75 509 20 5740 46 571 1 5745 90 300 1 5757 90 284 2/12
5739 01 - 1
5735 30 240 5/20 5736 76 256 10/100 5740 47 246 1/20 5745 91 250 1 5757 91 285 2/12
5739 02 - 1
5735 42 255 1/5 5736 76 504 10 5740 47 564 1 5745 92 - 1/100 5757 92 - 2/12
5739 03 - 1
5735 44 298 1 5736 77 256 10/100 5740 48 313 1 5745 92 300 10
5739 04 308 1
5735 45 - 1 5736 77 504 10 5740 48 571 1 5745 93 250 1 5758 00 284 2/12
5739 05 - 1
5735 46 - 1 5736 89 254 10/100 5740 49 567 1 5745 93 300 1 5758 01 285 2/12
5739 06 - 1
5735 47 - 1 5740 50 242 1/10 5758 02 - 2/12
5739 07 - 1
5735 48 - 1 5737 01 244 1/10 5740 51 - 1/10 5750 70 284 5 5758 10 261 10/100
5739 12 - 1
5735 49 - 1 5737 10 255 5/50 5740 52 - 1/10 5750 71 285 5
5739 13 - 1
5735 50 305 1 5737 16 309 1 5740 53 - 1/10 5750 72 285 5 5759 00 284 10/100
5739 18 314 1
5735 51 299 1 5737 16 314 1 5740 57 244 1/10 5750 73 287 1/5 5759 01 285 10/100
5739 19 - 1
5735 64 247 5/25 5737 16 319 1 5740 84 246 1/20 5750 74 - 1/5 5759 02 - 10/100
5739 20 - 1
5735 70 261 5/25 5737 16 321 1 5740 87 250 1 5750 75 290 1/5 5759 03 287 1/5
5739 21 - 1
5735 71 - 1/10 5737 17 309 1 5740 87 300 1 5750 76 289 1/5 5759 04 - 1/5
5739 22 - 1
5735 72 - 2/10 5737 17 314 1 5740 88 250 1 5759 05 290 1/5
5739 23 - 1
5735 73 - 2/8 5737 17 319 1 5740 88 300 1 5757 00 284 10/100 5759 06 289 1/5
5739 24 - 1
5735 74 - 2/10 5737 17 321 1 5740 89 250 1 5757 01 285 10/100 5759 10 284 10/100
5739 25 - 1
5737 20 243 10/100 5739 26 319 1
5740 90 250 1 5757 02 - 10/100 5759 11 285 10/100
5736 00 240 20/200 5737 22 248 10/100 5739 27 - 1 5740 90 300 1 5757 03 287 1/5 5759 12 - 10/100
5736 01 - 20/200 5737 23 249 10/100 5739 28 - 1 5740 91 250 1 5757 04 - 1/5 5759 13 287 1/20
5736 02 - 20/200 5737 24 248 10/100 5739 29 - 1 5740 92 - 1/100 5757 05 290 1/5 5759 14 - 1/20
5736 03 - 20/200 5737 25 249 10/100 5739 32 320 1 5740 92 300 10 5757 06 289 1/5 5759 15 290 1/20
5736 04 243 20/200 5737 30 240 5/20 5739 33 - 1 5740 93 250 1 5757 10 284 10/100 5759 16 289 1/20
5736 05 - 20/200 5737 34 248 10/100 5739 34 317 1 5740 93 300 1 5757 11 285 10/100 5759 20 284 5/50
5736 06 251 5/50 5737 35 249 10/100 5739 35 - 1 5740 94 246 1/20 5757 12 - 10/100 5759 21 285 5/50
5736 10 240 20/200 5737 36 248 10/100 5739 36 - 1 5740 96 313 1 5757 13 287 1/5 5759 22 - 5/50
5736 11 - 20/200 5737 37 249 10/100 5739 37 - 1 5740 97 246 1/20 5757 14 - 1/5 5759 23 287 1/20
5736 12 240 10/100 5737 42 255 1/5 5739 38 - 1 5740 98 313 1 5757 15 290 1/5 5759 24 - 1/20
5736 13 243 20/200 5737 72 253 1/20 5739 39 - 1 5757 16 289 1/5 5759 25 290 1/20
5736 14 - 20/200 5737 72 259 1/20 5739 40 - 1 5743 00 242 1/10 5757 20 284 10/100 5759 26 289 1/20
5736 15 251 20/200 5737 73 253 1/20 5739 41 - 1 5743 01 - 1/10 5757 21 285 10/100 5759 30 284 5/30
5736 16 244 5/50 5737 73 259 1/20 5739 44 - 1 5743 02 - 1/10 5757 22 285 10/100 5759 31 285 5/30
5736 17 240 20/200 5737 74 253 1/20 5739 45 - 1 5743 03 - 1/10 5757 23 287 1/20 5759 32 - 5/30
5736 25 256 20/200 5737 74 258 1/20 5739 46 - 1 5743 05 245 1/10 5757 24 - 1/20 5759 33 287 1/5
5736 26 - 20/200 5737 79 254 5/50 5739 47 - 1 5743 07 - 1/10 5757 25 290 1/20 5759 34 - 1/5
5736 27 256 20/200 5737 80 255 1/10 5739 48 - 1 5743 112 322 1 5757 26 289 1/20 5759 35 290 1/5
5736 28 252 20/200 5737 84 248 10/100 5739 49 - 1 5743 19 245 1/10 5757 30 284 5/50 5759 36 289 1/5
5736 28 256 20/200 5737 85 249 10/100 5739 50 322 1 5743 39 - 1/10 5757 31 285 5/50 5759 40 284 2/20
5736 28 504 20 5737 86 248 10/100 5739 51 - 1 5743 50 242 1/10 5757 32 - 5/50 5759 41 285 2/20
5736 29 256 20/200 5737 87 249 10/100 5739 52 - 1 5743 51 - 1/10 5757 33 287 1/20 5759 42 - 2/20
5736 29 509 20 5737 94 248 5/50 5739 53 - 1 5743 52 - 1/10 5757 34 - 1/20 5759 43 287 1/10
5736 30 256 20/200 5737 95 249 5/50 5739 54 - 1 5743 53 - 1/10 5757 35 290 1/20 5759 44 - 1/10
5759 46 289 1/10 5763 35 288 1/20 5764 97 291 1 6038 58 481 10 6077 64 216 1 6078 98 217 1
5759 50 284 2/16 5763 36 - 1/20 6077 64 - 1
5759 51 285 2/16 5763 37 291 1/20 5765 00 289 1 6076 90 215 1 6077 65 214 1 6079 03 216 1
5759 52 - 2/16 5763 38 286 1/20 5765 03 287 1 6076 91 - 1 6077 66 - 1 6079 04 - 1
5759 53 287 1/8 5763 39 290 1/20 5765 04 - 1 6076 92 - 1 6077 67 - 1 6079 05 - 1
5759 54 - 1/8 5763 40 289 1/20 5765 06 289 1 6076 93 - 1 6077 68 - 1 6079 06 - 1
5759 56 289 1/8 5763 41 288 1/20 5765 07 291 1 6076 94 - 1 6077 69 - 1 6079 10 78 1
5763 42 - 1/20 5765 27 - 1 6076 95 213 1 6077 70 212 1 6079 10 213 1
5760 01 245 5 5763 43 290 1/20 5765 30 289 1 6076 96 214 1 6077 71 - 1 6079 11 78 1
5760 15 261 10/100 5763 44 - 1/20 5765 33 287 1 6077 72 - 1 6079 11 213 1
5760 16 - 10/100 5763 45 288 1/20 5765 34 - 1 6077 00 210 1 6077 73 216 1 6079 12 78 1
5760 50 - 10/100 5763 46 - 1/20 5765 36 289 1 6077 01 - 1 6077 73 - 1 6079 12 213 1
5763 47 291 1/20 5765 75 290 1/5 6077 02 - 1 6077 74 - 1 6079 13 78 1
5761 60 289 1/5 5763 48 286 1/20 5765 80 284 5/30 6077 03 - 1 6077 74 - 1 6079 13 213 1
5761 61 288 1/5 5763 49 290 1/20 5765 81 285 5/30 6077 05 - 1 6077 75 217 1 6079 14 78 1
5761 62 - 1/5 5763 50 289 1/20 5765 82 - 5/30 6077 06 - 1 6077 76 - 1 6079 14 213 1
5761 63 290 1/5 5763 51 288 1/20 5765 83 287 1/5 6077 07 - 1 6077 77 - 1 6079 15 78 1
5761 64 - 1/5 5763 52 - 1/20 5765 84 - 1/5 6077 08 - 1 6077 83 216 1 6079 15 213 1
5761 65 288 1/5 5763 53 290 1/20 5765 85 290 1/5 6077 09 - 1 6077 84 - 1 6079 16 78 1
5761 66 - 1/5 5763 54 - 1/20 5765 86 289 1/5 6077 10 - 1 6077 93 - 1 6079 16 213 1
5761 67 291 1/5 5763 55 288 1/20 5765 95 290 1/5 6077 11 - 1 6077 94 - 1 6079 17 78 1
5761 68 286 5 5763 56 - 1/20 6077 12 - 1
5761 99 290 1/5 5763 57 291 1/20
6000 00 6077 13 - 1 6078 03 216 1
6079 17 213 1
6079 18 78 1
5763 58 286 1/20 6014 50 G 211 1 6077 15 - 1 6078 03 - 1 6079 18 213 1
5762 90 289 1/5 5763 59 290 1/20 6014 51 G - 1 6077 16 - 1 6078 04 - 1 6079 19 79 1
5762 91 288 1/5 5763 60 289 1/5 6014 52 G - 1 6077 17 - 1 6078 04 - 1
6079 19 213 1
5762 92 - 1/5 5763 61 288 1/5 6014 53 G - 1 6077 18 - 1 6078 13 - 1
6079 20 79 1
5762 93 290 1/5 5763 62 - 1/5 6014 54 G - 1 6077 19 - 1 6078 14 - 1
6079 20 213 1
5762 94 - 1/5 5763 63 290 1/5 6014 55 G - 1 6077 20 - 1 6078 25 211 1
6079 21 79 1
5762 95 288 1/5 5763 64 - 1/5 6014 56 G - 1 6077 21 - 1 6078 26 - 1
6079 21 213 1
5762 96 - 1/5 5763 65 288 1/5 6014 57 G - 1 6077 22 - 1 6078 27 - 1
6079 22 79 1
5762 97 291 1/5 5763 66 - 1/5 6014 70 G 217 10 6077 23 - 1 6078 28 - 1
6079 22 213 1
5762 98 286 1/5/50 5763 67 291 1/5 6077 24 - 1 6078 35 - 1
6079 23 79 1
5762 99 290 1/5 5763 68 286 1/5 6018 31 232 1 6077 25 - 1 6078 36 - 1
6079 23 213 1
5763 69 290 1/5 6018 32 - 1 6077 26 - 1 6078 37 - 1
6079 24 79 1
5763 00 289 1/5 5763 80 289 1/5 6018 33 - 1 6077 27 - 1 6078 38 - 1
6079 24 213 1
5763 01 288 1/5 5763 81 288 1/5 6018 35 - 1 6077 28 - 1 6078 40 215 1
6079 25 79 1
5763 02 - 1/5 5763 82 - 1/5 6018 36 - 1 6077 29 - 1 6078 41 - 1
6079 25 213 1
5763 03 290 1/5 5763 83 290 1/5 6018 37 - 1 6077 30 - 1 6078 43 - 1
6079 26 79 1
5763 04 - 1/5 5763 84 - 1/5 6018 38 - 1 6077 31 - 1 6078 50 - 1
6079 26 213 1
5763 05 288 1/5 5763 85 288 1/5 6077 32 - 1 6078 51 - 1
6079 27 79 1
5763 06 - 1/5 5763 86 - 1/5 6019 32 232 6 6077 33 - 1 6078 60 - 1
6079 27 213 1
5763 07 291 1/5 5763 87 291 1/5 6019 94 - 6 6077 35 - 1 6078 61 - 1
6079 28 78 1
5763 08 286 1/5 5763 88 286 1/5 6019 96 - 6 6077 36 - 1 6078 62 - 1
6079 28 211 1
5763 09 290 1/5 5763 89 290 1/5 6019 98 - 6 6077 37 - 1 6078 65 212 1
6079 30 78 1
5763 10 289 1/5 5763 90 289 1/5 6077 38 - 1 6078 66 - 1
6033 60 184 1/40 6079 30 211 1
5763 11 288 1/5 5763 91 288 1/5 6077 39 - 1 6078 67 - 1
6033 61 - 1/40 6079 31 78 1
5763 12 - 1/5 5763 92 - 1/5 6077 40 212 1 6078 68 - 1
6033 63 - 1/40 6079 31 211 1
5763 13 290 1/5 5763 93 290 1/5 6077 41 - 1 6078 70 215 1
5763 14 - 1/5 5763 94 - 1/5 6033 64 - 1/40 6077 42 - 1 6078 71 - 1 6079 32 78 1
5763 15 288 1/5 5763 95 288 1/5 6033 65 - 1/40 6077 43 216 1 6078 72 - 1 6079 32 211 1
5763 16 - 1/5 5763 96 - 1/5 6033 66 - 1/40 6077 44 - 1 6078 73 - 1 6079 33 78 1
5763 17 291 1/5 5763 97 291 1/5 6033 67 - 1/40 6077 45 214 1 6078 75 212 1 6079 33 211 1
5763 18 286 1/5 5763 98 286 1/5 6033 68 - 1/40 6077 46 - 1 6078 76 - 1 6079 34 78 1
5763 19 290 1/5 5763 99 290 1/5 6033 69 - 1/40 6077 47 - 1 6078 77 - 1 6079 34 211 1
5763 20 289 1/20 6033 70 - 1/40 6077 50 212 1 6078 78 - 1 6079 35 78 1
5763 21 288 1/20 5764 00 289 1/5 6033 71 - 1/40 6077 51 - 1 6078 80 215 1 6079 35 211 1
5763 22 - 1/20 5764 01 288 1/5 6033 72 - 1/40 6077 52 - 1 6078 81 216 1 6079 36 78 1
5763 23 290 1/20 5764 02 - 1/5 6033 73 - 1/40 6077 53 216 1 6078 82 - 1 6079 36 211 1
5763 24 - 1/20 5764 03 290 1/5 6033 74 - 1/40 6077 54 - 1 6078 83 - 1 6079 44 79 1
5763 25 288 1/20 5764 04 - 1/5 6033 75 - 1/40 6077 55 214 1 6078 84 - 1 6079 44 216 1
5763 26 - 1/20 5764 05 288 1/5 6033 76 - 1/40 6077 56 - 1 6078 85 - 1 6079 45 79 1
5763 27 291 1/20 5764 06 - 1/5 6077 57 - 1 6078 90 217 1 6079 45 216 1
5763 28 286 1/20 5764 07 291 1/5 6038 00 481 1 6077 60 212 1 6078 91 - 1
5763 29 290 1/20 5764 08 286 1/5 6038 01 - 1 6077 61 - 1 6078 92 - 1 6210 00 62 1/5
5763 30 289 1/20 5764 09 290 1/5 6038 02 - 1 6077 62 - 1 6078 93 - 1 6210 01 - 1/5
5763 31 288 1/20 5764 90 289 1 6038 03 - 1 6077 63 216 1 6078 94 - 1 6210 02 - 1/5
5763 32 - 1/20 5764 93 287 1 6038 05 - 1 6077 63 - 1 6078 95 - 1 6210 03 - 1/5
5763 33 290 1/20 5764 94 - 1 6038 07 - 36(1) 6077 63 - 1 6078 96 - 1 6210 04 - 1
5763 34 - 1/20 5764 96 289 1 6038 57 - 10 6077 64 - 1 6078 97 - 1 6210 05 - 1
6250 02 57 1 6338 50 335 1 6730 20 346 20/200 6731 01 351 20/200 6732 06 358 5/50 6755 30 378 1/10/100
6250 04 69 1 6338 51 - 10 6730 21 - 20/200 6731 02 - 20/200 6732 08 - 5/50 6755 31 - 1/5/50
6250 06 57 1 6338 53 334 1 6730 22 - 10/100 6731 03 - 20/200 6732 09 - 5/25 6755 33 - 1/5/25
6250 08 69 1 6338 73 335 1 6730 23 - 10/100 6731 04 - 20/200 6732 11 - 20/200 6755 35 - 1/10/100
6250 10 50 1 6338 99 - 1 6730 24 348 1/5/50 6731 05 - 10/100 6732 12 - 1/10 6755 40 - 20/200
6250 11 - 1 6730 25 - 1/10 6731 06 - 10/100 6732 13 - 10/100 6755 41 379 20/200
6250 14 61 1 6339 001 534 1 6730 26 - 1/10 6731 07 - 10/100 6732 14 - 10/100 6755 44 - 20/200
6250 14 66 1 6339 10 - 1 6730 27 - 1/5/50 6731 08 - 20/200 6732 16 - 1/10 6755 45 - 20/200
6250 18 61 1 6339 11 - 1 6730 28 - 1/10/100 6731 09 - 20/200 6732 18 - 1/10 6755 45 504 20
6250 18 66 1 6339 91 335 1 6730 29 - 1/10/100 6731 10 - 20/200 6732 21 - 20/200 6755 46 379 20/200
6339 92 - 1 6730 30 350 1/10/100 6731 11 352 20/200 6732 22 - 20/200 6755 47 - 20/200
6253 80AA 111 1 6339 93 334 1 6730 31 - 1/10/100 6731 12 - 10/100 6732 23 - 10/100 6755 47 509 20
6253 80AB - 1 6730 32 348 1/10 6731 13 - 10/100 6732 24 - 10/100 6755 50 379 10/100
6253 80BB - 1 6348 00 536 1 6730 33 - 20/200 6731 14 - 10/100 6732 26 - 5/50 6755 51 - 10/100
6253 84 - 1 6348 01 - 1 6730 34 - 20/200 6731 15 - 20/200 6732 28 - 5/50 6755 52 - 10/100
6253 85 - 1 6348 02* - 1 6730 36 - 1/5/25 6731 16 - 10/100 6732 29 - 5/25 6755 53 - 20/200
6253 87 - 1 6348 04 - 1 6730 37 349 1/10 6731 17 351 10/100 6732 31 - 20/200 6755 54 - 10/100
6253 88 - 1 6348 05* - 1 6730 38 - 1/10/100 6731 18 352 20/200 6732 32 - 1/10 6755 55 - 10/100
6253 89 - 1 6348 06 - 1 6730 38 355 1/10/100 6731 19 - 20/200 6732 33 - 10/100 6755 56 378 10/50
6253 90 - 1 6348 07 - 1 6730 38 378 1 6731 20 - 20/200 6732 34 - 10/100 6755 57 - 10/100
6253 91 - 1 6348 08 - 1 6730 39 349 10/100 6731 21 - 20/200 6732 36 - 1/10 6755 58 379 5/25
6253 92 - 1 6348 10 - 1 6730 40 - 10/100 6731 22 - 10/100 6732 38 - 1/10 6755 60 378 1/10
6348 11 - 1 6730 41 347 20/200 6731 23 - 10/100 6732 42 - 20/200 6755 61 380 20/200
6271 76 50 1 6348 15 - 1 6730 42 - 5/50 6731 24 354 1/5/50 6732 44 346 5/50 6755 62 - 20/200
6271 77 - 1 6348 15 - 1 6730 43 - 10/100 6731 25 - 1/10 6732 44 352 5/50 6755 63 - 10/100
6348 16 - 1 6730 44 - 20/200 6731 26 - 1/10 6732 45 351 20/200 6755 64 - 10/100
6327 24 505 305 6348 16 - 1 6730 45 - 10/100 6731 27 - 1/5/50 6732 46 - 20/200 6755 66 - 5/50
6327 30 510 20 6348 17 - 1 6730 46 - 10/100 6731 28 - 1/10/100 6732 47 - 10/100 6755 67 - 5/50
6327 31 - 20 6348 17 - 1 6730 47 - 10/100 6731 29 - 1/10/100 6732 48 - 10/100 6755 68 - 5/25
6327 32 - 20 6348 18 - 1 6730 48 353 5/50 6731 30 356 1/10/100 6732 49 - 5/50 6755 69 - 5/50
6327 33 - 20 6348 18 - 1 6730 49 349 1/5/20 6731 31 - 1/10/100 6732 50 - 5/25 6755 72 - 10
6327 34 - 20 6730 50 - 20/200 6731 32 354 1/10 6732 52 - 1/10 6755 73 - 10
6327 40 - 20 6499 14 194 1 6730 51 - 10/100 6731 33 - 20/200 6732 56 358 1/10 6755 78 - 10
6327 41 - 20 6499 15 - 1/30 6730 52 - 20/200 6731 34 - 20/200 6732 58 - 1/10 6755 81 382 20/200
6327 42 - 20 6499 36A - 1 6730 53 - 20/200 6731 36 - 1/5/25 6732 62 - 1/10 6755 82 - 20/200
6327 43 - 20 6499 39 - 1/30 6730 54 349 20/200 6731 37 355 1/10 6732 66 - 5/50 6755 83 - 10/100
6327 50 505 20 6499 48 - 1/10 6730 54 509 20 6731 39 - 10/100 6732 68 - 5/50 6755 84 - 10/100
6327 51 - 20 6499 49 - 1/30 6730 55 349 20/200 6731 40 - 10/100 6732 69 - 5/25 6755 86 - 10/100
6327 52 - 20 6499 64 - 1/30 6730 55 504 20 6731 41 353 20/200 6732 82 - 20/200 6755 89 - 10/100
6327 53 - 20 6730 56 349 10/100 6731 42 - 5/50 6732 86 - 5/50 6755 90 379 20/200
6327 54 - 20 6503 00 264 1 6730 56 504 20 6731 43 - 10/100 6732 88 - 5/50 6755 91 - 20/200
6327 60 - 20 6503 31 - 1 6730 57 350 1/10 6731 44 - 20/200 6732 89 - 5/25 6755 92 - 20/200
6327 61 - 20 6503 32 - 1 6730 58 - 10/100 6731 45 - 10/100 6732 92 - 1/10 6755 95 378 20/200
6327 62 - 20 6503 49 - 1 6730 59 - 1/10 6731 46 - 10/100 6732 96 - 1/10 6755 96 - 20/200
6327 63 - 20 6503 50 - 1 6730 60 - 20/200 6731 47 - 10/100 6732 98 - 1/10 6755 97 - 1/5/25
6327 79 - 20 6503 90 - 1 6730 61 - 20/200 6731 49 355 1/5/20
6327 79 510 20 6730 62 - 10/100 6731 50 - 20/200 6733 02 359 10/50 6756 00 380 10/100
6327 91 505 1 6571 06 588 1 6730 63 - 1/10/100 6731 51 - 10/100 6733 02 383 10/50 6756 01 - 10/100
6327 91 510 1 6571 26 - 1 6730 70 - 20/200 6731 52 - 20/200 6733 03 359 5/35 6756 02 - 10/100
6571 46 - 1 6730 73 348 1/5/20 6731 53 - 20/200 6733 03 383 5/35 6756 03 - 10/100
6338 01 334 1 6730 74 347 1/10 6731 54 - 20/200 6733 04 359 5/25 6756 04 - 5/50
6338 02 - 1 6730 00 346 20/200 6730 75 - 1/10 6731 54 509 20 6733 04 383 5/25 6756 05 - 5/50
6338 21 - 1 6730 01 - 20/200 6730 76 - 1/10 6731 55 355 20/200 6733 05 359 1/5 6756 06 - 5/25
6338 22 - 1 6730 02 - 20/200 6730 77 348 1/10/100 6731 55 504 20 6733 05 383 1/5 6756 07 - 5/50
6338 23 - 1 6730 03 - 20/200 6730 78 350 1/1 6731 56 355 10/100 6733 06 359 1/10 6756 08 - 5/25
6338 25 - 1 6730 04 - 20/200 6730 81 351 20/200 6731 56 504 20 6733 06 383 1/10 6756 09 - 5/25
6338 26 - 1 6730 05 - 10/100 6730 82 - 20/200 6731 57 356 1/10 6733 08 359 1/5 6756 10 381 10/100
6338 27 - 1 6730 06 - 10/100 6730 83 347 5/50 6731 58 - 10/100 6733 08 383 1/5 6756 11 - 10/100
6338 28 - 1 6730 07 - 10/100 6730 84 351 20/200 6731 59 - 1/10 6756 12 - 10/100
6338 29 - 1 6730 08 - 20/200 6730 85 - 20/200 6731 60 - 20/200 6740 99 383 1/5 6756 13 - 10/100
6338 30 - 1 6730 09 - 20/200 6730 86 - 20/200 6731 61 - 20/200 6756 14 - 5/50
6338 32 335 1 6730 10 - 20/200 6730 89 - 20/200 6731 63 - 1/10/100 6755 01 378 20/200 6756 15 - 5/50
6338 33 334 1 6730 11 - 20/200 6730 90 - 20/200 6731 70 - 20/200 6755 02 - 20/200 6756 16 - 5/25
6338 40 335 1 6730 12 - 10/100 6730 92 - 1/10/100 6731 73 354 1/5/20 6755 03 - 20/200 6756 17 - 5/50
6338 41 - 1 6730 13 - 10/100 6730 93 - 10/100 6731 77 - 1/10/100 6755 04 - 20/200 6756 18 - 5/25
6338 43 - 1 6730 14 - 10/100 6730 94 - 20/200 6731 83 353 5/50 6755 06 - 10/100 6756 19 - 5/25
6338 44 - 1 6730 15 - 20/200 6730 95 - 5/50 6755 07 - 20/200 6756 20 - 10/100
6338 45 - 1 6730 16 - 10/100 6730 98 - 20/200 6732 01 358 20/200 6755 11 - 20/200 6756 21 - 10/100
6338 46 - 1 6730 17 - 10/100 6730 99 - 20/200 6732 02 - 20/200 6755 12 - 20/200 6756 22 - 10/100
6338 47 - 1 6730 18 - 20/200 6732 03 - 10/100 6755 13 - 20/200 6756 23 - 10/100
6338 48 334 1 6730 19 - 20/200 6731 00 351 20/200 6732 04 - 10/100 6755 26 - 10/100 6756 24 - 5/50
6756 25 381 5/50 6896 13 425 1 84000 60 409 1 F503 319 1 MH40040 117 1 P7540 116 1
6756 26 - 5/25 6896 14 - 1 84000 60 410 1 F520 316 1 MH4040 - 1 PH12.512.540 - 1
6756 27 - 5/50 6896 15 - 1 84000 60 411 1 F521 - 1 MH45040 - 1 PH12.540 - 1
6756 28 - 5/25 6896 16 - 1 84000 61 408 1 F522 - 1 MH50040 - 1 PH252540 - 1
6756 29 - 5/25 6896 17 394 1 84000 61 409 1 F523 - 1 MH5040 - 1 PH2540 - 1
6756 30 382 10/100 6896 17 - 1 84000 61 410 1 F524 - 1 MH55040 - 1 PH255040 - 1
6756 31 - 10/100 6896 17 399 1 84000 61 411 1 MH60040 - 1 PH5040 - 1
6756 32 - 10/100 6896 18 425 10
L00 00 MH6040 - 1 PH7540 - 1
6756 33 - 10/100 6896 19 - 10 84037 00 408 1 L4561N 320 1 MH67540 - 1
6756 34 - 5/50 6896 20 - 10 84037 20 - 1 L4566 319 1 MH75040 - 1
R00 00
6756 35 - 5/50 6896 21 - 10 84037 30 - 1 L4566/10 - 1 MH7540 - 1 R5.2540.189 116 1
6756 36 - 5/25 6896 31 394 5 84037 40 - 1 L4567 - 1 MH82540 - 1 R5.5040.189 - 1
6756 37 - 5/50 6896 31 - 5 84037 50 - 1 L4568 - 1 MH87.540 - 1 R5.R4040.189 - 1
6756 38 - 5/25 6896 34 - 1 84037 51 - 1 L4569 - 1 MH90040 - 1 R7.5040.189 - 1
6756 39 - 5/25 6896 38 - 1 L4630 318 10 MS.R12040.189 118 1 R7.7540.189 - 1
6896 52 399 1 84060 00 409 1 L4668BUS/60 320 5 MS.R16040.189 - 1 R7.R4040.189 - 1
6806 11 263 10 6896 55 - 1 84060 20 - 1 L4669 313 1 MS.R20040.189 - 1 R7.R404040.189 - 1
6806 12 - 10 6896 56 399 1 84060 30 - 1 L4669 315 1 MS.R24040.189 - 1 R7.R8040.189 - 1
6806 13 - 10 6896 62 394 12 84060 40 - 1 L4669/500 313 1 MS.R28040.189 - 1 R9.RS7240.189 - 1
6806 14 - 5 6896 62 - 12 84060 72 - 1 L4669/500 315 1 MS.R32040.189 - 1
6806 19 - 5 6896 62 399 12 84060 73 - 1 L4669KM1 313 1 MS.R36040.189 - 1
V00 00
6806 33 - 20 6896 78 394 4 L4669KM1 315 1 MS.R40040.189 - 1 V10044CB 115 1
6896 78 - 4 84090 00 410 1 L4669S 318 1 MS.R44040.189 - 1 V1044CB - 1
6846 38 262 1 6896 78 399 4 84090 20 - 1 MS.R48040.189 - 1 V12.544CB - 1
6896 92 394 10 84090 30 - 1
M00 00 MS.R52040.189 - 1 V12544CB - 1
6890 07 262 40 84090 40 - 1 M10040 117 1 MS.R56040.189 - 1 V1544CB - 1
6890 07 359 40 6897 00 424 18* 84090 82 - 1 M1040 - 1 MS.R60040.189 - 1 V2044CB - 1
6890 07 383 40 6897 01 - 2/160* 84090 82 411 1 M12540 - 1 MS.R64040.189 - 1 V2544CB - 1
6890 08 262 40 6897 09 425 9 M15040 - 1 MS.R72040.189 - 1 V3044CB - 1
6890 08 359 40 6897 10 - 9 84120 00 411 1 M1540 - 1 MS.R80040.189 - 1 V4044CB - 1
6890 08 383 40 6897 12 - 9 84120 20 - 1 M17540 - 1 MS.RS14440.189 - 1 V5044CB - 1
6890 09 262 40 6897 15 - 9 84120 30 - 1 M20040 - 1 MS.RS21640.189 - 1 V544CB - 1
6890 09 359 40 6897 20 - 9 84120 40 - 1 M2040 - 1 MS.RS28840.189 - 1 V6044CB - 1
6890 09 383 40 6897 23 - 1 M22540 - 1 MS.RS36040.189 - 1 V7544CB - 1
6890 10 262 40 6897 25 - 9
E00 00 M25040 - 1 MS.RS43240.189 - 1 V8044CB - 1
6890 10 359 40 6897 27 - 9 E46ADCN 311 1 M2540 - 1 MS.RS50440.189 - 1 V9044CB - 1
6890 10 383 40 6897 28 - 9 E46ADCN 315 1 M27540 - 1 MS.RS57640.189 - 1 VH10044CB - 1
6890 11 262 10 6897 30 - 9 E46ADCN/127 311 1 M30040 - 1 MS.RS64840.189 - 1 VH1044CB - 1
6890 11 359 10 6897 33 - 1 E46ADCN/127 315 1 M3040 - 1 MS.RS72040.189 - 1 VH12.544CB - 1
6890 11 383 10 6897 35 - 9 E47ADCN 318 1 M35040 - 1 MS.RS79240.189 - 1 VH12544CB - 1
6890 12 262 10 6897 37 - 9 E49 311 1 M3540 - 1 MS.RS86440.189 - 1 VH1544CB - 1
6890 12 359 10 6897 38 - 9 E49 315 1 M40040 - 1 VH2.544CB - 1
6890 12 383 10 6897 77 - 6 M4040 - 1
N00 00 VH2044CB - 1
6890 13 - 10 6897 79 - 6
F00 00 M45040 - 1 MS10040.189 118 1 VH2544CB - 1
6890 21 359 1/6 F401 308 1 M50040 - 1 MS12540.189 - 1 VH3044CB - 1
6890 21 383 1/6
80000 00 F411/1N 311 1 M5040 - 1 MS15040.189 - 1 VH3544CB - 1
6890 22 359 1/4 81902 32 408 1 F411/2 - 1 M55040 - 1 MS20040.189 - 1 VH4044CB - 1
6890 22 383 1/4 81902 32 409 1 F411/4 - 1 M60040 - 1 MS22540.189 - 1 VH5044CB - 1
6890 29 - 20 81902 32 410 1 F413N - 1 M6040 - 1 MS25040.189 - 1 VH544CB - 1
6890 31 262 20 81902 32 411 1 F414 - 1 M67540 - 1 MS27540.189 - 1 VH6044CB - 1
6890 31 359 20 F415 - 1 M75040 - 1 MS30040.189 - 1 VH7.544CB - 1
6890 31 383 20 84000 10 408 1 F418 - 1 M7540 - 1 MS35040.189 - 1 VH7544CB - 1
6890 42 262 40 84000 10 409 1 F420 - 1 M82540 - 1 MS37540.189 - 1 VH8044CB - 1
6890 42 359 40 84000 10 410 1 F422 - 1 M87.540 - 1 MS45040.189 - 1 VH9044CB - 1
6890 42 383 40 84000 10 411 1 F425 - 1 M90040 - 1 MS52540.189 - 1 VS.R12040.189 - 1
84000 20 408 1 F428 - 1 MH10040 - 1 MS60040.189 - 1 VS.R16040.189 - 1
6895 00 424 3/54(1) 84000 20 409 1 F430/2 315 1 MH1040 - 1 MS67540.189 - 1 VS.R20040.189 - 1
6895 01 - 3/21(1) 84000 20 410 1 F430/4 - 1 MH12540 - 1 MS75040.189 - 1 VS.R24040.189 - 1
6895 02 - 3/54(1) 84000 20 411 1 F430R3V10 - 1 MH15040 - 1 MS7540.189 - 1 VS.R28040.189 - 1
6895 03 - 3/36(1) 84000 30 408 1 F430R8 - 1 MH1540 - 1 VS.R4040.189 - 1
6895 04 - 3/12(1) 84000 30 409 1 F430V10 - 1 MH17540 - 1
L00 00 VS.R8040.189 - 1
6895 05 - 3/18(1) 84000 30 410 1 F441 320 1 MH20040 - 1 OS0262 25/3 66 1 VS.RS14440.189 - 1
6895 10 - 3/54(1) 84000 30 411 1 F441 323 1 MH200N 321 1 OS0262 25/3 69 1 VS.RS21640.189 - 1
6895 11 - 3/21(1) 84000 40 408 1 F441M 320 1 MH2040 117 1 OS0262 25/3 73 1 VS.RS28840.189 - 1
6895 12 - 3/54(1) 84000 40 409 1 F441M 323 1 MH22540 - 1 VS.RS7240.189 - 1
6895 13 - 3/18(1) 84000 40 410 1 F450 321 1 MH25040 - 1
P00 00 VS10040.189 - 1
6895 14 - 3/12(1) 84000 40 411 1 F454 - 1 MH2540 - 1 P12.512.540 116 1 VS15040.189 - 1
6895 15 - 3/18(1) 84000 50 408 1 F481 317 1 MH27540 - 1 P12.540 - 1 VS20040.189 - 1
84000 50 409 1 F482 318 1 MH30040 - 1 P252540 - 1 VS25040.189 - 1
6896 10 425 1 84000 50 410 1 F482V12 - 1 MH3040 - 1 P2540 - 1 VS30040.189 - 1
6896 11 - 1 84000 50 411 1 F500N 320 1 MH35040 - 1 P255040 - 1 VS5040.189 - 1
6896 12 - 1 84000 60 408 1 F502 319 1 MH3540 - 1 P5040 - 1 VS7540.189 - 1
p. 28-29
DMX
ACBs air circuit breakers
p. 32-34
DMX 2500
Dimension
p. 40
Automation control
Technical data units for supply
invertors
power
Solutions
with DMX3
24
p. 29 p. 30 p. 30-32 p. 26-27
DMX DMX-I DMX Technical
microprocessor trip free switches auxilliaries and characteristics
based protection accessories
units
p. 35-36 p. 37 p. 38 p. 39
DMX 4000 DMX3 6300 and DMX DMX & DMX-I
DMX3-I 6300 connection & customisation
transformation
fixed/draw out
p. 41 p. 43
DMX 500/4000/6300 Selectivity table
characteristics &
setting
25
DMX
technical characteristics
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS Trip Free Switches
DMX3
according to IEC 60947-2 0286 56 + 0288 02 0286 74 + 0288 02 0289 51 + 0288 02 0286 96
DMX 2500 DMX 4000 DMX 6300 DMX-I

Devices
50 kA 65 kA 100 kA 50 kA 65 kA 100 kA 100 kA 2500 4000 6300
Frames 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 3
No. of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Version Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout
Operating characteristics
In rated current at 40 C (A) 630-800-1000-1250- 1250-1600- 3200-

3200-4000 5000-6300 6300
1600-2500 2000-2500 4000
Rated insulation voltage 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690
Neutral protection (% Ir) OFF-50-100 OFF-50-100 OFF-50-100 - - -
Utilization category B B B - - -
Isolation behavior Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA)
230 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
415 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
500 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 - - -
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 - - -
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 - - -
Short circuit making capacity Icm (kA)
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
500 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 143 165 165 132 165 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 143 143 143 121 143 143
Short time withstand current Icw (kA) for t = 1 s
230 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
415 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
500 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 60 75 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 55 65 65
Response time
Opening time 15ms 15ms 15ms - - -
Closing time 30ms 30ms 30ms - - -
Endurance (cycles)
Mechanical 10000 10000 5000 10000 10000 5000
Electrical 5000 5000 2500 5000 5000 2500
Temperature
Operating -5 C to + -5 C to -5 C to +
-5 C to + 70 C -5 C to + 70 C -5 C to + 70 C 70 C + 70 C 70 C
Storage -25C to -25C to -25 C to +
-25 C to +85 C -25 C to + 85 C -25 C to + 85 C +85C +85 C 85 C
26
DMX
PROTECTION UNITS
0288 03 0288 04 0288 01 0288 02
Touch screen LCD Monochrome LCD

Microprocessor based protection unit
LSI LSIg LSI LSIg
Long time delayed overload protection
Ir adjustable from 0.4 to 1.0 x In in steps of 0.02(3)
tr adjustable 5-10-20-30 s
Short time delayed short circuit protection
Im adjustable from 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 x Ir

tm adjustable : 0-0,1-0,2-0,3-1(1) s
Instantaneous protection
Ii adjustable : OFF- 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 x In

Earthfault protection
Ig adjustable : OFF- 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 1 x In

tg adjustable : 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 s
Display
Touchscreen LCD
monochrome LCD
Measures and displays (Instantaneous, maximum and average, adjustable delay)
Current
Voltage Ph/N and Ph/Ph
Power (P, Q, A) total and per phase
Frequency
Total power factor and per phase
Energy (active and reactive)
Total harmonic distortion
Position ON/OFF/Default
Date, time and cause of last trip
Protection required
Memory
Trip counter
Last trip
Date, time and cause of last trip
Date of last 20 alarms
External link
USB port for diagnostic software

Terminal block for auxilliary
Supervision (port RS 485 / Modbus)(3) option option option option
Signalling and Alarms
Overheating > 75 0C
Logical Selectivity
Non priority load management(3)
Reverse power 0.1 to 20s - 5 to 100 % Ir(3)
Unbalance current 1 to 3600s - 100 to 600 V(3)
Voltage Ph/N max : 0.1 to 20s - 60 to 400 V(3)
Voltage Ph/N min : 0.1 to 20s - 10 to 400 V(3)
Unbalance voltage Ph/N : 0.1 to 20s - Instant(3)
Reversing phase rotations
Max & Min frequency: 45 to 500 Hz - 0.1s to 20s(3)
(1) Only for touchscreen protection unit
(2) For DMX3 3P, 4 wire system add Cat.No 0288 11
(3) For touchscreens : Ir adjustable from 0.1 to 10 x In steps of 0.01
27
DMX 2500/4000/6300
air circuit breakers from 630 to 6300 A
0286 56 + 0288 03 (p. 29) + 0289 03 + 0289 10 (p. 31) 0286 74 + 0288 02 (p. 29) 0287 56 + 0288 02 (p. 33)
Dimensions (p. 32-37)

Technical characteristics (p. 39-44)
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit (to be ordered together for factory assembly)
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact
Flat terminal for draw - out version and horizontal terminals for fixed version
Pack Cat.Nos Fixed version Pack Cat.Nos Drawout version

Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal Supplied with a base equipped with flat
connections rear terminals and lockable safety shutters
DMX 2500 - 50 kA DMX 2500 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA)
Frame 1 Frame 1
3P 4P In(A) 3P 4P In(A)
1 0286 20 0286 30 630 1 0287 20 0287 30 630
1 0286 21 0286 31 800 1 0287 21 0287 31 800
1 0286 22 0286 32 1000 1 0287 22 0287 32 1000
1 0286 23 0286 33 1250 1 0287 23 0287 33 1250
1 0286 24 0286 34 1600 1 0287 24 0287 34 1600
1 0286 25 0286 35 2000 1 0287 25 0287 35 2000
1 0286 26 0286 36 2500 1 0287 26 0287 36 2500
DMX 2500 - 65 kA DMX 2500 - 65 kA
Frame 1 Frame 1
1 0286 40 0286 50 630 1 0287 40 0287 50 630
1 0286 41 0286 51 800 1 0287 41 0287 51 800
1 0286 42 0286 52 1000 1 0287 42 0287 52 1000
1 0286 43 0286 53 1250 1 0287 43 0287 53 1250
1 0286 44 0286 54 1600 1 0287 44 0287 54 1600
1 0286 45 0286 55 2000 1 0287 45 0287 55 2000
1 0286 46 0286 56 2500 1 0287 46 0287 56 2500
DMX 2500 - 100 kA DMX 2500 - 100 kA
Frame 2 Frame 2
1 0286 60 0286 70 630 1 0287 60 0287 70 630
1 0286 61 0286 71 800 1 0287 61 0287 71 800
1 0286 62 0286 72 1000 1 0287 62 0287 72 1000
1 0286 63 0286 73 1250 1 0287 63 0287 73 1250
1 0286 64 0286 74 1600 1 0287 64 0287 74 1600
1 0286 65 0286 75 2000 1 0287 65 0287 75 2000
1 0286 66 0286 76 2500 1 0287 66 0287 76 2500
DMX 4000 - 50 kA DMX 4000 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 V )
Frame 2 Frame 2
1 0286 27 0286 37 3200 1 0287 27 0287 37 3200
1 0286 28 0286 38 4000 1 0287 28 0287 38 4000
DMX 4000 - 65 kA DMX 4000 - 65 kA
Frame 2 Frame 2
1 0286 47 0286 57 3200 1 0287 47 0287 57 3200
1 0286 48 0286 58 4000 1 0287 48 0287 58 4000
DMX 4000 - 100 kA DMX 4000 - 100 kA
Frame 2 Frame 2
1 0286 67 0286 77 3200 1 0287 67 0287 77 3200
1 0286 68 0286 78 4000 1 0287 68 0287 78 4000
Delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.

28
DMX 2500/4000/6300 DMX 2500/4000/6300
air circuit breakers from 630 to 6300 A microprocessor based protection units
0289 51 + 0288 02 0288 01 0288 02 0288 04
Dimensions (p. 37)

Technical characteristics (p. 39-44) Technical Characteristics (p. 40)
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit DMX3 circuit breakers can be equipped with MP4 or MP6
(to be ordered together for factory assembly) microprocessor based protection units enabling very precise
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact adjustments of the protection conditions, while maintaining total
Flat terminal for draw - out versionand horizontal terminals for fixed discrimination with downstream devices.
version MP4 or MP6 protection units can be equipped with batteries for powering
in case of mains fault or when the breaker is open or not connected.
Pack Cat.Nos. Fixed version
Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal
Pack Cat.Nos LCD Display (MP4)
connections Microprocessor based LCD screen
DMX - L 6300 Unit LSl
Frame 3 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 1 0288 01 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, t(s) Ir
tr
3P 4P In(A) tm, li
1 0289 50 0289 60 5000 Im
1 0289 51 0289 61 6300 tm
Ii
I(A)
Draw-out version
Supplied with a base equipped with flat Unit LSlg
1 0288 02 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, t(s)
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters Ir
tm, Ii, Ig, tg tr
DMX - L 6300
Frame 3 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) t(s) lg
Im
tm
3P 4P In(A) tg
1 li
0289 52 0289 62 5000
1 0289 53 0289 63 6300 I(A) I(A)
Touch screen display (MP6)

Measure and display current, voltage, power, Energy,
Harmonics
Signalling and fault history
Graphical visualisation of parameters
Unit LSl
1 0288 03 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, tm and Ii
Unit LSlg
1 0288 04 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii, Ig, tg
Accessories for microprocessor based

protection unit
0288 06 12V DC external power supply for DMX
3
1
microprocessor based protection unit
1 0288 05(1) Communication module (optional) for DMX3
microprocessor based protection unit
1 0288 10 (1) External neutral for DMX 6300
1 0288 11(1) External neutral for DMX 2500 and 4000
1 0288 12(1) Module programmable output
(1) Optional accessories, to be ordered while ordering microprocessor

protection unit and DMX3 air circuit breakers for factory assembly
29
DMX-I 2500/4000/6300 DMX3 2500/4000/6300
trip free switches from 1250 to 6300 A auxilliaries and accessories
0288 33
0288 37 0288 51 0288 44 0288 58

0286 96 0287 96
Pack Cat.Nos Motor operators

1 0288 34 24 VA/ =
1 0288 35 48 VA/ =
Trip free switches equipped with: 1 0288 36 110 VA/ =
Rear terminals 1 0288 37 230 VA/ =
Auxiliary contacts 4NO/4NC 1 0288 38 415 VA/ =
Pack Cat.Nos Fixed version

Control and signalling auxiliaries
Equipped with rear terminals for connection
to the horizontal Shunt trip
1 0288 48 24 VA/ =
DMX-I 2500 1 0288 49 48 VA/ =
Frame 1 1 0288 50 110 VA/ =
3P 4P In(A) 1 0288 51 230 VA/ =
1 0286 83 0286 93
1250 1 0288 52 415 VA/ =
1 0286 84 0286 94
1600
1 0286 85 0286 95
2000 Closing coils
1 0286 86 0286 96
2500 1 0288 41 24 VA/ =
DMX-I 4000 1 0288 42 48 VA/ =
Frame 2
1 0288 43 110 VA/ =
1 0286 87 0286 97 3200 1 0288 44 230 VA/ =
1 0286 88 0286 98 4000 1 0288 45 415 VA/ =
DMX3-I 6300 Undervoltage releases
Frame 3 1 0288 55 24 VA/ =
1 0289 70 0289 71 6300 1 0288 56 48 VA/ =
1 0288 57 110 - 130 VA/=
1 0288 58 230 VA/ =
Drawout version 1 0288 59 415 - 480 VA
Supplied with a base equipped with flat Contact for motorised control
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters 1 0288 14 Contact "ready to close" with charges spring
DMX-I 2500
Contact for signalling - Drawout
Frame 1 1 0288 13 Inserted/Test/Drawout contact,
3P 4P In(A) 3 changecover contacts per position
1 0287 83 0287 93
1250
1 0287 84 0287 94
1600 Programmable module
1 0288 12 Module with 6 programmable output
1 0287 85 0287 95
2000
1 0287 86 0287 96
2500
DMX-I 4000 Locking
Frame 2 Key lock in "open" position
1 0287 87 0287 97 3200 1 0288 28 2 hole support frame for Ronis locks Cat.No 0288 30
1 0287 88 0287 98 4000 1 0288 29 Set of 5 Ronies key barrel
DMX3-I 6300 1 0288 31 Ronis lock (Key included) - to be fitted on the frame
Cat.No 0288 28
Frame 3 1 0288 30 Profalux lock (Key included) - to be fitted on the
1 0289 77 0289 78 6300 frame Cat.No 0288 28
Key locking in the Drawout position
Mounting of the lock on the base
3 Position: inserted /test/drawout
1 0288 33 Ronis Lock (key included)
1 0288 32 Profalux lock (key included)
Padlocking in "open" postion
1 0288 21 Padlocking system for ACB (padlock not supplied)
1 0288 24 Padlock for button
1 0288 26 Padlocking system for shutters (padlock not
supplied)
30
DMX3 2500/4000/6300
auxilliaries and accessories (continued)
0288 84 0288 82
0288 64 0261 93 0289 20 0288 91 0289 02
Pack Cat.Nos Locking (Continued)

Dimensions (p. 37)
Door locking
Prevent opening of the door with circuit breaker
closed Pack Cat.Nos Real terminals
1 0288 20 Left-hand and Right-hand side mounting
3P For DMX3 2500 fixed version - frame 1
4P
1 0288 84 0288 85 For flat connection with bars
Equipement for supply investors To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
of the circuit breaker
The mechanical interlock is set up using cables and 1 0288 82 0288 83 For vertical connection with bars
can interlock 2 or 3 devices, which may be different those terminal are used in order to
type in a vertical or horizontal configuration transform a flat connection in to a vertical
The interlock unit is mounted on the right-hand side one to be fixed onto Cat.Nos 0288 84/85
of the device according to the number of poles
Cable length to be specified according to every
configuration For DMX3 fixed version - frame 2 & 3
1 0288 64 Interlock for DMX 3 2500 1 0288 92 0288 93 For flat connection with bars
1 0288 65 Interlock for DMX 3 4000 To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
1 0288 66 Interlock for DMX 3 6300 of the circuit breaker
Cable Interlock For DMX3 draw-out version - frame 1
1 0288 96 0288 97 For vertical or horizontal connection with
1 0289 20 Type 1 (2600 mm)
1
bars to be fixed onto plate rear terminal of
0289 21 Type 1 (3000 mm) the circuit breaker
1 0289 22 Type 1 (3600 mm) 1 0288 96A 0288 97A For vertical or horizontal aluminium
1 0289 23 Type 1 (4000 mm) connection with bars to be fixed onto plate
1 0289 24 Type 1 (4600 mm) rear terminal of the circuit breaker
1 0289 25 Type 1 (5600 mm) For DMX3 draw-out version - frame 2 & 3
1 0288 94 0288 95 For vertical or horizontal connection with
bars
Automation control unit 1 0288 94A 0288 95A For vertical or horizontal aluminium
For setting the conditions for supply inversion, connection with bars
generator on/off, status acquisition for DMX 3 and
DPX circuit-breakers, open / closed
Power Supply: 230 VA and 12-24-48 V= Spreaders for DMX3 2500 fixed
connection by plug-in termionals version - frame 1
1 0261 93 Standard Unit 3P To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
4P
1 0261 94 Communication Unit, enabling data transmission of the circuit breaker
(RS 485) 1 0288 86 0288 87 For flat connection with bars
1 0288 88 0288 89 For Vertical Connection With bars
1 0288 90 0288 91 For Horizontal Connection With bars
Accessories
1 0288 15 Sets of additional signalling contact
1 0288 25 Rating mis-insertion device Equipment for conversion of a fixed
Prevents the insertion of a draw-out circuit breaker in device into draw-out device
an incompatible base 3P 4P Bases for draw-out device
1 0288 23 Operations counter 1 0289 02 0289 03 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 2500 - frame 1
Counts total number of operation cycles of the 1
device 0289 04 0289 05 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 4000 - frame 2
1 1 0289 13 0289 14 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 6300 - frame 3
0288 79 Lifting plate
1 0288 24 Locking device for I/O button Transformation kit for draw-out version
1 0288 22 Door sealing frame 1 0289 09 0289 10 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 2500 - frame 1
1 0289 11 0289 12 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 4000 - frame 2
1 0289 15 0289 16 For DMX3 /DMX3 -I 6300 - frame 3
Communication supervision
1 0288 05 Option to the supervision of DMX3

Red catalogue numbers: New products 31
DMX3 2500 and DMX3-I 2500 - frame 1
dimensions
n Fixed version - frame 1

Overall dimensions
3P version 4P version
BUSBAR BUSBAR
66
115
115
419
419
A A
132
354
A A A A
215 300
273 358
85 85
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure 11 30 15
Rear terminals fixed version 630 - 2500 A

85 85
11 30 15 85 85 85
85 85 85
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 82/83 Cat.Nos 0288 84/85
All dimensions are in mm

1 inch = 25.4 mm
32 Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
dimensions (continued)
n Fixed version - frame 1 (continued)

Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars
20
60 60
95
90 20
45,5 85 85 45,5 45,5 85 85 85 45,5 354
Spreaders for flat connection with bars

Cat.No 0288 86 Cat.No 0288 87
Spreaders for vertical connection with bars

Cat.No 0288 88 Cat.No 0288 89
Spreaders for horizontal connection with bars

Cat.No 0288 90 Cat.No 0288 91

1 inch = 25.4 mm
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm 33
n Draw-out version - frame 1

Overall dimensions Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal
3P version 4P version connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
BUSBAR BUSBAR
62.5
115
115
473
473
A A
170
A A A A 433
220 305 Cat.Nos 0288 96 A/97 A
327 412
110.0
70.0
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure 9.0 12.0
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars

70.0
316 401 407
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
30.0 30.0 11.0
M8 M8 70.0
11.0
115
30.0 26.0
115
80
50
80
50
151
151
356
50
50 433
70
70
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
316 401
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
14
20
11
115
115
151
95.5
151
20 30
20 30
70
70
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
316 401
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
14
70
30
11
115
115
151
95.5
151
20 30
70

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DMX3exemple
pour 4000 and: DMX
xxxxxxx
3
-I 4000 - frame 2
xxxxxxxx
dimensions

Overall dimensions
BUSBAR BUSBAR
66
115
115
419
419
A A
132,25
354
A A A 480 A
350
408 538
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
Rear terminals fixed version 3200 - 4000 A

130 130 100
21
11 35 15 130 130 130

21
11 35 35 15
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars

Cat.Nos 0288 92/93
Cat.No 0288 93
Rear terminals
100 100
90 30 85 30
68 130 130 68 68 130 130 130 68 354

1 inch = 25.4 mm

Overall dimensions
BUSBAR BUSBAR
62,5
115
115
473
473
A A
170
433
A A A A
318 448
425 555
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal connection with bars Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
100
414 544
70
130 130 77 130 130 130 77
1
100
M10 M10
70
30
16
35
35 35
130
130
10.5 (4x) 10 60
100
100
70
70
Cat.Nos 0288 94 A/95 A
148.5
148.5
18.0 191.0
100.0 70 70
10.5
100 100
100.0
40.0 40.0 40.0 20.0

100.0
11.0
40.0 40.0 40.0
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95 Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
3P version 4P version 3P version 4P version
414 544 414 544
130 130 77 130 130 130 77 130 130 77 130 130 130 77
130
130
130
130
148.5
148.5
148.5
148.5
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
100 100 100 100
16
16
35
100
30
35
11
11
98.5 98.5

1 inch = 25.4 mm
dimensions
4P: 1057
3P: 797
30
414
357
30
115
90
59 132 14
223.5 74
3P: 183 114 443 36 82
4P: 443
100
68 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 68
4P: 1064 350 78

3P: 804 113 117 53
30
100
465
473
417
100
228.5
98.5
74
3P: 448 3P: 178

4P: 708 4P: 178
130
100
70
148.5
70
100
77 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 77

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DMX3 DMX & DMX-I
transformation fixed/drawout customisation
n Transformation DMX3 Fixed to Drawout n Assembly
Poles:
- 3P
- 4P
DMX3 fixed
Rating :
630 A to 6300 A
Breaking Capacity:
- 50kA
- 65kA
+
+
- 100kA
Version : Fixed,
Drawout
=
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
Display :
- LCD
Transformation kit for drawout version DMX draw out
3 - Touchscreen
+ Versions :
- LSl (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii)
- LSlg (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii, Ig, tg)
Options :
- Separate neutral
- communication
Base
Microprocessor based protection unit
n Auxiliaries and Accessories
Closing
coil
Shunt trip
Auxilliary contact
(4 NO/NC +
1 Trip contact)
Under voltage
release
Motor
operator
Locking
accessories
n Connection
Rear terminals Rear terminals

for flat for vertical
connections connections
Rear terminals
for horizontal
connections
38
DMX3
automation control units for supply invertors
n Mounting the interlocking mechanism n Technical characterstics
Power supply : 187 to 264 VA

9 to 65 V=
Frequency : 45 to 65 Hz
Un : 80 to 690 VA
Control relay (1 and 4) : 1 NO - 12 A - 250 VA
1 NO - 5 A - 250 VA
1 NO/NC - 5 A - 250 VA
Cable cross section : 0.2 to 2.5 mm2
Dimensions (width x height x depth) : 144 x 144 x 90 mm
Protection : IP 20 at the rear
IP 41 at the front
IP 54 at the front with protective screen
Operating temperature:- -20 0C to + 60 0C
Operating ranges
Main/Secondary minimum voltage range 70-98 % Un
Main/Secondary voltage absence range 60-85 % Un
Main/Secondary minimum voltage delay 0.1-900 s
Main/Secondary voltage absence delay 0.1-30 s
Generator operating delay 0-900 s
Main/Secondary switching delay 0.1-90 s
n Choice of cable interlock Main line presence delay 1-3600 s
Secondary to main switching delay 0.1-90 s
L1
Generator set stopping delay 1-3600 s
Functions
H
L2
Standard unit Cat.No 0261 93
Used to adjust and manage the source inversion operating conditions
V (DMX3) :
- Remote control ( Opening/Closing) of MCBs
- Microprocessor output from unit (Positive Safety)
- Programmable I/O
- Voltage reading : 3 Phase
L3 phase-neutral
phase-phase
- Control (on/off) of generator set
- Indication of the state of the MCBs (open/closed/tripped)
- Source inversion blocked in theevent of:
Calculating the length Tripping of 1 or 2 devices
V of the cable : If a draw-out ACB is not inserted in its base, as the open/close
L1 = 1430 + H command of the unit is inoperative
L2 = 1570 + V
L3 = 1430 + V + H
Communicating unit Cat.No 0261 94
All the standard functions plus:
H - Maximum voltage reading
- Reading of phase rotation direction
- Frequency reading
- Communication: data transmission via the RS 485 port
n Cable length selection table (Modbus protocol)
Length (mm) Type Cat.Nos Dimension and panel board faceplate cut-out
2600 1 0289 20
144
3000 2 0289 21
3600 3 0289 22
MAIN LINE SECONDARY LINE
V V 138
4000 3 0289 23 PRESENCE PRESENCE
ALARM
POWER
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
V V
4600 5 0289 24 CLOSED/OPEN CLOSED/OPEN

SET
138
144
ORDER ORDER
AUT
5600 6 0289 25 MAIN SEC
MAN
CLOSED/OPEN CLOSED/OPEN
NOT INSERTED NOT INSERTED
TRIPPED TRIPPED
RESET
n Examples for 3 air circuit breakers

LOAD
Horizontal
Distance between air
circuit breakers (mm)
725 mm 1000 mm 1450 mm 2000 mm
800 mm Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type 5

Vertical
39
DMX3
microprocessor protection units
n Settings of the microprocessor protection units

MP4 LSI MP6 LSI
Ir, tr, Im, tm, li adjustment on front panel Ir, tr, Im, tm, li adjustment on front panel
t(s) Ir t(s) Ir
tr tr
Im Im
tm tm
Ii Ii
I(A) I(A)
Long time delay protection against overloads Long time delay protection against overloads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 + 6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 0.9, by steps Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
of 0.1 and 0.0 0.1, by steps of 0.02) Long delay protection operation time
Long delay protection operation time tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s Short time delay protection against short circuits
(MEM OFF)
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
Short time delay protection against short circuits
Short time delay protection operation time
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
Short time delay protection operation time 0.8-09-1 s (both t = constant and I2t = constant)
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t = cost), Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
0.3-0.2-0.1-0.01 s (I2t = constant)
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = 2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = off-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
MP4 LSIg MP6 LSIg

Ir, tr, li, Ig, tg, Im, tm, adjustment on front panel Ir, tr, li, Ig, tg, Im, tm, adjustment on front panel
t(s) t(s)
Ir Ir
tr tr
t(s) Im Im
lg tm t(s) lg tm
tg tg
li li
I(A) I(A) I(A) I(A)
Long time delay protection against overloads Long time delay protection against overloads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 +6 steps) on two selectors Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
(0.4 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 0.1, by steps of 0.02)
Long delay protection operation time
Long delay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON)
30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF) Short time delay protection against short circuits
Short time delay protection against short circuits Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir Short time delay protection operation time
Short time delay protection operation time tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
0.8-09-1 s (both t = constant and I2t = constant)
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=constant),
0.3-0.2-0.t01 s (I2t=constant) Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = 2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = off-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw Earth fault current
Earth fault current Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In (9 steps) Ig = 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF
Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In (9 steps) Ig = 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF) Time delay on earth fault tripping
Time delay on earth fault tripping tg from 0.1 to 1 x In (4 steps) Tg = 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t = constant and
I2t = constant)
tg from 0.1 to 1 x In (4 steps) Tg = 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t = constant and
I2t = constant) Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
40
DMX3 2500/4000/6300
n Selective time-current tripping characteristic for MP4 protection units

t(s)
10000
1000
100
Thermal Tripping
Ir=In
10 Tr=30s (20%)
Tr=20s (20%)
Tr=10s (20%)
I2t=K
Tr=5s (20%)
1
Im=1,5Ir (20%) Im=10Ir (20%)
Tm=300 ms
0,1
Tm=0 ms
Ii=(215)In (20%)
0,01
0,001
1 2 3 4 5 10 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 16
I/Ir I/In
If short-circuit current is higher than Icw value or Ii is setted at Icw position, tripping time is equal to 30ms
Ir = long time setting current
Tr = long time delay
Im = short time setting current
Tm = short time delay
If = istantaneous intervention current
n Ground fault tripping curve for MP4 LSIg protection unit n Let through energy characteristics
104
0,21 In
t(s)
103
t=k
102
I2t=K
101
0,11 s
10 -1
10-2 Icc (kA) = estimated short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)
I2t (A2s) = pass-through specific energy
10-3
10-1 1 101 102 Ig/In
41
DMX3 2500/4000/6300
selectivity & discrimination
n Limits of selectivity DMX3 / DPXTM n Limits of selectivity DMX3 / DMX3

(three phase circuit at 400 VA) (three phase circuit at 400 VA)
Downstream Upstream DMX3
Upstream ACB
MCCB
Downstream 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
DMX3 4000
DMX3 2500 (50 kA / 65 DMX3 6300 800 A T T T T T T T T
In (50 kA / 65 kA / 100 kA) kA / 100 (100 kA)
kA) 1000 A T T T T T T T
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 1250 A T T T T T T
16 T T T T T T T T T T 1600 A T T T T T
25 T T T T T T T T T T 2000 A T T T T
DMX3
40 T T T T T T T T T T 2500 A T T T
DPX3 160 T/M 63 T T T T T T T T T T 3200 A T T
(16 kA / 25 kA /
36 kA / 50 kA) 80 T T T T T T T T T T 4000 A T
100 T T T T T T T T T T 5000 A
125 T T T T T T T T T T 6300 A
160 T T T T T T T T T T T: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2
16 T T T T T T T T T T Icu of downstream circuit breaker Icu of upstream circuit breaker
Selectivity values are intended with protection unit properly adjusted
25 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 160 T/M 40 T T T T T T T T T T
with electronic
earth leakage 63 T T T T T T T T T T
module 80 T T T T T T T T T T
(16kA / 25kA /
36kA / 50kA) 100 T T T T T T T T T T
(25kA / 36kA /
50kA / 70kA) 200 T T T T T T T T T T

with electronic 160 T T T T T T T T T T
earth leakage
(25kA / 36kA / 200 T T T T T T T T T T
50kA / 70kA) 250 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 250 T/M with 40 T T T T T T T T T T

electronic earth 100 T T T T T T T T T T
leakage/metering
(25kA / 36kA / 160 T T T T T T T T T T
50kA / 70kA) 250 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 250 T/M
(36 kA / 70 kA / 100 T T T T T T T T T T
100 kA)
DPX 250 S1 / S2 100 T T T T T T T T T T
(36 kA / 70 kA /
100 kA) 160 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 630 T/M
(36 kA / 70 kA / 400 T T T T T T T T T T
100 kA)
DPX 630 S1 / S2
(36 kA / 70 kA / 400 T T T T T T T T T T
100 kA)
800 - T T T T T T T T T
DPX 1250 T/M
1000 - - T T T T T T T T
(50 kA / 70 kA)
1250 - - - T T T T T T T
800 - T T T T T T T T T
DPX 1600 S1 / S2
1250 - - - T T T T T T T
(50 kA / 70 kA)
1600 - - - - T T T T T T
42
DMX3
n Technical characteristics
DMX3 2500
DMX3 2500
DMX3 according to IEC 60947-2 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L
Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Rating In (A) 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690
Frame 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
230 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
415 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu 500 VA
(kA) 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
Short-circuit making capacity
Icm (kA) 500 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143
230 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
415 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
Short time withstand current Icw
(kA) for t = 1s 500 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65
Category of use B B B B B B
Isolation behavior Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000
Endurance (cycles)
electrical 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
DMX3 4000 DMX3 6300

DMX 4000
3
DMX3 6300
DMX3 according to IEC 60947-2 3200 4000 DMX3 according to IEC 60947-2 5000 6300
N H L N H L L L
Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Rating In (A) 3200 4000 Rating In (A) 5000 5000
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690
Frame 2 2 Frame 3 3
230 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 230 VA 100 100
415 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 415 VA 100 100
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu 500 VA Ultimate breaking capacity Icu 500 VA
(kA) 50 65 100 50 65 100 (kA) 100 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 600 VA 75 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 690 VA 65 65
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 230 VA 220 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 415 VA 220 220
Short-circuit making capacity 500 VA Short-circuit making capacity 500 VA
Icm (kA) 105 143 220 105 143 220 Icm (kA) 220 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 132 165 600 VA 165 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 121 143 690 VA 143 143
230 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 230 VA 100 100
415 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 415 VA 100 100
Short time withstand current Icw 500 VA Short time withstand current Icw 500 VA
(kA) for t = 1s 50 65 85 50 65 85 (kA) for t = 1s 100 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 600 VA 75 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 690 VA 65 65
Category of use B B Category of use B B
Isolation behavior Yes Yes Isolation behavior Yes Yes
mechanical 10000 10000 mechanical 5000 5000
Endurance (cycles) Endurance (cycles)
electrical 5000 5000 electrical 2500 2500
43
DMX3
technical characteristics (continued)
n Technical characteristics n Temperature derating

Fixed version
Trip free switch DMX3-I 2500 4000 6300
40 C 50 C 60 C 65 C 70 C
Tempe-
Frame 1 2 3 rature Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In
(A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
1250 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1
1600 3200
Rating In 40 C (A) 6300
2000 4000 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1
2500
DMX 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000
2500 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage 12 12 12 2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1880 0.94
Uimp (kV)
2500 1 2450 0.98 2350 0.94 2250 0.9 2150 0.86
Rated operational voltage 690 690 690
(50/60hz) Ue (V) 3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3136 0.98 3008 0.94
DMX
4000 4000 1 3920 0.98 3680 0.92 3440 0.86 3120 0.78
Isolation behaviour Yes Yes Yes
DMX 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1

Short-circuit making 230 VA 143 220 220
capacity Icm (kA) 6300 6300 1 6300 1 6048 0.96 5796 0.92 5544 0.88
415 VA 143 220 220
500 VA 143 220 220

Draw-out Version
600 VA 132 165 165
40 C 50 C 60 C 65 C 70 C
Tempe-
690 VA 121 143 143 rature Imax Imax Imax Imax Imax
Ir / In Ir / In Ir / In Ir / In Ir / In
(A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
Short time withstand 230 VA 65 85 100
current Icw 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1
(kA) pour t = 1 s 65 85 100 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1
415 VA
65 85 100 DMX 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1

500 VA
2500 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1
600 VA 60 75 75
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1875 0.94
690 VA 55 65 65 2500 1 2400 0.96 2250 0.9 2100 0.84 1950 0.78
mechanical 10000 10000 5000 DMX 3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3072 0.96 2880 0.9
Endurance
(cycles) 4000 4000 1 3760 0.94 3440 0.86 3200 0.8 2960 0.74
electrical 5000 5000 2500
DMX 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1
operation -5 C to +70 C -5 C to +70 C -5 C to +70 C
6300 6300 1 6174 0.98 5985 0.95 5796 0.92 5292 0.84
Temperature
storage -25 C to +85 C -25 C to +85 C -25 C to +85 C
n Derating at different altitudes

n Temperature derating Air circuit breaker DMX 2500, DMX 4000 and DMX 6300
Fixed version Altitude h (m) < 2000 3000 4000 5000
Rated current (at 40C) In (A) In 0.98 x In 0.94 x In 0.90 x In

Temperature
Rated voltage Ue (V) 690 600 500 440
40 C 50 C 60 C 65 C 70 C
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 900 750 600
Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In
(A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1

n Connection bars minimum recommended dimension
DMX3-I
1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 per pole (fix) for copper conductors
2500
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1880 0.94
In (A) Vertical bars (mm) horizontal bars (mm)
2500 1 2450 0.98 2350 0.94 2250 0.9 2150 0.86
630 50 x 10 60 x 10
3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3136 0.98 3008 0.94 800 60 x 10 60 x 10
DMX3-I
4000
4000 1 3920 0.98 3680 0.92 3440 0.86 3120 0.78 1000 80 x 10 80 x 10
DMX3-I 1250 80 x 10 2 x 60 x 10
6300 1 6300 1 6048 0.96 5796 0.92 5544 0.88
6300
1600 2 x 60 x 10 2 x 80 x 10
2000 2 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10
Draw-out version 2500 3 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10
3200 3 x 100 x 10 3 x 100 x 10
Temperature
4000 4 x 100 x 10 5 x 100 x 10
40 C 50 C 60 C 65 C 70 C
5000 6 x 100 x 10 6 x 100 x 10
Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In Imax Ir / In
(A) (A) (A) (A) (A) 6300 7 x 100 x 10 7 x 100 x 10
1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 Note: The tables presenting the minimum recommended dimensions of connection plates
and bars per pole should be used solely as a general guideline for selecting products. Due
1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 to extensive variety of switchgear constructions shapes and conditions that can affect the
DMX3-I
2500 behavior of the apparatus, the solution used must always be verified
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1875 0.94
2500 1 2400 0.96 2250 0.9 2100 0.84 1950 0.78
3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3072 0.96 2880 0.9

DMX -I
3
4000
4000 1 3760 0.94 3440 0.86 3200 0.8 2960 0.74
DMX3-I 6300 1 6174 0.98 5985 0.95 5796 0.92 5292 0.84
6300
44
XL3 enclosure for safety
and flexibility
Protection & distribution up to 6300 A
n Totally type-tested system as per IEC 61439-I n Fire resistance of 750 0C for 30 sec
n Completely bolted system for ease of assembly n Compatible with Zucchini busbar trunking system
n Modular design for numerous configurations n Adjustable plinth height for the better spreading of cables
n Short time current withstand capacity upto 110 kA n Permanent earthing for internal components and external faceplates
n Design suitable for Form 4b n Perfectly house the whole range of Legrand ACBs, MCCBs, Capacitors,
n IP 55 degree of protection also available MCBs, Metering devices and OMPs like VSP, MPCB etc.

p. 50
DRX 100
DRXTM MCCBs MCCBs
p. 54-55
DPX/DPX
DPX MCCBs
3
electrical
characteristics
p. 54-55
DPX/DPX
DPX MCCBs
TM
electrical
characteristics
p. 78
Ekinoxe TPN DBs -
Ekinoxe 7 segment
DPX MCCB DBs
p. 115
Power
Alpivar2 capacitor
Capacitor
solutions p. 51
DRX 100 MCCBs
with DRX, Dimensions

p. 84
DPX, DPX3,
DPX 630
Ekinoxe & p. 52-53

DRX 100 MCCBs
Capacitors Technical data

p. 119
Alpivar2 Capacitor
46
p. 50-51
DRX 100
accessories
p. 56-57 p. 58 p. 59-62
DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 250
MCCBs from thermal magnetic microprocessor release
16 to 160 A and MCCBs from MCCBs from 40 to 250 A,
accessories 100 to 250 A accessories and auxillaries
p. 64-66 p. 67-69 p. 71-73 p. 74-77

DPX 250 & DPX 630 thermal DPX 1250 and 1600 DPX auxiliaries
accessorries magnetic and thermal magnetic for DPX and DPX-I
microprocessor and microprocessor
release MCCBs release MCCBs
p. 78 p. 79 p. 79
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - Ekinoxe TPN DBs Ekinoxe metal one
DPX 160 - DPX 250 way enclosure
MCCB DBs MCCB DBs
p. 116 p. 117-118 p. 123 p. 124

Alpimatic racks Alpimatic & Alpican Reactors and power
Alpistatic automatic capacitor factor controllers
capacitor banks
p. 77 p. 80 p. 81 p. 82
DPX-I DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 160/250
accessories
p. 85 p. 87 p. 113 p. 120-127
DPX 1250/1600 DPX /DPX DPX Alpivar2, Alpimatic,
MCCBs automatic Alpistatic and
spreader links transfer switch Alpican capacitors
p. 88-94 p. 95-99 p. 106-109 p. 111-114

DPX 160/250 DPX 250, DPX 630, DPX MCCB DPX automatic
DPX 1250 and transfer switch
DPX 1600
p. 125-126
Alpican
47
Thermal-magnetic MCCBs
DRX 100: 3 and 4 poles
Exclusive system: with a single action,

Ui690V Uimp6kV
50 60Hz
DRX 100 change from the 50 mm standard to the
Ics= 50%Icu 45 mm DIN standard
cat.A
Ue Icu
[VAC] [kA]
220 240 125
IEC60947-2
380 415 10
440 460 10
480 550 7.5
600 5
NEMA-ABI 240 25
(HIC) 480 7.5
600 5
Thermal-magnetic protection
Nominal currents from 60 to 100 A
10 kA
No temperature derating at +50 C
2 types of connection:
standard and with cage terminals
48
MCCBs: DRXTM
DRX100
...the universal solution for
residential and commercial
ADVANTAGES
Electrical accessories mounted by simply clipping on front
panel
Electrical accessories common to the whole range
Up to 3 locks (padlock) in open position (off)
Direct and vari-depth rotary handle
Certifications: LOVAG (IEC 60947-1-2)
24 mm distance between base and

terminal, for mounting in busbars
Suitable for all environments

(tropicalization, pollution,
salt corrosion, etc.)
Removable plate that clips onto a

DIN rail
Installation in any position
Standard dimensions
3-pole DRX 100:
75 x 60 x 130 mm
4-pole DRX 100:
100 x 60 x 130 mm
Hinged front cover

DRXTMexemple
pour 100 : xxxxxxx DRXTMexemple
pour 100 : xxxxxxx
txxxxxxxx
hermal-magnetic MCCBs from 60 to 100 A xxxxxxxx for DRX MCCBs
accessories
0270 08 0270 18 0270 08 (Hinged cover) 0271 76 0271 83 0271 71
Dimensions (p. 51)

Technical characteristics and operating curves (p. 52-53)
Pack Cat.Nos Plate for fixing on rail 2

For switching, control, isolation and protection of low-voltage electrical 1 0271 87 DIN rail adaptor for DRX 100
lines in conformity with standard IEC 60947-2
Fixed thermal and fixed magnetic
Supplied with:
- M8 Terminals Rotary handles
- Fixing screws
- Insulating shields (2 for 3 PI and 3 for 4P) Direct on DRX
1 6271 76 For DRX 100
Pack Cat.Nos DRX 100
Icu breaking capacity 10 kA (415 V) Vari-depth handle
3P In Comprises: the connecting rod, the bracket,
the drilling template, the mounting accessories,
1/12 0270 06* 60 A the door locking mechanism
1/12 0270 39 63 A
1/12 0270 07* 75 A 1 6271 77 For DRX 100
1/12 0270 08* 100 A
4P In Padlocking
1/12 0270 16 60 A
1 0271 80 Accessory for locking
1/12 0270 29 63 A in OFF position
1/12 0270 17 75 A
1/12 0270 18 100 A
Connection accessories
Insulating shields
Insulate connection
between each pole
1 0271 81 Set of 2 shields for 3 pole
Sealable terminal shields

1 0271 83 For DRX 100 - 3 pole

Cage terminals
1 0271 71 For DRX 100 - 3 pole
Spreader links
1 6250 10 3 links set for TP

1 6250 11 4 links set for FP
* For enclosures refer page 216

Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
50 Red catalogue numbers : new products
DRXTMexemple
pour 100 : xxxxxxx DRXTM 100
xxxxxxxx accessories
electrical technical characteristics
Dimensions
DRX 100 - 3P
75
25
115
111
130
50
0271 40 0271 54
Pack Cat.Nos Electrical accessories

Auxiliary contact blocks DRX 100 - 4P
60
For left-hand mounting only 100
53.5
1 0271 40 Block with 1 auxiliary (1 AUX) 25 37.5
1 0271 41 Block with 1 alarm (1 AL)

1
0271 42 Block with 1 auxiliary + 1 alarm
(1 AUX + 1 AL)
Current shunt coils

For mounting on either the left or right-hand side of
the MCCB
66
115
111
130
50
1 0271 54 200/277 V and =
1 0271 55 380/480 V and =
Undervoltage release coils

For mounting on either the left or right-hand side of
the MCCB
1 0271 64 200/240 V DRX 100 - 3P with spreaders
1 0271 65 380/415 V 16 9 16 9 16 16 18
2
29.5
45
24
159.5
111
115
130
1
50
99
60
53.5
25 25 65 5.3
75 82.5
DRX 100 - 4P with spreaders

16 9 16 9 16 16 18
2
29.5
45
24
159.5
111
115
130
1
99
50
60
53.5
25 25 25 65 5.3
100 82.5
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 51
DRXTM 100
Fixing on plate
111 111
(4.37") (4.37")
3.65 or M4 = = 3.65 or M4
( 0.14" or M4) 25 ( 0.14" or M4)
(0.98")
Door cut-out
3
( 0.12")
71 96
(2.8") (3.7")
= = = =
25 25
(0.98") (0.98") 61 (2.40")
2 3
58
(2.28")
1 46.6
(1.83")
53
(2.09")
3
( 0.12")
23.6
(0.9")
111 52.6
(4.37") (2")
= =
25
3.65 or M4
( 0.14" or M4) (0.98")
65 (2.55")
83 (3.19")
52
DRXTM 100
Mounting Curve
1
Mounting on a rail DRX 100 Imax = 100 A 3P - 4P
10000
t(s)
1000
Cold thermal trip zone
100
10
27187
1
Connection Hot thermal trip zone
DRX front terminal

Cable connection 0.1
DRX = 27171 (3 P)
27173 (4 P)
0.01
3
1 0.001
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100
I/Ir
DRX = 3.5 Nm/31 lb-in DRX = 6 Nm/53 lb-in

Technical characteristics DRX
2 4 Number of poles 3P - 4P
Nominal current In (A) 60 -100
Neutral protection for 4 P version (%) 100
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 690
Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 6
Rated operating voltage (50/60 Hz) Ue (V) 600
220/240 VA 25
DRX m 50 A DRX L 50 A 380/415 VA 10
Flexible Flexible 440/460 VA 10

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA)
480/550 VA
2,5 10 mm210 35 mm2
#14 #8 AWG #8 #2 AWG 7.5
EC 60947-2
600 VA 5
or
12 14 Standard breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 50
0.47 0.55
Solid Solid Utilization category A
2,5 16 mm210 50 mm2 Suitable for isolation YES
#14 #6 AWG #8 #1/0 AWG
mechanical 20000
2,5 to 4 mm2 #14 to #10 AWG Endurance (cycles)
flexible cables connection via electrical 8000
crimped end-barrels
Busbar connection
7
( 0.27")
17
( 0.67")
8.5
( 0.33")
9
( 0.35")
17
( 0.67")
53
DPX/DPX
electrical characteristics
DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 250 DPX 250

DEVICES thermal magnetic thermal magnetic microprocessor thermal magnetic
(p. 56) (p. 58) release (p. 59) (p. 64-65)
Mounting On rail 4 or on plate On rail 4 or on plate On rail 4 or on plate On plate
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 16 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 70 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 70 kA 36 kA 70 kA(3) 100 kA
(EN 60947-2 and IEC 60947-2)
380/415 V 16 25 36 50 25 36 50 70 25 36 50 70 36 70 100
220/240 V 25 35 50 65 40 60 100 100 40 60 100 100 60 100 170
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 75 50
Characteristic of use
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz

690 V (500 V with integrated 690 V (500 V with
Maximum rated operating voltage Ue 690 V (500 V with integrated e.l.m.) 690 V - 250 V=
e.l.m.) integrated e.l.m.)
Category of use A A A A
Thermal magnetic adjustment
t Thermal 0.8 to 1 In 0.8 to 1 In - 0.64 to 1 In

Ir
Ii
I Magnetic 10 In (400 A for 16 A and 25 A sizes) 5 to 10 In - 3.5 to 10 In
Microprocessor protection adjustment
t Ir
Tr Ir : 0.4 to 1In
Isd - - -
Tsd Isd : 1.5 to 10 Ir
I
Maximum cable cross-section
Rigid cable 120 mm2 185 mm2 185 mm2 185 mm2
Flexible cable 95 mm 2
150 mm 2
150 mm 2
150 mm2
Copper bar and lug width 18 mm 25 mm(1) 25 mm(1) 25 mm
Tightening torque 8 Nm 10 Nm 10 Nm 15 Nm
Nominal current (In) at 40 C (A)
In (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
Phase 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
N 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
N/2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 160 - - -
Magnetic threshold (Im) (A)(2) of DPX Fixed Adjustable

therminal magnetic
In (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 - 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
Phase 400 400 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 125-250 200-400 315-630 500- - 140 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 350 - 560 - 900 -
1000 400 630 1000 1600 2500 1000 1600 2500
N 500- 140 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 350 - 560 - 900 -
400 400 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 125-250 200-400 315-630 1000 - 400 630 1000 1600 2500 1000 1600 2500
N/2 350 - 560 - 350 - 560 -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1000 1600 - 1000 1600
Endurance (cycles)
Electrical 8000 8000 8000 8000
Mechanical 25000 20000 20000 20000
Electronic earth leakage module
Type Integrated Integrated Integrated downstream e.l.m.
(1) Copper bars only

(2) Trip current for 50/60 Hz. For direct current, multiply by 1.5
54
DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 1600
microprocessor release thermal magnetic microprocessor release thermal magnetic microprocessor release
(p. 64-65) (p. 67-69) (p. 67-69) (p. 71) (p. 73)
On plate On plate On plate On plate On plate
36 kA 70 kA(3) 36 kA 70 kA(3) 100 kA 36 kA 70 kA(3) 50 kA 70 kA(3) 100 kA 50 kA 70 kA(1)(3)
36 70 36 70 100 36 70 50 70 100 50 70
60 100 60 100 170 60 100 80 100 170 80 100
100 75 100 75 50 100 75 100 75 50 100 75
50/60 Hz
690 V 690 V - 250 V= 690 V 690 V 690 V
A: In 630 A
A A A B
B: In 200 to 400 A
- 0.8 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In -
- 5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In -
Ir: 0.4 to 1 In Ir: 0.4 to 1 In Ir: 0.4 to 1 In

Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s
Isd: 1.5 to 10 Ir - Isd: 1.5 to 10 Ir - Isd: 1.5 to 10 Ir
Tsd: 0 to 0.3 s Tsd: 0 to 0.3 s Tsd: 0 to 0.3 s
I2t = constant I2t = constant I2t = constant
Tsd: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tsd: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tsd: 0.01 to 0.3 s
185 mm2 300 mm2 or 300 mm2 or 2 or 4 x 240 mm2 2 or 4 x 240 mm2
2 x 240 mm2 2 x 240 mm2
240 mm2 or 240 mm2 or
150 mm 2
2 or 4 x 185 mm 2
2 or 4 x 185 mm2
2 x 185 mm2 2 x 185 mm2
25 mm 32 mm 32 mm 50 mm 50 mm
15 Nm 15 Nm 20 Nm
40 100 160 250 400 630 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 800 1250 1600
40 100 160 250 400 630 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 800 1250 1600
0 - 50 - 100 %
0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value
of phase value
- -
Adjustable
- 400 630 - 800 1000 1250 -
- 2000 - 4000 3150 - 6300 - 4000 - 8000 5000 - 10000 6250 - 12500 -
- 2000 - 4000 3150 - 6300 - -
- - - - -
8000 5000 5000 3000 2000
20000 15000 15000 10000 10000
downstream e.l.m. downstream e.l.m. downstream e.l.m. earth leakage relay & toroid coil
55
DPX3 160 thermal magnetic
MCCBs from 16 to 160 A
4200 00 4200 10 4200 37 4201 57
Technical characteristics and tripping curves (p. 88-99)

Dimensions (p. 80)
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Supplied with cage terminals 70 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 95 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with electronic earth leakage
module
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic fixed at 10 In (fixed at 400 A for In Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
16 A and 25 A) Magnetic fixed at 10 In (fixed at 400 A for In 16 A and
25 A)
Breaking capacity Icu 16 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
3P 4P In (A) screen
1 4200 00 4200 10 16 Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4200 01 4200 11 25 Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
1 4200 02 4200 12 40 possible only 0s)
1 4200 03 4200 13 63
1 4200 04 4200 14 80 Breaking capacity Icu 16 kA (400 VA)
1 4200 05 4200 15 100 4P In (A)
1 4200 06 4200 16 125 1 4200 30 16
1 4200 07 4200 17 160 1 4200 31 25
1 4200 32 40
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) 1 4200 33 63
1 4200 40 4200 50 16 1 4200 34 80
1 4200 41 4200 51 25 1 4200 35 100
1 4200 42 4200 52 40 1 4200 36 125
1 4200 43 4200 53 63 1 4200 37 160
1 4200 44 4200 54 80
1 4200 46 4200 56 125 1 4200 70 16
1 4200 47 4200 57 160 1 4200 71 25
1 4200 72 40
1 4200 80 4200 90 16 1 4200 74 80
1 4200 81 4200 91 25 1 4200 75 100
1 4200 82 4200 92 40 1 4200 76 125
1 4200 83 4200 93 63 1 4200 77 160
1 4200 84 4200 94 80
1 4200 86 4200 96 125 1 4201 10 16
1 4200 87 4200 97 160 1 4201 11 25
1 4201 12 40
1 4201 20 4201 30 16 1 4201 14 80
1 4201 21 4201 31 25 1 4201 15 100
1 4201 22 4201 32 40 1 4201 16 125
1 4201 23 4201 33 63 1 4201 17 160
1 4201 24 4201 34 80
1 4201 26 4201 36 125 1 4201 50 16
1 4201 27 4201 37 160 1 4201 51 25
1 4201 52 40
1 4201 53 63
1 4201 54 80
1 4201 55 100
1 4201 56 125
1 4201 57 160
56 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX3 160 equipment and mounting DPX3 160
accessories connection
n Connection
Direct connection
max 14 mm
Flexible
1,5 70 mm
#16 #2/0 AWG
or
12
Solid (0.47")
1,5 95 mm
#16 #4/0 AWG
4210 40 4210 36 14 mm max

Pack Cat.Nos Equipment for plug-in version
A plug-in version DPX3 is a fixed version DPX3
mounted on a plug-in base
Plug-in bases for DPX3 160
Front or rear terminal mounting base
1 4210 40 For DPX3 160 - 3P
1 4210 41 For DPX3 160 - 4P with or without earth leakage
module
Connectors for auxiliary contacts
1/5 4210 44 Set of connectors
Padlocks for plug-in base Spreaders Rear terminals
1/10 4210 45 Ronis locking accessory

1/10 4210 46 Profalux locking accessory
1/10 4210 47 Padlock accessory

Connection accessories
Cage terminals

For Cu/Al cables, 1 x 95 mm2 for flexible
cables and 1 x 120 mm2 for rigid cable
and bars or lugs 18 mm
1/2 4210 26 Set of 3 terminals
Insulated shields
1/2 4210 70 Set of 3 insulated shields
Extended front terminals
For copper bars
1/12
Sealable terminal shield
4210 29 Set of 4 terminals
Spreaders
For incoming bars or cable lugs
1 6250 02 Set of 3 spreaders for DPX3 160 3P
1 6250 06 Set of 4 spreaders for DPX3 160 4P
Rear terminals
Flat swivel terminals
Used to convert a fixed version with front terminals to
a fixed version with rear terminals
1/6 4210 36 Set of 3 rear terminals for DPX3 160 3P
1/6 4210 37 Set of 4 rear terminals for DPX3 160 4P

For front terminals
1/4 4210 54 For DPX3 160 3P
1/5 4210 55 For DPX3 160 3P
For rear terminals
1/4 4210 50 For DPX3 160 3P
1/5 4210 51 For DPX3 160 4P
Fixing plates
For fixing DPX3 160 on 2 rail or on plate
1/5 4210 71 For DPX3 160 3P/4P without earth leakage module
1/5 4210 73 For DPX3 160 4P with earth leakage module
1/8 4210 68 For DPX3 160 3P/4P with side mounting motor
operator
DPX 250 thermal
pour3 exemple magnetic
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
4202 05 4202 25

Dimensions (p. 81)
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
module
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic adjustable from 5 to 10 In Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic adjustable from 5 to 10 In
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD screen
3P 4P In (A) Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4202 07 4202 17 160 possible only 0s)
1 4202 08 4202 18 200
4P In (A)
1 4202 35 4202 45 100 1 4202 27 160
1 4202 37 4202 47 160 1 4202 28 200
1 4202 38 4202 48 200 1 4202 29 250
1 4202 39 4202 49 250
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
1 4202 65 4202 75 100 1 4202 57 160
1 4202 67 4202 77 160 1 4202 58 200
1 4202 68 4202 78 200 1 4202 59 250
1 4202 69 4202 79 250
1 4206 05 4206 15 100 1 4202 87 160
1 4206 07 4206 17 160 1 4202 88 200
1 4206 08 4206 18 200 1 4202 89 250
1 4206 09 4206 19 250
1 4206 25 100
1 4206 27 160
1 4206 28 200
1 4206 29 250
DPX3 250 microprocessor release
4203 69 4203 25

Dimensions (p. 81)
module
Protection against overloads:
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln Protection against overloads:
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln
Protection against short circuits: Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr Protection against short circuits:
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
3P 4P In (A) screen
1 4203 02 4203 12 40 Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4203 07 4203 17 160 possible only 0s)
1 4203 09 4203 19 250
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 4P In (A)
1 4203 32 4203 42 40 1 4203 22 40
1 4203 35 4203 45 100 1 4203 25 100
1 4203 37 4203 47 160 1 4203 27 160
1 4203 39 4203 49 250 1 4203 29 250
1 4203 62 4203 72 40 1 4203 52 40
1 4203 65 4203 75 100 1 4203 55 100
1 4203 67 4203 77 160 1 4203 57 160
1 4203 69 4203 79 250 1 4203 59 250
1 4206 35 4206 45 40 1 4203 82 40
1 4206 37 4206 47 100 1 4203 85 100
1 4206 38 4206 48 160 1 4203 87 160
1 4206 39 4206 49 250 1 4203 89 250
1 4206 55 40
1 4206 57 100
1 4206 58 160
1 4206 59 250
DPX3 250 microprocessor release
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
4206 49

Dimensions (p. 81)
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with energy metering Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with energy metering central unit
central unit and electronic earth leakage module
Protection against overloads: Protection against overloads:
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
Protection against short circuits: Protection against short circuits:
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Integrated energy metering central unit with Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
LCD screen; currents, voltage, frequency, screen
power, energy and harmonics Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) possible only 0s)
3P 4P In (A) Integrated energy metering central unit with LCD
1 4204 02 4204 12 40 screen; currents, voltage, frequency, power, energy
1 4204 05 4204 15 100 and harmonics
1 4204 07 4204 17 160
4P In (A)
1 4204 32 4204 42 40 1 4204 25 100
1 4204 35 4204 45 100 1 4204 27 160
1 4204 37 4204 47 160 1 4204 29 250
1 4204 39 4204 49 250
1 4204 62 4204 72 40 1 4204 55 100
1 4204 65 4204 75 100 1 4204 57 160
1 4204 67 4204 77 160 1 4204 59 250
1 4204 69 4204 79 250
1 4206 65 4206 75 40 1 4204 85 100
1 4206 67 4206 77 100 1 4204 87 160
1 4206 68 4206 78 160 1 4204 89 250
1 4206 69 4206 79 250
1 4206 85 40
1 4206 87 100
1 4206 88 160
1 4206 89 250
Communication interface (p. 62)
DPX3 250 microprocessor release DPX3 250 equipment and mounting
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
accessories
4205 49 4210 44 4210 31 4210 72
Technical characteristics and tripping curves (p. 88-94) Pack Cat.Nos Equipment for plug-in version
Dimensions (p. 81)
A plug-in version DPX3 is a fixed version DPX3
mounted on a plug-in base
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage Plug-in bases for DPX3 160
electrical system
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible Front or rear terminal mounting base
cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories 1 4210 42 For DPX3 250 - 3P
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires 1 4210 43 For DPX3 250 - 4P with or without earth leakage
Conform to IEC 60947-2 module
Connectors for auxiliary contacts
1/5 4210 44 Set of connectors
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release MCCBs with
earth fault protection Padlocks for plug-in base
Protection against averloads: 1/10 4210 46 Profalux locking accessory
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln 1/10 4210 47 Padlock accessory
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
Protection against short circuits:
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr Connection accessories
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Protection against earth fault: Cage terminals
lg adjustable: from 0.2 to 1 x ln and OFF For Cu/Al cables, 1 x 150 mm for flexible
position cables and 1 x 180 mm for rigid cable
Tg adjustable from 0.1 to 1s and bars or lugs 25 x 8 mm
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) 1/8 4210 31 Set of 4 terminals
3P 4P In (A)
1 4205 02 4205 12 40 Insulated shields
1 4205 05 4205 15 100 1/2 4210 70 Set of 3 insulated shields
1 4205 07 4205 17 160 Spreaders
1 4205 09 4205 19 250 For incoming bars or cable lugs
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 6250 14 Set of 3 spreaders for DPX3 250 3P
1 4205 22 4205 32 40 1 6250 18 Set of 4 spreaders for DPX3 250 4P
1 4205 25 4205 35 100 Rear terminals
1 4205 27 4205 37 160 Flat swivel terminals
1 4205 29 4205 39 250 Used to convert a fixed version with front terminals to
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) a fixed version with rear terminals
1 4205 42 4205 52 40 1/6 4210 38 Set of 3 rear terminals for DPX3 250 3P
1 4205 45 4205 55 100 1/6 4210 39 Set of 4 rear terminals for DPX3 250 4P
1 4205 47 4205 57 160
1 4205 49 4205 59 250
1 4206 92 4207 02 40 For front terminals
1 4206 95 4207 05 100 1/5 4210 56 For DPX3 250 3P
1 4206 97 4207 07 160 1/3 4210 57 For DPX3 250 4P
1 4206 99 4207 09 250 For rear terminals
1/5 4210 52 For DPX3 250 3P
1/3 4210 53 For DPX3 250 4P
Fixing plates
For fixing DPX3 250 on 2 rail or on plate
1/16 4210 72 For DPX3 250 3P/4P without earth leakage module
1/16 4210 74 For DPX3 250 4P with earth leakage module
1/8 4210 69 For DPX3 250 3P/4P with side mounting motor
operator
DPX3 160 and 250 common auxiliaries and accessories
4210 10 4210 11
6210 00 4210 16 4210 22 4210 58
Pack Cat.Nos Supply invertor type Pack Cat.Nos Auxiliaries

Plate for mounting and interlocking of 2 DPX 3
Auxiliary contacts
For 2 DPX3 160 or 2 DPX3 250 or 1 DPX3 160 and 1/12 4210 10 1 NC + 1 NO auxiliary contact for rotary handles
1 DPX3 250 1/12 4210 11 Auxiliary contact or fault signalling contact
1 4210 58 For fixed version 1/8 4210 48 Signalling contact plugged-in (for DPX3 plug-in
1/2 4210 59 For plug-in and draw-out version version)
Shunt releases
Rotary handles 1/12 4210 12 12 VA/ =
1/12 4210 13 24 VA/ =
Direct on DPX 1/12
1/5 6210 00 Standard handle for thermal magnetic DPX3 without 4210 14 48 VA/ =
earth leakage module 1/12 4210 15 110-130 VA/ =
1/5 6210 01 Standard handle for microprocessor DPX3 and/or 1/12 4210 16 200-277 VA/ =
with earth leakage module 1/12 4210 17 380-480 VA/ =
1/5 6210 02 Handle for emergency use for thermal magnetic
DPX3 without earth leakage module Undervoltage releases
1/5 6210 03 Handle for emergency use for microprocessor DPX3 1/12 4210 18 12 VA/ =
and/or with earth leakage module 1/12 4210 19 24 VA/ =
Vari-depth handles 1/12 4210 20 48 VA/ =
For all version of DPX3 1/12 4210 21 110-130 VA/ =
1 6210 04 Standard handle 1/12 4210 22 200-240 VA/ =
1 6210 05 Handle for emergency use 1/12 4210 23 277 VA
Locking accessories 1/12 4210 24 380-415 VA
1/12 4210 06 Ronis for direct handle 1/12 4210 25 440-480 VA
1/12 4210 07 Profalux for direct handle
1/3 4210 08 Ronis for vari-depth handle
1/3 4210 09 Profalux for vari-depth handle Locking accessory
1/12 4210 49 Padlock for locking in "open" position
Motor-driven handles
Motor operators 24 to 230 VA/ = Communication interface
1 4210 60 Side motor operator
1/4 4210 61 Front motor operator 1/6 4210 75 Modbus
Locking accessories
1/12 4210 62 Ronis key barrel for front motor operator
1/12 4210 63 Profalux key barrel for front motor operator
1/12 4210 64 Padlock for front motor operator
1/12 4210 65 Ronis key barrel for side motor operator
1/12 4210 66 Profalux key barrel for side motor operator
1/12 4210 67 Padlock for side motor operator
DPX 160/250
n Auxiliaries mounting n Direct rotary handle
Undervoltage
release
Shunt trip
n Plug-in version
Auxiliary contact
or fault signalling
contact
n Side mounting motor-driven handle
n Front mounting motor-driven handle n Supply invertor type
63
DPXTM 250
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 40 to 250 A
0253 56 0253 73
Dimensions (p. 83)

Electrical characteristics (p. 91)
Can be fitted with auxiliaries
Can be used with earth leakage modules or with earth leakage relays (p. 77)
Pack Cat.Nos Thermal magnetic MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S1 MCCBs
Thermal adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In Adjustment of Ir and Isd
Magnetic adjustable from 3.5 to 10 In Instantaneous protection 40 A: if = 1 kA
t 100/160/250 A: if = 3 kA
Indicator lamp
Ir
Minimum current for indicator lamp
operation (30 % of In) - green: normal -
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir - flushing red: I 1.05 Ir
Ii Connector for test unit
Dynamic selectivity
I
4P version: adjustment of neutral on front
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V) panel
3P 4P In (A) t
Ir
1 0253 28 0253 45 40
1 0253 29 0253 46 63
1 0253 30 0253 47 100
Isd
1 0253 31 0253 48 160 If
1 0253 32 0253 49 250 I
3P + N/2 In (A)) Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)

1 0253 40 100 3P 4P In (A)
1 0253 41 160 1 0254 01 0254 07 40
1 0253 42 250 1 0254 03 0254 09 100
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V) 1 0254 04 0254 10 160
3P 4P In (A) 1 0254 05 0254 11 250
1 0253 53 0253 70 63 In (A)
1 0253 54 0253 71 100 1 0254 13 0254 19 40
1 0253 55 0253 72 160 1 0254 15 0254 21 100
1 0253 56 0253 73 250 1 0254 16 0254 22 160
3P + N/2 In (A) 1 0254 17 0254 23 250
1 0253 64 100
1 0253 65 160
1 0253 66 250
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 V)
3P 4P In (A)
1 0253 80 0253 89 100
1 0253 81 0253 90 160
1 0253 82 0253 91 250
DPXTM 250
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
0260 55 0260 53 0265 32 0265 46
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S2 MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Plug-in version

Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd A plug-in is a DPX fitted with tulip contacts
Instantaneous protection 40 A: if = 1 kA mounted on a base
100/160/250 A: if = 3 kA 3P 4P Tulip contacts
Indicator lamp
Minimum current for indicator lamp 1 0265 29 0265 30 Set of tulip contacts (supplied with an
operation (30 % of In) - green: normal - incoming/outgoing protective cover)
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir - flushing red: I 1.05 Ir Bases for DPX only
Connector for test unit Accept DPX/DPX-I fitted with tulip contacts
Logic and dynamic selectivity 1 0265 31 0265 32 Front terminal mounting base
4P version: adjustment of neutral on front 1 0265 33 0265 34 Rear terminal mounting base with
panel threaded rod
t
Ir
1 0265 35 0265 36 Flat rear terminal mounting base
Tr Bases for DPX with earth leakage
4P module
Isd
Tsd 1 0265 37 Front terminal mounting base
1 0265 38 Rear terminal mounting base with
I threaded rod
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 0265 39 Flat rear terminal mounting base
3P 4P In (A) Accessories
1 0254 40 0254 45 40 1/5 0263 99 Set of connectors (8-pin)
1 0254 41 0254 46 100 1/50 0098 19 Set of connectors (6-pin)
1/6 0263 43 Set of 2 extractor handle
1 0254 42 0254 47 160
1 0254 43 0254 48 250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA) Draw-out version
1 0254 50 0254 55 40 A DPX draw-out version is a plug-in DPX
1 0254 51 0254 56 100 fitted with a "Debro-lift" mechanism which
1 0254 52 0254 57 160 can be used to withdraw the DPX while
1 0254 53 0254 58 250 keeping it on its base
"Debro-lift" mechanism
Supplied with a rigid slide and handle for
Electronic earth leakage modules 3P 4P drawing-out
Can be fitted onto DPX/DPX-I 250 1 0265 45 0265 46 For DPX base only
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: 1 0265 47 For DPX base with earth leakage module
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Key lock for "Debro-lift" mechanism
Adjustable, time delay: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s Enable locking of DPX in drawn-out
Test push-buttons position
Reset push-button
Remote earth fault signalling contact 1/12 0265 76 1 key Ronis for DPX only
Switch for mechanical tests (installation 1/5 0265 78 1 key Ronis for motorised DPX or with
insulation test) rotary handle
Mounted underneath Accessories for "Debro-lift" mechanism
Standard 1 0265 75 Isolated handle for drawing-out
3P 4P In (A)
1/8 0265 74 Signalling contact (plugged-in/drawn-out)
1 0260 51 160
1 0260 54 0260 55 250 Supply invertor type
LED version A supply invertor type is composed of one
Monitors the isolation state of the plate with interlock for 2 devices
installation via a series of LEDs 1 0264 08 Universal plate for MCCB or trip-free switch
4P In (A) fixed version
1 0260 53 160 1 0264 03 Universal plate for MCCB or trip-free switch
1 0260 57 250 plug-in and draw-out version
DPXTM 250
equipment and accessories
0262 22 0262 79 0262 80 0261 30 0048 68
Pack Cat.Nos Rotary handles Pack Cat.Nos Accessories

Direct on DPX Insulated shields
1 0262 22 Standard (grey) 1/4 0262 30 Set of 3
1/8 0262 24 For emergency use (red/yellow) - can be fitted on 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields
Cat.Nos 0262 22, 0262 41 or 0262 81
1/4 0262 26 0262 27 Set of 2 long terminal shields
Vari-depth handle IP 55 1/4 0262 28 0262 29 Set of 2 short terminal shields
Comprising: connection rod, bracket, self-adhesive Padlock
drilling template, mounting accessories and door
lock mechanism 1/5 0262 21 For locking in "open" position
1/3 0262 79 Standard (black) Cage terminals
1/3 0262 80 Conversion kit for emergency use 1/5 0262 35 Set of 4 terminals for cable 185 mm2 max.
Can be fitted on Cat.No 0262 79 (rigid) or 150 mm2 max. (flexible)
Locking accessories Adaptor for lug
1/6 0262 93 Profalux for vari-depth handle For connecting bare cables with wide lug
1/6 0262 94 Ronis for vari-depth handle 1/6 0262 31 Set of 1 adaptor + insulated shields
1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handles,
set of 3 locks with keys Extended front terminals
1/5 0262 32 Set of 4
3P 4P Spreaders
Motor-driven handles 1 6250 14 6250 18 Set of spreaders incoming or outgoing
Front operated Rear terminals
1 0261 30 24 V/= Used to convert the fixed version with front
1 0261 34 230 V terminals to the fixed version with rear
Accessory terminals
1/5 0261 59 Ronis locking accessory 1/4 0263 31 0263 32 Set of rear terminals, incoming
or outgoing
1/4 0265 27 0265 28 Set of flat rear terminals, incoming or
outgoing
Distribution terminal 250 A
1/48 0048 68 250 A - 4 outputs 35 mm2 flexible and
2 outputs 25 mm2 flexible - Isc peak 36 k
Can be fitted directly onto downstream
terminal of DPX 250/250 ER and
DPX-IS 250
DPXTM 630
0256 31 0256 35
Dimensions (p. 84)

Electrical characteristics (p. 88-97)
Can be fitted with auxiliaries
Thermal adjustable t Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd (opposite)
from 0.8 to 1 In Ir Instantaneous protection If = 5 kA
Magnetic adjustable Green indicator lamp
from 5 to 10 In Connector for test unit
Ii Logic and dynamic selectivity
4P version: adjustement of neutral on front
I panel
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) t
Ir
3P 4P In (A)
Tr
1 0255 23 0255 38 400
Isd
1 0255 24 0255 40 630 Tsd

I
3P 4P In (A)
1 0255 44 0255 60 630 3P 4P In (A)
3P + N/2 In (A)
1 0256 27 0256 31 400
1 0256 28 0256 32 630
1 0255 53 400
1 0255 54 630 Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
In (A)
1 0256 35 0256 39 400
3P 4P In (A) 1 0256 36 0256 40 630
1 0255 63 0255 78 400
1 0255 64 0255 80 630
In (A)
1 0256 43 0256 47 400
DPX 630 microprocessor release S1 1 0256 44 0256 48 630
Adjustment of Ir, Isd t Ir
(p. 68)
Instantaneous
protection If = 5 kA
Green indicator lamp Isd
Connector for test If
I
unit
Dynamic selectivity
4P version: adjustement of neutral on front
panel
3P 4P In (A)
1 0256 02 0256 06 400
1 0256 03 0256 07 630
In (A)
1 0256 10 0256 14 400
1 0256 11 0256 15 630
DPXTM 630 DPXTM 630
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs
from 250 to 630 A (continued)
n Performance data
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Isd
t Ir
Isd
If
I
Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable threshold

based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
0260 63 Tr = 5 s (fixed at 6 tr)
Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Im
threshold:
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release Sg MCCBs Isd = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tsd = 0.05 s (fixed)
Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd (opposite) Instantaneous protection
Instantaneous protection If = 5 kA if with fixed threshold: If = 5 kA
Ig adjustable from 0.2 to 1 x In and OFF
position
Tg adjustable from 0.1 to 1s S2 - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Isd, Tsd
Green indicator lamp
Connector for test unit
t Ir
Logic and dynamic selectivity
4P version: adjustement of neutral on front Tr
panel earth fault measurements Isd
Tsd
t Ir If
I
Ig Tr
Isd
Tg Tsd Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable threshold
If based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (at 6 Ir) (4 steps)
Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Isd
3P 4P In (A)
threshold:
1 0256 52 0256 56 400 Isd = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
1 0256 53 0256 57 630 Tsd = 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA) Tsd = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s at 12 x Ir (I2t constant) (4 steps)
In (A) Instantaneous protection against short-circuits
with fixed threshold: If = 5 kA
1 0256 60 0256 64 400
1 0256 61 0256 65 630
Sg - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Isd, Tsd, Ig and Tg
Earth leakage modules t Ir
Can be fitted onto DPX/DPX-I 630 Ig Tr
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: Isd
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Tg Tsd
Adjustable, time delay: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s If
Test push-button
Reset push-button
Remote earth fault signalling contact Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable
Switch for mechanical tests (installation threshold based on the rms value of the current :
insulation test) Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Mounted underneath Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (4 steps)
230-500 V Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Im
Standard threshold:
3P 4P In Isd = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tsd = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
1 0260 60 0260 61 400 A Instantaneous protection against short-circuits with fixed threshold:
1 0260 64 0260 65 630 A If = 5 kA
LED version Earth fault measurement:
Monitors the isolation state of the Ig = 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 1 x In (8 steps)
installation via a series of LEDs Tg = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 1 s (4 steps)
4P In
1 0260 63 400 A
1 0260 67 630 A
DPXTM 630
0265 57 0265 67 0262 50 0262 51 6250 04
Pack Cat.Nos Plug-in version Pack Cat.Nos Rotary handles (continued)

A plug-in is a DPX fitted with tulip contacts Vari-depth handle IP 55
mounted on a base Comprising: connection rod, bracket,
3P 4P Tulip contacts self-adhesive drilling template, mounting
1 0265 50 0265 51 Set of tulip contacts (supplied with an accessories and door lock mechanism
incoming/outgoing protective cover) 1/3 0262 81 Standard (grey)
Bases for DPX only Locking accessories
Accept DPX/DPX-I fitted with tulip contacts 1/6 0262 93 Profalux for vari-depth handle
1 0265 52 0265 53 Front terminal mounting base 1/6 0262 94 Ronis for vari-depth handle
1 0265 54 0265 55 Rear terminal mounting base with 1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handles,
threaded rod set of 3 locks with keys
1 0265 56 0265 57 Flat rear terminal mounting base
4P Bases for DPX with earth leakage module Motor-driven handles
1 0265 58 Front terminal mounting base
1 0265 59 Rear terminal mounting base with Front operated
threaded rod 1/2 0261 40 24 V/=
1 0265 60 Flat rear terminal mounting base 1/2 0261 44 230 V
Accessories Accessory
1/6 0263 68 Set of 2 extractor handle 1/5 0261 59 Ronis locking accessory
1/5 0263 99 Set of connectors (8-pin)
Accessories
Draw-out version
Insulated shields
A DPX draw-out version is a plug-in DPX 1/4 0262 30 Set of 3
fitted with a "Debro-lift" mechanism which
can be used to withdraw the DPX while 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields
keeping it on its base 1 0262 44 0262 45 Set of 2
"Debro-lift" mechanism Padlock
Supplied with a rigid slide and handle for 1/5 0262 40 For locking in "OPEN" position
3P 4P drawing-out Cage terminals
1 0265 66 0265 67 For DPX base only 1/5 0262 50 Set of 4 terminals for cable 300 mm2 max.
1 0265 68 For DPX base with earth leakage module (rigid) or 240 mm2 max. (flexible)
Key-lock for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1/3 0262 51 Set of 4 high-capacity terminals for cable
Enable locking of DPX in drawn-out 2 x 240 mm2 (rigid) or 2 x 185 mm2 (flexible)
position Adaptor for lug
1/12 0265 76 1 key Ronis for DPX only For connecting bare cables with wide lugs
1/5 0265 78 1 key Ronis for motorised DPX or with 1/6 0262 46 Set of 4 adaptors + insulated shields
rotary handle
Extended front terminals
Accessories for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1/3 0262 47 Set of 4
1 0265 75 Isolated handle for drawing-out
1/8 0265 74 Signalling contact (plugged-in/drawn-out) 3P 4P Spreaders
1 6250 04 6250 08 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders
Rear terminals
Supply invertor type Used to convert the fixed version with front
Factory assembled terminals to the fixed version with rear
A supply invertor type is composed of one terminals
plate with interlock for 2 devices 1 0263 50 0263 51 Set of incoming or outgoing swivel
1 0264 09 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch fixed terminals
version 1 0263 52 0265 53 Set of incoming or outgoing flat terminals
1 0264 04 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch plug-in
and draw-out version
Rotary handles
Direct on DPX
1 0262 41 Standard (grey)
1/8 0262 24 For emergency use (red/yellow) - can be
fitted on Cat.Nos 0262 22, 0262 41 or 0262 81
XL3 enclosure for safety
and flexibility
Protection & distribution up to 6300 A
n Totally type-tested system as per IEC 61439-I n Fire resistance of 750 0C for 30 sec
n Completely bolted system for ease of assembly n Compatible with Zucchini busbar trunking system
n Modular design for numerous configurations n Adjustable plinth height for the better spreading of cables
n Short time current withstand capacity upto 110 kA n Permanent earthing for internal components and external faceplates
n Design suitable for Form 4b n Perfectly house the whole range of Legrand ACBs, MCCBs, Capacitors,
n IP 55 degree of protection also available MCBs, Metering devices and OMPs like VSP, MPCB etc.

DPX 1250 and
pourTMexemple 1600
: xxxxxxx
thermal
xxxxxxxxmagnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 800 to 1600 A
0258 16 0258 23
Dimensions (p. 85)

Can be fitted with auxiliaries (integrated terminal blocks)
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In Adjustment of Ir, Isd
Magnetic adjustable from: Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln
5 to 10 In 1600 A)
t Indicator lamp
Ir
Minimum current for indicator lamp
operation (20 % In): green:
normal; t
Ir
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir;
Ii
flashing red: I 1.05 Ir
I
Connector for test unit
Dynamic selectivity Isd
If
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V) I
3P 4P In (A)
1 0258 02 0258 09 800 (1) Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
1 0258 03 0258 10(1) 1000 3P 4P In (A)
1 0258 04 0258 11(1) 1250 1 0257 02 0257 06(2) 800
1 0257 03 0257 07(2) 1250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V) 1 0257 04 0257 08(2) 1600
In (A)
1 0258 16 0258 23(1) 800 Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 0258 17 0258 24(1) 1000 In (A)
1 0258 18 0258 25(1) 1250 1 0257 10 0257 14(2) 800
1 0257 11 0257 15(2) 1250
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 V) 1 0257 12 0257 16(2) 1600
In (A)
1 0258 29 0258 38 630
1 0258 31 0258 40 1000
1 0258 32 0258 41 1250
(1) Neutral without protection

(2) Neutral settings 0 - 0.5 - 1 N (0 - 50 % - 100 % Neutral)
DPXTM 1250 and 1600
0257 30 0257 60
Dimensions (p. 85)

Can be fitted with auxiliaries (integrated terminal blocks)
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S2 MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release Sg MCCBs
Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd
Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln
1600 A) 1600 A)
Indicator lamp Ig adjustable from 0.2 to 1 x In and OFF
Minimum current for indicator lamp position
operation (20 % In): green: Tg adjustable from 0.1 to 1s
normal; t Indicator lamp
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir; Ir Minimum current for indicator lamp
flashing red: I 1.05 Ir Tr operation (20 % In): green:
Connector for test unit Isd normal;
Logic and dynamic Tsd fixed red: I 0.9 Ir;
selectivity flashing red: I t Ir
I 1.05 Ir Tr
Connector for test Ig
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) Isd
3P 4P In (A)
unit
Logic and dynamic Tg Tsd
1 0257 26 0257 30(2) 800 If
1 0257 27 0257 31 1250
(2) selectivity
1 0257 28 0257 32(2) 1600
3P 4P In (A)
In (A)
1 0257 51 0257 55 800
1 0257 34 0257 38(2) 800 1 0257 52 0257 56 1250
1 0257 35 0257 39(2) 1250 1 0257 53 0257 57 1600
1 0257 36 0257 40(2) 1600
In (A)
1 0257 59 0257 63 800
1 0257 60 0257 64 1250
1 0257 61 0257 65 1600
(1) Neutral without protection

(2) Neutral settings 0 - 0.5 - 1 N (0 - 50 % - 100 % Neutral)
DPXTM 1600
0265 84 (supplied assembled) 0262 60 0262 70 0262 67 + 0262 68
Pack Cat.Nos Draw-out version Pack Cat.Nos Motor-driven handles

A DPX draw-out version is a plug-in DPX Factory assembled
fitted with a "Debro-lift" mechanism which Front operated
can be used to withdraw the DPX while 1 0261 54 230 V
keeping it on its base
For DPX 1600 up to 1250 A
Draw-out base
Front operated
Base for DPX 1600 supplied with
"Debro-lift" assembled a rigid slide and 1 0261 24 24 V/=
3P 4P handle for drawing-out 1 0261 25 48 V/=
1 0265 82 0265 83 Front terminals 1 0261 23 230 V/=
1 0265 84 0265 85 Rear terminals For DPX 1600 In = 1600 A
Key lock for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1 0261 19 24 V/=
Enable locking of DPX in drawn-out 1 0261 28 48 V/=
position 1 0261 27 230 V/=
1/12 0265 76 One key Ronis for DPX only Locking accessory for motor-driven
1/5 0265 80 Two key Ronis (one key supplied) for handles
motorised DPX or with rotary handle
Accessories for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1/5 0261 58 Profalux locking accessory
1 0265 75 Isolated handle for drawing-out
1/8 0265 74 Signalling contact (plugged-in/drawn-out)
Accessories
Supply invertor type Insulated shields
Used to isolate the connections between
A supply invertor type is composed of one each pole
plate with interlock for 2 devices 1/3 0262 66 Set of 3
1 0264 10 Plate for MCCBs or trip-free switch fixed
version 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields
1 0264 05 Plate for MCCBs or trip-free switch plug-in 1 0262 64 0262 65 Set of 2
and draw-out version Padlock
1/4 0262 60 For locking in "open" position
Rotary handles Cage terminals
Direct on DPX 1/5 0262 69 Set of 1 terminal for cables without lug
1 0262 61 Standard (black) 2 x 240 mm2 for rigid cable or
2 x 185 mm2 for flexible cable
Vari-depth handle IP 55 1/6 0262 70 Set of 1 high-capacity terminal for cables
Comprising: connection rod, bracket, without lug
self-adhesive drilling template, mounting 4 x 240 mm2 for rigid cable
accessories and door lock mechanism 4 x 185 mm2 for flexible cable
1 0262 83 Standard (black) Extended front terminals
1 0262 84 For emergency use (red/yellow) Set of 4
Locking accessories 1/5 0262 67 Short terminals for 630 - 1250 A (2 bars
1/6 0262 93 Profalux for vari-depth handle max. per pole)
1/6 0262 94 Ronis for vari-depth handle 1/3 0262 68 Long terminals for 1600 A (3 bars max. per
1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handles, pole)
set of 3 locks with keys 3P 4P Spreaders
1 0262 73 0262 74 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders
Rear terminals
Used to convert the fixed version with front
terminals to the fixed version with rear
terminals
Set of incoming or outgoing rear terminals
1 0263 80 0263 82 Short terminals
1 0263 81 0263 83 Long terminals
DPX auxiliaries
pourTMexemple : xxxxxxx DPXTM auxiliaries
for DPX and DPX-I
xxxxxxxx for DPX and DPX-I
Auxiliary contact or
fault signal
A single Cat.No 0261 60
auxiliary contact or fault signal
Vn In
400 V AC 1.5 A
0261 85 0261 93 230 V AC 3A
110 V AC 4A
230 V DC 0.25 A
Pack Cat.Nos Auxiliary contact or fault signal 110 V DC 0.5 A
1/5 0261 60 For signalling the state of the contacts 48 V DC 1.7 A
or opening of the MCCB on a fault
For DPX/DPX-I
Changeover switch 3 A - 240 V Undervoltage releases
Vn 24 V AC/DC
Releases 48 V DC
210 V AC
Allow remote tripping of a DPX
400 V AC
Shunt releases Pw 5 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
For DPX-I and DPX 1.6 W (DC)
Shunt inrush power 300 VA Vs (opening) 35 to 70% V A
1/5 0261 64 Coil voltage 24 V/= V (reset) 85 % V A
1/5 0261 65 Coil voltage 48 V/=
1/5 0261 66 Coil voltage 110 V/= Shunt trip
1/5 0261 67 Coil voltage 230 V/=
1/5 0261 68 Coil voltage 400 V/= Vn 24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
Undervoltage releases 110 to 130V AC/DC
For DPX-I, DPX For DPX-I and DPX 220 to 250V AC/DC
250 to 1600 Undervoltage power consumption 5 VA 380 to 440V AC/DC
Pw 300 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
1 0261 80 Coil voltage 24 V= 300 W (DC)
1 0261 81 Coil voltage 24 V V (working) 75 % Vn
1 0261 82 Coil voltage 48 V=
1 0261 86 Coil voltage 110 V
1 0261 83 Coil voltage 230 V Time-lag undervoltage releases
1 0261 84 Coil voltage 400 V
Vn 24 V AC/DC
Time-lag (ms) undervoltage releases 48 V DC
Allow remote tripping of a DPX 210 V AC
Prevent false tripping in the event of AC 400 V AC
supply microbreaks Pw 5 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
Require a time-lag module 1.6 W (DC)
connected to the undervoltage Vs (opening) 35 to 70 % V A
releases below Number of V (reset) 85 % V A
modules
1/4 0261 90 Time-lag modules 230 V 3
1/4 0261 91 Time-lag modules 400 V 3 Max. number of contacts per DPX3/DPX device
1/5 0261 75 Undervoltage releases Fault
Auxiliary Shunt trip or
For DPX - IS 250, 630 DPX/DPX3 contact signalling
contact under voltage
contact
1/5 0261 85 Undervoltage releases DPX3 160 -250 3P 1 1 1
For DPX 250 to 1600
DPX3 160- 250 4P 1 1 1UV+1ST/2ST
DPX3 160- 250 4P with I/ELM 1 1 1
Microprocessor test unit
DPX 250 1 2 1
1/3 0261 97 Test connector and software for connecting
DPX 630 2 2 1
DPX to a PC
Supplied with test software DPX 1250/DPX 1600 1 3 1
Automation control unit

For setting the conditions for supply
inversion, generator on loft status
acquisition for DMX and DPX circuit-
breakers, open/closed
Power supply: 230 V and 12-24-48 V=
Connection by plug-in terminals
1 0261 93 Standard unit
1 0261 94 Communicating unit, enabling data
transmission (RS 485 port)
earth leakage relay and coils
0261 94 0261 37
0260 88 0260 98 0260 93 coil for use with relay
Add earth leakage protection to DPX3/DPX trip-free switches and

DPX3/DPX MCCBs equipped with release
Pack Cat.Nos Earth leakage relay for DPX/DPX-I/DPX3/ Pack Cat.Nos Measurement and control of electric
DPX3-I equipment
Detects fault currents, and, when used with a shunt Central position
trip or an undervoltage release, it gives the trip 1/2 0261 35 Allows you to collect all information of a line
command to a MCCB or a switch Three phase (voltage phase / neutral and phase
Comprises: to phase, phase currents, active and reactive
- a tinged, sealable window powertotal active power reactive power factor)
- an auxiliary contact Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
- a green Led indicating energisation Power supply: 24 V /=
- 3 yellow Leds indicating respectively the max. RS 485 (2 wires)
phase earth insulation current: 20, 40 and 60 % Microprocessor Interface
- a red Led indicating 1/3 0261 37 Used to record information of a DPX microprocessor
Fixed: exceeding of the insulation fault current value version S2 & Sg (identified currents Phase 1, 2 and
Flashing: breaking of one of the connections 3, records of currents in neutral temperature
between coils and relays (microprocessor card), rated current, DPX playback
For use with coils: control)
- 35 and 80 mm Size: 2 DIN modules
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03, 0.05, 0.075, 0.1, 0.15, Power supply: 24 V /=
0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A RS 485 (2 wires)
- 110 to 210 mm Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, kitconfi gurator
7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A Interface signaling and control
- 150 mm 1/2 0261 36 Allows through 24 entries to meet the information
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, of DPX and DPX3 / DMX3 (contact Auxiliary Position
10, 15, 20, 30 A Open (1 entry) or position open and closed
- 300 mm (2 entries), signal failure (1 entry)) and with 6 outputs
Adjustable sensitivity: 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, to drive the circuit breakers (Controlling motor circuit
20, 30 A breakers (2 outputs), controlling the triggers of
Adjustable trip: 0, 0.15, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 seconds breakers set for test (1 output))
Dimensions: 6 DIN modules
Supply voltage: 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz Power supply: 24 V /=
Number of
modules RS 485 (2 wires)
1/24 0260 88 Earth leakage relay to clip on rail 2 2 Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
kit configurator
Kit Configurator
Coils 1/4 0261 45 To configure the card input / output and
DPX interface (jumper 0-9)
For use with earth leakage relay Cat.No 0260 88 Stabilized power
1 coil per DPX, DPX-I, DPX3 and DPX3-I 1/20 0466 23 Connects power communication devices 5 A/120 W
1/12 0260 92 Coil 35 mm - 160 A max. Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
1/10 0260 93 Coil 80 mm - 400 A max.
1 0260 94 Coil 110 mm - 600 A max.
1 0260 95 Coil 140 mm - 1200 A max.
1 0260 96 Coil 210 mm - 1800 A max.
1 0260 97 Coil 150 mm - open - 1200 A max.
1 0260 98 Coil 300 mm - open - 2000 A max.
DPX3/DPX magnetic only EKINOXETM
motor protection MCCBs up to 400 A
EkinoxeTM MCCB
DBs for DPX3
MCCBs
4207 13
For switching, remote tripping and protection of three-phase motors

Pack Cat.Nos DPX3 160

Fixed magnetic
Supplied with cage terminals 70 mm2 max. (flexible
cable) and up to 95 mm2 max. with accessory
Can be fitted with auxiliaires
3P In (A)
1 4207 10 16
1 4207 11 25
1 4207 12 50
1 4207 13 63
1 4207 14 16
1 4207 15 25
1 4207 16 50
1 4207 17 63
DPX3 250
Adjustable magnetic
Supplied with cage terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible
cable) and up to 150 mm2 max. with accessory
3P In (A)
1 4207 18 100
1 4207 19 160
1 4207 20 200
1 4207 21 250
1 4207 22 100
1 4207 23 160
1 4207 24 200
1 4207 25 250
DPX 630 microprocessor

Adjustable magnetic
3P In (A)
1 4207 26 320
1 4207 27 400
1 4207 28 320
1 4207 29 400
> As per IS 8623
> Available in 4, 6, 8 and 12 ways
> Fully insulated busbars and neutral bars
> Reversible doors for IP43 and IP54 distribution boards
> Provision for DPX3 160 and DPX3 250 MCCB as incomer and
SP/TP MCBs as outgoing
DPX-ITM
trip-free
pour exemple switches
: xxxxxxx DPX-ITM trip-free switches
125 to 1600 A
xxxxxxxx 125 to 1600 A
n Electrical characteristics
DPX3-I 160 DPX3-I 250 DPX-I 250 DPX-I 630 DPX-I 1600
Rated 50/60 Hz 690
(1)
690(1) 690 690 690
operating
voltage direct
Ue (V) 250 250 250 250 250
Rated
insulation 800 800 690 690 690
voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage 8 8 8 8 8
Uimp (kV)
Rated closing
capacity
on 400 V 3 3 4.3 13 40
short-circuit
4202 99 0253 99 Icm (kA)
Short-time
resistive
Trip-free switches for on-load circuit breaking and isolation of low voltage current 1.7 1.7 2.5 7.6 20
electrical circuits t=1s
Icw (kA)
Can be associated to earth leakage modules or to corresponding DPX
Endurance
earth leakage relays (o.c cycle)
Mount on rail 2 up to DPX3 250 with plate Cat.No 4210 72 (DPX3-I 160) mechanical 25000 25000 20000 15000 10000
and Cat.No 4210 71 (DPX3 250) electrical 8000 8000 8000 5000 2000(2)
Conventional
Category of use AC 23 A thermal current (A) 160 250 250 630 1600
Connection identical to corresponding DPX Nominal current
of use (A) 160 250 250 630 1600
AC 23 A (690 V) (160 V) (250 V)
Pack Cat.Nos DPX3-I 160
DC 23 A (250 V) 160 160 250 630 -
3P 4P In (A)
(1) 500 V for DPX3 - I with earth leakage module
1 4201 98 4201 99 160 (2) Up to 1250 A
4P with earth
leakage module
1 4201 97 160
n Dimensions
Dimensions of DPX-I identical to corresponding DPX
DPX3-I 250
DPX-I Dimensions
3P 4P In (A)
1 4202 99 4203 00 250 DPX3-I 160 DPX3 160 (see p. 80)
4P with earth DPX3-I 250 DPX3 250 (see p. 81)
leakage module
DPX-I 250 DPX 250 (see p. 83)
1 4202 98 250
DPX-I 630 DPX 630 (see p. 84)
DPX-I 250
3P 4P In (A)
1 0253 98 0253 99 250
DPX-I 630
3P 4P In (A)
1 0255 86 0255 87 400
1 0255 88 0255 89 630
DPX-I 1600
3P 4P In (A)
1 0257 94 0257 95 800
1 0257 96 0257 97 1250
1 0257 98 0257 99 1600
Guarantee
The Company at its discretion, will replace products if they have any
manufacturing defect within 12 months from the date of sale and 18
months from the date of manufacturing.
The guarantee is only applicable when the products are installed as
per the Companys instructions and not tampered in any manner.
The guarantee states the Companys entire liability. It does not
extend to cover consequential loss or damage or installation costs
arising from defective products.
kinoxe TPN DBs -
E kinoxe TPN DBs -
E
7 segment DPX3 MCCB DBs DPX3160 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO for DX3/Lexic MCB
6079 34 6079 14 6079 17
As per IS 8623 As per IS 8623

DBs with phase segregation and seperation between incomer and Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
outgoings With 250 A copper busbar
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting With 2 neutral bars, 2 earth bars and cable ties for cable management
With 100 A copper busbar for each phase Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar
With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management Door earthing
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar Corner sheilds for better protection
Door earthing Pan assembly for ease of installation
With provision for DPX3160 MCCB as incomer, DP MCB/Isolator/ Masking sheet
RCCB/RCBO as subincomer and SP MCBs as outgoing Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs
With provision for DPX3160 MCCB as incomer and
Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
Pack SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Nos. of
modules
Pack Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
1 6079 28 4 Way DPX 160+12+12
3
Nos. of
1 6079 30 6 Way DPX3160+18+12 modules
1 6079 31 8 Way DPX3160+24+12 1 6079 10 4 Way DPX3160+12
1 6079 32 12 Way DPX3160+36+12 1 6079 11 8 Way DPX3160+24
1 6079 12 12 Way DPX3160+36
IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door

1 6079 33 4 Way DPX3160+12+12 IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
1 6079 34 6 Way DPX3160+18+12 1 6079 13 4 Way DPX3160+12
1 6079 35 8 Way DPX3160+24+12 1 6079 14 8 Way DPX3160+24
1 6079 36 12 Way DPX3160+36+12 1 6079 15 12 Way DPX3160+36
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 16 4 Way DPX3160+12
1 6079 17 8 Way DPX3160+24
1 6079 18 12 way DPX3160+36
Note : for dimensional details please refer to the dimenisions of Ekninoxe MCCB DB
pour
E kinoxe
exemple
TPNDBs
: xxxxxxx
- Ekinoxe
pour exemple
Metal :One
xxxxxxx
way enclosures
DPX 250 MCCB DBs
3
xxxxxxxx fxxxxxxxx
or DPX3160 & DPX3250 MCCB
for DX3/Lexic MCB
6079 23 6079 26 6079 44

Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting For independent mounting of DPX3 160 and DPX3 250 MCCB
With 250 A copper busbar IK 08
With 2 neutral bars, 2 earth bars and cable ties for cable management
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bars Pack Cat.Nos IK 08
Door earthing Nos. of
Corner sheilds for better protection modules
Pan assembly for ease of installation 1 6079 44 DPX3 160 MCCB 3P & 4P
Masking sheet enclosure
Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs 1 6079 45 DPX3 250 3P & 4P
With provision for DPX3250 MCCB and MCCB enclosure
SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Pack
Nos. of
modules
1 6079 19 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 20 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 21 12 Way DPX3250+36

1 6079 22 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 23 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 24 12 Way DPX3250+36
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 25 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 26 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 27 12 way DPX3250+36
Note : for dimensional details pls refer to the dimenisions of Ekninoxe MCCB DB
DPX 160 thermal magnetic
n Dimensions
Fixed version Fixed version with earth leakage module
O O
N N
P P
A
A A
M
M
L
L
I
I
H
H
F
F
G
C
D
D
G
C
B
E
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P
3P 81 130 115 45 27 62,5 110 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
4P 108 130 115 45 27 62,5 110 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
e.l.m. 108 160 145 45 27 62,5 140 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
Plug-in version Plug-in version with earth leakage module

O O
N N
A A
M
L
M
L
I
I
G
C
G
B
D
B
3P 81 208 193 45 27 100,5 186 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -
4P 108 238 223 45 27 100,5 216 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -
e.l.m. 108 230 223 45 27 100,5 216 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPX 250 thermal magnetic and microprocessor release
n Dimensions
Fixed version Fixed version with earth leakage module
O O
N N
P P
A
A A
M
M
L
L
I
I
H
H
F
F
G
C
B
D
G
B
C
E
3P 105 165 142,5 45 35 61,5 123 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
4P 140 165 142,5 45 35 61,5 123 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
e.l.m. 140 195 172,5 45 35 61,5 153 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
Plug-in version Plug-in version with earth leakage module

O O
N N
A A
M
L
M
L
I
I
G
C
D
B
G
C
D
B
E
E
A B C D E F G H I L M N P
3P 105 248 225,5 45 35 103 206 150 180 217,5 - 122 148
4P 140 278 225,5 45 35 103 236 150 180 217,5 - 122 148
e.l.m. 140 278 225,5 45 35 103 236 150 180 217,5 - 122 148

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPX 160/250 accessories
n Dimensions
Direct rotary handles Cat.Nos 6210 00/001/002/003 Vari-depth rotary handles Cat.Nos 6210 04/005
E L
F
B I
G
0
RESET
D
M
A H min/max I
C
A B C D E F G H min H max I L M
160 122 57 155 94 80,5 36,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45

160 with e.l.m. 122 57 155 94 93 36,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45
250 122 57 155 94 80,5 40,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45
250 with e.l.m. 122 57 155 94 93 40,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45
250 microprocessor release 122 57 155 94 93 40,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45
250 microprocessor release with e.l.m. 122 57 155 94 93 40,5 41,7 132 361 62 74 45
Front motor-driven handle Cat.No 4210 61

E E
B
D
F
G
A
C
A B C D E F G H
160 125 54,5 154 94 80,5 99 45 74
160 with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 125 54,5 154 94 80,5 99 45 74
250 with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 microprocessor release 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 microprocessor release with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
Rear terminals Cat.Nos 4210 36/037/038/039
N L
M

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPXTM 250 thermal magnetic & microprocessor release
n Dimensions Draw-out version, front terminals

187 140 (4P)
Fixed version, front terminals
34 45.5 105 (3P)
105 140 105 32.5 20 52.35
5
100 70 17 36
35 17.5 4 min. 34
34
11
192.75
144.75
124.5
173.5
200
170
99.5
66.5
94
155
90
M5
X
10
94
449.5
353.5
313
25 52.5 27
35 35 35 35 35 138.5
24.75
Fixed version with earth leakage module mounted underneath(1) 9
Front terminals Rear terminals

138.5
105 138.5 34
35 35 35
140
11 36 105 4 min.
24 52.5 Y
Draw-out version, rear terminals

10
100
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
M12 M12 9 19 19 9
47.5
47.5
94
26
10
10
278
93.5
93.5
281.5
308
81
81
26
37
37
187 187
45.5 34 34 45.5 34 34
10
108.75
35 17.5
108.75
99.5
99.5
155
155
66.5
66.5
70 27
173.5
173.5
M5
90
90
24.75
24.75
94
94
Plug-in version, front terminals
105 140 186.5
20 32.5
Rotary handle-direct on DPX Terminal shields
4 4 min.
100 40 58
33
A
2.5 maxi.
50 DPX 250 330
25
66.5
341.5
DPX 250
245.5
200
A
90
+ earth 438
leakage
94
94
module
35 35 35 35 35 153
Rotary handle-vari-depth on door
Mounting with flexible seal
Plug-in version, rear terminals 132
105 186.5
18.5 105 348 max. 0.8/2
100 140 153 131 min.(2)
35 4 min.
66.5
173.5
173.5
62.5
200
90
94
52.5 153 (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules
35 35 35 35 35 (2) 75 mm without mechanical system
M12 All dimensions are in mm

1 inch = 25.4 mm
93.5
5
DPXTM 630 thermal magnetic & microprocessor release
n Dimensions Draw-out version, front terminals

Fixed version, front terminals 130 183 34
45.5 34
144
5
29
140 183 105 4 min.
32 70 32 70 17 50 34
100 100
15 max.
265
398
302
265
130
155
94
X
260
220
94
15 max.
94
24.7
14
43.5 87 M5 43.5 43.5 43.5 187
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 27 Y
Draw-out version, rear terminals

Fixed version with earth leakage module mounted underneath Rear terminal with threaded rod
Front terminals Rear terminals
45.5 34
183 144
70 105 4 min. 144 34
32 21.75 17 50
105 4 min. 43.5 43.5 43.5
M 16
100
103
130
220
155
94
58
94
372
412
372
24.7
187
Flat rear terminal

45.5 34
6 or 34
87
M5
43.5 43.5 43.5 27 8
43.5 43.5
15
130
29
220
155
94
124
Plug-in version, front terminals

59
140 183 153

24.7
32 70 29 187
100 100
Rotary handle-direct on DPX Terminal shields
100 40 58
50 A
398
302
220
130
94
94
X
DPX 630 390
47
DPX 630
+ earth 542
A
leakage
module
94
4 min.
14 2.5 max.
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 192
Plug-in version, rear terminals Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on door

Mounting with flexible seal
140 183 192 132
70 153
18.5 105 348 max. 0.8/2
131 min.(1)
100 100
220
265
130
94
94
X
62.5
4 min.
(1) 75 mm without mechanical system
43.5 43.5 43.5
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4 mm
40
84 M16 29
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
15
129
103
40
8
DPXTM 1250/1600 thermal magnetic & microprocessor release
n Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
Y
Y 215
210 29
70 70 280
8
25 70 70 70 13 min.
100
169
20
25 max.
158
149
278
280
320
298
X X
94
M12
M10 M8
70 35
50 5 140
140
Y
Fixed version, rear terminals
Y
Vertical Horizontal
280 (4P)
210 (3P)
13 32 12.5 163 12.5
105 23 140 98 140
12
40
90
169
145.5
100
145.5
M8
68
56
273
273
94
118
320
X X
94
40
6 6
14 3 2.5 max. 3 2.5 max.
Y 238 188 238
13 32
Draw-out
299 version, rear terminals
364 Terminal shields
299
256 364
325 34.5
256 325 34.5
325325
360360
480
70 70 70 70 70
70 70 70 70 70
218.5
253253
218.5
Rotary handle-direct on DPX Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on door

125 Mounting with flexible seal
62.5 49 67.5
132
27 140 359.5 max. 0.8/2
142.5 min.(1)
66.5
125
62.5
2.5 max.
(1) 75 mm without mechanical system

1 inch = 25.4 mm
earth leakage relay and coils
n Earth leakage relay

Cat.No 0260 88 Cat.No 0260 98
7
60
35 6 44
21
5
88
90
45
35
58
310 30
n Coils 368
400
Cat.Nos 0260 92/93/94/95/96 Cat.No 0260 97
6
22
L
L
C
A
M
D
D
5
E B 45 34
5.5 E 79
H
23
M
H
Cat.Nos A B C D E H L M
0260 92 35 75 85 42 92 36 43 56
0260 93 80 108 132 67 125 36 65 56
0260 94 110 148 170 86 165 36 84 56
0260 95 140 177 206 104 200 36 102 56
0260 96 210 270 295 150 290 44 145 64
0260 97 150 225 259 133 245 275 95 113

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPX3 /DPX MCCBs
spreader links
n Dimensions
DPX3 MCCB 160 A TP DPX 250 TP
139 175

13 30 42.5 30 30
57 57
56.75
25 32 25 25 18
1
80
0.6
27
256.75
200
180
130
35 35 105
105 138.5
27
74
27 27
97
81
DPX3 MCCB 160 A FP DPX 250 FP

166 210

47 47 47 13 30 30 30 30 30
56.75
25 22 25 25 25 18
80
27
256.75
200
180
130
35 35 35 105
138.5
140
27 27 74
27 27 27 97
108
DPX3 MCCB 250 A TP DPX 400-630 TP

175 204.6
1 38 45.3 38 38
72.5 72.5 7
30 42.5 30 30 18
1
3
115
95
20
12.5 36
339
260
224
165
43.5 43.5
140
35
35 35 74
105 100
DPX3 MCCB 250 A FP DPX 400-630 FP

210 248
1 38 32 38
60 60 60 7 38 38
30 30 30 30 18
115
95
20
12.5 36
339
224
260
165
43.5 43.5 43.5

35 35 183
74
35 35 35
100
140

1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPX 160/250
n Technical characteristics (at 40)

DPX 160 with electronic earth leakage
DPX 160 thermal magnetic
MCCBs module
16 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 16 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA
Nominal current In (A) 16-25-40-63-80-100-125-160 16-25-40-63-80-100-125-160
Rated insulation voltage (V) 50-60 Hz 800 600
50-60 Hz 690 500
Rated operational voltage (V)
DC 500 500
Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 8 8
Category of use A A
220/240 V 25 35 50 65 25 35 50 65
380/415 V 16 25 36 50 16 25 36 50
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) in AC 440 V 10 18 25 30 10 18 25 30
480/500 V 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15
690 V 5 5 8 10 5 5 8 10
125 V= (1) 32 50 60 80 32 50 60 80
250 V= (1) 16 25 30 40 16 25 30 40
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) in DC
400 V= (2) 16 25 30 40 16 25 30 40
500 V= (2) 10 20 25 35 10 20 25 35
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Short-circuit making capacity lcm (kA) 415 V 32 52,5 75,6 105 32 52,5 75,6 105
DPX 250 thermal magnetic DPX 250 microprocessor release

MCCBs
25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 70 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 70 kA
Nominal current In (A) 100-160-200-250 40-100-160-250
Rated insulation voltage (V) 50-60 Hz 800 (with integrated e.l.m.: 500) 800 (with integrated e.l.m.: 600)
50-60 Hz 690 (with integrated e.l.m.: 500) 690 (with integrated e.l.m.: 500)
Rated operational voltage (V)
DC 500 500
Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 8 8
Category of use A A
220/240 V 40 60 80 100 40 60 80 100
380/415 V 25 36 50 70 25 36 50 70
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) in AC 440 V 20 30 40 60 20 30 40 60
480/500 V 10 25 30 40 10 25 30 40
690 V 8 16 18 20 8 16 - 20
125 V= (1) 50 72 80 90 50 72 80 90
250 V= (1) 25 36 40 45 25 36 40 45
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) in DC
400 V= (2) 30 45 50 55 30 45 50 55
500 V= (2) 25 36 40 45 25 36 40 45
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
n Temperature derating
DPX3 160 DPX3 250
Temperature (C) Temperature (C)
In (A) In (A)
-25 -20 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
-25 -20 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
16 23 22 21 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 15 14
25 37 35 34 33 32 30 28 26 25 23 22 21 40 54 53 51 50 49 48 45 41 40 38 36 34
40 55 54 52 51 50 47 43 42 40 38 36 34 100 135 132 128 126 123 120 112 102 100 94 90 84
63 88 87 84 83 81 76 69 66 63 60 57 55
160 216 211 205 201 197 192 179 163 160 151 143 134
80 115 113 111 109 107 97 87 84 80 78 75 72
100 135 133 130 123 115 108 100 100 100 95 90 85 200 270 264 256 251 246 240 224 203 200 189 179 168
125 160 158 155 153 150 138 125 125 125 118 112 105 250 338 330 320 314 308 300 280 254 250 236 224 210
160 224 221 214 210 205 192 176 168 160 152 145 139
n Derating at different altitudes

Altitude (m) 2000 3000 4000
Rated current (A) 1 x In 0,96 x In 0,93 x In
Rated voltage DPX no e.l.m. 690 690 550

(V) DPX with e.l.m. 500 500 400
Power loss per pole for DPX

Rear terminals In (A)
16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250
DPX 160 (W) 2.8 5 5.1 6.7 7 11 12.5 15.4 - -
DPX 160 + earth leakage (W) 2.8 5 5.1 6.7 7 11 12.5 15.4 - -
DPX 250 ELE (W) - - 0.3 - - - - 2 5.1 12.5
DPX 250 ELE + earth leakage (W) - - 0.5 - - - - 3 7.7 18.8
DPX 250 TM (W) - - - - - 8.1 - 15.1 22.8 29.4
DPX 250 TM + earth leakage (W) - - - - - 9.2 - 17.4 25.6 37.5
(1) 2 poles in series

(2) 3 poles in series
88
DPX 160/250 (continued)
Technical data
Power loss per pole for DPX circuit breakers
Circuit breakers Rated current In (A)
16 25 40 63 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L250 - - - 7.50 - 14.08 - 15.63 - - - - - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L630 - - - - - 2.97 - - - 18.56 - 46.04 - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L1250 - - - - - - - - - - - 15.88 25.60 35.00 54.69 54.69 -
DPX/DPX-H1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - 13.89 22.40 46.88 46.88 76.80
Power loss per pole for DPX earth leakage modules (W)
Size 250 - 0.02 0.05 0.12 0.30 - 0.77 - 1.88 - -
Size 630 - - - - - - - - 1.25 2.05 3.20
Tightening torque for MCCBs in Nm

DPX 250 ER to 400 A with connected earth leakage modules, take the tightening torque values on the connector plate; for DPX 125 A, take the
tightening torque values on the terminals.
Max. tightening Max. tightening
torque on torque on
connection plate terminals
DPX 160 7 8
DPX 250 10 12
DPX 250 15 15
DPX 630 24 36
DPX 1600 25 50
Required clearance in an installation n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic Tripping curve

10000
A
t (s)
1000
B B
100
1
10
1
2
From wall from side to wall From wall to
Circuit breakers
to earth earth earth
DPX 160
3
60 20 20 In=40-160A
Ii=10 xIn
DPX3 250 60 20 20 0,1
In=25A
Ii=16xIn
DPX 250 70 25 25
In=16A
Ii=25 xIn
DPX 630 70 25 25
DPX 1250 90 40 40 0,01
DPX 1600 90 40 40
Where not indicated distances are considered as zero

0,001
1 10 16 25 100
I/Ir I/In
t: time
I: rated current
Ir: setting current
Curve n1: charateristic with cold start
Curve n2: charateristic with hot start
89
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic current limitation curves n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m.
Tripping curves
10000
t (s)
1000
2
0.
100
25
0.
1
3 10
0.
0.
5
1
2
7
0.
8
0. In=40-160A
Ii=10 xIn
0,1
In=25A
Ii=16xIn
9
0. In=16A
Ii=25 xIn
0,01
0,001
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value) 1 10 16 25 100
Ip = maximum short circuit peak current I/Ir I/In
maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor
maximum real peak short circuit current t: time
I: rated current
Ir: setting current
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic thermal stress limitation
curves
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m current
limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)

I2t = let - through energy

Ip = maximum short circuit peak current
maximum real peak short circuit current
90
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m. n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic current limitation curves
thermal stress limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.

Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value) maximum real peak short circuit current
n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic thermal stress limitation

n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic Tripping curves curves
10000
t (s)
1000
100
1
10
2
1
In=100-250A
Ii=5...10 xIn
0,1
0,01
0,001
1 5 10 100
I/Ir
t: time Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)

I: rated current I2t = let - through energy
Ir: setting current
91
n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m.
Tripping curves thermal stress limitation curves
10000
t (s)
1000
100
1
10
2
1
In=100-250A
Ii=5...10 xIn
0,1
0,01
0,001
1 5 10 100
I/Ir
t: time Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)

I: rated current I2t = let - through energy
Ir: setting current
n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m current n DPX3 160/250 - earth leakage characteristics
limitation curves DPX3 160 16-25-36-50 kA, Imax = 160A
DPX3 250 25-36-50-70 kA, Imax = 250A
Instantaneous Time delay : 0.3s
2
0.
25
0.
0.5
3
0.
0.2
5
0. 0.1
7
0. 0.05
0.8
0.02
9
0. 0.01
0.1 0.5

92
n DPX3 160/250 - earth leakage characteristics n DPX3 250 microprocessor release current limitation
DPX 160 16-25-36-50 kA, Imax = 160 A
3 curves
DPX3 250 25-36-50-70 kA, Imax = 250 A
Time delay : Is Time delay : 3s
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.
IDn = 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3A

I / IDn

n DPX3 250 microprocessor release Tripping curves maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor
10000
t(s)
1000
n DPX3 250 microprocessor release thermal stress
limitation curves
100
Tr = 15s (20%)
Tr = 10s (20%)
Tr = 5s (20%)
Tr = 3s (20%)
10
Isd=1,5Ir (20%)
1
In=250A In=40A
Tsd=0,5s (20%)
I2t=K
0,1
Tsd=0s (20%)
HIGH selectivity
LOW selectivity
0,01
t < 10ms
0,001
1 10 100 1 10 100
I/Ir I/In

93
n DPX3 250 microprocessor with integrated e.l.m. n DPX3 250 E fault Tripping characteristic
current limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0. Ip = maximum short circuit peak current
0.
8 maximum real peak short circuit current
9
0.
n Adjustment for thermal-magnetic DPX3
DPX3 with
DPX3 thermal
Setting integrated
magnetic e.l.m.
lr overload 0.8 to 1 ln 0.8 to 1 ln
trip threshold (thermal)
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value) lm short-circuit
Ip = maximum short circuit peak current trip threshold fixed: 10 ln (1) fixed: 10 ln (1)
maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor (magnetic)
I (A) - 0.03 - 0.03 - 1 - 3
n
t (s) - 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3
(1) 400 A for DPX3 160 In 16 A and 25 A, for DPX3 250, 5 to 10x In
n DPX 250 microprocessor with integrated e.l.m thermal
3
stress limitation curves
n Adjustment for DPX3 microprocessor release

DPX3 with
Setting DPX3 integrated
e.l.m.
lr overload 0.4 to 1 ln
trip threshold (long delay)
Tr long delay 3 - 5 - 10 - 15s

trip time
lsd short-circuit 1.5 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 -

trip threshold (short delay) 10 x lr
Tsd short delay
trip time 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5s
(0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 1

Ig - OFF) x ln
Tg 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 1s

94
DPXTM 250
Technical data Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (thermal magnetic release)
Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (microprocessor release) Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V - 250 V A =
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V A Nominal frequency
Nominal rating (40 0C)
50/60 Hz
25 to 250 A
Nominal rating (40 0C) 40 to 250 A Category of use A
Category of use A Thermal adjustment 0.64 to 1 In
Overload protection 0.4 to 1 In Magnetic release 3.5 to 10 In
Short circuit protection 1.5 to 10 In Maximum permitted cross-sections
Maximum permitted cross-sections - rigid cables 185 mm2
- rigid cables 185 mm2 - flexible cables 150 mm2
- flexible cables 150 mm2 - copper bar (width) 25 mm
- copper bar (width) 25 mm
Performance data for DPX250
Performance data for DPX 250 (microprocessor release)
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A) Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
IP = maximum peak value (kA) 1 = thermal release zone when cold
1 = current, max. peak, short-circuit rms 2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
2 = current, unlimited peak (max.) corresponding to power factors shown above (0.15 to 0.9)
Current limitation curves Thermal stress limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
(rms value in kA) I2t = limited thermal stress (in A2s)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
= max. peak rms short-circuit currents
= max. unlimited peak currents, corresponding to power factors
indicated above (0.15 to 0.9)
For tripping current curves of DPX250 (Earth leakage modules) kindly refer the relevant curve on pg.90
95
DPXTM 630
Technical data Electrical characteristics (microprocessor release)

Electrical characteristics (thermal magnetic release) MCCBs
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V - 250 V= A Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40 0C) 400 to 630 A Nominal rating (40 0C) 160 to 630 A
Category of use A Category of use A for In : 630 A
Thermal adjustment 0.8 to 1 In B for In : 160 and 400 A
Magnetic release 5 to 10 In Adjustment current Ir : from 0.4 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables 300 mm2 - rigid cables 300 mm2 (or 2 x 240 mm2)
- flexible cables 240 mm2 - flexible cable 240 mm2 (or 2 x 185 mm2)
- copper bar (width) 32 mm - copper bar (width) 32 mm
Performance data for DPX630 Performance data for DPX630 (S1)
In = nominal current
I = actual current
at ambient = 40 0C
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
I = actual current
1 = thermal release zone when cold Performance data for DPX 630 (S2-Sg)
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
Current limitation curves
in = nominal current
I = actual current
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current

(rms value in kA)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
96
DPXTM 630 DPXTM 1250
Technical data Technical data

Performance data (earth fault) Sg Electrical characteristics
Maximum nominal operating voltage A
690 V - 250 V =(2)

Nominal rating (40 0C) 500 to 1250 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release
- 500 to 800 A 5 to 10 In
- 1000 and 1250A 3 to 6 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- 2 or 4 rigid cables 240 mm2
- 2 or 4 flexible cables 185 mm2
(2)
Direct current: magnetic protection only
Performance data for DPX1250
I = actual current / In = nominal current
Thermal stress limitation curves
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current / Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
Current limitation curves
Isc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)

I2t = limited thermal stress (in A2s)
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current
1 = thermal release zone when cold
97
DPXTM 1250 DPXTM 1600
Thermal stress limitation curves Technical data

Electrical characteristics
MCCBs and trip-free switches
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V A
Nominal rating (40 0C) 630 to 1600 A
Category of use B
Adjustment current from 0.4 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- 2 or 4 rigid cables 240 mm2
- 2 or 4 flexible cables 185 mm2
Performance data for DPX1600 (S1)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)

I2t = limited thermal stress (in A2s)
I = actual current
Performance data for DPX1600 (Sg)
I = actual current
98
DPXTM 1600 DPX3 MCCBs
with integrated ELM
Performance data (Earth fault) Sg n DPX3 : MCCBs with integrated ELM

Current Breaking Capacity Frame 4P
(A) Icu (kA)
16 kA DPX 160 4200 30
25 kA DPX 160 4200 70
16
36 kA DPX 160 4201 10
50 kA DPX 160 4201 50
16 kA DPX 160 4200 31
25 kA DPX 160 4200 71
25
36 kA DPX 160 4201 11
50 kA DPX 160 4201 51
16 kA DPX 160 4200 32
25 kA DPX 160 4200 72
36 kA DPX 160 4201 12
50 kA DPX 160 4201 52
25 kA DPX 250 4203 22
36 kA DPX 250 4203 52
40
50 kA DPX 250 4203 82
70 kA DPX 250 4206 55
25 kA DPX 250 4204 22
36 kA DPX 250 4204 52
50 kA DPX 250 4204 82
70 kA DPX 250 4206 85
16 kA DPX 160 4200 33
25 kA DPX 160 4200 73
63
36 kA DPX 160 4201 13
50 kA DPX 160 4201 53
16 kA DPX 160 4200 34
In = nominal current 25 kA DPX 160 4200 74
I = actual current 80
36 kA DPX 160 4201 14
50 kA DPX 160 4201 54
16 kA DPX 160 4200 35
25 kA DPX 160 4200 75
Reading DPX characteristic curves and adjustment ranges 36 kA DPX 160 4201 15
50kA DPX 160 4201 55
25 kA DPX 250 4202 25
n Adjustment for thermal-magnetic DPX 36 kA DPX 250 4202 55
50 kA DPX 250 4202 85

Setting DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1600 70 kA DPX 250 4206 25
100
25 kA DPX 250 4203 25
Ir overload
trip threshold 0.64 to 1 In 0.8 to 1 In 0.8 to 1 In 36 kA DPX 250 4203 55
(thermal) 50 kA DPX 250 4203 85
Im short-circuit 70 kA DPX 250 4206 57
trip threshold 3.5 to
10 In 5 to 10 In 5 to 10 In 25 kA DPX 250 4204 25
(magnetic) 36 kA DPX 250 4204 55
50 kA DPX 250 4204 85
70 kA DPX 250 4206 87
n Adjustment for DPX microprocessor release 16 kA DPX 160 4200 36
25 kA DPX 160 4200 76
125
36 kA DPX 160 4201 16
Setting DPX 250 / 630 / 1600 S1 DPX 250 / 630 / 1600 S2
50 kA DPX 160 4201 56
16 kA DPX 160 4200 37
Ir overload
trip threshold 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1) x In 25 kA DPX 160 4200 77
(long delay) 36 kA DPX 160 4201 17
50 kA DPX 160 4201 57
Tr long delay
fixed: 5 s (to 6 Ir) 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (to 6 Ir) 25 kA DPX 250 4202 27
trip time
36 kA DPX 250 4202 57
Im short-circuit 50 kA DPX 250 4202 87
trip threshold (1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10) x Ir(1) 70 kA DPX 250 4206 27
(short delay) 160
25 kA DPX 250 4203 27
Tm short delay 36 kA DPX 250 4203 57
fixed: 0.05 s 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s
trip time 50 kA DPX 250 4203 87
70 kA DPX 250 4206 58
(1) 7.9 Ir for DPX 630 In 630 A
25 kA DPX 250 4204 27
36 kA DPX 250 4204 57
50 kA DPX 250 4204 87
70 kA DPX 250 4206 88
25 kA DPX 250 4202 28
36 kA DPX 250 4202 58
200
50 kA DPX 250 4202 88
70 kA DPX 250 4206 28
25 kA DPX 250 4202 29
36 kA DPX 250 4202 59
50 kA DPX 250 4202 89
70 kA DPX 250 4206 29
25 kA DPX 250 4203 29
36 kA DPX 250 4203 59
250
50 kA DPX 250 4203 89
70 kA DPX 250 4206 59
25 kA DPX 250 4204 29
36 kA DPX 250 4204 59
50 kA DPX 250 4204 89
70 kA DPX 250 4206 89
99
DPX
pourTMexemple
MCCBS : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
DPX
xxxxxxxx
MCCBs and ELMs xxxxxxxx
Current Breaking Frame 3P 3P+N/2 4P ELM ELM

(A) capacity (side by side) (underneath)
Icu (kA) 4P 4P
36 DPX 250 0253 28 - 0253 45 - 0260 55

40 DPX 250 0253 52 - 0253 69 - 0260 55
70
DPX 250 - S1 0254 13 - 0254 19 - 0260 55
36 DPX 250 0253 29 - 0253 46 - 0260 55
63
70 DPX 250 0253 53 - 0253 70 - 0260 55
36 DPX 250 0253 30 0253 40 0253 47 - 0260 55
100 DPX 250 0253 54 0253 64 0253 71 - 0260 55
70
DPX 250 - S1 0254 15 - 0254 21 - 0260 55
36 DPX 250 0253 31 0253 41 0253 48 - 0260 55
160 DPX 250 0253 55 0253 65 0253 72 - 0260 55
70
DPX 250 - S1 0254 16 - 0254 22 - 0260 55
36 DPX 250 0253 32 0253 42 0253 49 - 0260 55
250 DPX 250 0253 56 0253 66 0253 73 - 0260 55
70
DPX 250 - S1 0254 17 - 0254 23 - 0260 55
DPX 630 0255 23 - 0255 38 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 02 - 0256 06 - 0260 61
36
DPX 630 - S2 0256 27 - 0256 31 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 52 - 0256 56 - 0260 61
400 DPX 630 0255 43 - 0255 58 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 10 - 0256 14 - 0260 61
70
DPX 630 - S2 0256 35 - 0256 39 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 60 - 0256 64 - 0260 61
100 DPX 630 0255 63 - 0255 78 - 0260 61
DPX 630 0255 24 - 0255 40 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 03 - 0256 07 - 0260 61
36
DPX 630 - S2 0256 28 - 0256 32 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 53 - 0256 57 - 0260 61
630 DPX 630 0255 44 - 0255 60 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 11 - 0256 15 - 0260 61
70
DPX 630 - S2 0256 36 - 0256 40 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 61 - 0256 65 - 0260 61
100 DPX 630 0255 64 - 0255 80 - 0260 61
DPX 1250 0258 02 - 0258 09 - -
50 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 02 - 0257 06 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 51 - 0257 55 - -
800
DPX 1250 0258 16 - 0258 23 - -
70 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 10 - 0257 14 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 59 - 0257 63 - -
50 0258 03 - 0258 10 - -
1000 70 DPX 1250 0258 17 - 0258 24 - -
100 0258 31 - 0258 40 - -
DPX 1250 0258 04 - 0258 11 - -
50 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 03 - 0257 07 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 52 - 0257 56 - -
1250 DPX 1250 0258 18 - 0258 25 - -
70 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 11 - 0257 15 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 60 - 0257 64 - -
100 DPX 1250 0258 32 - 0258 41 - -
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 04 - 0257 08 - -
50
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 53 - 0257 57 - -
1600
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 12 - 0257 16 - -
70
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 61 - 0257 65 - -
100
DPXTM MCCBS
equipment for plug-in and draw-out mccbs (on request)
Plug-in Draw-out
Frame Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal
mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base +
tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts
- 4210 40 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
3P
- 4210 36 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
DPX 160
3
- 4210 41 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
4P
- 4210 37 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
- 4210 42 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
3P
- 4210 38 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
DPX 250
3
- 4210 43 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
4P
- 4210 39 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
0265 31 0265 33 0265 35 0265 31 0265 33 0265 35
0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 45 0265 45 0265 45
3P + + + + + +
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 32 0265 34 0265 36 0265 32 0265 34 0265 36
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 46 0265 46 0265 46
DPX 250 4P + + + + + +
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 37 0265 38 0265 39 0265 37 0265 38 0265 39
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43
4P + ELM + + 0263 43 + 0263 43 + 0265 47 + 0265 47 + 0265 47
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 52 0265 54 0265 56 0265 52 0265 54 0265 56
0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50

3P + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 66 + 0265 66 + 0265 66
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 53 0265 55 0265 57 0265 53 0265 55 0265 57
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51

+ 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 67 + 0265 67 + 0265 67
DPX 630 4P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 58 0265 59 0265 60 0265 58 0265 59 0265 60
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51
+ 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 68 + 0265 68 + 0265 68
4P + ELM
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
- - - 0265 82 - 0265 84
- - - + 0265 75 - 0265 75
3P +
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99

DPX 1600 - - - 0262 83 - 0262 83
- - - 0265 83 - 0265 85
- - -
4P + 0265 75 -
+
0265 75
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99
- - - 0262 83 - 0262 83
* Adjustable on the front
101
selectivity table thermal-magnetic release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX
n Limits of selectivity (average values kA at 400/415 V)

Upstream MCCB
In DPX3 160 DPX3 250 DPX and DPX-H

Downstream MCCB DPX and DPX-H 250 DPX and DPX-H 630
(A) (16. 25. 36. 50 kA) (25. 36. 50. 70 kA) 1250
(36 and 70 kA) (36, 70 kA and 100 kA)
with or without e.l.m. with or without e.l.m. (36 and 70 kA)
16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 63 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
16 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
25 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX3 160 63 - - - - 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(16. 25. 36. 50 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 80 - - - - - 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
100 - - - - - - 1.25 1.6 - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
125 - - - - - - - 1.6 - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
DPX 250 microprocessor

3 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2.5 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
release(1)
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
40 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX3 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
release(2)
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
63 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 250
thermal magnetic 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(36, 70 kA and 100 kA)
160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
DPX 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
release(1)
S1 and S2 (36, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
40 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
release(2)
S1 and S2 (36, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 630
thermal magnetic 500 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6.3 16 16 16
(36, 70 kA and 100 kA)
630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 630 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
microprocessor release(1)
S1,S2 (36, 70 kA) and Sg 630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX and DPX-H 630 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 6.3 8 8 8
S1, S2 (36, 70 kA) and Sg 630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8 8
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8
DPX and DPX-H 1250
thermal magnetic 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8
(50, 70 kA)
1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX and DPX-H 1600
microprocessor release(1) 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S1, S2 (50, 70 kA) and Sg
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8
DPX and DPX-H 1600
microprocessor release(2) 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S1, S2 (50, 70 kA) and Sg
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T = total selectivity. up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity. according to IEC 60947-2
(1) Microprocessor release. selector switch on "HIGH"
(2) Microprocessor release. selector switch on "LOW"
102
selectivity table microprocessor release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX

Upstream MCCB microprocessor release, selector switch on "HIGH"
Icu DPX3 250 DPX and DPX-H 630 DPX and DPX-H 1600
Downstream MCCB In (A) DPX and DPX-H 250 microprocessor microprocessor
(kA) microprocessor release release S1, microprocessor release
release S1, S2 (36 and 70 kA)
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA) with or without e.l.m. S2 (36 and 70 kA) and Sg S1, S2 (50 and 70 kA) and Sg
40 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 1250 1600
16, 25 T T T T - T T T T T T T T T
40, 63, 80 - T T T - T T T T T T T T T
16 kA 100 - - T T - - T T T T T T T T
125 - - - T - - T T T T T T T T
160 - - - T - - - T T T T T T T
16, 25 16 16 16 16 - T T T T T T T T T
40, 63, 80 - 16 16 16 - T T T T T T T T T
25 kA 100 - - 16 16 - - T T T T T T T T
125 - - - 16 - - T T T T T T T T
DPX3 160 160 - - - 16 - - - T T T T T T T
with or without e.l.m. 16, 25 16 16 16 16 - T T T T T T T T T
40, 63, 80 - 16 16 16 - T T T T T T T T T
36 kA 100 - - 16 16 - - T T T T T T T T
125 - - - 16 - - T T T T T T T T
160 - - - 16 - - - T T T T T T T
16, 25 25 25 25 25 - 25 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36
40, 63, 80 - 25 25 25 - 25 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36
50 kA 100 - - 25 25 - - 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36
125 - - - 25 - - 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36
160 - - - 25 - - - 25 36 36 36 36 36 36
100 - - 16 16 - - T T T T T T T T
160 - - - 16 - - - T T T T T T T
25 kA
200 - - - 16 - - - T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
100 - - 25 25 - - 25 25 T T T T T T
160 - - - 25 - - - 25 T T T T T T
36 kA
DPX 3 250 200 - - - 25 - - - 25 T T T T T T
thermal-magnetic 250 - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
with or without e.l.m. 100 - - 25 25 - - 25 25 T T T T T T
160 - - - 25 - - - 25 T T T T T T
50 kA
200 - - - 25 - - - 25 T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
160 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
70 kA
200 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36 36 36
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
25 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
250 - - - - - - - - - 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
36 kA
DPX 3 250 microprocessor 160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
release(1) 250 - - - - - - - - - 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
with or without e.l.m. 40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
50 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
250 - - - - - - - - - 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
70 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
250 - - - - - - - - - 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
40 - T T T - 25 25 25 T T T T T T
100 - - T T - - 25 25 T T T T T T
25 kA
160 - - - T - - - 25 T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
40 - 36 36 36 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T T
100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 T T T
36 kA
DPX3 250 microprocessor 160 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 T T T
release(2) 250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 T T T
with or without e.l.m. 40 - 36 36 36 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
50 kA
160 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36 36 36
40 - 36 36 36 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
70 kA
160 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36 36 36
40 - T T T - 25 25 25 T T T T T T
63 - T T T - 25 25 25 T T T T T T
36 kA 100 - - T T - - 25 25 T T T T T T
160 - - - T - - - 25 T T T T T T
DPX 250 250 - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
thermal magnetic 40 - 36 36 36 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
70 kA 63 - 36 36 36 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
and 100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
100 kA 160 - - - 36 - - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36 36 36
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
DPX 250 36 and 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
microprocessor release(1) S1, S2 70 kA 160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 2.5 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
250 - - - - - - - - - 4 6.3 8 12.5 16
40 - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
DPX 250 36 and 100 - - 36 36 - - 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
microprocessor release(2) S1, S2 70 kA 160 - - - 36 - - - 36 - 36 36 36 36 36
250 - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36 36 36
DPX and DPX-H 630 400 - - - - - - - - - - 25 T T T
36 kA
thermal magnetic 630 - - - - - - - - - - - T T T
DPX and DPX-H 630 70 kA & 400 - - - - - - - - - - 25 36 36 36
thermal magnetic 100 kA 630 - - - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36
DPX and DPX-H 630 micropro- 36 and 400 - - - - - - - - - - 6.3 8 12.5 16
cessor release(1) S1, S2 & Sg 70 kA 630 - - - - - - - - - - - 8 12.5 16
DPX and DPX-H 630 micropro- 400 - - - - - - - - - - 25 T T T
cessor release(2) S1, S2 & Sg 36 kA
630 - - - - - - - - - - - T T T
DPX and DPX-H 630 micropro- 400 - - - - - - - - - - 25 36 36 36
cessor release(2) S1, S2 & Sg 70 kA
630 - - - - - - - - - - - 36 36 36
DPX 1250 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T
50 and
thermal magnetic 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T
70 kA
1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T
DPX and DPX-H 1600 50 and 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - 12.5 16
microprocessor release(1) S1, S2 70 kA 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - 36 36
DPX and DPX-H 1600 50 and
microprocessor release(2) S1, S2 70 kA 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 36
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T = total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity, according to IEC 60947-2
(1) Microprocessor release, selector switch on "HIGH" - (2) Microprocessor release, selector switch on "LOW"
103
selectivity table microprocessor release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX (continued)

Upstream MCCB microprocessor release, selector switch on "LOW"
DPX3 250 microprocessor release DPX and DPX-H 250 DPX and DPX-H 630 DPX and DPX-H 1600
Downstream MCCB Icu (kA) In (A) (25, 36, 50, 70 kA) microprocessor release S1, S2 microprocessor release S1, S2 microprocessor release S1, S2
with or without e.l.m. (36 and 70 kA) (36 and 70 kA) and 100 kA (50 and 70 kA)
40 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 1250 1600
16, 25 - 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
40, 63, 80 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
16 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
125 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
16, 25 - 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
40, 63, 80 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
25 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
125 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
DPX3 160 160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
with or without e.l.m. 16, 25 - 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
40, 63, 80 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
36 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
125 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
16, 25 - 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
40, 63, 80 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
50 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
125 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
25 kA
200 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
36 kA
200 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
DPX3 250 250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
thermal-magnetic
with or without e.l.m. 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
50 kA
200 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
70 kA
200 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
25 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
36 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
DPX3 250 250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
with or without e.l.m. 40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
50 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
70 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6.3 T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6.3 T T T
40 - - 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T
63 - - 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T
36 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6 T T T
DPX 250 250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6 T T T
thermal magnetic 40 - - 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 70 70 70
63 - - 1.6 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 70 70 70
70 kA and
100 kA 100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 70 70 70
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 3.5 6 6 6 70 70 70
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6 70 70 70
40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 T T T
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 T T T
36 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6 T T T
DPX 250 250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6 T T T
S1, S2 40 - 1 1.6 2.5 - 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 70 70 70
100 - - 1.6 2.5 - - 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 70 70 70
70 kA
160 - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5 6 6 6 70 70 70
250 - - - - - - - - - 6 6 70 70 70
400 - - - - - - - - - - 6.3 20 20 T
36 kA
DPX and DPX-H 630 630 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20 T
thermal magnetic 70 kA 400 - - - - - - - - - - 6.3 20 20 36
and 100 kA 630 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20 36
400 - - - - - - - - - - 5 20 20 T
DPX and DPX-H 630 36 kA
630 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20 T
microprocessor release (1)
S1, S2, Sg 400 - - - - - - - - - - 5 20 20 36

70 kA
630 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20 36
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20
DPX 1250 36, 70 kA
thermal magnetic and 100 kA 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - 20 20
1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20
DPX and DPX-H 1600 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 20
36, 70 kA
and 100 kA 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20
S1, S2, Sg 1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
(1) Microprocessor release, selector switch on "LOW"
104
selectivity table DMX3 / DPX3, DPX

Upstream ACB
DMX3-N DMX3-H DMX3-L
Downstream MCCB In DMX - N 2500
3
DMX - H 2500
3
DMX3 - L 2500 4000 4000 4000
(50 kA) (65 kA) (100 kA) (50 kA) (65 kA) (100 kA)
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 3200 4000 3200 4000
16 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 160 63 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
(16, 25, 36, 50 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T 88 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
(25, 36, 50 kA)
100 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(70 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(25, 36, 50 kA) 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 250 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(25, 36, 50 kA) 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

40 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX3 250 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX thermal magnetic 100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
(36 kA)
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
63 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX-H 250 thermal magnetic
(70 kA and 100 kA) 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 250 100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1 and S2 (36 kA) 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

S1 and S2 (36 kA) 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX-H 250 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1 and S2 (70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1 and S2 (70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
thermal magnetic 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
(36 kA) 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 - T T T T T - T T T T T - T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
thermal magnetic 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
(70 kA) 500 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX microprocessor release (1) 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1, S2 (36 kA) and Sg 630 - T T T T T - T T T T T - T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX microprocessor release(2) 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1, S2 (36 kA) and Sg 630 - T T T T T - T T T T T - T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX-H 630 microprocessor 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
release S1, S2 (70 kA) and Sg
(1)
630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX-H 630 microprocessor 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T
release S1, S2 (70 kA) and Sg
(2)
630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 800 - - T T T T - - T T T T - - T T T T T T T T T T
thermal magnetic 1000 - - - T T T - - - T T T - - - T T T T T T T T T
(50 kA) 1250 - - - - T T - - - - T T - - - - T T T T T T T T
DPX-H 1250 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T
thermal magnetic 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T
(70 kA) 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T
DPX and DPX-H 1600 800 - - T T T T - - T T T T - - T T T T T T T T T T
microprocessor release S1, S2 1250
(1)
- - - - T T - - - - T T - - - T T T T T T T T T
(50, 70 kA) and Sg 1600 - - - - - T - - - - T T - - - - T T T T T T T T
DPX and DPX-H 1600 800 - - T T T T - - T T T T - - T T T T T T T T T T
microprocessor release S1, S2 1250
(2)
- - - - T T - - - - T T - - - T T T T T T T T T
(50, 70 kA) and Sg 1600 - - - - - T - - - - T T - - - - T T T T T T T T
(1) Microprocessor release, selector switch on "HIGH" - (2) Microprocessor release, selector switch on "LOW"
105
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
Selectivity between Modular Circuits Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
T = Total discrimination
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
DPX3 250 + diff DPX 400 AB (Thermo- (electronic)
(Thermo-magnetic & electronic) magnetic)
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A T T T T T T T T
10 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves T T T T T T T T
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
6 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
16 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD
(Thermal - Magnetic & Electronic)
25 - 36 - 50 kA - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
32 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 250 DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630
DPX 400 AB
(Thermal -Magnetic & electronic) (Thermal - Magnetic & electronic)
36 - 70 - 100 kA 36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
32 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
63 A - - - 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
106
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermo- (Electronic)
Magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 20 kA 20 kA
32 A 16 kA 16 kA
40 A 16 kA 16 kA
50 A 16 kA 16 kA
63 A 16 kA 16 kA
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers and fuses,

three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
Fuse upstream
gG Type
MCB downstream 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
16 A - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
20 A - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
Fuse upstream
aM Type
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and to the size of upstream fuses which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A
C Curves - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 50 kA 50 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 50 kA - - - - -
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
32 A - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
40 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
50 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
63 A - - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
107
DPX3 MCBs
n Technical data
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
32 A - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
36 - 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
32 A - - 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250+RCD
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
25 kA
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
32 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD DPX / H / L 250
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic) (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630MT
DPX 400 AB (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
108
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers(MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermal- (electronic)
magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
6 A 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA
32 A 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA
Selectivity between Modular Circuits Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
6 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves T T T T T T T T
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
109
Automatic transfer
switch DPX3/DPX
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places where
even a small delay in supply could result huge losses. The DPXrange of MCCBs
can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer Switch at places that require
instant power switching. When connected with the microprocessor control
box (line changeover unit) it gives you the flexibility to manage that automatic
changeover between two supply lines effectively with remote controls.
a u to m at i c
When the changeover is made automatically
using motorised MCCB & Microprocessor
Control Box.
When an operator organises the changeover
from a remote location using motorised
MCCBs and push button.
N on - a u to m at i c
Manual - When an operator manually
performs the changeover

DPX3/DPX
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx DPXTM
xxxxxxxx transfer switch
automatic automatic transfer switch
Technical data
Handling continuity problems efficiently
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places
where even a small delay in supply could result in huge losses. The
DPX range of MCCBs can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer
Switch at places that require instant power switching. When connected
with the microprocessor control box (line changeover unit) it gives you
the flexibility to manage the automatic changeover between two supply
lines effectively with remote controls.
Line changeover systems
6253 85
Pack Cat.Nos DPX3 ready-to-install ATS kit

1 6253 80AA Complete kit assembly suitable for both DPX3 160
without MCCB's
1 6253 80AB Complete Kit assembly suitable for DPX3 160 & DPX3
250 without MCCB's
1 6253 80BB Complete kit assembly suitable for both DPX3 250
without MCCB's
Manual line changeover
The standard installation may be carried out by using manually
DPXTM ready-to-install ATS with FP MCCB's operated DPX circuit breakers in fixed version, combined with
mechanical interlocks. The mechanical interlock between DPX circuit
1 6253 84 6 30 A, T/M, 36 kA breakers consists of a support plate on which two circuit breakers are
1 6253 85 630 A, T/M, 70 kA arranged side-by-side. For particular versions
1 6253 87 630 A, Microprocessor (plug-in or draw-out version between two or more circuit breakers),
special interlocks with factory pre-setting are available against order.
'S1', 36 kA
1 6253 88 630 A, Microprocessor
'S1', 70 kA
'S2', 36 kA
1 6253 90 630 A, Microprocessor Motorised controlled line changeover
'S2', 70 kA The electrically controlled line
1 6253 91 630 A, Microprocessor changeover may be carried out by
'Sg', 36 kA using interlocked DPX circuit breakers
equipped with remote controls.
'Sg', 70 kA
Automatic line changeover

Automatic line changeover is the most advanced
and flexible solution. This system is carried out by combining the
components used for the electrically controlled line changeover
with the microprocessor control box. This device allows to manage
the automatic changeover between two supply sources with simple
programming while safety requirements are never compromised.
DPXTM
automatic transfer switch (continued)
Microprocessor control box Ready to install ATS kit for DPX3 160 & DPX3 250
General characteristics
Microprocessor control box allows to manage the Cat.No Primary Secondary
automatic changeover between two supply lines with
maximum flexibility. 6253 80AA DPX3 160 DPX3 160
The microprocessor device with microprocessor is
very compact 6253 80BB DPX3 250 DPX3 250
(144 x 144 mm).
6253 80AB DPX3 250 DPX3 160
Yet, it is able to perform a large number of functions such as :
Quick acquisition of voltage levels Range: Frame sizes DPX3 160A & DPX3 250A
Effective value of line voltage check With Thermal Magnetic or Microprocessor based protection.
Selection of operating mode (auto/man/test/off) Standard size cut-out for flush mounted controller (144 x 144 mm)
Selection of voltage thresholds Inbuilt single phasing protection
Selection of changeover time Alarm contact rating: 5A 230V~
Display of selected parameters (voltage and time) For ordering these ATS Kit (6253 80AA, BB, AB) + 2 MCCB's
Alarm display
Starting signal to DG, can be given, in case of primary source failure
Manual changeover line 1/ line 2 Ready to install ATS DPX 630
Lockout of simultaneous switching over between lines
Diagnostic test
Cat.Nos Type Breaking Primary Secondary
cap MCCB MCCB
Technical characteristics
Setting of voltage thresholds on main and secondary line to check DPX 630 6253 84 Thermal - 36 kA 0255 40 0255 40
between 0.7 and 1 Ue (280 - 400 V AC) ATS magnetic
Two models, depending on the supply voltages -230 V AC, 24 V DC 630 Amps
Changeover time from main line to secondary line 0.5 to 30 s
Main line resetting time 4 s 6253 85 Thermal - 70 kA 0255 60 0255 60
magnetic
3-digit data display 630 Amps
LED - signalling the operating state
Outgoing relay changeover contacts rating (line circuit breakers 6253 87 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 07 0256 07
control) 16 A 230 V in AC cessor S1
Alarm contact rating - 5 A 230 V in AC 630 Amps
External connections with flexible cable max. 2.5 mm2
Operating temperature : 0 to 60 0C 6253 88 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 15 0256 15
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate casing with sealable transparent cessor S1
shield 630 Amps
Front degree of protection IP 41 without shield, IP 54 with shield
Flush-mounting version (144 x 144 mm) 6253 89 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 32 0256 32
cessor S2
630 Amps
Standard manual changeover
6253 90 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 40 0256 40
switches cessor S2
General characteristics 630 Amps
The manual changeover switches 6253 91 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 57 0256 57
consist of separate parts that have to be cessor Sg
assembled by the user or that may be 630 Amps
factory assembled.
The changeover set for DPX circuit 6253 92 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 65 0256 65
breakers consists of support plates cessor Sg
equipped with a rocking mechanical 630 Amps
interlock on which the circuit breakers in their different versions are Note : Arrangement to supply the recommended voltage to the microprocessor control box
fixed. should be made in the panel.
Standard mechanical interlocks

All fixed version DPX circuit
breakers with front or rear
terminals, except DPX 125 circuit
breakers, may be equipped with
standard mechanical interlock.
They may be equipped with remote
controls or with rotary handles.
Selection
Cat.Nos Description
0261 93 Microprocessor control box - Standard
0261 94 Microprocessor control box - Advanced
0264 09 Mechanical interlock for two DPX 630 circuit breakers
0264 10 Mechanical interlock for two DPX 1250 or DPX 1600
circuit breakers (factory assembled only)
112
DPXTM
Dimensions
Microprocessor control box
7.7
138.5
144
77 138.5
144 31
94
Ready to install ATS DPX3 160 & DPX3 250 frame sizes
525
39
INCOMING
CONTACTOR
30 17.5 17.5 39 17.5 17.5 30
MCB
DINRAIL CHANNEL
FOR MCB,CONTACTOR
ELEMEX CONNECTOR (KUT 6)
MAIN MCCB D.G.MCCB

452
DPX3 160 DPX3 160
ELEMEX CONNECTOR (KUT 6)

5 SQ MM
LEGRAND 24 PIN
CONNECTOR
14
38 14 14
OUTING
INCOMER OUTGOING ITERCHANGABLE 204
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
113
DPXTM
2 DPX 630 circuit breakers
2 DPX 630 circuit breakers with remote control
DPX 630 Ready to Install ATS

604
225 225 75
NO 11
S
DIA
6
N R Y B N R Y B
9
72
35
S
37
DIA NO
10
MCB
92 80 80 80 80
157
70
C1
66
63 183 12 183
25
360
330
100
150
40
560
530
504
183
560
530
52 400 102
75
256
NO 21
LEGRAND 24 PIN
DIA
S
CONNECTOR
45 40
177
130
4
32 58.5
N R Y B
30
24.5
400 50 50
278.5 225 225 75
600 335
2 DPX 1250 or 2 DPX 1600 circuit breakers with remote control (factory assembled)
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
114
Alpivar
pour exemple
2
capacitors
: xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
V7540CB
Technical characteristics (p. 119)
Double or class II insulation.

Totally dry self-extinguishing polyurethane resin casing.
Internal protection for each winding using:
- A self-healing metallised polypropylene film
- An electric fuse
- A disconnection device in case of overpressure
Colour: C asing RAL 7035
Cover RAL 7001
Conforming to IEC 60831-1 and 2
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty, 3 phase, Pack Cat.Nos

Heavy duty capacitor with series
440 V - 50 Hz reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
520 V max. Capacitor combined with an detuned
Harmonic pollution SH/ST 15% reactor
Nominal power (kVAr)
Assembly fitted and wired in IP 31 - IK 05
1 V544CB 5 cabinet
Conforming to standards EN and
1 V1044CB 10 IEC60831-1 and 2
1 V12.544CB 12.5
1 V1544CB 15 Standard class - Max. 470 V
1 V2044CB 20 Harmonic pollution 25% < SH/ST 35%
1 V2544CB 25 Nominal power (kVAr)
1 V3044CB 30 1 VS5040.189 50
1 V4044CB 40 1 VS7540.189 75
1 V5044CB 50 1 VS10040.189 100
1 V6044CB 60 1 VS15040.189 150
1 V7544CB 75 1 VS20040.189 200
1 V8044CB 80 1 VS25040.189 250
1 V9044CB 90 1 VS30040.189 300
1 V10044CB 100 Reinforced class - Max. 520 V
1 V12544CB 125
Harmonic pollution 35% < SH/ST 50%
Heavy duty, 3 phase, 440 V - 50 Hz 1 VS.R4040.189 40
1 VS.R8040.189 80
520 V max. 1 VS.R12040.189 120
Can be associated with 7% detuned
1 VS.R16040.189 160
reactors 1 VS.R20040.189 200
1 VS.R24040.189 240
1 VH2.544CB 2.5 1 VS.R28040.189 280
1 VH544CB 5 Extra-reinforced class - Max. 620 V
1 VH7.544CB 7.5 Harmonic pollution SH/ST > 50%
1 VH1044CB 10
1 VH12.544CB 12.5 1 VS.RS7240.189 72
1 VH1544CB 15 1 VS.RS14440.189 144
1 VH2044CB 20 1 VS.RS21640.189 216
1 VH2544CB 25 1 VS.RS28840.189 288
1 VH3044CB 30
1 VH3544CB 35
1 VH4044CB 40
1 VH5044CB 50
1 VH6044CB 60
1 VH7544CB 75
1 VH8044CB 80
1 VH9044CB 90
1 VH10044CB 100
1 VH12544CB 125
Alpimatic racks NEW Alpimatic racks
with detuned reactors
P7540 R7.R8040.189
Factory connected units for integration in universal cabinets for Factory connected units for integration in universal cabinets for
automatic compensation systems automatic compensation systems
Standard and Heavy duty versions: Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor versions (detuned reactors):
- 1 Alpivar 2 capacitor - 1 Alpivar 2 capacitor
- 1 contactor suitable for the capacitive currents - 1 contactor suitable for the capacitive currents
- 1 set of 3 HRC fuses - 1 detuned reactor with thermal protection
- 1 set of modular copper busbars with junction bars for connecting - 1 set of 3 HRC fuses
several racks - 1 set of modular copper busbars with junction bars for connecting
- 1 steel frame on which the components are assembled and wired several racks
- 1 steel frame on which the components are assembled and wired
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty, 3 phase,
400 V - 50 Hz Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series
470 V max. reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
Harmonic pollution SH/ST 15% Standard class - Max. 470 V
Nominal power (kVAr) Harmonic pollution 25% < SH/ST 35%
1 P12.540 12.5 Nominal power (kVAr)
1 P12.512.540 12.5+12.5 1 R5.2540.189 25
1 P2540 25 1 R5.5040.189 50
1 P252540 25+25 1 R7.5040.189 50
1 P255040 25+50 1 R7.7540.189 75
1 P5040 50 Reinforced class - Max. 520 V
1 P7540 75 Harmonic pollution 35% < SH/ST 50%
Heavy duty, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz 1 R5.R4040.189 40
1 R7.R4040.189 40
520 V max. 1 R7.R404040.189 40+40
Harmonic pollution 15% < SH/ST 25% 1 R7.R8040.189 80
Nominal power (kVAr) Extra-reinforced class - Max. 620 V
1 PH12.540 12.5 Harmonic pollution SH/ST > 50%
1 PH12.512.540 12.5+12.5
1 PH2540 25 1 R9.RS7240.189 72
1 PH252540 25+25
1 PH255040 25+50
1 PH5040 50
1 PH7540 75
pour exemple
Alpimatic & Alpistatic
: xxxxxxxautomatic capacitor banks NEW
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
M6040 M20040
Dimensions (p. 122)
IP 31 - IK 05 cabinet
Fully modular design for easy extension and maintenance
Alpimatic is made up of one or several cabinets according to the capacitor bank model and the nominal current
The electromechanical contactors are controlled by the Alptec power controller with a simple commissioning procedure
Cable entry at the bottom (at the top on request)
Electrical parts protected against direct contact: IP 20 (door open)
Grey cabinet (RAL 7035) with black base Conforming to standards IEC 60439-1 and 2
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty, 3 phase, Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
400 V - 50 Hz
520 V max.
470 V max.
Harmonic pollution SH/ST 15%
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr)
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr) 1 MH1040 10 2x5
1 M1040 10 2x5 1 MH1540 15 5+10
1 M1540 15 5+10 1 MH2040 20 2x10
1 M2040 20 2x10 1 MH2540 25 10+15
1 M2540 25 10+15 1 MH3040 30 3x10
1 M3040 30 3x10 1 MH3540 35 5+10+20
1 M3540 35 5+10+20 1 MH4040 40 2x10+20
1 M4040 40 2x10+20 1 MH5040 50 10+15+25
1 M5040 50 10+15+25 1 MH6040 60 3x20
1 M6040 60 3x20 1 MH7540 75 3x25
1 M7540 75 3x25 1 MH87.540 87.5 12.5+25+50
1 M87.540 87.5 12.5+25+50 1 MH10040 100 2x25+50
1 M10040 100 2x25+50 1 MH12540 125 25+2x50
1 M12540 125 25+2x50 1 MH15040 150 25+50+75
1 M15040 150 25+50+75 1 MH17540 175 2x25+50+75
1 M17540 175 2x25+50+75 1 MH20040 200 50+2x75
1 M20040 200 50+2x75 1 MH22540 225 25+50+2x75
1 M22540 225 25+50+2x75 1 MH25040 250 2x50+2x75
1 M25040 250 2x50+2x75 1 MH27540 275 25+2x50+2x75
1 M27540 275 25+2x50+2x75 1 MH30040 300 25+50+3x75
1 M30040 300 25+50+3x75 1 MH35040 350 50+4x75
1 M35040 350 50+4x75 1 MH40040 400 2x50+4x75
1 M40040 400 2x50+4x75 1 MH45040 450 6x75
1 M45040 450 6x75 1 MH50040 500 50+6x75
1 M50040 500 50+6x75 1 MH55040 550 2x50+6x75
1 M55040 550 2x50+6x75 1 MH60040 600 8x75
1 M60040 600 8x75 1 MH67540 675 9x75
1 M67540 675 9x75 1 MH75040 750 10x75
1 M75040 750 10x75 1 MH82540 825 11x75
1 M82540 825 11x75 1 MH90040 900 12x75
1 M90040 900 12x75
pour exemple
Alpimatic & Alpistatic
: xxxxxxxautomatic capacitor banks
pour exemple
(continued) NEW
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
MS30040.189 MS.R40040.189
Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series
reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
Standard class - Max. 470 V (continued)
Harmonic pollution 25% < SH/ST 35% Extra-reinforced class - Max. 620 V
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr) Harmonic pollution SH/ST > 50%
1 MS7540.189 75 25+50 Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr)
1 MS10040.189 100 2x25+50 1 MS.RS14440.189 144 2x72
1 MS12540.189 125 25+2x50 1 MS.RS21640.189 216 3x72
1 MS15040.189 150 3x50 1 MS.RS28840.189 288 4x72
1 MS20040.189 200 50+2x75 1 MS.RS36040.189 360 5x72
1 MS22540.189 225 3x75 1 MS.RS43240.189 432 6x72
1 MS25040.189 250 2x50+2x75 1 MS.RS50440.189 504 7x72
1 MS27540.189 275 50+3x75 1 MS.RS57640.189 576 8x72
1 MS30040.189 300 4x75 1 MS.RS64840.189 648 9x72
1 MS35040.189 350 50+4x75 1 MS.RS72040.189 720 10x72
1 MS37540.189 375 5x75 1 MS.RS79240.189 792 11x72
1 MS45040.189 450 6x75 1 MS.RS86440.189 864 12x72
1 MS52540.189 525 7x75
1 MS60040.189 600 8x75
1 MS67540.189 675 9x75
1 MS75040.189 750 10x75
Reinforced class - Max. 520 V
1 MS.R12040.189
120
Steps (kVAr)
3x40 Alpivar2
1 MS.R16040.189 160 2x40+80
1 MS.R20040.189 200 40+2x80
1 MS.R24040.189 240 2x40+2x80 Guarantee
1 MS.R28040.189 280 40+3x80
1 MS.R32040.189 320 4x80 The Company at its discretion will replace products if they
1 MS.R36040.189 360 40+4x80 have any manufacturing defect within 1 year for capacitor,
1 MS.R40040.189 400 5x80 Reactor & APFC controller.
1 MS.R44040.189 440 40+5x80
1 MS.R48040.189 480 6x80
1 MS.R52040.189 520 40+6x80
The above guarantee is applicable when the products
are selected taken into consideration all the technical
1 MS.R56040.189 560 7x80
characteristics of the product published in our catalogue.
1 MS.R60040.189 600 40+7x80
1 MS.R64040.189 640 8x80
1 MS.R72040.189 720 9x80 The guarantee is only applicable when the products are
1 MS.R80040.189 800 10x80 installed as per the Companys instructions and not
tampered in any manner.
The guarantee states the Companys entire liability.

It does not extend to cover consequential loss or damage or
installation costs arising from defective products.
Alpivar2 capacitors Alpivar2 racks
n Technical specifications n Technical specifications

Discharge resistors Loss factor
Fitted inside, these discharge the unit in accordance with current Standard and Heavy duty type Alpimatic racks have a loss factor
standards (discharge time, 3 minutes) of 2 W/kVAr,
while that of Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor type racks
Loss factor
is 6 W/kVAr
Alpivar2 capacitors have a loss factor of less than 0.1 x 10-3
This value leads to a power consumption of less than 0.3 W per kVAr, Standards
including the discharge resistors. International standard: IEC 60439-1
European standard: EN 60439-2
Capacitance
Tolerance on the capacitance value: + 5% Temperature class
Our manufacturing process, which avoids any inclusion of air in the coils, Operation: -10 to +45 C (average over 24 hours: 40 C)
ensures excellent stability of the capacitance throughout the service life Storage: -30 to +60 C
of the Alpivar2 capacitor.
Maximum permissible voltage: 1.18 Un
Maximum permissible current:
Standard type: 1.3 In
H type: 1.5 In
Insulation class
Withstand at 50 Hz for 1 min: 6 kV
1.2/50 s impulse withstand: 25 kV
Standards
Alpivar2 capacitors comply with:
French standard: NF C 54 108 and 109
European standard: EN 60831-1 and 2
International standard: IEC 60831-1 and 2
Canadian standard: CSA 22-2 No. 190
Temperature class
Alpivar2 capacitors are designed for a standard temperature class
-25/+55 C
Maximum temperature: 55 C
Average over 24 hours: 45 C
Annual average: 35 C
Peak inrush current : 400 A

Mean life expectancy : 10 years
Switching Operations : 10000 per year
Impregnation : Dry Resin
119
Alpivar2 capacitors
n Dimensions Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,

standard class - 3 phase
Standard duty / Heavy duty - 3 phase
Dimensions (mm) Weight
Terminal Connection cable Connection 4 fixing holes Cat.Nos
Height Width Depth (kg)
cover entry terminals 6.5
VS5040.189 1400 600 500 120
55
VS7540.189 1400 600 500 140

VS10040.189 1400 600 500 160
275
208
225
Internal discharge
220
VS15040.189 1400 600 500 180

VS20040.189 1900 800 500 250
Capacitor
VS25040.189 1900 800 500 275

resistor
VS30040.189 1900 800 500 300

W2
W1
Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,
reinforced class - 3 phase
Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)
Standard duty Heavy duty Weight (kg) Weight
Cat.Nos
W1 W2 H Height Width Depth (kg)
VH2.540CB 90 70 275 3.5
VS.R4040.189 1400 600 500 120
V544CB VH540CB 90 70 275 3.5
VS.R8040.189 1400 600 500 150
V1044CB VH7.540CB 90 70 275 3.5
V12.544CB VH1040CB 90 70 275 3.5 VS.R12040.189 1400 600 500 180
V1544CB VH12.540CB 90 70 275 3.5 VS.R16040.189 1900 800 500 220

V2044CB VH1540CB 90 70 275 3.5 VS.R20040.189 1900 800 500 260
V2544CB VH2040CB 90 70 275 3.5 VS.R24040.189 1900 800 500 280
V3044CB VH2540CB 90 70 275 3.5
VS.R28040.189 1900 800 500 300
V4044CB VH3040CB 180 156 275 7
V5044CB VH3540CB 180 156 275 7
Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,
V6044CB VH4040CB 180 156 275 7
extra-reinforced class - 3 phase
V7044CB VH5040CB 180 156 275 7
V8044CB VH6040CB 270 244 275 10.5 Dimensions (mm) Weight
Cat.Nos
V9044CB VH7540CB 270 244 275 10.5 Height Width Depth (kg)
V10044CB VH8040CB 360 332 275 14 VS.RS7240.189 2100 1000 600 180
V12544CB VH9040CB 360 332 275 14
VS.RS14440.189 2100 1000 600 250
VH10040CB 360 332 275 14
VS.RS21640.189 2100 1000 600 320
VH12540CB 450 419 275 17.5
VS.RS28840.189 2100 1000 600 380
All dimensions are in mm,

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
120
Alpivar2 racks Alpivar2 racks
with detuned reactors
n Dimensions n Dimensions
Joining bars Joining bars Joining bars
Fixing holes 7
325
325
225
248
Fixing holes 21 x 7 Fixing holes 24 x 8.2

160 240 565
400 580
Standard duty Heavy duty
458
425
458
425
Fixing holes 7
Fixing holes 8.2

Type R5 Type R7
Weight Weight
(kg) (kg)
P12.540 6 PH12.540 7
P12.512.540 11 PH12.512.540 14
P2540 9 PH2540 10 468 665
P252540 16 PH252540 17 500 700
P255040 22 PH255040 23
P5040 16 PH5040 17 Standard class Reinforced class
P7540 22 PH7540 23
Weight Weight
(kg) (kg)
R5.2540.189 45 R5.R4040.189 50
R5.5040.189 50 R7.R4040.189 52
R7.5040.189 55 R7.R404040.189 65
R7.7540.189 60 R7.R8040.189 65
Joining bars
400
Fixing holes 24 x 8.2
Type R9
425
Fixing holes 8.2

558
865
900
Extra-reinforced class
Weight
(kg)
R9.RS7240.189 80

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
121
Alpimatic & Alpistatic automatic capacitor banks
400 V network
n Dimensions Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,

standard class - 3 phase
Standard duty- 3 phase
Dimensions (mm) Weight
Dimensions (mm) Cat.Nos
Weight Height Width Depth (kg)
Cat.Nos
MS7540.189 1400 600 500 180
M1040 650 260 320 40 MS10040.189 1400 600 500 230
M1540 650 260 320 40 MS12540.189 1400 600 500 250
M2040 650 260 320 40 MS15040.189 1400 600 500 300
M2540 650 260 320 40 MS20040.189 1900 800 500 340
M3040 650 260 320 45 MS22540.189 1900 800 500 360
M3540 650 260 320 45 MS25040.189 1900 800 500 380
M4040 650 260 320 45 MS27540.189 1900 800 500 400
M5040 650 260 320 45 MS30040.189 1900 800 500 420
M6040 770 260 320 50 MS35040.189 2100 800 500 460
M7540 770 260 320 75 MS37540.189 2100 800 500 470
M87.540 1000 350 500 80 MS45040.189 1900 1600 500 600
M10040 1000 350 500 80 MS52540.189 1900 1600 500 630
M12540 1000 350 500 90 MS60040.189 1900 1600 500 730
M15040 1400 600 500 125 MS67540.189 2100 1600 500 800
M17540 1400 600 500 140 MS75040.189 2100 1600 500 860
M20040 1400 600 500 150
M22540 1400 600 500 160 Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,
M25040 1400 600 500 170 reinforced class - 3 phase
M27540 1400 600 500 190
M30040 1400 600 500 200 Dimensions (mm) Weight
Cat.Nos
M35040 1900 600 500 260 Height Width Depth (kg)
M40040 1900 600 500 290 MS.R12040.189 1400 600 500 250
M45040 1900 600 500 300 MS.R16040.189 1900 800 500 300
M50040 1400 1200 500 370 MS.R20040.189 1900 800 500 340
M55040 1400 1200 500 400 MS.R24040.189 1900 800 500 370
M60040 1400 1200 500 430 MS.R28040.189 1900 800 500 400
M67540 1900 1200 500 490 MS.R32040.189 1900 800 500 430
M75040 1900 1200 500 500 MS.R36040.189 2100 800 500 470
M82540 1900 1200 500 540 MS.R40040.189 2100 800 500 520
M90040 1900 1200 500 560 MS.R44040.189 1900 1600 500 600
MS.R48040.189 1900 1600 500 630
Heavy duty - 3 phase MS.R52040.189 1900 1600 500 670
MS.R56040.189 1900 1600 500 700
Dimensions (mm) MS.R60040.189 1900 1600 500 750
Weight
Cat.Nos MS.R64040.189 1900 1600 500 800
MS.R72040.189 2100 1600 500 860
MH1040 650 260 320 40
MS.R80040.189 2100 1600 500 920
MH1540 650 260 320 40
MH2040 650 260 320 40 Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor,
MH2540 650 260 320 40 extra-reinforced class - 3 phase
MH3040 650 260 320 45
MH3540 650 260 320 45 Dimensions (mm) Weight
MH4040 650 260 320 45 Cat.Nos (kg)
Height Width Depth
MH5040 650 260 320 45
MS.RS14440.189 2100 1000 600 300
MH6040 770 260 320 50
MS.RS21640.189 2100 1000 600 380
MH7540 770 260 320 75
MS.RS28840.189 2100 1000 600 460
MH87.540 1000 350 500 80
MS.RS36040.189 2100 2000 600 600
MH10040 1000 350 500 80
MS.RS43240.189 2100 2000 600 680
MH12540 1000 350 500 90
MS.RS50440.189 2100 2000 600 760
MH15040 1400 600 500 125
MS.RS57640.189 2100 2000 600 820
MH17540 1400 600 500 140
MS.RS64840.189 2100 3000 600 950
MH20040 1400 600 500 150
MS.RS72040.189 2100 3000 600 1130
MH22540 1400 600 500 160
MS.RS79240.189 2100 3000 600 1200
MH25040 1400 600 500 170
MS.RS86440.189 2100 3000 600 1260
MH27540 1400 600 500 190
MH30040 1400 600 500 200
MH35040 1900 600 500 260
MH40040 1900 600 500 290
MH45040 1900 600 500 300
MH50040 1400 1200 500 310
MH55040 1400 1200 500 370
MH60040 1400 1200 500 420
MH67540 1900 1200 500 450
MH75040 1900 1200 500 500
MH82540 1900 1200 500 550
MH 90040 1900 1200 500 600

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
122
AlpicanTM NEW AlpicanTM
resin filled capacitors gas filled capacitors
4151 10 4151 23 4151 29
Dimensions (p. 127) Dimensions (p. 127)

Technical data (p. 125) Technical data (p. 125)
Resin filled 440 V standard duty: Gas filled 440 V heavy duty:
- Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2 - Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2
- ISI marked - Compact design
- Compact design - Self healing metallized polypropylene film
- Self healing metallized polypropylene film - Over pressure device for disconnection
- Over pressure device for disconnection - Low energy losses
- Low energy losses - Dry inert gas filled
- Resistance to high temperatures
- Bio-degradable soft resin, semi-dry
Pack
Cat.Nos Heavy duty gas filled
capacitor 440 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz
Resin filled 440 V heavy duty:
- Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2 1/4 4151 24 5.2 kVAr
- ISI marked 1/4 4151 25 7.3 kVAr
- Compact design 1/4 4151 26 8.8 kVAr
- Self healing metallized polypropylene film 1/4 4151 27 10.5 kVAr
- Over pressure device for disconnection 1/4 4151 28 12.6 kVAr
1/4 4151 29 17.5 kVAr
- Low energy losses 1/4 4151 30 21 kVAr
- Resistance to high temperatures 1/4 4151 31 25.2 kVAr
- Bio-degradable soft resin, semi-dry

Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty Resin filled
capacitor 440 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz
1/12 4151 00 1 kVAr
1/12 4151 01 2.1 kVAr
1/12 4151 02 3 kVAr
1/12 4151 03 4.2 kVAr
1/12 4151 04 5 kVAr
1/6 4151 05 7.5 kVAr
1/4 4151 06 10 kVAr
1/4 4151 07 12.5 kVAr
1/4 4151 08 15 kVAr
1/4 4151 09 20 kVAr
1/4 4151 10 25 kVAr
1/4 4151 11 30 kVAr
Heavy duty Resin filled

capacitor 440 V 3 phase
1/12 4151 12 1 kVAr
1/12 4151 13 2.1 kVAr
1/6 4151 14 3 kVAr
1/6 4151 15 4.2 kVAr
1/6 4151 16 5 kVAr
1/4 4151 17 7.5 kVAr
1/4 4151 18 10 kVAr
1/4 4151 19 12.5 kVAr
1/2 4151 20 15 kVAr
1/4 4151 21 20 kVAr
1/2 4151 22 25 kVAr
1/2 4151 23 30 kVAr
AlpicanTM NEW reactors and power factor controllers
resin filled capacitor for reactors
4151 33
4151 50 4150 43
Dimensions (p. 128) Dimensions (p. 128-129)

Resin filled 525 V standard duty: Reactor:

- Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2 - High harmonic loading capacity
- Compact design - Low losses
- Self healing metallized polypropylene film - High linearity
- Over pressure device for disconnection - Easy mounting
- Low energy losses
- Resistance to high temperatures Automatic power factor controller:
- Bio-degradable soft resin, semi-dry - Conforms to IEC 61010-1
- High accuracy

Pack
Cat.Nos Standard duty Resin filled - IP 41 terminals
capacitor 525 V, 3 phase, 50Hz - Manual & Automatic mode of operation
- Free potential contact for remote alarm
1/6 4151 32 5 kVAr - Displays alarm indication for 9 different conditions
1/4 4151 33 8.3 kVAr - Internal temperature sensor
1/4 4151 34 10.4 kVAr - RS 232 communication port
1/4 4151 35 12.5 kVAr - In-built LED screens
1/4 4151 36 16.7 kVAr
1/4 4151 37 20.8 kVAr
1/4 4151 38 25 kVAr
Pack
Cat.Nos Reactors 7 % duty
1 4151 48 Reactor 10 kVAr
1 4151 49 Reactor 12.5 kVAr
Reactors 14 % duty
1 4151 53 Reactor 12.5 kVAr
AlpicanTM Power factor controller

1 4150 52 3 step controller
Guarantee 1 4150 42 7 step controller
The Company at its discretion will replace products if they
have any manufacturing defect within 1 year for capacitor,
Reactor & APFC controller.
The above guarantee is applicable when the products

are selected taken into consideration all the technical
characteristics of the product published in our catalogue.
The guarantee is only applicable when the products are

installed as per the Companys instructions and not
tampered in any manner.
The guarantee states the Companys entire liability.

It does not extend to cover consequential loss or damage or
installation costs arising from defective products.
AlpicanTM AlpicanTM
resin filled standard duty & heavy duty capacitors gas filled heavy duty capacitors

Resin filled standard duty capacitors - Standards : IS 13340-1993, IS 13341-1992,
- Standards : IS 13340-1993, IS 13341-1992, IEC-60831-1&2 IEC 60831-1/-2, IEC-60831-1&2
- Rated Voltage : 440 V & 525 V - Rated Voltage : 440 V
- Frequency : 50/60 Hz - Frequency : 50/60 Hz
- Power range : 1 to 30 kVAr - Power range : 5 to 25 kVAr
- Losses(Dielectrical) : < 0.20 W/kVAr - Losses(Dielectrical) : < 0.20 W/kVAr
- Losses (Total) : < 0.45 W/kVAr - Losses (Total) : < 0.5 W/kVAr
- Peak inrush current : 200*In - Peak inrush current : 300*In
- Over voltage : UN+10 % for 8 Hrs in 24 Hrs - Over voltage : UN+10 % for 8 Hrs in 24 Hrs
- Over current : 1.3 * In - Over current : 1.4 * In
- Mean life expectancy : upto 1,00,000 h at temp level D - Mean life expectancy : upto 1,80,000 h at temp level C
- Capacitance tolerance : +10 % - Capacitance tolerance : -5/10 %
- Voltage test between terminals : 1.75*Un , AC, 2S as per IS - Voltage test between terminals : 1.75*Un , AC, 2S as per IS
- Voltage test between earth & terminals : 3.6 KV, AC, 2S as per IS - Voltage test between earth & terminals : 3.6 KV, AC, 2S as per IS
- Discharge resistors : Fitted: standard discharge time less than at - Discharge resistors : Fitted: standard discharge time less than at
residual voltage of 50 V, 60 second as per IS residual voltage of 50 V, 60 second as per IS
- Safety : Self healing + pressure sensitive disconnector + - Safety : Self healing + pressure sensitive disconnector +
discharge device discharge device
- Protection : IP20 - Protection : IP20
- Casing : Aluminium Can - Casing : Aluminium Can
- Dielectric : Metallized Polypropylene film - Dielectric : Metallized Polypropylene film
- Impregnation : NCPB - Impregnation : Inert gas impregnated
Soft polyurethene Resin - Ambient temperature : - 40 C / + 55 C (Class D)
- Ambient temperature : -10 C / + 55 C (Class D) - Humidity : 95 %
- Humidity : 95 % - Altitude : 4000 m above sea level
- Altitude : 4000 m above sea level - Mounting : Indoor, vertical position
- Mounting : Indoor,vertical position - Fixing and earthing : Threaded M12 stud at bottom
- Fixing and earthing : Threaded M12 stud at bottom - Switching life : Maximum 7000 per year
- Switching life : Maximum 5000 per year
Resin filled heavy duty capacitors

- Standards : IS 13340-1993, IS 13341-1992,
IEC 60831-1/-2, IEC-60831-1&2
- Rated Voltage : 440 V
- Frequency : 50/60 Hz
- Power range : 1 to 30 kVAr
- Losses(Dielectrical) : < 0.20 W/kVAr
- Losses (Total) : < 0.5 W/kVAr
- Peak inrush current : 250*In
- Over voltage : UN+10% for 8 Hrs in 24 Hrs
- Over current : 1.5 to 1.8 * In
- Mean life expectancy : upto 1,15,000 h at temp level D
- Capacitance tolerance : +10 %
- Voltage test between terminals : 1.75*Un , AC, 2S as per IS
- Voltage test between earth & terminals : 3.6 KV, AC, 2S as per IS
- Discharge resistors : Fitted: standard discharge time less than at
residual voltage of 50 V, 60 second as per IS
- Safety : Self healing + pressure sensitive disconnector +
discharge device
- Protection : IP20
- Casing : Aluminium Can
- Dielectric : Metallized Polypropylene film
- Impregnation : NCPB
Soft polyurethene Resin
- Ambient temperature : -10 C / + 55 C (Class D)
- Humidity : 95 %
- Altitude : 4000 m above sea level
- Mounting : Indoor,vertical position
- Fixing and earthing : Threaded M12 stud at bottom
- Switching life : Maximum 6000 per year
125
reactors power factor controllers

- Standard: IEC 60076-6 - Digital power factor controller
- Rated line voltage: 440 V - LED screen: 3 digits, 7 segments
- Rated frequency: 50 Hz - Membrane keypad
- De-tuning factor p [%]: 7 % - RS 232 serial port for setting parameters and automatic testing via a PC
- Tolerance on inductance: 0/+6 % - Internal temperature sensor
- Dielectric test: 50 Hz 3 kV, 60s - Advanced function for measuring capacitor overvoltages, average over
- Protection class: IP 00 a week
- Cooling method: natural air (AN) - 1 programmable relay for an alarm and/or controlling a fan
- Ambient temperature: +40 C
- Insulation class: H Versions
- Insulation level: 1.1kV
- 3, 5, 7 and 12 controlled steps
- Blocking factor p% 7 % - Tuning order 3.78
- Temperature protection (NC) : Yes
Temperature class
- Operation: - 10 to + 60 C
- Storage: - 20 to + 80 C
Current inputs
Rated current: 5 A (1 A on request)
Operating limit: 0.125 A to 6 A
Input current: 0.65 W
Not sensitive to the CT polarity
Not sensitive to the phase rotation polarity
Frequency
50 Hz/60 Hz
Parameters
Power factor: 0.8 inductive to 0.8 capacitive
Same step reconnection time: 5 to 240 s
Manual and automatic mode
4 quadrant operation for operation on generator
Internal temperature sensor
Volt-free contact for remote alarm
Alarm display (overvoltage, over/under compensation, overload, etc.)
126
AlpicanTM AlpicanTM
resin filled capacitors gas filled capacitors
440 V Gas filled heavy duty

Dimensions
Cat.Nos
440 V Resin filled std duty 440 V Resin filled std duty Diameter Height
4151 24 116 164
Dimensions Dimensions
Cat.Nos Cat.Nos 4151 25 116 164
Diameter Height Diameter Height 4151 26 116 164
4151 00 53 117 4151 05 78.4 195 4151 27 116 164
4151 01 53 117 4151 06 88.4 195 4151 28 116 164
4151 02 63.5 129 4151 07 88.4 270 4151 29 116 200
4151 03 63.5 129 4151 08 88.4 270 4151 30 136 200
4151 04 63.5 152 4151 09 88.4 345 4151 31 136 200
4151 10 93.5 345
4151 11 93.5 345
440 V Resin filled heavy duty 440 V Resin filled heavy duty
Can diameter up to 90 mm Can diameter above 90 mm
Cat.Nos Cat.Nos
Diameter Height Diameter Height
4151 12 53 117 4151 19 93.5 270
4151 13 63.5 129 4151 20 105.5 280
4151 14 78.4 195 4151 21 121.5 280
4151 15 78.4 195 4151 22 121.5 325
4151 16 78.4 195 4151 23 142 325
4151 17 88.4 270
4151 18 88.4 270

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
127
AlpicanTM power factor controllers
resin filled capacitor for reactors
Height x Width x Depth
Cat.Nos Weight (kg)
(mm)
4150 52 96 x 96 x 65 0.42
4150 41 96 x 96 x 65 0.44
4150 42 96 x 96 x 65 0.46
4150 43 144 x 144 x 65 0.77
525 V Resin filled std duty

Dimensions
Cat.Nos
Diameter Height
4151 32 78.4 195
4151 33 88.4 270
4151 34 88.4 270
4151 35 88.4 270
4151 36 88.4 345
4151 37 93.5 345
4151 38 93.5 345

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
128
reactors
n Dimensions
Rated
Cat.Nos kVAr L W H I1 I2 n1 n2 b e d1 d2 A B
Current
4151 48 10 13.2 A 190 1403 mm 225 165 165 60 783 mm 100 905 mm 10.8 15.5 85 78
4151 49 12.5 16.4 A 190 1403 mm 225 165 165 60 783 mm 100 905 mm 10.8 15.5 85 78
Rated
Cat.Nos kVAr L W H I1 I2 n1 n2 b e d1 d2 A B
Current
4151 50 25 32.8 A 240 1655 mm 205 205 205 150 953 mm 114 1155 mm 10.8 15.5 175 95
4151 51 50 65.61 A 275 2255 mm 240 235 235 150 1653 mm 185 1275 mm 10.8 15.5 175 165
4151 52 100 131.22 A 330 1805 mm 270 285 285 150 1323 mm 155 985 mm 10.8 15.5 175 132

1 Inch = 25.4 mm,
129
contactors
Contactors compatable with Legrand capacitors

Standard duty 440 V (resin) Heavy duty 440 V (resin)
Cat.Nos kVAr Current Contactor Cat.Nos Cat.Nos kVAr Current Contactor Cat.Nos
4151 00 1 kVAr 1.3 J101211 4151 12 1 kVAr 1.3 J101211
4151 01 2.1 kVAr 2.8 J101211 4151 13 2.1 kVAr 2.8 J101211
4151 02 3 kVAr 3.9 J101211 4151 14 3 kVAr 3.9 J101211
4151 03 4.2 kVAr 5.5 J101211 4151 15 4.2 kVAr 5.5 J101211
4151 04 5 kVAr 6.6 J101211 4151 16 5 kVAr 6.6 J101211
4151 05 7.5 kVAr 9.8 J101211 4151 17 7.5 kVAr 9.8 J101211
4151 06 10 kVAr 13.1 J101211 4151 18 10 kVAr 13.1 J101211
4151 07 12.5 kVAr 16.4 J101811 4151 19 12.5 kVAr 16.4 J101811
4151 08 15 kVAr 19.7 J101811 4151 20 15 kVAr 19.7 J101811
4151 09 20 kVAr 26.2 J102011 4151 21 20 kVAr 26.2 J102011
4151 10 25 kVAr 32.8 J103021 4151 22 25 kVAr 32.8 J103021
4151 11 30 kVAr 39.4 J103021 4151 23 30 kVAr 39.4 J103021
Heavy duty 440 V (gas) Standard duty 525 V (resin)

Cat.Nos kVAr Current Contactor Cat.Nos Cat.Nos kVAr Current Contactor Cat.Nos
4151 24 5.2 kVAr 6.8 J101211 4151 32 5 kVAr 5.5 J101211
4151 25 7.5 kVAr 9.6 J101211 4151 33 8.3 kVAr 9.1 J101211
4151 26 8.8 kVAr 11.5 J101211 4151 34 10.4 kVAr 11.4 J101211
4151 27 11.5 kVAr 13.8 J101211 4151 35 12.5 kVAr 13.7 J101211
4151 28 12.6 kVAr 16.5 J101811 4151 36 16.7 kVAr 18.4 J101811
4151 29 17.5 kVAr 23 J101811 4151 37 20.8 kVAr 22.9 J102011
4151 30 21 kVAr 27.6 J102011 4151 38 25 kVAr 27.5 J103021
4151 31 25.2 kVAr 33.1 J103021
Note: Legrand recommends the use of INDOASIAN- CAPACITOR DUTY CONTACTORS for Legrand capacitors
130
Zucchini
busbar trunking system
For Industrial, commercial, residential and service sector buildings.
A comprehensive range
Low power (25 A, 40 A, 63 A)

Lighting busway
2, 4 & 6 pole
IP 55 protection
Tap off units at each 0.5mt interval
Copper busbars
Medium power (63 A - 1000 A)

Riser mains application
IP 40, IP 52, IP 55 protection
Tap off units at each 1mt interval
Aluminium & copper busbars
High power (1000 A - 5000 A)

Air insulated type construction
IP 30/31 protection
Tap off boxes at each 1mt interval
Aluminium & copper busbars
Office Factory Warehouse
Super compact (630 A - 5000 A)

discover more on : www.zucchinispa.it Sandwich type construction
IP 56 protection
Tap off boxes at each 1mt interval
for product enquires and prices please contact Legrand personnel Aluminium & copper busbars

P.136-137
DX - MCB
AC Application
C10
upto 63 A
MCBs
P.139
DX - 25 kA MCB
C40
36kA
from 6 A to 125 A
P. 141
Isolator DX - Isolator
RCCB & RCBOs AC Application
upto 125 A
RCD P. 143
DX - RCD
add-on module & add-on module
Auxiliaries for 125 A
P. 145-146
Other control DX
functions time switches
EMDX electrical P.147

EMDX
energy meters & electrical energy
measuring units meters
046 74
P.148-161
DX
MCCBs
Din Rail
Technical data
P.176-177
EMDX
equipment
DISCOVER THE PRODUCTS

DX3 DX3
MCBs Isolator
(p. 136) (p. 141)
132
P.138 P.138
DX - MCB DX - MCB
AC Application DC Application
C100
from 80 - 125 A C40
upto 63 A
P.140 P.140
DX - 36 kA MCB DX - 50 kA MCBs
C40
36kA
from 10 A to 80 A C40
36kA
from 10 A to 63 A
P. 141 P. 142 P. 142 P. 143

DX - RCCBs DX - RCCBs DX - RCBOs DX - RCBOs - 6 kA
30mA AC Application 30mA AC Application AC Applicaiton 30mA AC Applicaiton
25A
upto 63 A 100A
from 80 - 100 A C16
upto 63 A C25 upto 32 A
P. 144 P. 143
DX DX - RCD
Auxiliaries add-on module with
measurement &
metering
P.146
Contactor
P.147
EMDX
Multi-functions
measuring units
P.163-167 P.171-173 P. 174 P. 175

DX Alpharex3 Digital Rex Analogue CX
RCDs time switch time switches
DX3 EMDX
RCCB & RCBO multi-function
(p. 141-142) mesauring units
(p. 147)
133
Sliding shutters
COPYTRACER
Anti-counterfeit registration number
Improved air channels
Bottom clamp
Environment friendly
134
DX3
New top clamp
for all tools
Technical
labelling area
The Next Step.
Presenting, DX3, an international range of
protection devices. Its revolutionary design
Integrated label supports all kind of installations thus giving a
holder never before experience. With 10 patents and
13 new features, it defines the next step in the
protection category.
Black handle: circuit breakers

Grey handle: switches
Breaking capacity
16 kA
25 kA
36 kA
50 kA
Colour coded
handle with
ON/OFF
colour indication

DX MCBs NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
MCBs for AC applications till 63 A xxxxxxxx
4085 90 4086 14 4086 37 4086 55 4086 77 4086 94
10 kA ISI marked as per IS/IEC 60898-1 2002

Integrated label holder
Sliding bottom clamp
Color coded On/Off indication on dolly
Biconnect lower terminals
IP 20 protected terminals
Sliding shutters
DC - 80 V per pole - 1 kA
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - C curve Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - C curve
Single pole 240/415 VA 3 pole 415 VA
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1/10/120 4085 80 0.5 1 1/32 4086 43 0.5 3
1/10/120 4085 81 1 1 1/32 4086 44 1 3
1/10/120 4085 83 2 1 1/32 4086 46 2 3
1/10/120 4085 84 3 1 1/32 4086 47 3 3
1/10/120 4085 85 4 1 1/32 4086 48 4 3
1/10/120 4085 87 6 1 1/32 4086 50 6 3
1/10/120 4085 90 10 1 1/32 4086 53 10 3
1/10/120 4085 92 16 1 1/32 4086 55 16 3
1/10/120 4085 93 20 1 1/32 4086 56 20 3
1/10/120 4085 94 25 1 1/32 4086 57 25 3
1/10/120 4085 95 32 1 1/32 4086 58 32 3
1/10/120 4085 96 40 1 1/32 4086 59 40 3
1/10/120 4085 97 50 1 1/32 4086 60 50 3
1/10/120 4085 98 63 1 1/32 4086 61 63 3
Single pole + Neutral 230 VA 3 pole + Neutral 415 VA
1/5/60 4086 02 0.5 2 1/32 4086 65 0.5 4
1/5/60 4086 03 1 2 1/32 4086 66 1 4
1/5/60 4086 05 2 2 1/32 4086 68 2 4
1/5/60 4086 06 3 2 1/32 4086 69 3 4
1/5/60 4086 07 4 2 1/32 4086 70 4 4
1/5/60 4086 09 6 2 1/32 4086 72 6 4
1/5/60 4086 12 10 2 1/32 4086 75 10 4
1/5/60 4086 14 16 2 1/32 4086 77 16 4
1/5/60 4086 15 20 2 1/32 4086 78 20 4
1/5/60 4086 16 25 2 1/32 4086 79 25 4
1/5/60 4086 17 32 2 1/32 4086 80 32 4
1/5/60 4086 18 40 2 1/32 4086 81 40 4
1/5/60 4086 19 50 2 1/32 4086 82 50 4
1/5/60 4086 20 63 2 1/32 4086 83 63 4
2 pole 415 VA 4 pole 415 VA
1/40 4086 21 0.5 2 1/32 4086 84 0.5 4
1/40 4086 22 1 2 1/32 4086 85 1 4
1/40 4086 24 2 2 1/32 4086 87 2 4
1/40 4086 25 3 2 1/32 4086 88 3 4
1/40 4086 26 4 2 1/32 4086 89 4 4
1/40 4086 28 6 2 1/32 4086 91 6 4
1/40 4086 31 10 2 1/32 4086 94 10 4
1/40 4086 33 16 2 1/32 4086 96 16 4
1/40 4086 34 20 2 1/32 4086 97 20 4
1/40 4086 35 25 2 1/32 4086 98 25 4
1/40 4086 36 32 2 1/32 4086 99 32 4
1/40 4086 37 40 2 1/32 4087 00 40 4
1/40 4086 38 50 2 1/32 4087 01 50 4
1/40 4086 39 63 2 1/32 4087 02 63 4
136 Red catalogue numbers: New products
pourMCBs
DX exemple : xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
MCBs for AC applications till 63 A (continued) xxxxxxxx
4087 19 4087 46 4087 52 4087 90
10 kA ISI marked as per IS/IEC 60898-1 2002

Biconnect lower terminals
Sliding shutters
DC-80 V per pole - 1 kA
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - D curve Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - D curve
Single pole 240/415 VA 3 pole 415 VA
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1/10/120 4087 06 0.5 1 1/32 4087 52 0.5 3
1/10/120 4087 07 1 1 1/32 4087 53 1 3
1/10/120 4087 09 2 1 1/32 4087 55 2 3
1/10/120 4087 10 3 1 1/32 4087 56 3 3
1/10/120 4087 11 4 1 1/32 4087 57 4 3
1/10/120 4087 12 6 1 1/32 4087 58 6 3
1/10/120 4087 14 10 1 1/32 4087 60 10 3
1/10/120 4087 16 16 1 1/32 4087 62 16 3
1/10/120 4087 17 20 1 1/32 4087 63 20 3
1/10/120 4087 18 25 1 1/32 4087 64 25 3
1/10/120 4087 19 32 1 1/32 4087 65 32 3
1/10/120 4087 20 40* 1 1/32 4087 66 40* 3
1/10/120 4087 21 50* 1 1/32 4087 67 50* 3
1/10/120 4087 22 63* 1 1/32 4087 68 63* 3
Single pole + Neutral 230 VA 3 pole + Neutral 415 VA
1/5/60 4087 26 0.5 2 1/32 4087 72 0.5 4
1/5/60 4087 27 1 2 1/32 4087 73 1 4
1/5/60 4087 29 2 2 1/32 4087 75 2 4
1/5/60 4087 30 3 2 1/32 4087 76 3 4
1/5/60 4087 31 4 2 1/32 4087 77 4 4
2 pole 415 VA 4 pole 415 VA
1/40 4087 32 0.5 2 1/32 4087 78 0.5 4
1/40 4087 33 1 2 1/32 4087 79 1 4
1/40 4087 35 2 2 1/32 4087 81 2 4
1/40 4087 36 3 2 1/32 4087 82 3 4
1/40 4087 37 4 2 1/32 4087 83 4 4
1/40 4087 38 6 2 1/32 4087 84 6 4
1/40 4087 40 10 2 1/32 4087 86 10 4
1/40 4087 42 16 2 1/32 4087 88 16 4
1/40 4087 43 20 2 1/32 4087 89 20 4
1/40 4087 44 25 2 1/32 4087 90 25 4
1/40 4087 45 32 2 1/32 4087 91 32 4
1/40 4087 46 40* 2 1/32 4087 92 40* 4
1/40 4087 47 50* 2 1/32 4087 93 50* 4
1/40 4087 48 63* 2 1/32 4087 94 63* 4
*Kindly contact nearest Legrand Sales Office for enquiries

DX MCBs NEW DX MCBs
MCBs for AC applications 80 - 125 A MCBs for DC applications 63 A
4086 00 4086 40 4086 63 4088 12
6 kA as per IEC 60947-2

Technical characteristics (p. 148-161) Integrated label holder
10 kA as per IEC 60947-2 Color coded On/Off indication on dolly
Integrated label holder Biconnect lower terminals
Sliding insulating shield IP 20 protected terminals
Color coded contact indication window Sliding shutters
50 sq mm terminals
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs 6 kA
Pack Cat.Nos DX MCBs 10 kA
3 Single pole 250 V =
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
Single pole 230 VA / 400 VA 1/10/120 4087 98 0.5 1
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules 1/10/120 4087 99 1 1
1/5/160 4085 99 80 1.5 1/10/120 4088 01 2 1
1/5/161 4086 00 100 1.5 1/10/120 4088 02 3 1
1/5/162 4086 01 125 1.5 1/10/120 4088 03 4 1
2 pole 400 VA 1/10/120 4088 04 6 1
1/5/60 4086 40 80 3 1/10/120 4088 06 10 1
1/5/60 4086 41 100 3 1/10/120 4088 08 16 1
1/5/60 4086 42 125 3 1/10/120 4088 09 20 1
1/10/120 4088 10 25 1
3 pole 400 VA 1/10/120 4088 11 32 1
1/9 4086 62 80 4.5 1/10/120 4088 12 40 1
1/9 4086 63 100 4.5 1/10/120 4088 13 50 1
1/9 4086 64 125 4.5 1/10/120 4088 14 63 1
1/9 4087 03
4 pole 400 VA
80 6
2 pole 500 V =
1/9 4087 04 100 6
1/5/60 4088 15 0.5 2
1/9 4087 05 125 6
1/5/60 4088 16 1 2
1/5/60 4088 18 2 2
1/5/60 4088 19 3 2
1/5/60 4088 20 4 2
1/5/60 4088 21 6 2
1/5/60 4088 23 10 2
1/5/60 4088 25 16 2
1/5/60 4088 26 20 2
1/5/60 4088 27 25 2
1/5/60 4088 28 32 2
1/5/60 4088 29 40 2
1/5/60 4088 30 50 2
1/5/60 4088 31 63 2
pourMCBs
DX exemple
- 25 :kA
xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxmagnetic MCBs from 6 A to 125 A
thermal xxxxxxxx
4097 72 4098 03
Breaking capacity:
25 kA - IEC60947-2 - 400 V A
Can be equipped with DX3 auxiliaries and accessories
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 25kA Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 25kA (continued)
Single pole 230/400 VA 3-pole - 400 V
C curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules C curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1 4097 53 6 1 1 4097 79 6 3
1 4097 54 10 1 1 4097 80 10 3
1 4097 55 16 1 1 4097 81 16 3
1 4097 56 20 1 1 4097 82 20 3
1 4097 57 25 1 1 4097 83 25 3
1 4097 58 32 1.5 1 4097 84 32 4.5
1 4097 59 40 1.5 1 4097 85 40 4.5
1 4097 60 50 1.5 1 4097 86 50 4.5
1 4097 61 63 1.5 1 4097 87 63 4.5
1 4097 62 80 1.5 1 4097 88 80 4.5
1 4097 63 100 1.5 1 4097 89 100 4.5
1 4097 64 125 1.5 1 4097 90 125 4.5
2-pole - 230/400 V 4-pole - 400 V
1 4097 66 6 2 1 4097 92 6 4
1 4097 67 10 2 1 4097 93 10 4
1 4097 68 16 2 1 4097 94 16 4
1 4097 69 20 2 1 4097 95 20 4
1 4097 70 25 2 1 4097 96 25 4
1 4097 71 32 2 1 4097 97 32 6
1 4097 72 40 3 1 4097 98 40 6
1 4097 73 50 3 1 4097 99 50 6
1 4097 74 63 3 1 4098 00 63 6
1 4097 75 80 3 1 4098 01 80 6
1 4097 76 100 3 1 4098 02 100 6
1 4097 77 125 3 1 4098 03 125 6
DX MCBs - 36 kA NEW DX MCBs - 50 kA
thermal magnetic MCBs from 10 A to 80 A thermal magnetic MCBs from 10 A to 63 A
Red marking = 25 kA Violet marking = 25 kA
4100 12 4100 27 4101 51 4102 17
Technical characteristics (p. 148-161) Technical characteristics (p. 148-161)
Breaking capacity: Breaking capacity:

36 kA - IEC 60947-2 - 400 V A 50 kA - IEC 60947-2 - 400 V A
Can be equipped with DX3 auxiliaries and accessories Can be equipped with DX3 auxiliaries and accessories
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 36 kA Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 50 kA

2-pole - 400 VA Single pole 230/400 VA
C curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules D curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1 4100 07 10 1.5 1 4101 34 10 1.5
1 4100 08 16 1.5 1 4101 35 16 1.5
1 4100 09 20 1.5 1 4101 36 20 1.5
1 4100 10 25 1.5 1 4101 37 25 1.5
1 4100 11 32 1.5 1 4101 38 32 1.5
1 4100 12 40 1.5 1 4101 39 40 1.5
1 4100 13 50 1.5 1 4101 40 50 1.5
1 4100 14 63 1.5 1 4101 41 63 1.5
1 4100 15 80 1.5 2-pole - 230/400 V
3-pole - 400 V 1 4101 47 10 3
1 4100 20 10 4.5 1 4101 48 16 3
1 4100 21 16 4.5 1 4101 49 20 3
1 4100 22 20 4.5 1 4101 50 25 3
1 4100 23 25 4.5 1 4101 51 32 3
1 4100 24 32 4.5 1 4101 52 40 3
1 4100 25 40 4.5 1 4101 53 50 3
1 4100 26 50 4.5 1 4101 54 63 3
1 4100 27 63 4.5 3-pole - 400 V
1 4100 28 80 4.5 1 4101 60 10 4.5
4-pole - 400 V 1 4101 61 16 4.5
1 4100 33 10 6 1 4101 62 20 4.5
1 4100 34 16 6 1 4101 63 25 4.5
1 4100 35 20 6 1 4101 64 32 4.5
1 4100 36 25 6 1 4101 65 40 4.5
1 4100 37 32 6 1 4101 66 50 4.5
1 4100 38 40 6 1 4101 67 63 4.5
1 4100 39 50 6 4-pole - 400 V
1 4100 40 63 6 1 4101 73 10 6
1 4100 41 80 6 1 4101 74 16 6
1 4101 75 20 6
1 4101 76 25 6
1 4101 77 32 6
1 4101 78 40 6
1 4101 79 50 6
1 4101 80 63 6
DX isolators NEW DX RCCBs
ISs for AC applications upto 125 A RCCBs for AC applications upto 63 A
4065 00 4065 10 4065 20 4118 51 4118 77 4118 93
Technical characteristics (p. 161) Technical characteristics (p. 162-167)
Isolators for AC applications upto 125 A ISI marked as per IS 12640-1

ISI marked as per IEC 60947-3 Integrated label holder
Integrated label holder Ergonomic Grey color dolly
Ergonomic red color dolly Sliding bottom clamp
Sliding bottom clamp Color coded On/Off indication on dolly
Double break mechanism Biconnect lower terminals
Improved air channels IP 20 protected terminals
Color coded On/Off indication on dolly 35 sq mm terminals
Biconnect lower terminals Sliding shutters
Sliding shutters
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 RCCBs
Pack Cat.Nos Isolators 2 pole 240 VA
30 mA
2 pole 415 VA Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules 1/5/60 4118 51 25 2
1/5/60 4065 00 32 2 1/5/60 4118 52 40 2
1/5/60 4065 01 40 2 1/5/60 4118 53 63 2
1/5/60 4065 02 63 2
1/5/60 4065 04 100 2 100 mA
1/5/60 4065 05 125 2 1/5/60 4118 56 25 2
1/5/60 4118 57 40 2
3 pole 415 VA 1/5/60 4118 58 63 2
1/40 4065 09 32 3
300 mA
1/40 4065 10 40 3 1/5/60 4118 61 25 2
1/40 4065 11 63 3 1/5/60 4118 62 40 2
1/40 4065 13 100 3 1/5/60 4118 63 63 2
1/40 4065 14 125 3
4 pole 415 VA
4 pole 415 VA
1/32 4065 18 32 4 30 mA
1/32 4065 19 40 4 1/32 4118 76 25 4
1/32 4065 20 63 4 1/32 4118 77 40 4
1/32 4065 22 100 4 1/32 4118 78 63 4
1/32 4065 23 125 4 100 mA
1/32 4118 81 25 4
1/32 4118 82 40 4
1/32 4118 83 63 4
300 mA
1/32 4118 86 25 4
1/32 4118 87 40 4
1/32 4118 88 63 4
4 pole 415 VA, A-S
300 mA
1/5/60 4118 91 25 4
1/5/60 4118 92 40 4
1/5/60 4118 93 63 4
2 pole 240 VA, HPI
30 mA
1/5/60 4118 71 25 2
1/5/60 4118 72 40 2
1/5/60 4118 73 63 2
4 pole 415 VA, HPI
30 mA
1/32 4118 96 25 4
1/32 4118 97 40 4
1/32 4118 98 63 4
DX RCCBs NEW DX RCBOs
RCCBs for AC applications 80 - 100 A RCBOs assembled for AC applications upto 63 A
4115 08 4117 05 4117 15 4113 24 4113 79
Integrated label holder ISI marked as per IS 12640-2

Ergonomic Grey color dolly Integrated label holder
Color coded On/Off indication on dolly Ergonomic design
IP 20 protected terminals Color coded On/Off indication on dolly
35 sq mm terminals Front face indication for earth leakage fault
Sliding shutters IP 20 protected terminals
35 sq mm terminals
Sliding shutters
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 RCCBs
2 pole 240 VA Pack Cat.Nos DX3 RCBOs
30 mA 2 pole 240 VA, AC Type
1/5/60 4115 07 80 2 30 mA
1/5/60 4115 08 100 2 Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
100 mA 1/32 4113 22 6 4
1/5/60 4115 17 80 2 1/32 4113 23 10 4
1/5/60 4115 18 100 2 1/32 4113 24 16 4
1/32 4113 25 25 4
300 mA 1/32 4113 26 32 4
1/5/60 4115 27 80 2 1/32 4113 27 40 4
1/5/60 4115 28 100 2 1/32 4113 28 63 4
4 pole 415 VA 100 mA
30 mA 1/32 4113 29 6 4
1/32 4117 05 80 4 1/32 4113 30 10 4
1/32 4117 06 100 4 1/32 4113 31 16 4
100 mA
1/32 4113 32 25 4
1/32 4117 15 80 4
1/32 4113 33 32 4
1/32 4117 16 100 4
1/32 4113 34 40 4
1/32 4113 35 63 4
300 mA
1/32 4117 25 80 4 300 mA
1/32 4117 26 100 4
1/32 4113 36 16 4
1/32 4113 37 25 4
2 pole 240 VA, HPI 1/32 4113 38 32 4
30 mA 1/32 4113 39 40 4
1/5/60 4118 74 80 2 1/32 4113 40 63 4
4 pole 415 VA, HPI 4 pole 415 VA, AC Type
30 mA 30 mA
1/32 4118 99 80 4 1/16 4113 88 6 7
1/16 4113 89 10 7
4 pole 415 VA, A-S 1/16 4113 65 16 7
300 mA 1/16 4113 66 25 7
1/5/60 4118 94 80 4 1/16 4113 67 32 7
1/16 4113 68 40 7
1/16 4113 69 63 7
100 mA
1/16 4113 70 16 7
1/16 4113 71 25 7
1/16 4113 72 32 7
1/16 4113 73 40 7
1/16 4113 74 63 7
300 mA
1/16 4113 75 16 7
1/16 4113 76 25 7
1/16 4113 77 32 7
1/16 4113 78 40 7
1/16 4113 79 63 7
DX RCBOs NEW DX RCD add on module
RCBOs compact for AC applications upto 32 A, 6 kA for 125 A
4113 94 4111 88 4112 08 4105 68 4105 78
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 RCBOs, 2 pole 240 VA

ISI marked as per IEC 61009 AC type : detect AC components faults
Integrated label holder Hpi type :detect faults with AC and DC components, increased
Ergonomic design Immunity to false tripping
Color coded On/Off indication on dolly For mounting on the right-hand side of 1.5 module per pole DX3 MCBs
Front face indication for earth leakage fault Easy & fast association mechanism
IP 20 protected terminals Terminal cover for locking
35 sq mm terminals 70 sq mm terminals
Sliding shutters
AC Type
30 mA Pack Cat.Nos DX3 RCD
1/32 4113 90 6 2 2 pole 240 VA, AC Type
1/32 4113 91 10 2 Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1/32 4113 92 16 2 30 mA
1/32 4113 93 20 2 1 4105 68 125 A 4
1/32 4113 94 25 2
100 mA
1/32 4113 95 32 2 1 4105 69 125 A 4
300 mA 300 mA
1/32 4113 97 6 2 1 4105 71 125 A 4
1/32 4113 98 10 2
1/32 4113 99 16 2
4114 00 4 pole 415 VA, AC Type
1/32 20 2
1/32 4114 01 25 2 30 mA
1/32 4114 02 32 2 1 4106 25 125 A 4
HPI Type 100 mA
30 mA 1 4106 26 125 A 4
1/32 4114 15 25 2 300 mA
1/32 4114 16 32 2 1 4106 29 125 A 4
2 pole 240 VA, HPI type

DX3 RCBOs, 4 pole 415 VA
30 mA
Complies to per IEC 61009 1 4105 78 125 A 6
Integrated label holder 100 mA
Ergonomic design
1 4105 79 125 A 6
Front face indication for earth leakage fault 300 mA
IP 20 protected terminals 1 4105 82 125 A 6
35 sq mm terminals
Sliding shutters Four pole 415 VA, HPI type
AC Type 30 mA
30 mA 1 4106 38 125 A 6
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules 100 mA
1/16 4111 85 10 4 1 4106 39 125 A 6
1/16 4111 86 16 4 300 mA
1/16 4111 87 20 4 1 4106 42 125 A 6
1/16 4111 88 25 4
1/16 4111 89 32 4
300 mA
1/16 4112 04 10 4
1/16 4112 05 16 4
1/16 4112 06 20 4
1/16 4112 07 25 4
1/16 4112 08 32 4
A Type
30 mA
1/16 4112 33 10 4
1/16 4112 34 16 4
1/16 4112 35 20 4
1/16 4112 36 25 4
1/16 4112 37 32 4
300 mA
1/16 4112 38 10 4
1/16 4112 39 16 4
1/16 4112 40 20 4
1/16 4112 41 25 4
1/16 4112 42 32 4
DX auxiliaries NEW DX auxiliaries
auxiliaries common for MCBs, Isolators, RCCBs & RCBOs manual changover switch
4062 50 4062 52 4062 78 4062 82
Compact design
Technical characteristics (p. 168) Manual switching operation
Easy to assemble
Ergonomic design
Easy & fast fixation on site
On site clip on mounting
Clip on fitting on left side Pack Cat.Nos For 1 mod/pole MCBs and ISs
Number of modules
Pack Cat.Nos Signalling auxiliaries 5 4063 14 Manual change-over 2
switch for DP
Number of modules 5 4063 15 Manual change-over 3
1 4062 50 Auxiliary changeover 0.5 switch for TP
switch 6 A 5 4063 16 Manual change-over 3
1 4062 52 Fault signalling changeover 0.5 switch for FP
switch 6 A
1 4062 64 Changeover + fault signalling 1
switch
Control auxiliaries
1 4062 76 Shunt release 1
12/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 78 Shunt release 1
110/415 V AC
1 4062 80 Undervoltage release 1
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 82 Undervoltage release 1
230 V AC
1 4062 86 Pop over voltage release 1
1 4062 90 Motor control 1
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 91 Motor control 1
230 V AC
1 4062 93 Motor control auto reset 2
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 95 Motor control auto reset 2
230 V AC
1 4062 88 Automatic resetter 2
1 4062 89 Automatic resetter 2
with autotest
Rotary handle
10 4063 19 Black rotary -
handle
10 4063 20 Yellow/red -
rotary handle
Support for padlock

10 4063 03 Support for -
padlock till 63 A
Sealable screw cover

10 4063 04 Devices upto 63 A -
10 4063 06 For 80-125 A devices -
1/2 module spacing unit

10 4063 07 1/2 module 0.5
spacing unit
5 mm padlock
10 4063 13 1/2 module -
spacing unit
DX RCD add on module with NEW DX time switches
measurement & metering
4106 57 4126 41 4126 54 4126 57 4126 29
Technical characteristics (p. 167) Technical characteristics (p. 170-174)
Conform to IEC 60947-2 Daily and weekly time switch

Hpi type: detect faults with AC and DC components, increased Quick and easy programming due to the option to
Immunity to false tripping select day blocks, day blocks can be individually set
Inbuilt measurement/metering option or selected from the blocks MonSun, MonFri or SatSun
Measurement - V, A, F, PF, KWh, KVA, KVAr, THD Programming with precision to the second
Metering - V, A, F, KWh Switch times visible in weekly overview on display
RS 485 port for remote reading
Di-electric test button inbuilt
Ergonomic test button Pack Cat.Nos Alpharex3 digital time switches
Scroll button for easy readings 1 4126 31 AlphaRex3 D21,
RLCD display on front facia 1 channel
For mounting on the right-hand side of 1.5 module per pole DX3 MCBs 1 4126 41 AlphaRex3 D22,
Easy & fast association mechanism 2 channels
70 sq mm terminals 1 4126 34 AlphaRex3 D21s,
1 channel, with control input
Pack Cat.Nos Adjustable metering, 4 pole 415 VA
Alpharex3 digital time switches - Astro
1 4106 57 63 A 7 For switching on/off lights and other electric
1 4106 58 125 A 7 devices according to the rising/setting of the
sun
With combination function for creating switching
Adjustable measurement programs in which the devices are switched
1 4106 59 125 A 7 according to astronomical time and/or fixed
preset times
Daily astronomical calculation of the sunrise/
sunset times based on the entered location or
location coordinates
1 4126 54 AlphaRex3 D21 astro,
1 channel
1 4126 57 AlphaRex3 D22 astro,
2 channels
Alpharex3 yearly time switch

Yearly and weekly time switch with additional
astronomical function for all channels
84 switching programs per channel,
comprising:
- 28 weekly programs
- 28 yearly programs
- 28 special programs (priority program)
1 4126 29 AlphaRex3 DY21,
1 channel
1 4126 30 AlphaRex3 DY22,
2 channels
Programming accessories
1 4128 72 Data key
1 4128 73 PC adapter for
USB port
DX time switches NEW DX contactors
4128 12 4128 14 4125 44
Technical characteristics (p. 170-174) Technical characteristics (p. 175)
With synchronous (mains-synchronised clock precision) or quartz motor Conform to IEC/EN 61095
+/-2.5 s/day clock precision (quartz motor) Space for power supply busbar on top (up to 63 A)
Surface-mounting possible with a wall bracket and a terminal cover
(Cat.No 4128 59)
Unit width: 3 modules of 17.5 mm each Pack Cat.Nos Power contactors CX3
1 4125 44 25 A 2 NO contactor
Pack Cat.Nos Twilight switches 1 4125 45 40 A 2 NO contactor
Including light sensor 1 4125 48 63 A 2 NC contactor
Wire for light sensor: 2 x 1.5 mm2, maximum 1 4125 49 40 A 3 NO contactor
wire length: 50 m 1 4125 50 63 A 3 NO contactor
LED switching status indicator 1 4125 51 25 A 4 NO contactor
1 4126 23 Luxo switch 1 4125 53 40 A 4 NO contactor
1 4125 57 63 A 4 NC contactor
MicroRex analog time switches
In accordance with IEC 60730-1 and 60730-2-7
Manual switching ON/automatic/OFF Signalling auxiliaries for contactors
daily/weekly switching dial with captive Auxiliary changeover switch
segments 1 4124 29 For 1 module contactors
Clock precision: +/ 5 min for the daily time switch 16 A to 25 A
10 C to +55 C operating temperature 1 4124 30 For 2 module contactors
1 4128 12 MicroRex T31 25 A
Daily time switch 1 4124 31 For 40 and 63 A
1 4128 13 MicroRex QT31 contactors
Daily time switch
1 4128 14 MicroRex W31
Weekly time switch
1 4127 90 MicroRex QT11
Daily time switch
1 4127 94 MicroRex QW11
Weekly time switch
Accessory
1 4128 59 Wall bracket
EMDX electrical energy meters NEW EMDX multi-function measuring units
4 rail mounting 4 rail mounting
0046 74 0046 76
Measure the electricity consumed by a single-phase or three-phase Conform to standards:

circuit downstream of the electricity distribution metering - IEC 61557-12
Display electricity consumption in kWh, as well as other values such as - IEC 62053-22 class 0.5 S
current, active energy, reactive energy and power (depending on the - IEC 62053-23 class 2
catalogue number)
Conform to standards IEC 62053-21/23, IEC 62052-11 and IEC 61010-1
MID compliance ensures accuracy of the metering with a view to Pack Cat.Nos EMDX3 modular
recharging for the electricity used For mounting on 2 rail
Width: 4 modules
Pack Cat.Nos Single-phase meters LCD display
Measurement of currents, voltages, active, reactive
Direct connection and apparent power and internal temperature
1 0046 77 63 A - 2 modules Dual tariff metering:
RS 485 output - Active energy consumed
- Reactive energy consumed
- Operating time
Three-phase meters - Power factor
THD voltages and currents up to order 51
Direct connection Programmable alarms on all functions
1 0046 80 63A - 4 modules Outputs for controlling wiring devices, alarm
RS 485 output feedback and pulse feedback
Connection with CT EMDX3 RS 485 unit
1 0046 84 5 A - 4 modules 1 0046 76 Data transmission via RS 485 communication
RS 485 and pulse output interface and pulses
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data Choice of DX3 MCBs for capacitor banks

Specifications IS/IEC 60898-1 2002
This table shows the rated current of MCBs to be used when controlling
Number of poles SP, SPN, DP, TP, TPN, FP
capacitor banks so as to guarantee its function and shortcircuit
Characteristics C & D Curve
protection.
Breaking capacity 10 kA 0.5 A to 63 A as per IS/IEC 60898-1 2002 Overload protection is not necessary since these installations cannot be
16 kA for 0.5 A to 25 A as per IEC 60947-2 overloaded.
Rated voltage 230 V/400 V This data refers to shortcircuit protection in absence of harmonics or
Current limitation class Class 3 heavy transitory currents.
Frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Minimum operating voltage 12 V AC/DC D
X3 MCB rating in amps
Enclosures Polyester C characteristic D characteristic
self extinguishing, heat and fire resistant according to Power of capacitor Single phase Three phase Single phase Three phase
IEC 60898-1, glow-wire test at 960 C for external parts bank in KVAR 240 V 415 V 240 V 415 V
made of insulating material necessary to retain in position 0.5 10 6 3 1
current-carrying parts and parts of protective circuit (650 1 20 6 6 2
C for all other external parts made of insulating material) 1.5 32 10 10 3
Mounting position Vertical / Horizontal / Upside down / On the side 2.5 40 16 10 4
Fixing On symmetric rail EN/IEC 60715 or DIN 35 3 50 16 16 4
Maximum cable size Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 35 mm 3.5 63 20 16 6
Rigid cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 16 mm 4 63 25 16 6
4.5 25 20 10
Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 25 mm
5 32 20 10
Flexible cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 10 mm 5.5 32 25 10
Applied connection torque Recommended : 2.5 Nm 6 32 25 10
Minimum : 2 Nm Maximum: 3 Nm 6.5 40 25 10
Mechanical endurance 20000 operations without load 7 40 32 10
Electrical endurance 10000 operations with load (under In*cos j = 0.9) 7.5 50 32 16
2000 operations under In, DC current 8 50 32 16
Permissible ambient temperature 0.5 to 63 A - Maximum + 70 0C Minimum -25 0C 8.5 50 40 16
9 50 40 16
9.5 63 40 16
Specifications IEC 60947-2 10 63 40 16
Number of poles SP, DP, TP, FP 10.5 80 63 60 16
Breaking capacity 10 kA 80 A to 125 A as per IEC 60898 11 80 50 16
16 kA for 80 A to 125 A as per IEC 60947-2 11.5 80 50 16
Rated voltage 230 V/400 V 12 80 50 20
Current limitation class Class 3 12.5 80 50 20
Frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz 13 100 63 20
13.5 100 63 20
Minimum operating voltage 12 V AC/DC
14 100 63 20
Enclosures Polyester 14.5 100 63 25
self extinguishing, heat and fire resistant according to IEC 15 100 63 25
60898-1, glow-wire test at 960C for external parts made of
insulating material necessary to retain in position current- 15.5 100 25
carrying parts and parts of protective circuit (650C for all 16 100 25
other external parts made of insulating material) 16.5 125 25
Mounting position Vertical / Horizontal / Upside down / On the side 17 125 25
17.5 125 25
Fixing On symmetric rail EN/IEC 60715 or DIN 35 18 125 32
Maximum cable size Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 50 mm 18.5 125 32
Rigid cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 25 mm 19 125 32
Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 35 mm 19.5 125 32
Flexible cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 20 mm 20 125 32
Applied connection torque Recommended : 2.5 Nm 20.5 32
Minimum : 2 Nm Maximum: 3 Nm 21 32
21.5 32
Mechanical endurance 20000 operations without load
22 32
Electrical endurance 10000 operations with load (under In*cos j = 0.9) 22.5 32
2000 operations under In, DC current 23 32
Permissible ambient temperature 80 to 125 A - Maximum + 70 0C Minimum -25 0C 23.5 40
24 40
Power dissipated in Watt per pole at In 24.5 40
25 40
Circuit breakers C and D curves 25.5 40
26 40
In (A) 0,5 1 1,6 2 3 4 5 6 7,5 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 26.5 40
1P 4P 1.7 2 2 2 2 2 2.1 1.1 1.4 1.8 2 2.2 2.7 3.2 4 4.5 5.5 27 40
27.5 40
Permitted limit as per 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3.5 4.5 4.5 6 7.5 9 13 28 40
IEC 60898 28.5 40
29 50
Impedance per pole (W) = P dissipated 29.5 50
30 50
In2 30.5 80 50
31 80 50
Ambient Temperature / In 31.5 80 50
32 80 50
In (A) - 25 C - 10 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C 50 C 60 C 70 C
32.5 80 50
0,5 0.62 0.6 0.57 0.55 0.52 0.5 0.47 0.42 0.40 0.38 33 80 50
1 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 33.5 80 50
2 2.8 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.2 2 2 1.9 1.8 1.7 34 80 50
3 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 34.5 80 50
4 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 35 80 50
5 6.4 6.0 5.8 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.6 35.5 80 50
36 80 50
6 7.5 7.0 6.6 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.3 36.5 80 63
10 12.5 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.7 37 80 63
16 20.0 18.7 18.0 17.3 16.6 16.0 15.4 14.7 14.1 13.5 37.5 80 63
20 25.0 23.2 22.4 21.6 20.8 20.0 19.2 18.4 17.6 16.8 38 80 63
25 31.5 29.5 28.3 27.2 26.0 25.0 24.0 22.7 21.7 20.7 38.5 80 63
32 41.0 37.8 36.5 34.9 33.3 32.0 30.7 29.1 27.8 26.5 39 100 63
39.5 100 63
40 51.0 48.0 46.0 44.0 42.0 40.0 38.0 36.0 34.0 32.0 40 100 63
50 64.0 60.0 57.5 55.0 52.5 50.0 47.5 45.0 42.5 40.0 40.5 100 63
63 80.6 75.6 72.5 69.9 66.1 63.0 59.8 56.1 52.9 49.7 41 100 63
41.5 100 63
42 100 63
42.5 100 63
43 100 63
43.5 100 63
44 100 63
44.5 100 63
45 100 63
45.5 to 48 100
48.5 to 60 125
148
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data Tripping characteristics

Correct polarity connections for DC MCBs Standards has established different tripping characteristics depending
Supply terminals on minimum and maximum values of magnetic trip.
When supply is given at lower terminals DX3 MCB Type Im1 Im2 Typical application
0.5 A to 63 A D 10 In 20 In Protection of cable and appliance which
Single pole MCB Double pole MCB has very high starting currents.
6 A to 63 A C 5 In 10 In Protection of cable used for lighting load,
power load and induction loads with high
starting current.
lm1 - hold limit

lm2 - Trip limit
DX3 MCBs versus zero point extinguishing MCBs
Supply terminals
When supply is given at upper terminals
Single pole MCB Double pole MCB

Current limiting DX3 MCB Zero point extinguishing MCB
Un = Mains Voltage
UB = Arc Voltage
ID = Let-through short circuit current
IP = Prospective short circuit current
Derating of MCB for use with fluorescent lights

Ferromagnetic and electronic ballasts have a high inrush current for a
short time. These currents can cause the tripping of circuit breakers.
At the time of the installation, it should take into account the maximum
number of ballasts per circuit breaker that the manufacturers of lamps
and ballasts indicate in their catalogues.
Influence of the altitude

2000 m 3000 m 4000 m 5000 m
Dielectric holding 3000 V 2500 V 2000 V 1500 V
Max operational voltage 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
Derating at 30 C none none none none
Derating of MCBs function of the number of devices side by side:

When several MCBs are juxtaposed and operate simultaneously,
the thermal evacuation of the poles is limited. This results in an
increase in operating temperature of the circuit breakers which can
cause unwanted tripping. It is recommended to apply the following
coefficients to the rated currents.
Influence of the altitude

Number of circuit breakers side by side Coefficient
2-3 0.9
4-5 0.8
6-9 0.7
10 0.6
These values are given by the recommendation of IEC 60439-1, NF C 63421 and EN 60439-1
standards.
149
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data Association between distribution boards

Association applies to devices installed
Association of protection devices in the same distribution board as well
Association is the technique by which the breaking capacity of a MCB as in different boards. It is therefore
is increased by coordinating it with another protection device, placed generally possible to benefit from the
upstream. This coordination makes it possible to use a protection advantages of the association between Table no 1
device with a breaking capacity which is lower than the maximum devices located, for example, in a main
prospective short-circuit current at its installation point distribution board and in a secondary
The breaking capacity of a protection device must be at least equal to board.
the maximum short-circuit which may occur at the point at which this
device is installed. Table no 2
In exceptional cases, the breaking capacity may be lower than the

maximum prospective short-circuit, as long as:
It is associated with a device upstream which has the necessary
breaking capacity at its own installation point
The downstream device and the trunking being protected can
withstand the power limited by the association of the devices.
Association therefore leads to substantial savings.
The association values given in the tables on the following pages are
based on laboratory tests carried out in accordance with IEC 60947-2. MCB-switch association
Note: In the case of single phase circuits (protected by P+N or 2P MCBs) in a 415 V AC supply,
The switches must be systematically
supplied upstream by a 3-phase circuit, it is advisable to use the association tables for 230 V. protected by an MCB placed upstream.
There is considered to be protection
Example of association against overloads if the rating of switch I D
is at least equal to that of the upstream
MCB, D. If this is not the case, the
Iccmx = 30 kA thermal stresses (devices and
conductors) must be checked.
The tables on the following pages give
DPX 250 ER 250 A the breaking capacity limits of the I
Breaking capacity = 50 kA
MCB- switch associations.
Iccmx = 23 kA
Lexic MCB 40 A - c curve

Breaking capacity alone = 10 kA
Breaking capacity in association
with DPX 250 ER = 25 kA
3-level association
An association may be created on three levels
if one of the conditions below is met.
The upstream device A must have an
adequate breaking capacity at its installation
point. Devices B and C are associated with
device A. Simply check that the association
values B + A and C + A have the necessary
breaking capacity.
In this case, there is no need to check the
association between devices B and C.
The association is made between
successive devices: Upstream device A,
which has an adequate breaking capacity at
its installation point, device C is associated
with device B which is in turn associated with
device A.
Simply check that the association values C+B
and B+A have the necessary breaking
capacity. In this case, there is no need to check
the association between devices A and C.
Association in IT connection systems

The values given in the tables should only be used
for TN and TT systems.
Although this practice is not widely used, these values may also be
used for installations with IT systems. It is therefore advisable to check
that each protection device, on its own, can break, on a single pole, the
maximum double fault current at the point in question.
150
DX3
MCBs
Discrimination of protection devices Current discrimination

The discrimination is total for IscB
Discrimination is a technique which consists of coordinating the
protection in such a way that a fault on one circuit only trips the
protection placed at the head of that circuit, thus avoiding rendering
the remainder of the installation inoperative. Discrimination improves
continuity of service and safety of the installation
Discrimination rules are set by the regulations concerning public
buildings and for safety installations in general.
Discrimination between A and B is
said to be total if it is provided up to
A the value of the maximum prospective
short-circuit at the point at which B is
installed.
By extension, in the tables on the
B C D E following pages, total discrimination,
indicated by T, means that there is
discrimination up to the breaking
capacity of device B.
Discrimination between A and B is said
to be partial in the other cases.
The discrimination limit (given in the following tables) is therefore
defined. This gives the short-circuit current value below which only
MCB B will open and above which MCB A will also open. When the downstream MCB B is a limiting device, the short-circuit
current is limited in terms of time and amplitude. The discrimination is
There are a number of techniques for providing discrimination: therefore total if the limited current IscB, which device B allows to pass,
Current discrimination, used for terminal circuits which have low short- is lower than the tripping current of device A
circuits.
Time discrimination, provided by a delay on tripping the upstream
MCB
Logical discrimination, a variant of time discrimination, used on
electronic MCBs via a special link between the devices.
Since almost all faults occur during use,
partial discrimination may be
DPX 250 ER adequate if the discrimination limit is
160 A higher than the value of the maximum
short-circuit which may occur at the
point of use (or at the end of the
trunking). This is referred to as
operating discrimination. This
technique is very often adequate, more
economical and less restricting in terms
Icc : 8 kA of implementation.
The discrimination limit for the
Lexic MCB 40 A association DPX 250 ER (160 A) with
Lexic MCB 40 A (C curve) is 6 kA. Since
the prospective ISC at the point
Icc : 3 kA of installation is 8 kA, the discrimination
is not total. However, there is Time discrimination
discrimination at the point of use at This technique is based on the offset of the times of the tripping
which the prospective short-circuit is curves of the MCBs in series. It is checked by comparing the curves
only 3 kA. and is used for discrimination in the short-circuit zone. It is also used
in addition to current discrimination in order to obtain discrimination
Current discrimination beyond the magnetic setting current of the upstream MCB (ImA).
This technique is based on the offset of the intensity of the tripping The following is necessary:
curves of the upstream and downstream MCBs. It is checked by It must be possible to set a time delay
comparing these curves and checking that they do not overlap. It on the upstream MCB
applies for the overload zone and the short-circuit zone, and the further
apart the ratings of the devices, the better the discrimination. The upstream MCB must be able to
withstand the short-circuit current and
On overloads its effects for the whole period of the
To have discrimination in the overload zone, the ratio of the setting time delay
currents (Ir) must be at least 2. The trunking through which this
On short-circuits current passes must be able to
To have discrimination in the short circuit zone, the ratio of the magnetic withstand the thermal stresses (I2t).
setting currents (Im) must be at least 1.5. The non-tripping time of the upstream
The discrimination limit is then equal to the magnetic release current device must be longer than the breaking time (including any time delay)
ImA of the upstream MCB. The discrimination is then total as long as of the downstream device.
IscB is less than ImA. DPX MCBs have a number of time delay setting positions for creating
Current discrimination is therefore very suitable for terminal circuits discrimination with a number of stages.
where the short-circuits are relatively weak.
In other cases, time discrimination may be used together with current
discrimination.
151
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers and fuses,
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
Fuse upstream
gG Type
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - 100k A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
Fuse upstream
aM Type
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and size of upstream fuse which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 10000/16 kA
C and D Curves
6 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
m.c.b. upstream
DX3 25 kA
C and D Curves
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
152
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
C Curve C and D Curves
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C Curves
40 A - - - 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 36 kA 36 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 36 kA - - - - -
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 - 36 - 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
153
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD
(Thermal - Magnetic & Electronic)
25 - 36 - 50 kA - 70 kA
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C and D curves
32 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 250 DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630
DPX 400 AB
(Thermal -Magnetic & electronic) (Thermal - Magnetic & electronic)
36 - 70 - 100 kA 36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C and D curves
32 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermo- (Electronic)
Magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
6 A 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 20 kA 20 kA
C and D curves
32 A 16 kA 16 kA
40 A 16 kA 16 kA
50 A 16 kA 16 kA
63 A 16 kA 16 kA
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers and fuses,

Fuse upstream
gG Type
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
Fuse upstream
aM Type
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and to the size of upstream fuses which must necessarily be higher.
154
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 10000/16 kA
B, C and D Curves
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C Curves
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 50 kA 50 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 50 kA - - - - -
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
40 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
50 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
63 A - - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
155
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
36 - 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250+RCD
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
25 kA
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
156
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD DPX / H / L 250
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic) (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630MT
DPX 400 AB (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers(MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermal- (electronic)
magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
6 A 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA
Selectivity between two levels of protection

The downstream circuit breaker must always have a magnetic threshold and a rated current lower than those of the upstream protection.
Selectivity is indicated total (T) if there is selectivity up to the value of breaking capacity (according to IEC / EN 60947-2) of the downstream
circuit breaker.
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers and fuses:

Fuse upstream
gG Type
6 A 1300 1900 2500 4000 4600 11000 T T
10 A - 1600 2200 3200 3600 7000 11000 T
16 A - 1400 1800 2600 3000 5600 8000 15000
20 A - 1200 1500 2200 2500 4600 6300 10000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 1300 2000 2200 4100 5500 9000
C and D curves
32 A - - 1200 1700 1900 3500 4500 8000
40 A - - - - 1700 3000 4000 6000
50 A - - - - 16000 2600 3500 5000
63 A - - - - - 2400 3300 5000
Fuse upstream
aM Type
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 6 A 1000 1600 2100 3200 6200 15000 T T T
C and D curves 10 A - 1100 1700 2500 5000 7800 12000 T T
16 A - 1000 1400 2100 4000 6000 9000 T T
20 A - - 1300 1800 3400 5100 7000 14000 T
25 A - - 1100 1600 3000 4500 6000 9300 14000
32 A - - - 1300 2400 3800 5000 7700 9000
40 A - - - - 2100 3100 4200 6400 7000
50 A - - - - 2000 2900 3700 6000 6000
63 A - - - - - 2800 3500 5500 6000
157
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers:
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
6 A 40 64 80 100 700 1200 1500 3000 4000 T T
10 A - 64 80 100 500 700 1000 1800 3000 5000 T
16 A - - 80 100 300 500 700 1300 2000 3600 5500
20 A - - - 100 - 400 500 1000 1600 3000 4000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - - - 500 800 1300 2400 3300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - - 500 600 1000 1800 2700
40 A - - - - - - - 600 800 1600 2400
50 A - - - - - - - - 800 900 1700
63 A - - - - - - - - - 900 1200
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
6 A 75 120 150 187 700 1200 1500 3000 4000 T T
10 A - 120 150 187 500 700 1000 1800 3000 5000 T
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300 2000 3600 5500
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000 1600 3000 4000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800 1300 2400 3300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600 1000 1800 2700
40 A - - - - - - 400 600 800 1600 2400
50 A - - - - - - - 500 800 900 1700
63 A - - - - - - - - 650 900 1200

MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
6 A 120 192 240 500 700 1200 1500 3000 4000 T T
10 A - 192 240 300 500 700 1000 1800 3000 5000 T
16 A - - 240 300 384 500 700 1300 2000 3600 5500
20 A - - - 300 384 480 600 1000 1600 3000 4000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 384 480 600 800 1300 2400 3300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 480 600 756 1100 1450 2700
40 A - - - - - - 600 756 1000 1250 2400
50 A - - - - - - - 756 950 1200 1700
63 A - - - - - - - - 950 1200 1500
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A
6 A 75 120 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000 4000
10 A - 120 150 210 500 700 1000 1800 3000
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300 2000
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000 1600
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800 1300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600 1000
40 A - - - - - - 400 600 800
50 A - - - - - - - 500 800
63 A - - - - - - - - 650
158
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
MCB upstream
DX3 50 kA
6 A - 64 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000
10 A - - 150 210 500 700 1000 1800
16 A - - - - 300 500 700 1300
20 A - - - - - 400 500 1000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - - - 500 800
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - - 500 600
40 A - - - - - - - 600
50 A - - - - - - - -
63 A - - - - - - - -
MCB upstream
DX3 50 kA
6 A 75 120 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000
10 A - 120 150 210 500 700 1000 1800
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600
40 A - - - - - - 400 600
50 A - - - - - - - 500
63 A - - - - - - - -

MCB upstream
DX3 50 kA
6 A 120 192 240 500 700 1200 1500 3000
10 A - 192 240 300 500 700 1000 1800
16 A - - 240 300 384 500 700 1300
20 A - - - 300 384 480 600 1000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 384 480 600 800
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 480 600 756
40 A - - - - - - 600 756
50 A - - - - - - - 756
63 A - - - - - - -
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
C and D curves
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
6 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A T T T T T T T T
C and D curves
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
159
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Time current characteristics for C curve Time current characteristics for 80-125 A
Rating - 6 to 63 A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30 C
0
Rating - 80 A to 125 A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30 0C
Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1 Ref. standard : IEC 60947-2
Multiple of rated current Multiple of rated current
Time current characteristics for D curve
Rating - 0.5 to 63 A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30 0C

Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1
Multiple of rated current
160
DX3
MCBs
n Selection chart* n Technical data

DX MCBs (10 kA) and RCBOs 3 phase motor application
3
Isolators
Motor MCB rating (A)
KW Specifications IEC 60947-3
H.P. Star Delta DOL
Number of poles DP, TP, FP
1 0.75 - 1.6 A
Utilization category AC22 A
1.5 1.10 - 2A
Rated operational voltage and frequency 415 V, 50/60 Hz
2 1.50 - 3A
Insulation voltage Ui 500 V AC
3 2.25 - 4A
Impulse voltage Uimp 6 kV
4 3.00 - 10 A
Short circuit making capacity Icm 1000 A
5 3.75 10 A 10 A
Endurance Electrical - 1500 operations with load AC22 A
6 4.50 10 A 10 A Mechanical - 10000 operation
7.5 5.50 16 A 16 A Mounting position Vertical / Horizontal / Upside down / On the side
10 7.50 16 A 20 A Fixing On symmetric rail EN/IEC 60715 or DIN 35
12.5 9.30 20 A 25 A Maximum cable size Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 35 mm
15 11.00 25 A 32 A Rigid cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 16 mm
17.5 13.00 25 A 32 A Top/Bottom 1 x 1.5 mm to 25 mm
20 15.00 40 A 40 A Flexible cable 2 x 1.5 mm to 10 mm
25 18.50 40 A 50 A Applied connection torque Recommended : 3 Nm
30 22.50 50 A 63 A Minimum : 2 Nm Maximum: 3.5 Nm
35 26.00 63 A - Permissible ambient temperature Maximum + 70 0C Minimum -25 0C
For MCB/RCBO ratings :

Single phase = P = VI
Three phase = P = 3 VICos = 1.732 x VI x 0.8
Note : One lighting circuit can have upto 800 W or upto 10 points.
One power circuit can have upto 3000 W or upto 2 power points.
* The data given above is only for guidance.
The exact rating must be selected only after considering the motor characteristics.
161
DX3 RCDS
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx data for DX3 RCDs
technical xxxxxxxx
RCCB
Type AC Type A-S Type Hpi
Specification IS 12640 (part 1) 2008 IEC 61008 - 1 EN 61008 - 1
IEC 61008 - 1 EN 61008 - 1 IEC 61008 - 1
No. of modules - Double pole 2 2 2

- Four pole 4 4 4
Nominal rating In (A) - Double pole 25, 40, 63, 80, 100 63, 80 25, 40, 63, 80
- Four pole 25, 40, 63, 80, 100 25, 40, 63, 80 25, 40, 63, 80
Rated sensitivity (mA) - Double pole 30, 100, 300 300 30
- Four pole 30, 100, 300 300 30
Rated frequency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
Rated operating voltage - Double pole 230 230 230
Ue (V AC) - Four pole 230 / 415 400 400
Minimum operating voltage (V AC) 12 12 12
Minimum operating voltage for test button (V AC)(1)
- Double pole 170 170 170
- Four pole 196 196 196
Rated insulation - Double pole 250 250 250
voltage Ui (V AC) - Four pole 500 500 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6
Breaking capacity As per IS 12640 (part 1) 2008, IEC 61008 - 1
Rated making & breaking capacity (Im)
- Up to 40 A 500 A - 500 A
- From 63 A and above 10 x In 630 A 630 A
Rated residual making & breaking capacity (Im)
- Up to 40 A 1000 A - 1000 A
- From 63 A and above 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A
Rated conditional short circuit current (Inc) 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A
Rated conditional residual short circuit current (Ic) 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A
Rated service short circuit capacity (Ics) - - -
Rated short circuit capacity (Icn) - - -
Operating temperature (0C) - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70
Endurance (0.C cycle) - Mechanical 20,000 20,000 20,000
- On load at in x cos 0.9 10,000 10,000 10,000
- Via test button 2,000 2,000 2,000
- By fault current (sensitivity) 2,000 2,000 2,000
Testing By pressing test button grey By pressing test button grey By pressing test button, grey
dolly will come to dolly will come to dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position off position
It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test
RCCB once a month RCCB once a month RCCB once a month
Fault indication - Earth leakage Grey dolly will come to Grey dolly will come to Grey dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position off position
- Overload and shortcut - - -
Resetting Switch on grey dolly Switch on grey dolly Switch on grey dolly
Terminals - Rigid 1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm
- Flexible 1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm
Type of protection
Earth leakage
Overload - - -
Short circuit - - -
Add on electrical accessories*

Auxiliary
Fault signaling
Shunt trip
Under voltage
Over voltage
* - Accessories are mounted on the left hand side of the product.
At a time a maximum of three accessories can be mounted.
(1)
- Between phase and neutral
162
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
RCBO
Type AC Type AC - 2 & 4 modules Type Hpi Type A
IS 12640 (part 2) 2008 NFC 61 - 410 EN 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1
IEC 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1
IEC 61009 - 1
4 2 2 -
7 4 - 4
6, 10, 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 25, 32, 40 25, 32, 40
16, 25, 32, 40, 63 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 - -
30, 100, 300 30, 300 30 30, 300
30, 100, 300 - - -
50 50 50 / 60 50 / 60
230 230 230 -
415 415 - 415
12 12 12 12
170 170 170 -

196 196 - 196
500 250 250 -
500 500 - 500
4 6 6 6
As per IS 12640 (part 2) 2008, IEC 61009 - 1
10000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A

10000 A - - -
10000 A 3000 A 3000 A 3000 A

10000 A - - -
- - - -
- - - -
7500 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A
10000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A
- 25 to 70 - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70
20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
By pressing test button, black By pressing test button, By pressing test button, By pressing test button,
dolly will come to black dolly will come to black dolly will come to black dolly will come to
off position off position off position off position
It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test
RCBO once a month RCBO once a month RCBO once a month RCBO once a month
Black & blue dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to
off position off position & blue indicator will off position & blue indicator will off position & blue indicator will
appear on front face window appear on front face window appear on front face window
Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to
off position off position off position off position
Switch on black dolly Switch on black dolly Switch on black dolly Switch on black dolly
1 - 35 sq. mm 0.75 - 16 sq. mm 0.75 - 16 sq. mm 0.75 - 16 sq. mm
1 - 25 sq. mm 0.75 - 10 sq. mm 0.75 - 10 sq. mm 0.75 - 10 sq. mm
163
DX3 DX3
RCDs
n Technical data n Technical data

Short-circuit withstanding capacity of RCCBs (in kA) Nature and consequences of electrical risks
RCD downstream DX MCB upstream
3
Direct and indirect contact
16 10
25 10 All electrical risks for people are the result of direct or indirect contact.
2P
40 10 What are these contacts? And how can we protect ourselves against
63 10 them?
80 10
100 10
All the answers appear in the following section.
25 10 Electrical risks do not just concern people : these risks - especially fire
40 10 affect installations as well. A 500 mA current, for example, flowing
4P 63 10 through combustible material is sufficient to ignite such material after
80 10 a certain time.Every electrical installation is subject to current
100 10 leakages which can vary considerably depending on such factors as
the installation's condition, age, environment, etc.
Marking example : These current leaks may flow through the fabric of the building
(trunking, metal girders or other metal components), generating heat
Type A which in turn may lead to fire.
Type AC Direct contacts

Direct contact is caused by humans and may be due to either
carelessness or clumsiness.
Type A-S What is a direct contact? How can we protect ourselves?
Here are the answers...
This is when someone makes contact with a live electrical component
Type Hpi of a device or installation.
For example :
a person inadvertently touching a live cable.
achild sticking a metal object into a power socket.
using male/male extensions or unprotectedtest cables.
In this case only basic protection is effective
Other examples
Someone touching a live busbar in a distribution panel or cabinet, or
someone touching flush-mounted electrical trunking with the end of a
tool, etc. In this case basic protection plus additional protection is
effective.
How can we protect ourselves?
There are two ways (independent of the neutral earthing system) of
ensuring that personnel are protected against direct contact.
Preventing access to live parts where possible.
Basic protection via physical or electrical isolation of live parts.
This protection must ensure that live parts cannot be touched, even
inadvertently.
How?
By using barriers, enclosures, closed cabinets which physically or
electrically isolate live parts presenting a danger to the user, shuttered
sockets, or insulation.
Additional protection
Must be provided by a 30mA residual current device such as Lexic
range of residual current devices. This protection is required in case
the basic protection detailed above fails.
164
DX3
RCDs (continued)
n Technical data Residual current devices, selection and operation

Indirect contacts The main function of a residual current device is to ensure that people
are protected from any risk of electrocution. It can also ensure
Indirect contacts are independent of humans : it results from an internal protection against risk of fire.
hardware fault. What is the nature of these risks? What are the consequences?
What is an indirect contact? Here are the answers...
How can we protect ourselves? Here are the answers...
What is an indirect contact? Risks of electrocution
This is when a person makes contact with a metal earthed part which
has accidentally been powered up following an insulation fault. This The dangerous effects of electricity depend on two factors:
type of contact is very dangerous as, unlike direct contact, it is the flowing time through the human body
completely unexpected. For example, a person touching the metal the current value
frame of an electrical appliance which has defective insulation may be
electrocuted through no fault of their own if the appliance is not These two factors are independent and the importance of the risk
protected. varies in accordance with the level of each factor.
How can we protect ourselves? The dangerous current value through a human body depends on the
touch voltage and touch resistance of the human body.
There are three possibilities :
In practice, the current value is defined using a standard "safety"
Preventing access to potentially dangerous metal components via voltage of 50 V. This voltage takes into account the maximum current
class II protection. which can be withstood by a human being with a minimum internal
Good connection of all exposed conductive parts to an effective electrical resistance in given conditions. It also takes into account the
earth. maximum permissible time for the current to pass through the body
A protective RCD according to the neutral earthing system. without dangerous physio-pathological effects.
50 V is considered as the safe limit of voltage for human body in dry
condition.
How does an electrical current affect the human body?
When subject to a voltage, the human body reacts like any other
receiver with a given internal resistance. An electrical current passes
through the body with three serious risks :
Locking of the muscles, or tetanisation : the muscles through which
the current passes contract and remain contracted:if this includes
the rib cage, breathing may be impeded.
Action on the heart : the cardiac rhythm is completely disrupted
(ventricular fibrillation).
Thermal effects may cause varying levels of damage to body tissue,
including severe burns in the case of very high currents.
Aperson is in danger of electrocution if the fault current raises

the voltage of the accessible metal part above 50 V to earth.
Important note:
Under the Indian Electricity Rules [rules 61 (A), 71 (1) and 73 (1)],
installation of an RCCB is mandatory in all installations of 5 KW
and above, in all luminous tube signs and X-ray installations. The
bureau of Indian standards recommends that RCCBs installed
at construction sites, temporary installations, agriculture and
horticulture premises, limit the residual current to 30 mA.
Examples of electrocution by direct or indirect contact.
165
DX3
RCDs (continued)
n Technical data A residual current device continuously measures the difference

between the value of the input and the output currents. If the value is
Effect of current on human body not equal to zero, this indicates a leak.
The standards define the following curves, which take into account the When this leak reaches the level at which the differential is set
two parameters required to assess the risk: (its sensitivity), the device trips and breaks the circuit.
What are the operating principles of a residual current device?
What are the selection criteria for a residual current device?
Here are the answers...
Operating principle of a residual current device

No fault present
Therefore no current is induced
in coil K1, and coil K2 is not
excited. The contacts do not
open.The equipment operates
normally
If = 0, thus
I1 = I2
1 = 2
1 - 2 = 0
i : current flowing through body.

t : time taken for current to pass through body.
These curves show the various zones of effect of an alternating current
on people : they derive from IEC 60 479 and determine
4 main risk zones Insulation fault

Zone Physiological effects Acurrent is thus induced in coil
designation K1...
zone AC-1 Usually no reaction
zone AC-2 Usually no harmful physiological effects If 0
zone AC-3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of cramp like I1 > I2, thus
muscular contractions and difficulty in breathing for durations of current-
flow longer than 2 s. Reversible disturbances of formation and conduction of 1 > 2, thus
impulses in the heart, including atrial fibrillation and transient cardiac arrest
without ventricular fibrillation increasing with current magnitude and time 1 - 2 0
zone AC-4 Increasing with magnitude and time, dangerous pathophysiological effects
such as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and serious burns may occur in
addition to the effects of zone-3
zone AC-4.1 Probability of ventricular fibrillation increasing up to about 5% C1 - C2
zone AC-4.2 Probability of ventricular fibrillation up to about 50% C2 - C3
zone AC-4.3 Probability of ventricular fibrillation above 50%
* For durations of current flow below 10 ms, the limit for the body current at line b remains constant
at a value of 200 mA.
...coil K2 is excited, the

contacts open and the
equipment is automatically
switched off
Selecting a residual current device

First determine your requirement.This exists on two levels :
1 The need to protect against direct or indirect contacts.
2 The need to ensure protection against overloads and short-circuits.
If protection against indirect contact is required, use residual current
devices with a sensitivity of : 30 mA,
100 mA,
300 mA,
The rating (40, 63 A, etc.) is selected according to the load.
If protection against direct contact is required, use residual current
device with a sensitivity of 30 mA.
The sensitivity of a residual current device In is the current level at
which tripping is sure to occur. To do this, the standards concerning
residual current devices stipulate that tripping must occur between
In / 2 and In.
166
DX3 add-on modules DX3
RCDs (continued)
n Technical data n Compatibility MCBs/add-on modules

Types of residual current device Breaking Number Add-on module for
capacity of poles 1.5 module/pole MCBs
There are 2 types of RCD: the AC type and the Atype
Both types are produced in the "S" (discriminating) or normal versions. 16 kA 2P, 4P In 80 A
They conform to Indian and International standards IS 12640, 4P In 32 A
IEC 61008 and IEC 61009 as well as European standards EN 61008
and EN 61009. 2P In 40 A
25 kA
4P In 12,5 A
Type A 2P In 32 A
Sensitive to residual alternating currents and residual currents with a 50 kA 2P, 4P All range
DC component.
Use: special applications
- if it is possible that the fault currents are not purely sinusoidal (rectifier
bridge, etc.)
Type AC
Sensitive to residual alternating currents
Use: standard applications
Type S
Delayed trip for discrimination with other residual current devices.
Use: for discrimination with a downstream device.
Type Hpi
Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments with
disturbances. eg. diesels, computers, printers, etc.
Detects faults with DC components eg. thyristors, trio etc.
Residual current circuit-breaker with or without overload
protection? Which do I choose?
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker (RCCB) if you do not need to
protect against overload and short circuits (caution! an RCCB must be
connected to some form of line protection device: either a circuit-
breaker or a fuse).
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker with overload and short circuit
protection (RCBO) if this type of protection is not available.
Residual current circuit-breakers without overload and short

circuit protection (RCCB)
These provide two functions: fault current detection,

measurement and cut-off: and isolation of an
installation.
RCCBs are governed by standards IS 12640 (part 1),
IEC 61008-1.
Residual current circuit-breakers with overload and short circuit

protection (RCBO)
These provide three functions: fault current

detection, measurement and cut-off:
protection against overloads and short-
circuits : and isolation of an installation.
Residual current circuit-breakers are
governed by standards IS 12640 (part 2),
IEC 61009-1.
The "test"function
A residual current device is a safety device, and it is therefore vital
that it is regularly tested. This function is therefore required by the
standard governing residual current protective devices, and ensures
correct operation. All Lexic RCDs are equipped with this function.
Note : We offer Type AC, Type A-S and Type Hpi RCDs
167
STOP&GO automatic resetting for DX3 performance of MCBs and auxiliaries
n Operating principle n Technical characteristics of auxiliaries

Temporarily electrical disturbances and other external events can cause Max. connection cross-section: 2.5 mm 2
unwanted tripping of different devices protecting electrical installation Operating temperature: - 25 C to + 70 C
STOP&GO verifies automatically the state of the installation, before
resetting and launches a visual and close a contact in case of Shunt trips
permanent fault detection (short-circuit or residual current)
After verifying the state of the installation, STOP&GO automatic resets the N Nominal voltage (Un)
associated protection device in order to immediatly re-establish power Ph - 12 to 48 V and =
supply and avoid unwanted consequences - 110 to 415 V and 110 to
C1 55
125 V=
STOP&GO does not protect the installation against lightning strikes
For an efficient protection against lightning, use voltage surge
protectors
The Autotest version is specially suitable for installations equipped with 58 56 R
residual current protection devices (RCD's and RCBOs) 250VA
STOP&GO periodically does an automatic test of the functionning 6A
of residual current protection devices. The manual test is no longer
needed V
Equipped with a signalling contact which indicates tripping of the

shunt trip and automatically breaks the coil.
Min. and max. voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 Un
Tripping time: less than 20 ms
Power consumption: at 1.1 x 48 V = 121 VA
at 1.1 x 415 V = 127 VA
Impedance:12 to 48 V = 23
110 to 415 V = 1640
Consumption Umin. Umax.
12 to 48 V 522 mA 2610 mA
110 to 415 V 69 mA 259 mA
Undervoltage releases
Pull-in voltage 0.55 Un
Tripping time: 0 to 300 ms 10% (adjustable)
Power consumption: 2 4 VA and = : 0.1 VA
Installation without STOP&GO Installation with STOP&GO 48 VA and = : 0.2 VA
230 V : 1 VA
Nominal voltage:
24 and 48 VA and =
U 230 V
Mains fault due to temporarily STOP&GO automatic resets the A1 A2

electrical disturbances associated protection device in
N/-
Electrical devices are not powered order to immediatly re-establish
anymore power supply Ph/+
Stand-alone releases for N/C push-buttons

Min. and max. operating voltage: 196 to 250 V
Power consumption: 1.4 VA
E1
U A1 1
A2
2
n...
N L
230VA
Alarm Heating Swimming pool Refrigerator
Signalling auxiliaries
Umin.: 24 V / = and Imin.: 5 mA
Access control Freezer Aquarium Watering
168
protection of DC circuits
n Protection of DC circuits Example: circuit earthed via the negative polarity / U = 110 V= / Isc =
10 kA / In = 32 A
DX 6000 and DX 10000 MCBs (1P/2P/3P/4P - In 63 A) designed for
3 3
Protect the positive polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 10 kA
use in 230/400 V supplies, can also be used in DC circuits at 110 V (DX3 10000 2P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive polarity)
In this case, the following deratings and precautions must be taken into For isolation, use a DX3 10000 3P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive
account polarity and one pole on the negative polarity
1 - Protection against short-circuits DX3 10000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
Max. magnetic tripping threshold: multiplied by 1.4 Acc. to 48 V 10 kA 10 kA
Example: For a C curve MCB for which the AC tripping threshold is IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 10 kA 10 kA
between 5 and 10 In, the DC tripping threshold will be between
7 and 14 In 230 V 15 kA
2 - Protection against overloads If isolation required

+ +
The time/current thermal tripping curve is the same as for AC
3 - Operating voltage
Max. operating voltage: 80 V per pole (60 V for single-pole + N MCBs)
For voltages higher than this value, several poles must be wired in series
DX3 10000 DX3 10000
Example: for a 110 V voltage, 32 A 2P 32 A 3P -
use a 2-pole MCB and connect
the 2 poles in series -
Network earthed via a middle point:
4 - Breaking capacity Place on each polarity the number of poles necessary for max. Isc
4000 A for a single pole MCB at max. voltage (80 V= per pole) breaking at half voltage
+
For other voltages, the breaking capacities are as follows: (1) U-Isc max.
+ + + + U/2
U/2-Isc max.
U/2
(1)
-
U/2-Isc max.
- - - - 1: MCB (U/2-Isc max.)
DX 6000
3
voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Example: circuit earthed via a middle point / U = 230 V= / Isxc = 6 kA
Acc. to 48 V 6 kA 6 kA
/ In = 10 A
Protect each polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 6 kA at half
IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA voltage, i.e. 115 V
230 V 10 kA DX3 6000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
48 V 100 % 100 % Acc. to 48 V 6 kA 6 kA

Ics(1) 110 V 100 % 100 % IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA
230 V 100 % 230 V 10 kA
+
DX3 10000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
Acc. to 48 V 10 kA 10 kA
IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 10 kA 10 kA
230 V 15 kA DX3 6000
10 A 4P
48 V 100 % 100 % -
Ics(1) 110 V 100 % 100 %
230 V 100 % Isolated earth supply:
1: As a % of Icu Distribute the poles necessary for breaking over the 2 polarities to
provide protection in the event of a double earth fault (particularly if
5 - Distribution of breaking poles there are a number of circuits in parallel)
To choose the MCB and determine the pole distribution necessary + (1)
for breaking on each of the polarities, it is necessary to know how the U U-Isc max.
installation is earthed
-
Supply with one polarity earthed: (1)
Place all the poles necessary for breaking on the other polarity If U-Isc max. 1st earth fault: I = O
isolation is required, an additional pole must be added on the earthed 2sd earth fault:
polarity U and I Isc max.
MCB
(U-Isc max.) 1: MCB (U-Isc max.)
+
U-Isc max
Example: isolated earth circuit / U = 48 V= / Isc = 4,5 kA / In = 40 A
U
Protect the installation with an MCB capable of breaking 4.5 kA at
48 V and protect each polarity
DX3 6000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
- Acc. to 48 V 6 kA 6 kA
(1) U=0
IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA
1: Only if isolation required 230 V 10 kA
DX3 6000
DX 40 A
40 2P
A 2P
-
169
programmable time switches P17 Tempra and hypra
with analogue and digital dial
Safe and simple,

n Diagrams
Cat.No 4126 31
Ideal for industry

N L
Cat.Nos 4126 54/34/29 Cat.Nos 4126 57/41/30
4
1
3 2
4
1
2
L L
N N
Cat.Nos 4127 90/94 Cat.Nos 4128 12/13/14

N L N L
16 A
U1 U2 1 4 2
Output
Output closing and breaking times are calculated based on the date,
the actual time when the device was switched and on geographical
coordinates of the actual location
> Rated voltages - 240 V AC and 415 V AC

> Protection categories - IP 44 and IP 66/67
> Colour coding for voltage identification
Blue colour for 240 V AC
Red colour for 415 V AC
> Material of plugs and sockets special
high grade plastic. Shock proofat low
and high temperatures.
170
AlphaRex3 digital time switches
n Technical specifications
AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3
Type
D21 D22 D21s D21 astro D22 astro DY21 DY22
Nominal voltage 230 V 50/60 Hz 4126 31 4126 41 4126 34 4126 54 4126 57 4126 29 4126 30
Number of modules of 17.5 mm each 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of channels 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
1 changeover 2 changeover 1 changeover 1 changeover 2 changeover 1 changeover 2 changeover
Switch output contact contacts contact contact contacts contact contacts
Zero-crossing switching
Switching capacity
Ohmic 250 V cosj = 1 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A
Inductive 230 V cosj = 0.6 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Incandescent lamp load 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W
Fluorescent lamp, series compensated 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA
Energy-saving lamp 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W
Programs1) 56 28 per channel 56 56 28 per channel 84 84 per channel
Control input with switch-off delay

0s to 23h 59min 59s
Cycle function (pulse time)

min. 1s, max. 1h 59min 59s
Clock precision (typical) 0.1 s/day2)
Running reserve 5 years
Shortest switching step 1s
Operating temperature 20 to +55 C
Degree of protection IP20
1)
A program consists of a switch-on time, a switch-off time as well as days or day blocks which are assigned as switched-on or switched-off
2)
Can be set to mains-synchronous operation
n Connection diagram
AlphaRex3 D21 AlphaRex3 D22 AlphaRex3 D21s
AlphaRex3 D22 astro AlphaRex3 D21 astro
AlphaRex3 DY22 AlphaRex3 DY21
0 6 12 16 24 0 6 12 16 24 0 6 12 16 24
2 1 4 2 1 4
n Functions Reset
Simultaneously pressing all buttons for more than 2 seconds deletes all
Select menu, go back while in menu data. Language, date/time, summer time (daylight saving time) and
Press > 1 sec. = operating display switch times must be set again.
OK Confirm the selection or accept the parameter
n Data key
- Select the menu item or set the parameter; If the supply voltage is switched on, the KEY READ WRITE menu
for 2-channel time switches, can be used item is automatically opened when a data key is inserted. WRITE:
+ to select the channel (channel 1 channel 2) Program data is written from the time switch to the key. Caution: Any data
present on the key will be overwritten. READ: Program data is written
n Brief description of programming functions from the key to the time switch; any switching programs on the time switch
are overwritten. Only one master switching program, which consists of
Text guidance multiple switching programs, can be saved on the time switch or on the
Guides the user through programming and setup with plain text key at a time. If the supply voltage is not connected, the KEY READ
prompts. Each step can be read on the screen, and the function that is WRITE menu item is not automatically opened when a data key is
currently active flashes. An integrated display and button light makes inserted. The KEY function can still be selected from the
operation easy even in poorly lit environments. menu even if the supply voltage is not connected.
Set language n PC programming

The language selection function can be accessed using the MENU
button. The language is set to English by default. In addition to the easy, text-guided programming directly on
The following languages can be selected: German, English, French, the time switch, switching programs can also be created on a
Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Portuguese*, Swedish*, Norwegian*, Finnish*, PC with the software program from Legrand and transferred to the time
Danish*, Polish*, Czech*, Russian*, Turkish*. switch using a data key. A data transfer device (Cat.No : 4128 73) is
*) Excluding AstroRex DY64 required to transfer switching programs created on a PC to the data
key. The device is connected to the PC using the USB plug. In addition
Time, date, summer time (daylight saving time) to the data transfer device, we also offer a CD with the software and the
The time switch is preset at the factory to the current time and date. The necessary drivers. PC system requirements: USB port; Windows XP,
time can be changed by selecting MENU + SET. Windows Vista, Windows 7; approx. 40 MB of free memory.
171
n Brief description of programming functions

Weekly programs
To create a weekly program, select MENU, PROGRAM, and then CREATE to easily enter programs which are repeated on a weekly basis.
A weekly program consists of a switch-on/switch-off times and days which are assigned as switched-on or switched-off. The following
predefined blocks can be selected: MONDAY SUNDAY, MONDAY FRIDAY 1) or SATURDAY SUNDAY,1); the assigned days of the week are
fixed. The switch-on/switch-off times must be entered. The user can also set custom day blocks. By selecting CUSTOM, switch times can be
freely assigned to any days of the week. This option also allows the user to set switch times at midnight.
1)
Excluding AlphaRex DY, AstroRex DY64
Yearly programs [AlphaRex3 DY21, AlphaRex3 DY22]

This menu item allows the user to enter (additional) yearly programs, which are only executed within a defined validity period. They can overlap with
one another and with the weekly programs on the same channel based on an OR connective. The validity period is defined by entering the start
date (at 00:00:00) and the end date (at 24:00:00). The start date must be entered before the end date. With the EVERY YEAR option, the
additional switch times have the same validity period each year (Christmas, national holidays, birthdays, etc.) Select the ONCE option when
additional switch times are needed within a validity period (e.g. during holidays), but the start/end dates of the holiday period change from year to
year.
Special programs (priority program) [AlphaRex3 DY21, AlphaRex3 DY22]

Weekly and yearly programs on the same channel are not executed during the validity period of a special program. However, other special
programs can be executed during the validity period. Different special programs can overlap with each other based on an OR connective. With
the EVERY YEAR option, the additional switch times have the same validity period each year (Christmas, national holidays, birthdays, etc.). Select
the ONCE option when additional switch times are needed within a validity period (e.g. during holidays), but the start/end dates of the holiday
period change from year to year. Additional options include MON TO SUN/CUSTOM: the respective channel only switches according to the
special program; PROG ON/PROG OFF: the respective channel is switched on/off during this time period.
n Basic functions for astro

Location (astro) [AlphaRex3 D21 astro, AlphaRex3 D22 astro, AlphaRex3 DY21, AlphaRex3 DY22]
The sunrise/sunset times, which change daily, are calculated for the location programmed in the AlphaRex. The unit is delivered with the location
set to GERMANY SOEST by default. Enter the actual location for optimal operation. This can be done in two ways. Select MENU, SET and
ASTRO to access the two options LOCATION and COORDINATES. LOCATION: With this menu item, the user can select the country and city
which is closest to the site of operation. COORDINATES: Alternatively, the user can select this menu item to set the geographical coordinates of
the location. The longitude and latitude values are entered in degrees or degrees and arcminutes2) (precision can be set in expert mode).
Information on coordinates and time zones can be found in the time zone map included with every time switch.
Offset
By selecting MENU, SET, ASTRO and OFFSET, time differentials can be set for the calculated switch times. This can be done in two ways:
time offset or angle offset.
In time offset, a time differential can be entered to shift the switch time by up to +/- 120 min relative to the sunrise/sunset times.
In angle offset2), a value can be entered in degrees and arcminutes to shift the switch time by up to +/- 12 00 relative to the sunrise/sunset times.
The time differentials are set separately for sunrise and sunset using the menu items SUNSET (opens the screen for setting the sunset offset) and
SUNRISE (opens the screen for setting the sunrise offset).
+12
+6
0h 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24h
t -50
Angle offset
Time offset
0h 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24h
-6
-12
1
0
+ + 1
max. 120min max. 120min 0
+ +
Example: Note:
For a time differential of +30 min, the time switch switches If the offset is set in degrees, the time switch always switches at
30min. after sunrise and 30 min. after sunset. points when the brightness is the same, despite the fact that the
For a time differential of -30 min, the time switch switches twilight duration changes over the course of the year. Sunrise and
30min. before sunrise and 30 min. before sunset. sunset correspond to -50' for the centre of the sun (the edge of
the sun is visible on the horizon).
Offset correction function 2)

Select MENU, SET, ASTRO and CORRECTION to set a time correction for the 6-month periods surrounding summer and winter. The time
correction is set to 0 min. by default and can be set from 1 min. up to 30 min. The time correction for sunset is entered in the SUNSET menu item.
The time correction for sunrise is set in the SUNRISE menu item. The correction function overlaps with the calculated astronomical switch times,
including the offset settings.
Example:
Setting a time correction extends the daily switched-on time by up to 60 min. in the middle of the six winter months (switches off up to 30 min. later
in the morning and switches on up to 30 min. earlier in the evening). In the middle of the six summer months, the time correction reduces the daily
switched-on time by up to 60 min. (switches off up to 30 min. earlier in the morning and switches on up to 30 min. later in the evening). The time
correction varies continuously between the two max. values during the rest of the year.
Basic settings using a PC and day key
All of the basic settings described above, with the exception of the current time and date, can be set up using the AlphaSoft software from
Legrand and imported to the time switch using the data key. 2) Excluding AstroRex DY64
172
n Additional functions
Relay function
The relay state can be changed by selecting MENU and FUNCTIONS. The relay is preset to the AUTO function; the time switch switches at
the programmed times. The following can also be selected: ALWAYS ON, ALWAYS OFF and EXTRA. If EXTRA is selected, the switching status
specified by the program is inverted. The time switch resumes switching according to the programmed switch times after the next switch com-
mand.
Holiday program
In holiday program, the holiday period is set with a start and an end date. It can be activated with the ACTIVE program item and deactivated with
PASSIVE. If the holiday program is activated, the time switch does not carry out any programmed switch commands during this time period.
Instead, it remains ALWAYS OFF or ALWAYS ON during the holiday period, as requested. When the holiday period has ended, the time switch
resumes switching according to the programmed switch times.
1h test
The 1h TEST function can be used for a switching simulation. If 1h TEST is activated, the switch outputs are switched for one hour.
After the time has ended, the time switch resumes switching according to the programmed switch times.
PIN code
Input and programming can be locked using a four-digit PIN CODE. The time switch can be unlocked using the PIN CODE. The time switch can
also be unlocked using the RESET function, which also deletes all settings and programs.
Operating hours counter

This function displays the time for which the relay has been switched on and the date of the last reset. Counting range: 65,535 h.
Contrast adjustment
This function allows the user to adjust the display contrast.
Expert mode*
Expert mode is activated by selecting OPTIONS and EXPERT. After expert mode is activated, the following additional functions can be used:
control input extra 1), control input out 1), cycle function, channel-switching function (2-channel time switches), mains-synchronous operation,
offset correction function 2), geographical coordinates in degrees and arcminutes 2).
1)
AlphaRex3 D21s, AlphaRex3 D21 astro, AlphaRex3 DY21 2) AlphaRex3 astro, AlphaRex3 DY
Control input with switch-off delay

Adjustable switch-off delay via control input. The control input enables an additional switching of the relay, parallel to the switching program.
The switch-off delay can be set from 0 s to 23 h 59 min 59 s. The switch-off delay begins as soon as the voltage is removed from the control input.
Control input extra*

Override of switching state via control input. If the EXTRA function is activated, the switching state specified by the program is inverted.
The time switch resumes switching according to the programmed switch times after the next switch command. The EXTRA function is ended
prematurely if the button is pressed again or if a pulse is received at the control input.
Control input off*

Switch off via control input. Activating the OFF function causes the time switch to be switched off via the control input. The OFF function is
ended if the button is pressed again or if a pulse is received at the control input. The time switch resumes switching on/off according to the
programmed switch times.
Pulse function
Programmable with precision to the second.
Cycle function
Function for cyclical switching. With this function, the time switch is switched on once within a defined time period and for a defined duration.
The cycle time can be set between 2 s and 2 h. The switch-on time can be set between 1 s and 1 h 59 min 59 s.
Zyklus max 2 h
Min. Max.
Cycle 2s 2h
Switch-on time 1s 1 h 59 min 59 s 1 s ... 1 h 59 min 59 s
Random function
If the random function is activated, set switch times are randomly shifted within a range of +/- 15 minutes.
Channel-switching function*
With 2-channel time switches, this function can be activated so that the time switch regularly switches between the outputs assigned to
the channels, in order to protect connected devices (for example lights/lamps) or so that two devices can be used simultaneously.
The channel-switching function is activated by selecting MENU, OPTIONS and CHANNEL 1<>2. The time switch switches between
theoutputs according to whether the menu item DAILY (once per day at 12:00 p.m.) or WEEKLY (once per week on Sunday at 12:00 p.m.)
isselected.
Mains-synchronous operation
Mains-synchronised clock precision. By activating the SYNC function and then ACTIVE, the quartz-controlled time switch becomes
a synchronous time switch.
*) Excluding AstroRex DY64
173
Rex analogue time switches
daily/weekly time switches
n Technical specifications
Type MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex
T31 QT31 W31 QT11 QW11
Number of modules of 3 1
17.5 mm each
Number of channels 1 1 1 1 1
Drive type synchronous quartz synchronous quartz quartz
Switching dial 24 h 24 h 7 days 24 h 7 days
Running reserve none 100 h none 100 h 100 h
Switching increment 15 min 15 min 2h 15 min 2h
Shortest switching step 30 min 30 min 4h 15 min 2h
Switching step +/- 5 min +/- 5 min +/- 30 min +/- 5 min +/- 30 min
Clock precision mains 2.5 s/day mains 2.5 s/day 2.5 s/day
synchronised synchronised
Switching capacity
Ohmic 230 V cos = 1 16 A
Incandescent lamp 230 V 4 A
Inductive 230 V cos = 0.6 12 A
Switch output 1 changeover 1 changeover 1 changeover 1 normally 1 normally
contact contact contact open contact open contact
Operating temperature -10 to +55 C
Degree of protection IP20
n Connection diagram
MicroRex - 3 modules MicroRex - 1 module Wall bracket - 3 modules
8 8
Cat.No 4128 59
/
1 3-module MicroRex units can
be surface mounted using
the wall bracket. A terminal
cover is included with
delivery.
n Standard light sensitive switch (Cat.No 4126 23)

Switch "ON" and "OFF" defined by a light level threshold
N L
Photoelectric cell
(supplied)
50 m maxi
174
power contactors CX3
n Technical characteristics n Contactor selection charts (continued)

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 4 kV Fluorescent tubes with ferromagnetic ballast
Mechanical endurance (no. of operating cycles): 10 6 cycles
Operating temperatures: - 25 C to +40 C Single parallel compensated Double series compensated
fluorescent fluorescent
Storage temperatures: - 40 C to + 70 C
Nominal 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
Contactor protection against short circuits according to standard 18 W 20 W 36 W 58 W 115 W
wattage 20 W 36 W 40 W 58 W 140 W
EN 61095, conditional short-circuit current: 16 A 24 24 16 11 5 30 24 22 15 6
- Iq = 6 kA for 16 to 25 A contactors 25 A 33 30 25 17 9 45 38 35 24 10
- Iq = 3 kA for 40 to 63 A contactors 40 A 43 39 33 22 12 68 57 53 36 15
Circuit breaker or gG fuse rated: 63 A 56 51 42 29 15 101 86 79 54 23
16 A for 16 A rating 40 A for 40 A rating
Quadruple series compensated Compact fluorescent with built-in
25 A for 25 A rating 63 A for 63 A rating fluorescent starter
Nominal 4 x 18 W 7W 10 W 18 W 26 W
Consumption of a contactor control coil wattage
16 A 16 50 40 28 19
16 A and 25 A power contactors
25 A 24 60 50 42 28
Coil voltage 230 VA
24 VA 230 VA 40 A 36 78 65 55 36
low noise
16 A and 16 A and 16 A and 63 A 54 101 85 71 47
Current 25 A 25 A
25 A 25 A 25 A
NC + NO 2 NC + 2 NO
NC + NO Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast
Type of contact 4 NO 2 NO 2 NO 4 NO
2 NO 2 NC 4 NC
Dimensions 1 mod. 2 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 2 mod. Single fluorescent Double fluorescent
Holding current 200 mA 300 mA 12 mA 20 mA 20 mA
Nominal
Inrush current 970 mA 2500 mA 60 mA 90 mA 200 mA 18 W 30 W 36 W 58 W 2 x 18 W 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W
wattage
16 A 72 42 36 22 36 20 12
40 A and 63 A power contactors
25 A 110 68 58 36 56 30 19
Coil voltage 24 VA 230 VA 40 A 165 102 87 54 84 45 29
40 A and 40 A and 40 A and 40 A and 63 A 248 153 131 81 126 68 43
Current 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A
3 NO Triple fluorescent Quadruple fluorescent
2 NO
Type of contact 2 NO 4 NO 4 NO (series compensated) (series compensated)
2 NC 4 NC
Dimensions 2 mod. 3 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. Nominal 3 x 14 W 3 x 18 W 4 x 14 W 4 x 18 W
wattage
Holding current 250 mA 270 mA 15 mA 30 mA
16 A 34 26 26 20
Inrush current 1750 mA 1500 mA 150 mA 200 mA 25 A 46 38 37 28
40 A 62 51 52 39
63 A 84 69 73 55
Recommendations
Insert a spacing module (Cat.No 4063 07 p. 156): Compact fluorescent with built-in electronic power supply
- every two contactors when the ambient temperature is below 40 C Nominal 7W 11 W 15 W 20 W 23 W
- every contactor when the ambient temperature is between wattage
40 and 60 C 16 A 120 80 64 50 43
25 A 200 125 90 70 60
Contactor rating 40 C 50 C 60 C
40 A 280 175 126 98 84
Ie = 16 A 16 A 14 A 12 A
63 A 392 245 176 137 118
Ie = 25 A 25 A 22 A 20 A
Ie = 40 A 40 A 36 A 32 A
Ie = 63 A 63 A 57 A 50 A Discharge lamps with compensation
Metal halogenide Low pressure sodium vapour

Max. connection cross-section in mm2
Nominal
Conductor type Ratings 25 A Ratings 40 & 63 A 35 W 70 W 100 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W
wattage
Rigid 62 or 2 x 2.52 252 or 2 x 102
16 A 10 6 5 3 2 1 12 6 5 3 2 2
Flexible 62 or 2 x 2.52 252 or 2 x 102
25 A 15 9 7 5 3 2 20 10 7 5 3 3
Flexible with single end cap 62 162
40 A 23 14 11 8 5 3 30 15 11 8 5 5
Flexible with double end cap 2 x 42 2 x 162
63 A 34 20 16 11 7 5 45 23 16 11 7 7
High pressure High pressure

n Contactor selection charts sodium vapour mercury vapour
Incandescent lamps Nominal 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1000 W 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W
wattage
Tungsten and halogen filaments 230 VA 16 A 8 7 5 3 1 11 8 6 3 2
Nominal 25 A 10 9 6 4 2 15 10 8 4 3
40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 500 W 1000 W
wattage
40 A 15 14 9 6 3 21 14 11 6 4
16 A 45 30 24 19 13 10 4 2
63 A 23 20 14 9 5 29 20 16 8 6
25 A 60 48 38 30 20 15 6 3
40 A 96 77 61 48 32 24 10 5 High pressure mixed
63 A 154 123 97 77 51 38 15 8
Nominal 100 W 160 W 250 W 400 W
wattage
ELV halogen bulbs ELV halogen bulbs
with ferromagnetic ballast with electronic ballast 16 A 9 6 4 2
25 A 11 7 5 3
Nominal 20 W 35 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 20 W 35 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 40 A 14 9 7 4
wattage
63 A 19 12 8 5
16 A 32 20 15 12 9 6 60 40 28 18 14 9
25 A 52 30 24 16 12 8 80 50 40 26 20 13
40 A 68 39 31 21 16 10 112 70 56 36 28 18
63 A 88 51 41 27 20 14 157 98 78 51 39 25
175
EMDX3 electrical energy meters
4 rail mounting
n Technical characteristics Three-phase meters Cat.Nos 0046 80/84

LCD display: 8 digits
Single-phase meters Cat.Nos 0046 70/77 Resolution: 0.01 kWh (1)
LCD display: 7 digits Maximum indication: 99999.99 kWh (1)
Resolution: 0.1 kWh Metrological LED: 0.1 Wh/pulse or 1 Wh/pulse
Maximum indication: 99999.9 kWh Active energy accuracy (EN 62053-21): class 1
Metrological LED: 1 Wh/pulse (Cat.No 0046 70 : 0.5 Wh/pulse) Reactive energy accuracy (EN 62053-23): class 2
Accuracy (EN 62053-21): class 1 Reference voltage Un:
Reference voltage Un: 230 V-240 V - Single-phase: 230-240 V
Reference frequency: 50-60 Hz - Three-phase: 230(400)-240(415) V
Pulse output: 1 pulse/10 Wh Operating limit range (EN 62053-21, EN 62053-23):
(Cat.No 0046 70: 2 pulse/Wh) - Single-phase: 110 to 254 V
- Three-phase: 110(190) to 254(440) V
Pulse output: 1 pulse/10 Wh
Cat.Nos 0046 70 0046 77 0046 80 0046 84

Number of modules 1 2 4 4
Connection Direct
Via a current transformer
Single-phase
Three-phase
Max. current 32 A 63 A 63 A 5 A (CT)
Metering and Total active energy
measurement
Total reactive energy
Partial active energy (reset)
Partial reactive energy (reset)
Active power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Current
Voltage
Frequency
Power factor
Time-of-use
Average active power
Max. average active power value
Dual tariff
Communication Pulse output
RS 485 interface
MID compliant
Operating Reference temperature 23 C 2 C
conditions
Operating temperature -20 to +55 C -10 to +45 C -5 to +55 C
Storage temperature -40 to +70 C -25 to +70 C -25 to +70 C
Consumption 8 VA 4 VA per phase 1 VA per phase
Heat dissipation 6.5 W 6W 4W
n Interfacing with IP communication network

RS 485 electricity meters
RS485/IP converter
Cat.No 004688
IP network - Communication bus
1: For direct connection meters

If connected via transformers, the resolution and maximum indication depend on the transformation ratios of these transformers
176
EMDX3 multi-function measuring units
n Technical characteristics n Wiring example of communication network

Cat.No 0046 76
Current measurement terminals 4 mm2
Connection
Other terminals 2.5 mm2 Measure Software
unlimited
Front cover IP 51
Protection index
Casing IP 20
Weight 205/215 g
Display Backlit LCD
Measurements 3P+N, 3P, 2P, 1P+N
Phase/phase 50 to 520 VA
Direct
Phase/neutral 28 to 300 VA
Legrand software
Primary - Cat.Nos 0261 88/89
Voltage measurement From a PT
Secondary -
Permanent overload between phases 760 VA
Update period 1s
From a CT
Primary 5 to 9999 A Web server
Secondary 5A Cat.Nos 0261 78/79
Minimum measurement 5 mA IP protocol - Ethernet BUS
Input consumption < 0.6 VA
Current measurement Display 0 to 9999 A
Permanent overload 6A
Intermittent overload 60 A/1 s - 120 A/0.5 s
Update period 1s IP converter RS 485/IP
Max. CT x PT ratio - Cat.No 0046 88
Total 0 to 9999 kW/kvar/kVA
Power measurement
Update period 1s
Frequency Measurement range 45.0 to 65.0 Hz
measurement Update period 1s
50/60 Hz 200 to 277 VA 15 %
Auxiliary power
supply DC -
Consumption < 5 VA
Operating temperature -10 C to +55 C
Storage temperature -20 C to +70 C
Energy meters
Cat.No 0046 84
n Connection solutions
Unbalanced three-phase Balanced three-phase network
network (3 or 4-wire)
(3 or 4-wire) RS 485
I1 I2 I3 fieldbus
I1 I2 I3 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX
2
2
1 Multi-function measuring unit
1
2 Cat.No 0046 76
2
S1 S1
L1 (R) L1 (R)
P1 S1 P1
L2 (S)
P1 S1 L2 (S)
L3 (T)
P1 L3 (T)
N
N
(3-wire) Single-phase network (2-wire)

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
2
EDMX3 Access multi-function
2 measuring unit Cat.No 0146 68
1
1 +
2
2 Communication module Cat.No 0146 71
S1
L1 (R) S1
P1 L1 (R)
L2 (S) P1
N
S1
L3 (T)
P1 Two-phase network (2-wire)
I1 I2 I3
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX I1 I2 I3
2 EDMX3 Premium multi-function
2
1
measuring unit Cat.No 0146 69
2
1 +
2 Communication module Cat.No 0146 73
S1
L1 (R) S1
P1 S1 L1 (R)
L2 (S) P1
P1 L2 (S)
L3 (T)
a Auxiliary power supply: 110 400 V AC/120 350 V DC

b Fuse: 0.5 A gG/BS 88 2 A gG/0.5 A class CC
177
DX3
modular din-rail products
n Dimensions
Products A B C D E F G
SP SPN DP TP TPN FP
DX3 MCBs (0.5 to 63 A) 70 17.7 35.6 35.6 53.4 71.2 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 MCBs (80 - 125 A) 70 26.7 - 53.4 80.1 - 106.8 60 83 44 76 89
DX3 Isolators 70 - - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type AC (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type AC (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCCB - type A - S (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type A - S (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCCB - type Hpi (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type Hpi (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCBO - type AC 70 - - 71.2 - - 142.4 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCBO - type AC (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCBO - type Hpi (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Auxiliary contacts 70 8.7 60 83 44 76 83
Auxiliary contacts 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Shunt trip 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Minimum voltage trip 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
POP over voltage 74 54 74 83 44 80.5 89
Remote control for MCB / RCBO 74 54 74 83 44 80.5 89
Lexic contactors 20 A 62 17.8 60 83 44 67.5 -
Lexic contactors 40 A (2 mod.) 60 35.6 61 80 44 67 -
Lexic contactors 40 A / 63 A (3 mod.) 60 54 61 80 44 67 -
178
Protection tailored to your
requirements
A compact solution of protection and measurement
The new DX RCD add-on modules with metering have a wide range of features to meet
the most stringent requirements for the protection of people. They come with RS485
communication port for remote data viewer.
Trip indicator Di-electric test switch Display unit Measurement Metering
Navigation button Indicating lamp Ergonomic test button Ergonomic test button Battery compartment

p. 184
Lexic
Lexic : railway MCBs
Protection,
isolation,
control,
signalling and p. 197
metering Push buttons and
control switches
and accessories
p. 196
Rex time
Technical data switches
Protection
Solutions
with LexicTM
180
p. 185 p. 189 p. 194 p. 196
Motor protection Voltage surge MaxiRex analogue Remote control
circuit breakers protectors and time switches and dimmers
and accessories accessories accessories
p. 198 p. 198-199
Indicators Ammeters,
voltmeters,
CTs and selector
switches
181
Large Cable
Terminals
Bi-connect
Terminals
IP 20 Protection
Transparent
Label Holder
2 - Position Dolly
Exclusive features
Integrated lable holder Bi-connect terminals Safety shutter

for circuit identification for cable and busbar for safety
182
2 Dual position
Din Rail Clamps
LEXIC
Fully Insulated
Safe, simple and
Safety Shutters
flexible
Lexic combines the latest technology with
aesthetics and exibility to design modular
Air Circulation
concepts for protection, isolation, controlling,
signalling and metering.
Combined Screws
2 Type of Busbars
Large cable terminals of

35 mm2 capacity for
better termination

Lexic EKINOXETM
MCBs for DC applications up to 63 A and
xxxxxxxx
railway MCBs
EkinoxeTM MCCB
DBs for DpX3
MCCBs
6033 67
Dimensions (p. 203)

Technical data (p. 191)
6 kA as per IS 13947 - 2 (IEC 60947 - 2)

Bi-connect upper and lower terminal
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Air channel for low temperature rise
Clip on auxiliaries
Pack Cat.Nos Railway MCBs single pole 130 V =

Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/40 6033 60 0.5 1
1/40 6033 61 1.0 1
1/40 6033 63 1.6 1
1/40 6033 64 2.5 1
1/40 6033 65 3.0 1
1/40 6033 66 4.0 1
1/40 6033 67 5.0 1
1/40 6033 68 10 1
1/40 6033 69 15 1
1/40 6033 70 20 1
1/40 6033 71 25 1
1/40 6033 72 30 1
1/40 6033 73 35 1
1/40 6033 74 40 1
1/40 6033 75 50 1
1/40 6033 76 60 1
> As per IS 8623

> Available in 4, 6, 8 and 12 ways
> Fully insulated busbars and neutral bars
> Reversible doors for Ip43 and Ip54 distribution boards
> provision for DpX3 160 and DpX3 250 MCCB as incomer and
Sp/Tp MCBs as outgoing
For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs of 32 A and above,
use of entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Lexic Lexic
xxxxxxxx
MPCBs MPCBs
Technical data
The motor MCB has a signalling system for magnetic tripping that
prevents all dangerous shutdown following a short-circuit previously
isolated by the device
Takes 3 auxiliaries mounted simultaneously by clipping on
on the left: 1 undervoltage / shunt trip
on the right: 1 fault signal + 1 signalling contact
Rated insulating voltage Ui: 690 V
Impulse withstand voltage: 6 kV
Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz
0028 06 0028 17 0028 22 0028 22 + 0028 06 + 0028 17 Dissipated power per phase: 0.57-1.46 W
Magnetic tripping: 12 max.
Mechanical lifespan: 100000 cycles
Conform to EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-2, EN/IEC 60947-4-1 Electrical lifespan: 32 A (AC3): 100000 cycles
Operating temperature: -20 C to + 70 C
Use class: A
Pack Cat.Nos Triple pole MPCBs Protection index: IP 20
Connection cable cross-section (1 or 2 conductors):
Depth: 82.5 mm flexible wire 1-6 mm2 or AWG 16-10
Enable control and protection of
motors up to 15 kW (400 V) Breaking capacity
Nominal Thermal adjustement Numbers of
rating (A) range (A) modules Short circuit rated breaking capacity (kA)
Rating
1 0028 00 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 2.5 Cat.Nos
(A)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
1 0028 01 0.25 0.16 - 0.25 2.5 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
1 0028 02 0.4 0.25 - 0.4 2.5 0028 00 0.16 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 03 0.63 0.4 - 0.63 2.5 0028 01 0.25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 04 1 0.63 - 1 2.5 0028 02 0.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 05 1.6 1 - 1.6 2.5 0028 03 0.63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 06 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 2.5 0028 04 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 07 4 2.5 - 4 2.5 0028 05 1.6 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 08 6.5 4 - 6.5 2.5 0028 06 2.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 09 10 6.3 - 10 2.5 0028 07 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 10 14 9 - 14 2.5 0028 08 6.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 11 18 13 - 18 2.5 0028 09 10 100 100 100 100 42 21 8 8
1 0028 12 23 17 - 23 2.5 0028 10 14 100 100 25 12.5 10 5 2 2
1 0028 13 25 20 - 25 2.5 0028 11 18 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
1 0028 14 32 24 - 32 2.5 0028 12 23 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 13 25 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 14 32 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
Auxiliaries
IP 65 box 0028 29 equipped with stop button 0028 30
Failure contact
Contact Capacity Numbers of 173.2
modules 85.4 4.5 110
1 0028 16 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
Signal contacts
1 0028 17 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
181.2
170
1 0028 18 2 N/C 6 A/690 V 0.5

Undervoltage trips
Coil voltage Consumption Numbers of
trip/hold modules
1 0028 22 230 V 12/3.5 VA 1
1 0028 23 400 V 12/3.5 VA 1 Thermal-magnetic tripping curve
Shunt trips Tripping time (second)
1 0028 25 230 V 3.5 VA 1 10 000
1 0028 26 400 V 3.5 VA 1
1 000
100
Accessories A
10
IP 65 box
1 0028 29 For motor MCB with auxiliary contact 1
(Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18) and/or a trip B Approximate cold tripping time. To obtain the
(Cat.Nos 0028 22/23/25/26) 0.1 hot tripping time, multiply the graph value
With knock out entries for PG 16 by 0.75
A = Balanced operation over 3 phases
cable glands 0.01 B = Operation over 2 phases (phase absence)
4 modules
0.001
Emergency stop button 0.6 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 x le
1 0028 30 Fits on IP 65 box for replacement of 0.8
etancheity membrane
Ensures IP 65 protection Electrical diagrams
Pilot lights 0028 00 to 0028 14 0028 16 0028 17 0028 18
Fixing in front of box Cat.No 0028 29 Three-phase Single-phase 57 65 33 41 33 43
Voltage Color L1 L2 L3 L1 L2
1 0028 31 230 V
Colourless
1 0028 32 400 V
Colourless
58 66 34 42 34 44
Padlock
1 0028 34 Padlock in "off" position
3 padlocks max 4.5
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
Assembly Installations in a IP 65 box

Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18/22/23/25/26/29/31/32
Installations of MPCBs
Cat.Nos 0028 00/01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/09/10/11/12/13/14

CLAC
CLAC
Installations of auxiliaries
mm mm
Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18/22/23/25/26
170 170
0028 17/18
0028 17/18

TES
TES
T
T
TES
TES
T
T
TES
TES
T
T

0028 16
0028 16
0028 16
0028 22/23/25/26 0028 16
0028 22/23/25/26
0028 22/23/25/26
0028 22/23/25/26

max 2,3Nm

max 2,3Nm

ST
TE
max 1 Nm
TE
ST
max 1 Nm

TES
T

TES
T
0028 16/17/18
0028 16/17/18
max 1 Nm
max 1 Nm
ST
TE
ST
TE
Ph 2
Ph=25
=5 2
2 x 6 mm max
2
2 x 6 mm2 max
2 x 6 mm max
2
AWG 2 xx610
mmmaxmax
AWG 2 x 10 max

TE
ST

TE
ST

2,5 mm
LL
ova
to
TE
ST
2,5 mm
LL
ova
to
TE
ST

0028 31/32
0028 31/32
186
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
Assembly Installations of padlock (padlocking)

Cat.No 0028 34
Installations of emergency stop button
Cat.No 0028 30

187
voltage surge Protector >>> pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx
voltage surge protectors for power lines
a solution for
every risk
0039 21 0039 38 0039 28
Dimensions (p. 203)

Voltage surge protectors for distribution boards or consumer units

Conform to standard NF C 61-740, IE C 61643-1 and EN 61643-11
Satisfy requirements of guide C 15-443
Fitted with built-in thermal protection
Consist of a base and a plug-in replacement module with status indicator
Green : surge protector operational
Orange : module needs replacing
Can be fitted with a signalling auxiliary to transfer surge protector status
For 230/400 V AC supply
Frequency : 50/60Hz
Pack Cat.Nos High protection - H - class I - II

I max : 70 kA (8/20 s wave)
UP : 2.0 kV (protection level)
For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN, IT
Associated Number of
protection by MCB 17.5 mm modules
1/20 0039 20 1-pole 6032 38 1
1/12 0039 21 2-pole 6032 72 2
High protection
1/20 0039 22 3-pole 6032 89 3
Required for buildings equipped with lightning 1/20 0039 23 4-pole 6033 23 4
conductors and in very exposed areas.
High flow-to-earth capacity 70 kA.
Increased protection - I - class II
I max : 40 kA (8/20 s wave)
For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN
1/20 0039 35 1-pole 6032 35 1
1/12 0039 36 2-pole 6032 69 2
1/20 0039 38 4-pole 6033 20 4
Standard protection - S - class II

Increased protection
For overhead electrical power supplies. I max : 15 kA (8/20 s wave)
Required in areas with average exposure. For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN
1/20 0039 40 1-pole 6032 35 1
1/12 0039 41 2-pole 6032 69 2
1/20 0039 43 4-pole 6033 20 4
Accessories
Plug-in replacement modules
With indicator
Yellow : module needs replacing
I max (kA) UP (kV) For surge protector
Standard protection 5/20 0039 28 70 2.0 0039 20/21/22/23
Essential for all installations, whatever the 5/20 0039 39 40 1.4 0039 35/36/38
type of power supply. 5/20 0039 44 15 1.2 0039 40/41/43
Signalling auxiliaries
With changeover micro switch
5 A - 250 V AC
Clip onto the base of the surge protector
1/42 0039 56 For 2-pole module
Lexic Lexic
xxxxxxxx
voltage surge protectors for telephone lines voltage surge protectors
Technical data
High Increased Standard
Cat.Nos protection (H) protection (I) protection (S)
0039 20/21/22/23 0039 35/36/38 0039 40/41/43
Neutral earthing system TT - TN - IT TT - TN TT - TN
Max. steady state
voltage (Uc) 440 V 320 V 320 V
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Type EN-61613-11 1 2 2
Max. I max 8/20 s 70 kA 40 kA 15 kA
discharge

current I imp 10/350 s 10 kA - -
Nominal discharge
current 20 kA 15 kA 5 kA
(In, wave 8/20 s)
Up protection level In 2 kV 1.4 kV 1.2 kV
0038 28 0038 29
Ut 440 V 400 V 400 V
Leakage current
Dimensions (p. 203) at Uc (Ic) < 1 mA < 1 mA < 1 mA
Time delay
Associated protection 160 A 125 A 20 A
- max. (EN-61613-11) DPX DPX MCB C curve
For protection of : telephone, fax, modem, etc.
MCB C curve MCB C curve MCB C curve
connected on the internal telephone line, against over voltages of - min. 40 A 20 A 20 A
atmospheric origin
Follower current If Zero Zero Zero
Installed in a distribution box
Connected in series on the telephone line Terminal capacity 25 mm2 25 mm2 25 mm2
Provided with a status indicator : - rigid conductor
- flexible conductor 16 mm2 16 mm2 16 mm2
Orange : surge p rotector needs replacing Degree of protection IP 20 installed in enclosure
Conforms to standard IEC 61643-21 and EN 61643-21 Environment
- operating temperature - 10 C to + 40 C
- storage temperature - 20 C to + 70 C
Pack Cat.Nos Voltage surge protector Response time 25 ms
l max: 10 kA & In: 5 kA
(8/20 s wave)
1 0038 28 For analogue telephone line VSP for telephone lines
1 0038 29 For digital telephone line Analogue line Digital line
Cat.Nos 0038 28 0038 29
Mav. discharge current (I max,
wave 8/20 micro second) 10 kA 10 kA
Nominal discharge current (In,
wave 8/20 micro second) 5 kA 5 kA
Up protection level 300 V 100 V
Terminal capacity
- rigid conductor 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
- flexible conductor 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
Associated protection by Lexic MCB 20 A 20 A
Degree of protection IP 20 installed in enclosure
Operating temperature - 10 C to + 40 C 0 0
Storage temperature - 20 0C to + 70 0C
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
Lightning Choice of the level of lightning protection

1 - The effects of lightning Prior to the installation of the lightning protection devices, the risk must
be assessed, using a number of criteria:
Lightning directly or indirectly generates the following effects:
level of exposure of the area ( , , )
thermal (blow-outs, fire)
location of the building
electrodynamic (loosening of terminals)
power supply, neutral system TT, TN, IT
rise in earth voltage (risk of electrocution)
- underground
overvoltages of several thousand volts and destructive induced - overhead
currents (damage to electrical and electronic equipment, interruption
of operation) the presence of a lightning conductor on/close to the building
the type of equipment to be protected
the cost of the consequences of the equipment not being available
The level of this lightning protection is indicated as:
medium ()
high ()
very high ()
The protection must be chosen according to the most exacting criterion
E.g. whatever the level of exposure, the presence of a lightning
conductor requires a very high level of protection
Additional protection will be necessary according to the sensitivity of
the equipment to be protected (computing, electronic) and the area
of the installation
1 - Defining the required level of protection (, , )

Level of exposure
Location
of the installation

Building location
2 - Protection against the effects of lightning tighly packed buildings
This is based essentially on: scattered buildings
catching and discharging the current to earth isolated
in mountains, close to
the use of voltage surge protectors
a stretch of water
the passive protection of the installation or on top of a hill
Passive protection (poor, good) designates the part of the protection Power supply
provided by the structure and the configuration of the installation itself overhead
(neutral earthing system, area, level of equipotentiality, etc.) underground
Presence or proximity

Regulation of a lightning conductor
Standard EN 61-643-11, characterises the indirect effects of lightning

based on a 8/20 s waveform, type 2 voltage surge protector and the 2 - Determining the level of sensitivity of the equipment
direct effect by a 10/350 s wave form type 1 voltage surge protector
(v.s.p.)
Level of sensitivity Equipment Protection level
I Peak Low sensitivity motors, > 2 kV
heating equipment
Sensitive domestic electrical 1.5 to 2 kV
100% appliances, lights
90%
High sensitivity computer equipment 1.5 kV
50%
The choice is specific to each installation and depends on:
the required level of lightning protection (, , )
10% the sensitivity of the equipment
the configuration of the installation (passive protection)
t (s)
8s
20 s
When a voltage surge protector is installed on the power circuit,

it is recommended that one is installed on the communication circuit
(telephone line)
More than 1 v.s.p. should be installed in electrical board and as closed as
possible to the equipment to be protected
The Lexic range is completed by proximity v.s.p. (type 3) for electrical
accessories (Myrius and multi-outlet extensions)
These proximity accessories are dedicated to the sensitive equipment
(electronics, information technology, home cinema etc.)
190
Lexic
3 - Position of the voltage surge protectors 2 - Connection principles

Legrand voltage surge protectors are available in 4 levels, linked to their For the voltage surge protector to perform its function as well as
lightning impulse discharge capacity according to the 8/20 s possible, it must be installed:
and 10/350 s waveform as a tap-off
keeping as short a connection length as possible between the
phase-neutral terminal block and the PE or PEN terminal block
N in accordance with EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) rules:
L1 avoid the use of loops, fix the cables against metal conductive parts
L2
L3 Phase or neutral
terminal block
Main
board
Protection H or I
capacity
H = high capacity
Max.
class I + class II distance: 0.5 m
Secondary I = increased capacity Cross-section:
2
board class II MCB 6 mm
Protection S
capacity (v.s.p. protection)
S = standard capacity Voltage surge
protection
class II
Main terminal block
Proximity protection P = proximity voltage surge protective conductors
P capacity protector (Myrius and
(Electronics, ) extension, etc.) class II
Main switch
or MCB
or time delay RCD
4 - Determine voltage surge protectors capacities
Sensitivity Level of lighting protection Position of the voltage

of equipment surge protectors
S I H Head of installation
Low
S S Distribution level
sensitivity
Application level
S I H Head of installation
Protection To application
Sensitive S S Distribution level of all poles Plug-in voltage
MCB 20 A surge protector
P P P Application level
Cat.No 0064 59
I H H Head of installation
High
S S I Distribution level 3 - Recommanded cross-sections for conductors linking voltage
sensitivity
P P P Application level surge protectors
Capacity Cross-section (mm2)

Standard (S) 6
5 - Choice of the catalogue number
Increased (I) 10
The choice of the catalogue number depends on the electrical layout
High (H) 16
of the installation (single phase, 3-phase), the neutral earthing system
and the required capacity
4 - Minimum distances between voltage surge protectors
Voltage surge protectors for distribution boards in one installation
High capacity Increased capacity Standard capacity
(H) (I) (S) Downstream v.s.p. Upstream v.s.p. Distance (in meter)
Neutral I 6
earthing system 1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N 1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N 1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N H S 8
TT/TNS 0039 21 0039 23 0039 36 0039 38 0039 41 0039 43 P 10
S 4
TNC 0039 20 0039 22 - - - - I
P 6
IT S P 2
with neutral 0039 21 0039 23 - - - -
without neutral 0039 20 0039 22 - - - -
Installation
1 - Associated protection
The circuit supplying the v.s.p. can be protected against short circuits
and overloads by MCB according to selectivity charts
191
Lexic
Installation principle Telephone characteristics

1 - Voltage surge protector in TN system Protection of a telephone line
HV / LV Protection Metering Distribution Board Incoming
Transformer line
L1
L2
L3
PEN N
PE
Legrand
2 - Voltage surge protector in TT system

HV / LV Protection Metering Distribution Board
Transformer 1 voltage surge protector per pair
- If digital, 2 pairs (2 x 0038 29)
- If analogue, 1 pair (1 x 0038 28)
L1
L2
L3
N
I n
=
type S
delayed
PE
3 - Voltage surge protector in IT system

HV / LV Protection Metering Distribution Board
Transformer
L1
L2
L3
PE
192
MCCBs: DRXTM, DPX3 & DPXTM
Legrand now has two distinct ranges of MCCBs
DRXTM -- Thermal magnetic release only.
DPX3 & DPX -- Thermal magnetic and Microprocessor releases.
DRXTM, is available upto 100 A, and finds applications in both, residential and commercial.
Accessories like the Rotary Handles, Moulded Shrouds, Cage Terminals etc. are available in
the range.
DRX 100
current rating from 60 to 100 a
Breaking capacity 10 ka
thermal Magnetic release
DPX3 & DPX is available in 5 frame sizes, covers requirements from 16 A upto 1600 A, with
adjustable thermal and magnetic releases. Optional accessories like Rotary Handles, Motor
Operators etc. are also available. DPX3 & DPX can also be used as an Automatic Transfer
Switch.
DPX3 160
current rating from 16 to 160 a
Breaking capacity 16 ka to 50 ka
thermal magnetic release
optional integrated earth leakage
available
DPX3 250 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1250

current rating 40 amp to 250 amp current rating from 25 to 250 a current rating from 400 to 630 a current rating from 500 to 1250 a
Breaking capacity 25 ka to 70 ka Breaking capacity 36 ka, 70 ka and Breaking capacity 36 ka, 70 ka Breaking capacity 50 ka, 70 ka and
thermal magnetic release & 100 ka and 100 ka 100 ka
microprocessor release thermal magnetic release thermal magnetic release thermal magnetic release
optional integrated earth leakage
available DPX 250 Elect. DPX 630 Elect. DPX 1600 Elect.
current rating from 40 to 250 a current rating from 160 to 630 a current rating from 630 to 1600 a
Breaking capacity 70 ka Breaking capacity 36 ka and 70 ka Breaking capacity 50 ka and 70 ka
gloBal sPecIalIst IN electrIcal aND DIgItal BuIlDINg INFrastructures I 193

Rex-Analogue
pour exemple :time switches
xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
for DIN rail mounting and wall mounting
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
MaxiRex
6499 14 6499 15
Dimensions (p. 203)

A
230 V , 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - 10 %
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Analogue 24 hrs and 7 days time switch
With 3 position changeover switch (5 terminals)
Suitable for DIN rail mounting, wall mounting and installation in plastic box
with locking facility
With manual override switch
Hands can be moved clockwise or anti clockwise for easy setting of time.
Pack Cat.Nos MaxiRex with 4 terminals Pack Cat.Nos MaxiRex with 5 terminals
(without plastic box) (without plastic box)
MaxiRex 4QT MaxiRex 5QW
(with 500 hrs. working reserve) (with 500 hrs. working reserve)
24 hrs. programme 7 days programme
Voltage Frequency Voltage Frequency
1/30 6499 15 230 V 50-60 Hz 1/30 6499 39 230 V 50-60 Hz
MaxiRex with 4 terminals MaxiRex QT 30 A

(with plastic box) (with 100 hrs. running reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Voltage Frequency
MaxiRex 4QTB
1/30
6499 64 230V 50-60 Hz
(with 500 hrs. working reserve) Robust analogue time switch with real 30A
24 hrs. programme switching capacity
Voltage Frequency
6499 14 230 V
1 50-60 Hz
MaxiRex 4QWB Accessories
(with 500 hrs. working reserve) 1/30 6499 49 Terminal cover for MaxiRex 4 and 5
7 days programme 1/10 6499 48 IP 53 plastic box
1 6499 36A 240 V 50-60 Hz
dx3 Rex time switches
Easy, Safe Technical data

Allowed loads for time switches
A
Connection
Nominal output (VDE) Allowed load at 230 V , 50 Hz
Consumption I Cos Output Class Incandescent Fluorescent cos
at 230 V A
= 1 halogen lamps lamps duo = 0.6
50 Hz (230 V ) A circuit
Cat.Nos Watt A *) IP A A A
Safety is prioritised with the innovative features of the Surface and facia mounting
6499 15 0.38 16 1W 20 4 14 12
DX3 products 6499 14 0.38 16 1 W 20 4 14 12
6499 39 0.38 10 1W 20 4 8 7
The quality and hold of the connections are vital for the 6499 36 0.38 16 1 W 20 4 8 8
safety of distribution boards fitted with high breaking *) W = changeover contact

S = normal open
= distance between contacts 3 mm
capacity MCBs. The connection areas are designed to make
installation faster without compromising on the safety. A
Hint : Loads given for 230 V / 50 Hz and contact life time 5 years
Staircase time switches and timing relays 1,00,000 changeovers,
corresponding at ca. 27 changeovers / day.
Time switches 10,000 changeovers, corresponding at ca. 5
RELIABLE CONNECTIONS RISING CLAMP TERMINALS changeovers / day.
Compensation for the effect of loosening ensure a high quality,
to ensure excellent hold over time durable connection
and consistent contact (In 80 A)
1,5
modules/pole
Black handle:
circuit breakers
Grey handle: switches
Breaking capacity
16 kA
25 kA
36 kA
50 kA
RETRACTABLE INSULATING SHIELDS

With the integrated retractable insulating
shields, no additional accessories are
needed to isolate the connections on all
breaking capacities and high ratings of the
1.5 modules/pole (In 63 A) circuit breakers.
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
195
Rex time switches Lexic
remote
xxxxxxxx
control dimmer
Wiring diagram
MaxiRex
Cat.Nos 6499 15, 6499 14, 6499 36
0036 71
Dimensions (p. 203)

Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers Number of

17.5 mm
DIN rail mounting modules
1 0036 71 For incandescent and halogen lamps 6
A
230 V , ELV halogen lamps with
ferromagnetic or electronic transformers
Can be controlled with simple non
MaxiRex illuminated double push-buttons or BUS
peripheral
Cat.No. 6499 39
MaxiRex
Cat.No. 6499 64
Wiring diagram
POWER
POWER LOAD
L N N L
L
N
196 Red catalogue numbers : New products
Lexic Lexic
remote control dimmer push-buttons and control switches
Dimmer for incandescent and halogen lamps

Cat.No 0036 71
Bus line for control peripherals

Maximum length of the bus line : 300 m
Recommended cable : SYT shielded
0044 53 0044 54
Double Double Dimensions (p. 203)

push button push button
Max. 100 m Supplied in push-button position

Can be converted to control switches
Accept insertion of supply busbars
Conform to standard IEC 60669-1
L AC 12 according to IEC60947-5-1
Nominal rating : 20 A
Rated voltage : 250 V
Power dissipation : 2 kW per pole
Nominal frequency : 50/60 Hz
Compatible load Terminal capacity - Rigid : 4 mm2
Flexible : 4 mm2
Degree of protection : IP20
Pack Cat.Nos Single functions

004453-6617s.eps
Cat.No
Max. 1000 W
26/36
20 A - 250 V A
0036 71 yes yes no yes yes no Number of
Min. 40 W 17.5 mm modules
10/100 0044 53 1 N/O
004454-6618s.eps 1
Incandescent lamps
Halogen lamps 230 V
F luorescent lamps 26 or 36 mm 004455-6619s.eps
10/60 0044 54 1 N/C 1
H alogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer
H alogen lamps with electronic transformer
F luocompact lamps with separated electronic ballast 1-10 V
10/60 0044 55 2 N/O 1
004463-6621s.eps
Dual functions
Number of
17.5 mm modules
10/100 0044 63 1 N/O + green 1
indicator(1) 004464-6622s.eps
10/60 0044 64 1 N/C + red 1

indicator(1)
(1)
supplied with E10 lamps 230 VA
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally. available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Lexic pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx
indicators xxxxxxxx and voltmeter
ammeter
0044 84 0044 85 0044 86 0046 02 0046 00 0046 63
Dimensions (p. 203)

Dimensions (p. 203) Technical data (p. 199)
Supplied with diffuser and lamp E10 - 230 V A Pack Cat.Nos Ammeters
Replaceable diffuser and lamp
Allow supply busbar to be inserted Analogue ammeter
Measures the intensity of the current circulating
Pack Cat.Nos Single indicators 250 V A004483-6624s.eps
Number of
17.5 mm modules
in an electrical circuit in Amperes (A) Number of
17.5 mm
Direct connection modules
10/100 0044 83 Green 1
10/100 0044 84 Red 1 1/12 0046 02 To alternating or direct current
10/100 0044 85 Orange 1 Range : 0-30 A 4
10/100 0044 86 Blue 1 Connected using a 5 A current
transformer (CT)
1/12 0046 00 The meter is fitted with an appropriate 4
Replacement lamps E10 - 1.2 W dial for the intensity of the current being
measured
10/200 0044 36 230 V neon
Measuring dials for ammeter Cat.No 004660-3946a.eps
0046 00
2/84 0046 10 0-50 A
2/84 0046 13 0-100 A
2/84 0046 15 0-200 A
2/84 0046 17 0-300 A A
2/84 0046 18 0-400 A

2/84 0046 20 0-600 A
2/84 0046 21 0-800 A
2/84 0046 22 0-1000 A
2/84 0046 23 0-1200 A
Voltmeters Number of
17.5 mm
Analogue voltmeter modules
Used to measure the AC or DCvoltage
(V) in an electrical circuit
1/12 0046 60 Range 0-500 V 4
Digital ammeter / voltmeter

Display A, kA, V
1 0046 63 Measures the current or the voltage 4
of the circuit depending on the connection
made
- Ammeter mode: connected via a 0 - 5 A
current transformer (CT)
Reading range adjusted according to CT
used (100, 400, 600 or 1000 A)
Voltage: 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Scale: 0 - 4000 A
- Voltmeter mode: measures the AC
or DC voltage of an electrical circuit;
scale 0 - 500 V
Lexic pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxxswitch and current transformer
selector xxxxxxxx voltmeter and current transformer
ammeter,
Technical data
Ammeter
Analogue Digital
Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic via shunt
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision 1.5 % 1 % to + 1 digit
Operating temperature 10 0 C to + 40 0 C 10 0 C to + 40 0 C
Storage temperature 20 0 C to + 80 0 C 20 0 C to + 70 0 C
Consumption :
voltage circuit - 4.5 VA
measurement circuit 1.1 VA 1 VA
Connection Direct Via CT -
0046 52 0047 79 Size 6 mm2 4 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2
Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
004652-6627s.eps
Pack Cat.Nos Selector switches
Current transformers (CT)
For manual switching of circuits being measured
Index of protection IP 20
4-position ammeter selector switch 0 Operating frequency 50/60 Hz
1/20 0046 50 For measuring currents in a 3-phase 004650-6626s.eps
L3 L1 Connection size : cage terminals 2 x 2.5 mm 2
circuit using only one ammeter with a clips 6.3 x 0.8

current transformer (3 modules) L2 Operating temperature - 10 C to + 60 C 0 0
4-position voltmeter selector switch Storage temperature - 20 C to + 70 C 0 0
0
1/20 0046 52 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages 004653-6628s.eps Conformity to standards IEC 60044-1
of a 3-phase circuit without neutral using L3L1 L1 L2
only one voltmeter (3 modules) L2 L3 Voltmeter
7-position voltmeter selector switch
Analogue Digital
1/20 0046 53 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages L1 L2 L1 N
and phase-neutral voltages of a 3-phase L 2 L L 2 N Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic integration
circuit with neutral (3 modules) 3 1 3
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision 1.5 % 1% to 1 digit
Operating temperature 10 0 C to + 40 0 C 10 0 C to + 40 0 C
Current transformers (CT) Storage temperature 20 0 C to + 80 0 C 20 0 C to + 70 0 C
Consumption 3 VA 4.5 VA
Used with ammeters or electricity meters Connection size 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2
Supply a current of 0 to 5 A to the secondary Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
which is proportional to the primary current
Fix to plate or rail EN 50022
Transformation ratio Precision in % Power in VA Current transformers (CT)
1/12 0046 31 50/5 3 1.25
1/12 0046 34 100/5 1 2.5 Dimensions
1/12 0046 36 200/5 1 5.5 Opening Opening Fixing
1/12 0047 75 300/5 1 11 for cable for bar centres
1/12 0046 38 400/5 1 12 max. (mm) w. x th. (mm) on plate (mm)
1/12 0047 76 600/5 1 12 CT single-phase
1/12 0047 77 800/5 1 15 44 30
1/12 0047 78 1000/5 1 20 CT 50/5
1/12 0047 79 1250/5 1 15 100/5 21 16 x 12.5 on rail EN 50 022
65
200/5 47
.5

56 42
20.5 x 12.5
CT 300/5 23 25.5 x 11.5 50 x 45
94
30.5 x 10.5
60
45
77 46
CT 400/5 35 40.5 x 10.5 54 x 45

107
54
45
90
90
CT 600/5
800/5 - 32 x 65 on bar
94
1000/5
40
96
87
CT 1250/5 - 34 x 84 on bar
116
58
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
Lexic
ammeter
Technical data Connection

Installation Analogue ammeter
0046 00
Analogue ammeter
0046 00 Single phase
0046 10 0-50 A 0046 30 50/5 A

IMAX : 5 A 0046 13 0-100 A 0046 23 100/5 A
0046 15 0-200 A 0046 35 200/5 A
0046 17 0-300 A 0046 37 300/5 A
0046 18 0-400 A 0046 38 400/5 A Three phase
0046 20 0-600 A 0046 40 600/5 A
0046 21 0-800 A 0046 41 800/5 A
0046 22 0-1000 A 0046 42 1000/5 A
0046 23 0-1200 A 0046 43 1200/5 A
0-30 A Analogue ammeter

0046 02
Single phase
IMAX : 30 A
2
Three phase
IMAX : 30 A
3
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
200
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx and voltmeter
ammeter
Technical data Connection

Connection Digital ammeter/voltmeter
0046 63
Analogue voltmeter A
Single phase
0046 60
Single phase
A
A
A
A
230 V
A
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
2A 230 V
L
2A COMM A V SU
230 V L
N COMM A V SU
Three - phase L 230 V

N
With 4 position switch Cat.No 0046 52 : Measurement between phases L
in three phase circuit. N
N
L
LN
N
V
V
V
V
V
230 V
V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
Three-phase COMM A V SUPPLY

230 V
With 7 position switch Cat.No 0046 53 : Measurement between phases 2A 230 V
and between phase and neutral in a three-phase + neutral circuit. L

2A 2A COMM A V SU
230 V L
2A N COMM A V SU
L 230 V
N
L
N 2A
N 2A
L
LN
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
201
COMM A V
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
Lexic L
ammeter and voltmeter N
Technical data
Connection V
Digital ammeter/voltmeter
0046 63
Three phase
A
N
0046 50
A
L1
230 V
L2
L3
COMM A V
and
Legr
A
230 V
2A
11 7 3
0 A COMM A V SUPPLY
L
L3 L1
230 V
N
L2 2A
2 4 10 COMM A V SUPPLY L
230 V
2A N
L L
230 V
N
N
Display V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
2A
L
2A
230 V
N
L
N
Select the desired measure (V or A) by pressing
repeatedly on the button. If A is selected, press
repeatedly on the button to choose the desired rating
(see table below). When the selection display is
cleared, your selection has been saved.
Marking
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
202
Lexic
xxxxxxxxdin-rail products
modular
Dimensions
Products A B C D E F G
SP SPN DP TP TPN FP
Lexic MPCB 82.5 44.5 72.2 89 44 87.3 91
Lexic VSP 60 17.7 - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 - 86 44 70 -
Lexic changeover switch Cat.No 0043 82 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic changeover switch Cat.Nos 0043 83/86 68 35.6 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic push button cum switch 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic indicators 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 -
Lexic dimmer 66 72 60 88 44 72 90
Lexic ammeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic voltmeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic selector switch 60 52.5 69 74 44.5 74 -
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
203
P. 210
SPN DBs
Distribution boards P. 212

VTPN DBs
for DX3/Lexic
products
P. 213
P17 Tempra
Plug and Socket
DBs
p. 219
SPN DBs
Dimensions p. 225
Flexy MCCB
of Distribution DBs
boards
p. 232
Plexo3
Distribution
Solutions
with
EkinoxeTM
204
P. 210 P. 211 P. 211 P. 212
ETPNDBs 7 segment 7 segment Phase selector
DBs MCCB DBs DBs
P. 213 P. 213 P. 214 P. 213

DPX3 160 MCCB DPX3250 ER Flexy DBs Metra Plug and
DBs MCCB DBs Socket DBs
P. 216 P. 216
Metal One Way Cable End Box,
Enclosures Meter Box, PPI Kit &
Accessories
p. 220 p. 221 p. 222 p. 222

TPN DBs and TPN DBs, TPN DBs and TPN DBs -
ETPN DBs 7 Segment DBs and Phase VTPN DBs
7 Segment MCCB DBs selector DBs
p. 221-227 p. 227 p. 228 p. 230

Metra plug and P17 Tempra Metal one way Plastic one way
socket DBs plug and socket enclosures enclosures
DBs
205
Wide range with multiple applications
With Ekinoxe, you have a variety of distribution boards that think Safety First. Combined
perfectly with great aesthetics, that suit any decor, Ekinoxe is ready for use in residences, offices,
commercial and industrial complexes.
SPN IP 43 DB with metal door ETPN IP 43 DB with acrylic door VTPN IP 20 DB
Flexy IP 43 DB with acrylic door Phase selector IP 20 DB VTPN MCCB IP 20 DB
Flexy IP 20 DB with cable end box 7 segment MCCB DB Metra plug & socket DB
206
EkinoxeTM
Ekinoxe has been designed to provide a new
dimension of protection in homes, offices and
industries. With a stylish colour, elegant curves
and distinctive finish. Ekinoxe blends in perfectly
with any interior decor.
Flexy IP 43 DB with metal door
Beautifully designed E-Curves:

distribution board Elegantly designed curved
For the most elegant- outlines with a professional
looking, eyecatching matt finish, make Ekinoxe
Distribution Boards, look an eyecatching creation.
no further than Ekinoxe.
VTPN MCCB DB with meter box
One-Look: Smart colour:

A completely integrated A stylish never before
design gives Ekinoxe a colour in DBs gives
compact, Ekinoxe a unique look that
streamlined look. blends perfectly with any
decor. For consistency,
the box and shield are of
the same colour.
colour : RAL 7035
fine textured
P17 Tempra plug & socket DB

... Safe
Busbar and neutral links are Compact

shrouded. Thus, theres no convenience
chance of accidental contact with New compact and
live parts, and no possibility of fully shrouded VTPN
shock during use. Busbar assembly
ensures streamlined
dimensions and
complete safety.
Protect plus for busbars Safe shroud for

neutral links
InstallEase Visual anti insertion Door-Reverse Add on metering block DustGuard Keylock Convertible
The Pan Assembly facility For more convenience, Ammeter/voltmeter, if The Masking Sheet, The DBs come with an
ensures that the entire While mounting, DBs the door can be required alongwith VTPN when fitted onto the ergonomically designed
internal assembly can be can be under- or over reversed at the place of MCCB DBs, can box, will prevent cement lock. In future, if the lock
stored safely when not flushed. To avoid this, two installation. be fitted onto the from entering the box has to be converted to
in use. Moreover MCBs/ markers are provided Metering Box. during plastering. Thus a panel lock, it can be
RCDs/MCCBs can be on the boxes. The lower This box in turn, can be keeping internal done at site simply by
conveniently assembled marks the level upto fitted on components safe. replacing the normal
on the din rail and the which an IP 20 DB should the top of the VTPN lock. Panel locks are sold
entire pan assembly be flushed, while the MCCB DBs. as an accessory.
can be simply fixed onto upper one is the flush
the DB level for an
IP 42 / IP 54 DB
208
EkinoxeTM
Unique feature for total protection ensuring
attention to every details.
Degree of protection
IPmeasures the protection against ingress of solid
IP and liquid particles (Refer table on page 188).
Ekinoxe is available with IP 20, IP 43 and IP 54
degree of protection.
ERDA Certified.
IK measures protection against mechanical

impact. (Refer table on page 188).
IK Ekinoxe is the first range of DBs in India to have IK
08 for IP 20 DBs, and IK 09 for IP 42 and IP 54 DBs.
ERDA Certified
CornerSafe
Corner shields, with their smooth edges
ensures the most vulnerable part of the
Superior withstanding capacity DBs, are protected, against physical
of busbars: damages like bending, peeling of paint, etc.
Busbars of Ekinoxe DBs usually and prevents rusting.
have a withstanding capacity of 10
KA. However, the busbar of DPX
MCCB DBs have a withstanding DoorSecure
capacity of 36 KA. Door earthing makes
ERDA Certified the entire Ekinoxe DB totally shockproof.
Door and shield Cable End Box:

independent Cable end boxes also
During maintenace jobs, have a provision for
just the shied can be mounting terminal
removed - not the entire blocks. Hence, they can
door - so the plaster is also be used as terminal
not affected. block enclosure.

kinoxe SPN DBs
E Ekinoxe TPN DBs - ETPN DBs
DX /Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
for 3
for DX /Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
3
6077 00 6077 20 6077 07 6077 26
6077 10 6077 30 6077 15 6077 35

Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting. Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
With 100 A copper busbar With 100 A copper busbar for each phase
With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar
Door earthing Door earthing
Corner sheilds for better protection Corner sheilds for better protection
Pan assembly for ease of installation
Masking sheet
Masking sheet
Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs
Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP54 DBs With provision for FP MCB/Isolator/RCCB/RCBO as incomer and
SP MCBs as outgoing
Pack Cat.Nos IP 20 - #IK 08 Supplied with wire set
Can be converted to PPI DB at site by using conversion kit.
Nos. of
modules Refer pg. 218 for a ready reconer table
1 6077 00 4 Way 4
1 6077 01 8 way 8 Pack Cat.Nos IP 20 - #IK 08
1 6077 02 12 way 12 Nos. of
modules
1 6077 03 16 way 16
1 6077 05 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 06 6 way 8+18
IP 43 - #IK 09 with metal door 1 6077 07 8 way 8+24
1 6077 08 12 way 8+36
1 6077 10 4 Way 4 1 6077 09 16 way 8+48
1 6077 11 8 Way 8
1 6077 12 12 Way 12
1 6077 13 16 Way 16 IP 43 - #IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 24 18 Way 21
1 6077 15 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 16 6 way 8+18
IP 43 - #IK 09 with acrylic door 1 6077 17 8 way 8+24
1 6077 18 12 way 8+36
1 6077 20 Way
4 4 1 6077 19 16 way 8+48
1 6077 21 8 Way 8
1 6077 22 12 way 12
1 6077 23 16 Way 16 IP 43 - #IK 09 with acrylic door
1 6077 25 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 26 6 way 8+18
IP 54 - IK 09
#
1 6077 27 8 way 8+24
1 6077 30 4 Way 4 1 6077 28 12 way 8+36
1 6077 31 8 Way 8 1 6077 29 16 way 8+48
1 6077 32 12 Way 12
1 6077 33 16 Way 16
IP 54 - #IK 09
1 6077 35 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 36 6 way 8+18
1 6077 37 8 way 8+24
1 6077 38 12 way 8+36
1 6077 39 16 way 8+48
210 Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
EW
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - 7 segment DBs kinoxe TPN DBs - N
E
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO 7 segment DPX3 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
6078 25 6078 35
6014 55 G 6079 34

DBs with phase segregation and seperation between incomer and DBs with phase segregation and seperation between incomer and
outgoings outgoings
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting With 100 A copper busbar for each phase
With 100 A copper busbar for each phase With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management
With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar Door earthing
Door earthing With provision for DPX3160 MCCB as incomer, DP MCB/Isolator/
RCCB/RCBO as subincomer and SP MCBs as outgoing
With provision for FP MCB/Isolator/RCCB/RCBO as incomer,
DP MCB/Isolator/RCCB/RCBO as subin comer and SP MCBs as
outgoing Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
Pack
Supplied with wire set Nos. of

modules
1 6079 28 4 Way DPX 160+12+12
3
Pack Cat.Nos
IP 20 - #IK 08 1 6079 30 6 way DPX3160+18+12
Nos. of 1 6079 31 8 way DPX3160+24+12
modules
1 6079 32 12 way DPX3160+36+12
1 6078 25 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 26 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 27 8 Way 8+12+24 IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 28 12 Way 8+12+36

1 6079 33 4 Way DPX3160+12+12
1 6079 34 6 Way DPX3160+18+12
IP 42 - #IK 09 with metal door 1 6079 35 8 Way DPX3160+24+12
1 6079 36 12 Way DPX3160+36+12
1 6078 35 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 36 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 37 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6078 38 12 Way 8+12+36
Capacity of
IP 20 protection 17.5 mm module
1 6014 50 G 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6014 51 G 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6014 52 G 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6014 53 G 12 Way 8+12+36
IP 42 protection metal door

1 6014 54 G 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6014 55 G 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6014 56 G 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6014 57 G 12 Way 8+12+36
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. 211
kinoxe TPN DBs - phase selector DBs
E Ekinoxe TPN DBs - VTPN DBs
f or DX /Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
3
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCB0
6077 41 6077 61
6078 66 6078 76 6077 51 6077 71

With inbuilt 3 nos. of 63 A phase selector switches and 3 nos Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
piano switches With 200 A copper busbar
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting With 2 neutral bars, 2 earth bars and cable ties for cable management
With 100 A copper busbar for each phase Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar
With neutral bar, earth bar and cable ties for cable management Door earthing
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar Corner sheilds for better protection
Door earthing Pan assembly for ease of installation
With provision for FP MCB/Isolator/RCCB/RCBO as incomer and Masking sheet
SP MCBs as outgoing Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs
Supplied with wire set With provision for FP MCB/Isolator/RCCB/RCBO as incomer and
SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
#
Pack
Nos. of Pack Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
#
modules
Nos. of
1 6078 65 4 Way 8+12 modules
1 6078 66 6 way 8+18 1 6077 40 4 Way 8+12
1 6078 67 8 way 8+24 1 6077 41 8 way 8+24
1 6078 68 12 way 8+36
1 6077 42 12 way 8+36
IP 42 - #IK 09 with metal door

1 6078 75 4 Way 8+12
1 6078 76 6 Way 8+18
1 6077 50 4 Way 8+12
1 6078 77 8 Way 8+24 1 6077 51 8 Way 8+24
1 6078 78 12 Way 8+36 1 6077 52 12 Way 8+36
IP 43 - #IK 09 with acrylic door

1 6077 60 4
Way 8+12
1 6077 61 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 62 12 way 8+36
IP 54 - #IK 09
1 6077 70 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 71 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 72 12 Way 8+36
212 #
IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
kinoxe TPN DBs -
E NEW E
kinoxe TPNDBs -
DPX3160 MCCB DBs DPX3250 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB for DX3/Lexic MCB
6079 14 6079 17 6079 23 6079 26

Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
With 250 A copper busbar With 250 A copper busbar
With 2 neutral bars, 2 earth bars and cable ties for cable management With 2 neutral bars, 2 earth bars and cable ties for cable management
Fully insulated busbar and neutral bar Fully insulated busbar and neutral bars
Door earthing Door earthing
Corner sheilds for better protection Corner sheilds for better protection
Pan assembly for ease of installation Pan assembly for ease of installation
Masking sheet Masking sheet
Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs Reversible doors for IP 43 & IP 54 DBs
With provision for DPX3160 MCCB as incomer and With provision for DPX3250 MCCB and
SP / TP MCBs as outgoing SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Pack Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08 Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08

Pack
Nos. of Nos. of
modules modules
1 6079 10 4 Way DPX3160+12 1 6079 19 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 11 8 way DPX3160+24 1 6079 20 8 way DPX3250+24
1 6079 12 12 way DPX3160+36 1 6079 21 12 way DPX3250+36
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door

1 6079 13 4 Way DPX 160+12
3
1 6079 22 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6076 95 6 Way DPX3160+18 1 6079 23 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 14 8 Way DPX3160+24 1 6079 24 12 Way DPX3250+36
1 6079 15 12 Way DPX3160+36
IP 54 - IK 09
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 25 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 16 4 Way DPX3160+12 1 6079 26 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 17 8 Way DPX3160+24 1 6079 27 12 way DPX3250+36
1 6079 18 12 way DPX3160+36
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. 213
Ekinoxe Flexy DBs PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS
for DX /Lexic modular products
3
The next
generation of
Distribution
6077 65 6077 46 6077 47 Boards
Dimensions (p. 225)
As per IS 8623
Complete flexibility to organise the distribution as per the site
requirements.
Busbars to be selected as per distribution requirement
With neutral bars and earth bars
Fully shrouded neutral bars
Door earthing
Corner sheilds for better protection
Masking sheet
Reversible doors for IP 43 DBs Plug & Socket DB SPN IP 43 DB with
metal door
#
Pack
Nos. of
modules
1 6077 45 2 row of 26
13 modules
1 6077 55 3 row of 39
13 modules
1 6077 65 4 row of 52
13 modules

1 6077 46 2 row of 26
13 modules
1 6077 56 3 row of 39
13 modules
1 6077 66 4 row of 52 ETPN IP 43 DB
13 modules
1 6077 68 8 module 4 row 32 with acrylic door
1 6077 69 10 module 4 row 40
1 6076 96 13 module 4 row DPX3 160 39
IP 43 - #IK 09 with acrylic door > Combined perfectly with great aesthetics,
1 6077 47 2 row of 26 that suit any decor, Ekinoxe is ready for use
13 modules
1 6077 57 3 row of 39 in residences, offices, hotels and industrial

1

6077 67
13 modules
4 row of

52 complexes
13 modules
> With Ekinoxe , you have a variety of

TM
distribution boards that think Safety First
214 Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
pour exemple
Ekinoxe Metra:plugxxxxxxx
and socket DBs Ekinoxe
pour exemple
P17 Tempra
: xxxxxxx
plug and
xxxxxxxx
for DX /Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
3
socket DBs
xxxxxxxx
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
6078 40 6078 60 6078 61 6078 71 6078 80
Dimensions (p. 226-227) Dimensions (p. 227)
Pack Cat.Nos For DX3/Lexic MCBs As per IS 8623

As per IS 8623 Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting Suitable for protection of appliances like
Suitable for protection of appliances like AC/Geyser etc.
AC/Geyser etc Supplied with neutral links
Supplied with neutral links With provision for MCBs/RCCBs/RCBOs
With provision for SP MCB #IK 08
#
IK 08
Nos. of
Pack Cat.Nos For DX /Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
3
modules
1 6078 40 10 A SP, 2P + E 1 Nos. of
modules
1 6078 41 20 A SP, 2P + E 1 1 6078 70 16 A 2P+E-DP 2
1 6078 43 20 A DP, 2P + E 2 1 6078 73 32 A 2P+E-DP 2
1 6078 50 20 A TP, 3P + E 3 1 6078 71 32 A 3P+E-FP 8
1 6078 51 32 A TP, 3P + E 3 1 6078 72 32 A 3P+N+E-FP 8
1 6078 80 63 A 3P+N+E-FP 8
For DX3/Lexic RCCBs and RCBOs
As per IS 8623
Suitable for protection of appliances like
AC/Geyser etc
Supplied with neutral links
With provision for SP / DP RCCBs/RCBOs
#
IK 08
Nos. of
modules
1 6078 60 20 A DP RCBO, 2P + E 4
1 6078 61 20 A FP RCBO, 2P + E 8
1 6078 62 32 A FP RCBO, 3P + E 8
Ekinoxe TV/TEL DB
As per IS8623
Suitable for flash & surface mounting
Provision for mounting TU splitter & telephone
crone
Door earthing
Corner shields for better protection
Nos. of
modules
1 6076 90 6 Way SPN IP 43 6
1 6076 91 8 Way SPN IP 43 8
1 6076 92 4 Way TPN IP 43 20
1 6076 93 6 Way TPN IP 43 26
1 6076 94 8 way TPN IP 43 32
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. DX3 Circuit breakers to be ordered seperately 215
metal & plastic one way enclosures Ekinoxe cable end box
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs, RCBOs, DRX MCCBs and
DPX3 MCCBs
6078 81 6078 82 6078 83 6078 84
6077 43
6078 85 0013 58 0013 56 6079 05 6077 44
Dimensions (p. 228-230) Dimensions (p. 231)
As per IS 8623 Useful for keeping extra cables

For independent mounting of MCBs/RCCBs/RCBOs/DPX3 160 and Possible to mount on the top or bottom of the DB
DPX3 250 MCCB Provison for mounting terminal blocks
#IK 08 Can be used as a terminal box adaptor also
Pack Cat.Nos Metal one way enclosures Nos. of Pack Cat.Nos For IP 20 DBs
modules
1 6078 81 SP Enclosure 1
1 6077 43 For SPN 4 way DB
1 6078 82 DP Enclosure 2
1 6078 83 TP Enclosure 3
1 6078 84 FP Enclosure 4
1 6078 85 FP RCBO 8
1 6077 83 For ETPN 4 way DB
Enclosure
Capacity of
Plastic one way enclosures 17.5 mm 1 6078 03 For ETPN 12 way DB
modules
For independent mounting of
1 6077 63 For all VTPN DB
RCD / MCB/ Isolator
1 6078 13 For all DPX MCCB DB
1 0013 56 For 2 poles 2 1 6077 63 For all Flexy DBs
1 0013 57 For 4 poles 4
1 0013 58 For 6 poles 6
For IP 43 DBs
Metal enclosures for MCCB poles
1 6079 44 DPX3 160 MCCB enclosure 3&4 1 6077 64 For SPN 12 way DB
1 6079 45 DPX3 250 MCCB enclosure 3&4 1 6077 74 For SPN 16 way DB
1 6079 03 DPX 250 3&4 1 6077 84 For ETPN 4 way DB
1 6079 04 DPX 630 4 1 6077 74 For ETPN 6 way DB
1 6079 05 DRX 100 3
1 6079 06 DRX 100 4
1 6077 64 For all VTPN DB
1 6078 14 For all DPX MCCB DBs
1 6077 64 For all Flexy DBs
for cable end box of IP 42 DBs, contact Legrand (India) Stockist

Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Red catalogue numbers : new products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
216
Ekinoxe DBs supply busbars - insulated
meter box,
per phase isolation kit & panel locks
6077 75 6077 76 6070 02 6070 12
6078 95 6014 70 G 6070 22 6070 23
Pack Cat.Nos Pin type supply busbars

Dimensions (p. 223)
100 A copper busbars with insulated sleeve
SP I/C and SP O/G
Pack Cat.Nos Meter box Max. no. of devices Number of
Suitable for mounting DX3/Lexic connected 17.5 mm modules
metering products 1 4049 26 13 13
Possible to mount on the top of the DB 1 4049 37 57 57
Provsion for mounting Ammeter/ SPN I/C and SPN O/G
Voltmeter/Ammeter
1 4049 38 6 12
Selector Switch/
Voltmeter Selector Switch 1 4049 39 28 56
#
IK 08 TPN I/C and SPN O/G
1 6077 75 For all DPX3 MCCB IP 20 DB 3/30 4049 40 5 12
1 6077 76 For all DPX3 MCCB IP 43 DBs 10 4049 41 27 56
1 6077 77 For all DPX3 MCCB IP 54 DBs
TP I/C and TP O/G
1 4049 42 4 12
Per phase Isolation Kit 1 4049 43 19 57
To be used for converting ETPN DB
FP I/C and FP O/G
to per phase Isolation DB
3/30 4049 44 3 12
1 6078 90 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 4 way DB 10 4049 45 14 56
1 6078 91 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 6 way DB
1 6078 92 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 8 way DB Fork type supply busbars
1 6078 93 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 12 way DB

100 A copper busbars with
1 6078 94 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 16 way DB insulated sleeve
SP I/C and SP O/G
Panel locks
1 4049 11 12 12

1 6078 95 Panel lock for IP 43 SPN DBs 1 4049 12 57 57
1 6078 96 Panel lock for IP 54 SPN DBs SPN I/C and SPN O/G
1 6078 97 Panel lock for IP 43 ETPN, VTPN, 1 4049 14 28 56
DPX3 MCCB & Flexy DBs
TP I/C and TP O/G
1 6078 98 Panel lock for IP 54 ETPN, VTPN, 1 4049 17 4 12
DPX3 MCCB & Flexy DBs 1 4049 18 19 57
FP I/C and FP O/G
Blanking plates 10 4049 20 14 56
10 6014 70 G Blanking plates
Accessories for fork and pin type busbars
6 4049 89 End caps for SP
6 4049 90 End caps for DP & TP
20/840 4049 91 End caps for FP
#
IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
217
Protection against mechanical impact: protection index - IK
Ekinoxe DBs According to standard:
for Converting ETPN DB to PPI DB IK IEC 62262, BS EN 62262 and NFEN62262
This table can be used to ascertain the resistance of a product to
an impact given in Joules from the IK code
PPI DBIP 20 - IK 08 (graduated from 00 to 10)
No. of Combine No. of It can also be used to ascertain the correspondence with the old IP
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules code 3rd digit and the corresponding external "Ag" conditions
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12

IK Tests Impact energy AG of
607705 607890 (in Joules) NF C 15-100
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18 IK 00 0
607706 607891 0.2 kg
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24 IK 01 75 mm 0.15
607707 607892 0.2 kg
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36 IK 02 100 mm 0.2 AG1
607708 607893 0.2 kg
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48 IK 03 175 mm 0.35
607709 607894 0.2 kg
IK 04 250 mm 0.5
PPI DBIP 43 - IK 09 with metal door 0.2 kg

IK 05 0.7
No. of Combine No. of 350 mm
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules 0.5 kg

IK 06 200 mm 1
607715 607890 0.5 kg
IK 07 400 mm 2 AG2
607716 607891 1.7 kg
IK 08 295 mm 5 AG3
607717 607892 5 kg
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36 IK 09 200 mm 10

607718 607893 5 kg
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48 IK 10 400 mm 20 AG4

607719 607894
PPIDB IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door Index of protection

No. of Combine
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit
No. of
modules
IPXX IP*** index of protection of enclosures of electrical
equipment in accordance with standards IEC 529, BS 5490,
DIN 400 50 and NF C 20-010
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12 Up to 1000V and 1500V= (standard UTE C20010)
607725 607890 52/07/95F-6926s.eps
1st figure: 2nd figure:
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18 protection against solid bodies protection against liquids
607726 607891 52/01/95F-6920s.eps
IP tests IP tests
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24 0 No protection
607727 607892 0 No protection
Protected against
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36 52/02/95F-6921s.eps
50 mm Protected against 1 vertically-falling drops
solid bodies larger of water
607728 607893 than 50 mm s52/08/95F (condensation)
1 (eg: accidental
contact with the hand) 52/09/95F-6928s.eps
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48 Protected against
607729 607894 12,5 mm Protected against 2 drops of water falling
52/03/95F-6922s.eps
solid bodies larger
at up to 15 from the
vertical
2 than 12 mm
(eg: finger) 52/10/95F-6929s.eps
Protected against
60
PPI DB IP 54 - IK 09 52/04/95F-6923s.eps
Protected against 3 drops of rain water
at up to 60 from the
2,5 mm solid bodies larger vertical
No. of Combine No. of 3 than 2.5 mm
(eg: tools, wires)
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules Protected against
52/11/95F-6930s.eps
Protected against 4 projections of water
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12 solid bodies larger
52/05/95F-6924s.eps
1 mm
from all directions
4 than 1 mm
607735 607890 (eg: fine tools and 52/12/95F-6931s.eps
small wires) Protected against
5 jets of water from all
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18 52/06/95F-6925s.eps directions
Protected against
607736 607891 5 dust (no harmful
deposit) 52/13/95F-6932s.eps
Protected against
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24 6 jets of water of similar
607737 607892
Completely 52/14/95F-6933s.eps
force to heavy seas
protected
6 against dust Protected against
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36 7 the effects of
15 cm
1m
mini
immersion
607738 607893
Protected against
m
8 prolonged effects
of immersion
607739 607894 under pressure
The contents of all the above charts are for guidance only, if you have any doubt as to the interpretation of the information contained therein, please refer either to the
standard itself or contact Legrand. (I) Pvt. Ltd.
In accordance with our policy of continuous improvement, Legrand reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice. All information given here is
correct at the time of going to press.
218
SPN DBs
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
15
6
Mounting Hole Details Mounting Hole Details

Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16 W IP 20 DB
SPN 4/8/12/16 W IP 43 DB with acrylic door
Top Bottom Sides Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C D 32 25 32 25 32 25 Cat.Nos No. of A B C D 32 25 32 25 32 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out out out out out out out
6077 00 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 6077 20 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door IP 54 - IK 09
Mounting Hole Details

SPN 4/8/12/16 W IP 43 DB Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16 W IP 54 DB
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C D 32 25 32 25 32 25 Cat.Nos No. of A B C D
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock ways
out out out out out out 6077 30 4 218 238 318 100
6077 10 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 6077 31 8 290 310 390 100
6077 13 16 450 470 235 125 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 24 18 470 490 240 120 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.

1 inch = 25.4 mm
TPN DBs - ETPN DBs
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
=290=
400
380
400
=C= B
25
15
8.8
3 0.5
9 13
119
101
27 *
A
13.5
6
ETPN 12/16 W IP 43 DB with metal door.
Box Depth
Top Bottom Sides

Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
Mounting Hole Details out out out out out out
6077 18 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
ETPN 4/6/8/12/16 W IP20 DB
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
out out out out out out
6077 05 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
=290=
380
400
25

15
Box Depth
113
13.5
6 95
75

ETPN 4/6/8/12/16W IP 43 DB with acrylic door
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
=290=
380
400
B
25
15
Box Depth
113
6 95
75
IP 54 - IK 09
13.5

ETPN 4/6/8/12/16 W IP 20 DB
= 290 =
400
380
Top Bottom Sides

Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
25
15
Depth
Box
115
5 95
75

ETPN 4/6/8/12/16 W IP 43 DB
Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways
6077 35 4 415 435 515
6077 36 6 450 470 550
6077 37 8 595 615 695
6077 38 12 740 760 840
6077 39 16 740 760 840

1 inch = 25.4 mm
220
TPN DBs - 7 segment DBs TPN DBs - 7 segment MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 20 - IK 08
7.5
3
9
Box Mtg detail
13.5
Scale: 1:1
87
1.5
1
=B=
=560=
670
= 560 =
670
A
7 comp DX3/Lexic MCB/RCD 4/6/8/12 W IP 20 DB
=B= Cat.Nos No. of A B
A ways
Box Depth
6079 28 4 535 425

7
87
75
6079 30 6 570 460

6079 31 8 625 515
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
6079 32 12 700 590
7 comp DX3/Lexic MCB/RCD 4/6/8/12 W IP 43 DB IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
Cat.Nos No. of A B 7.5
ways 3
9
6078 25 4 535 425
Box Mtg detail
115
6078 26 6 570 460
13.5
6078 27 8 625 515 Scale: 1:1
A
6078 28 12 700 590 1.5
1

= 560 =
715
670
B =C=
=C=
ways
6079 33 4 535 582 425
6079 34 6 570 617 460
6079 35 8 625 672 515
= 560 =
715
6079 34 12 700 747 590

670
R6.5

B

ways
6078 35 4 535 582 425
6078 36 6 570 617 460
6078 37 8 625 672 515
6078 38 12 700 747 590

1 inch = 25.4 mm
TPN DBs TPN DBs - Phase selector DBs
common for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCD and for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
Loadkontakt/Loadstop
7 Segment DBs - IP 20 IP 20 - IK 08
=505=
617
=B=
A
Depth
Box
7
77
5 65
= 420 =
519
Mounting
Hole Details
Cat.Nos No. of A B
ways
6014 50 G 4 491 376
10
6014 51 G 6 596 481
BOX DEPTH
6014 52 G 8 701 586
6 87
86
6014 53 G 12 911 796
=B=
A
7 Segment DBs - IP 42 - metal door Box clear depth = 86 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Phase selector 4/6/8/12 W IP 20 DB
Top Bottom
No. of 32 25 32 25
Cat.Nos A B
ways Knockout Knockout Knockout Knockout
6078 65 4 394 294 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 66 6 430 330 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
=505=
623
668
6078 67 8 466 366 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos.

6078 68 12 538 438 1 no. 7 nos. 1 no. 7 nos.
B =C=
Box Depth
7
120
125
5
Mounting
Hole Details
ways
6014 54 G 4 491 538 376
6014 55 G 6 596 643 481
6014 56 G 8 701 748 586
= 430 =
529
574
6014 57 G 12 911 958 796

7
Depth
Box
155
=B=
6
A

Phase selector 4/6/8/12 W IP 42 DB
Top Bottom
No. of 32 25 32 25
Cat.Nos A B C
ways Knockout Knockout Knockout Knockout
6078 75 4 394 294 442 1 no. 4 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 76 6 430 330 478 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 77 8 466 366 514 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 78 12 538 438 586 1 no. 7 nos. 1 no. 7 nos.
1 inch = 25.4 mm
222
TPN DBs - VTPN DBs
Dimensions IP 43 - 09 with acrylic door

IP 20 - IK 08
=C=
A
B
=C=
A
B
400
25
15
113
400
95
75
= 260 =
15
6
Box Depth
380
80
75
= 260 =
6
380 Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)

VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 43 DB with acrylic door

Top Bottom Sides
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 20 DB
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
Top Bottom Sides out out out out out out
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 6077 60 4 450 470 360 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock 6077 61 8 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
IP 54 - IK 09
=C=
A
B
=C=
B
400
400
25
15
25
15
115
96
75
113
95
75
380
5
= 260 =
6
480
380
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 43 DB VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 DB
Top Bottom Sides Cat.Nos No. of A B C

Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 ways
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock 6077 70 4 450 470 360
out out out out out out 6077 71 8 560 580 470
6077 50 4 450 470 360 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos. 6077 72 12 690 710 600

1 inch = 25.4 mm
TPN DBs - DPX3 160 MCCB DBs TPN DBs - DPX3 250 MCCB DBs
for DX /Lexic MCB
3
for DX3/Lexic MCB
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 20 - IK 08
15
15
107
107
8.8 =330=
6
6
450
=330=
5
0.
=C=
8.8
3
A
5 3
9 1
=C=
8.8 0.
A
B
13.5
3
9 1
27
13.5
27 Box mtg hole detail
Scale: 1:1
Box mtg hole detail 470
Scale: 1:1
470 Box clear depth = 96 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 20 250 ER MCCB DB
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 20 125 A MCCB DB Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25
Sides ways Knock Knock
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 out out
ways Knock Knock 6079 15 4 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
out out
6079 20 8 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 10 4 770 790 680 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 21 12 1100 1120 1010 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 11 8 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 12 12 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
25
15
25
15
140
122
140
122
450
6
450
6
.5
=C=
8.8 0
B
B
3
=C=
3 1
A
B
B
5 9
8.8 0.
3
13.5
3
9 1
27
13.5
27 Box mtg hole detail

Scale: 1:1
Box mtg hole detail 470 =330=
=330= Scale: 1:1 470
470 470
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 43 125 A MCCB DB VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 43 250 ER MCCB DB
Sides
Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 ways Knock Knock
ways Knock Knock out out
out out
6079 22 4 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 13 4 770 790 680 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 23 8 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
6076 95 6 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 24 12 1100 1120 1010 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 14 8 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 15 12 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
IP 54 - IK 09
IP 54 - IK 09
25
15
Max
141
25
140
Max
141
123
15
450 =550=
450 550
470
5
5
470
=C=
A
B
B
=C=
B
470
470
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 125 A MCCB DB VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 250 ER MCCB DB
Cat.Nos No. of A B C Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways ways
6079 16 4 770 790 680 6079 25 4 880 900 790
6079 17 8 880 900 790 6075 26 8 990 1010 900
6079 18 12 990 1010 900 6079 27 12 1100 1120 1010
1 inch = 25.4 mm
224
flexy DBs
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
=C=
=C=
A
B
A
400
400
25
15
15
113
95
75
80
75
= 260 =
6
= 260 =
380
6
380 Mounting Hole Details
13 M 2R/3R/4R IP 20 DB 13 M 2R/3R/4R IP 43 DB with acrylic door
Top Bottom Sides
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock out out out out out out
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door IP 43 - 13 mod 3 row Flexy MCCB DB

25
15
140
122
6
450
=C=
A
B
400
= 790 =
900
880
900
5
0.
25
15
8.8
3
3
9 1
95
113
75
13.5
= 260 = 27
6
380 Mounting Hole Details

Box mtg hole detail
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) Scale: NTS
13 M 2R/3R/4R IP 43 DB 470 = 330 =
470
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 Top Bottom Sides
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out Cat.No No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
6077 46 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. out out out out out out
6077 56 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos. 6076 96 4 900 470 380 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.

1 inch = 24.4 mm
metra plug and socket DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
SP MCB DP RCBO
7
58

Metra 20 A DP RCBO P&S DB
Top Bottom Side

Cat.No No. of ways 25 25 25
Knock Knock Knock
Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) out out out
Metra 10A/20 A SP MCB P&S DB 6078 60 20 A DP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
Top Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
FP RCBO
6078 40 10 A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
6078 41 20 A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
TP MCB
7
5
273
Box clear depth = 58mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)

Metra 20A/32A FP RCBO P&S DB
Top Bottom Side

Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25 25
Knock Knock Knock
out out out
6078 61 20A FP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
6078 62 32A FP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
115

Metra 20 A/32 A TP MCB P&S DB
Top Bottom
Knock Knock
out out
6078 50 20A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.
6078 51 32A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.

1 inch = 25.4 mm
226
P17 Tempra plug and socket DBs metal one way enclosures
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
16 A DP SP/DP MCB
BOX
DEPTH
= 145 =
188
175
83
6
8 1
7
Mounting Hole Details 6
58
59
Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) MOUNTING HOLE
40 DETAILS
5
Tempra 16 A (2P+E) P&S DB
70
Top Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25 Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Knock Knock Enclosure SP/DP MCB
out out
6078 70 16A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos Top Bottom
6078 73 32A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 81 SP MCB 1 no 1 no
32 A FP 6078 82 DP MCB 1 no 1 no
TP/FP MCB
= 145 =
188
175
MOUNTING
HOLE DETAILS
103
6
8 1
DEPTH
7
BOX
6
59
58

Tempra 32 A (3P+E & 3P+N+E) P&S DB Mounting Hole
=60= Details
5
Top Bottom 90
Knock Knock Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
out out Enclosure TP/FP MCB
6078 71 32 A 3P+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Top Bottom
6078 72 32 A 3P+N+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Knock Knock
out out
6078 83 TP MCB 1 no 1 no
63 A FP 6078 84 FP MCB 1 no 1 no
120
FP RCBO

225
=150=
212
350
363
= 290 =
233
20
1
7
193 = 120 = 7 6
58
59
127
180 =70= Mounting
5
220 Hole Details

Tempra 63 A (3P+N+E) P&S DB Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Enclosure FP RCBO
Top Bottom
Top Bottom
Cat.No No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock Cat.No No. of ways 25 25
out out Knock Knock
6078 80 63 A 3P+N+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos out out
6078 85 FP RCBO 3 nos 3 nos

1 inch = 25.4 mm
metal one way enclosures
for DRX/DPX3 MCCBs
DRX 100 A TP DPX3 160 TP
2 3 1
6 7
490
380
474
5
4
290
400
384
185
285 107
265
165
No. Description
265 60 245
1 Box
2 Shield
No. Description 3 Corner Piece
1 Box 4 160 A TP DPX3 MCCB
2 Shield 5 Neutral Link
3 Corner Piece 6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
4 100 A TP DRX MCCB 7 Spreader Link
5 Neutral Link
6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
7 Spreader Link
DPX 250 A FP
2 3 1
DRX 100 A FP
2 3 1
5 6
4
720
610
704
5
4
384
400
290
295
395 167 375
165 No. Description

265 60 245 1 Box
2 Shield
1 Box 4 250 A FP DPX MCCB
2 Shield 5 Spreader Link
3 Corner Piece 6 Rotary Handle
4 100 A FP DRX MCCB
5 Spreader Link
DPX3 160 FP
490
380
474
185
285 107
265
No. Description
1 Box
2 Shield
3 Corner Piece
4 160 A FP DPX3 MCCB
5 Spreader Link

1 inch = 25.4 mm
metal one way enclosures
for DRX/DPX3 MCCBs
DPX 250 TP DPX3 250 TP
2 3 1
620
510
604
8
5 4
720
610
704
7
270
370 107 350
295 No. Description

395 167 375
1 Box
2 Shield
1 Box 4 250ER TP DPX MCCB
2 Shield 5 Neutral Link
3 Corner Piece 6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
4 250 A TP DPX MCCB 7 Spreader Link
5 Neutral Link
6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
DPX 630 A FP
7 Spreader Link
8 Rotary Handle 2 3 1
DPX3 250 FP
1020
1004
4
910
5
620
604
510
167 370
470 450
370 107 270
350
No. Description
No. Description 1 Box
1 Box 2 Shield
2 Shield 3 Corner Piece
3 Corner Piece 4 630 A FP DPX MCCB
4 250 A FP DPX3 MCCB 5 Spreader Link
7 Spreader Link 6 Rotary Handle

1 inch = 25.4 mm
plastic one way enclosure cable end box
common for DX3/Lexic/Loadkontakt/Loadstop
Dimensions for plastic enclosure Dimensions

Overall dimensions Mounting dimensions IP 20
0013 56 0013 56
105
100
115
53
B
15
39 .4
2 R4
E
7
13.5
R6.5
=C=
A MOUNTING
HOLE DETAILS
Cable End box IP20
Overall dimensions Mounting dimensions
0013 57 0013 57
Box Clear Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways A B C D Depth 32 25
(Excluding MTG Knock Knock
Hole Embossing out out
E
6077 43 SPN 4 218 238 118 80 75 1 no. 2 nos
6077 53 SPN 8 290 310 190 80 75 1 no. 3 nos
SPN 12
6077 63 VTPN 4/8/12 MCB 380 400 165 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
13M2R/13M3R/13M4R
6077 73 SPN16/ETPN 6 450 470 235 80 75 1 no. 6 nos
6077 83 ETPN 4 415 435 295 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
6077 93 ETPN8 595 615 380 80 75 1 no. 8 nos
6078 03 ETPN 12/16 740 760 525 80 75 1 no. 10 nos
VTPN 4/812
6078 13 160/250 DPX3 MCCB 450 470 235 101 96 - -
Overall dimensions IP 43
0013 58
105
115
100
53
B
15

25
39 .4
2 R4
7
R6.5 13.5
=C=
A MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
Cable End box IP43

Mounting dimensions Slot details
0013 58 0013 58
Box Clear Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways A B C D Depth 32 25
(Excluding MTG Knock Knock
Hole Embossing out out
114 E
6077 44 SPN 4 218 238 118 95 75 1 no. 2 nos
6077 54 SPN 8 290 310 190 95 75 1 no. 3 nos
SPN 12
120.5
6077 64 VTPN 4/812 MCB 380 400 165 95 75 1 no. 5 nos

13M2R/13M3R/13M4R
6077 74 SPN 16/ETPN 6 450 470 235 95 75 1 no. 6 nos
6077 84 ETPN 4 415 435 295 95 75 1 no. 5 nos
6077 94 ETPN 8 595 615 380 95 75 1 no. 8 nos
6078 04 ETPN 12/16 740 760 525 95 75 1 no. 10 nos
VTPN 4/812
114.5 6078 14 160/250 DPX3 MCCB 450 470 235 116 96 - -

1 inch = 25.4 mm
230
meter box P17 Tempra and hypra
Safe and simple,

Dimensions
IP 20
Ideal for industry

470
255
116
245

15
3 .4
2 9 R4
7
13.5
101
5
96
R 6.
= 330=
6

450
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra Box VTPN 160/250 DPX3 MCCB IP20 DB
Cat.No No. of ways

6077 75 17
IP 43
255
245
116
470

3
25
2 9
15
.4
R4
BOX DEPTH
7
3.5
131
116
R6.5
96
330 MOUNTING HOLE

6
DETAILS
450

Metra Box VTPN 160/250 DPX3 MCCB IP 43 DB
Cat.No
6077 76
No. of ways
17
> Rated voltages - 240 V AC and 415 V AC
IP 54 > Protection categories - IP 44 and IP 66/67
> Colour coding for voltage identification
Blue Colour for 240 V AC
Red Colour for 415 V AC
> Material of plugs and sockets special
high grade plastic. Shock proofat low
255
116
245
and high temperatures.

470
25
15
DEPTH
BOX
188
133
96
450
5
= 550 =

Metra Box VTPN 160/250 DPX3 MCCB IP 54 DB
Cat.No No. of ways

6077 77 17

1 inch = 25.4 mm
Plexo3
IP 65 weatherproof cabinets, multifunction sleeves and accessories
6019 94 6018 32 6018 32 + 019 17 019 55 019 66
Self-extinguishing: resistance to incandescent wire 650 C

Conform to EN 60439-3
Weatherproof cabinets - IP 65 - IK 09 - Class II
Door and cabinet fully reversible
Removable chassis and faceplates from 2-row versions up
2-position rail for modular products and moulded cases
Spacing between rails 150 mm
Can be tted with perforated plates and solid faceplates for mounting non-modular products
Lockable door handle, sealable cover and faceplate
Shock-resistant polystyrene material
Box colour light grey L750A, cover colour dark grey R746A
Supplied without terminal blocks
Pack Cat.Nos Cabinets 2 to 8 module Pack Cat.Nos Accessories

Number of rows Number of modules Key lock
6 6019 32 1 2 (+1) 1 019 66 N 850
6 6019 94 1 4
6 6019 96 1 6 Joining kit
6 6019 98 1 8 2 019 67 Allows cables to be run horizontaly or vertically
between 2 cabinets or multifunction sleeves while
maintaining IP 65 protection
Cabinets 12 modules per row Sealing kit
Number of rows No. of 5-module blanking plates 1 019 68 Set of 2 sealable terminal shields for cover and 8
1 6018 31 1 1 sealable supports for faceplate
1 6018 32 2 2
1 6018 33 3 2 Fixing lugs
1 019 69 Set of 4 wall mounting lugs
Blanking plates
Cabinets 18 modules per row 20 019 61 5, separable into modules or 1/2 module
Number of rows No. of 5-module blanking plates Grey R746A
1 6018 35 1 1
1 6018 36 2 2 Direct piercing end caps
1 6018 37 3 3 1 019 55 Pack consisting of 2 32 mm ISO end caps,
1 6018 38 4 3 5 25 mm ISO end caps and 10 20 mm ISO end
caps
Plain faceplates
Multifunction sleeves 2 019 64 For 12 modules cabinets
Supplied with hinges connecting the cover to the 2 019 65 For 18 modules cabinets
back of the cabinet Perforated plates
For use with 12 and 18-module cabinets using
joining kit Cat.No 019 67 Allow the DIN rail to be replaced with a LINA 25
Can be tted with control units and accessories: plate when integrating non-modular products
P17 16 A and 32 A sockets with standard xing 1 019 62 For 12 modules cabinets, Height 150 mm
centres, ush-mounted IP 55 Plexo wiring 1 019 63 For 18 modules cabinets, Height 150 mm
accessories, Osmoz, modular rail at the back of the Hinges
box 2 019 70 Set of 2 hinges connecting the back of the cabinet to
Vertical the cover
1 019 17 For 2 rows cabinets
1 019 18 For 3 rows cabinets
Plexo3
IP 65 weatherproof cabinets, multifunction sleeves
and accessories
n Dimensions n Number of knockouts on each side

Cabinets 2, 4, 6 and 8 modules Cat.Nos
Top/bottom Left/right
B 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm
A E 6019 32 2 - - - - -
6019 94 2 1 - 2 - -
6019 96 4 1 - 2 - -
6019 98 6 1 - 2 - -
C
D
6018 31 7 2 2 - - 2
6018 32 13 2 2 - - 3
48,5
6018 33 13 2 2 - - 4
78
6018 35 12 2 3 - - 2
6018 36 13 4 3 - - 3
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos 6018 37 13 4 3 - - 4
A B C D E
6018 38 13 4 3 - - 5
6019 32 109 93 174 94 -
6019 94 115.6 128 200 120 -
6019 96 115.6 164 200 120 70 n Direct piercing end caps
6019 98 115.6 200 200 120 106

Number of end
Cat.No Type caps per pack
Min. (mm) Max. (mm)
Cabinets 12 and 18 modules
B ISO 20 10 4 13
A E
019 55 ISO 25 5 9 18
ISO 32 2 12 25
C
D
48,5
89
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos
A B C D E
6018 31 141 340 282 180 180
6018 32 161 340 432 330 180
6018 33 161 340 622 480 180
6018 35 141 448 282 180 288
6018 36 161 448 432 330 290
6018 37 161 448 622 480 290
6018 38 161 448 822 680 290
n Vertical multifunction sleeves

A
B
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos
A B
019 17 137 432
019 18 137 622
233
P. 240
Mechanical
switches
P.246
Automatic switches,
Single pole latching
relays, Time delay switch
and Visual indication
P. 255
ArteorTM Power units and
Power strips
Wiring Devices prewired
P.261
Ancillary
mechanisms and
modular support
P.265-283
Technical data
Home Automation - P.296

Presentation
Radio/Zigbee* of Radio/Zigbee
technology technology
P.306
Presentation
of BUS/SCS
Wiring
technology
ArteorTM
Devices
P.316
Home Automation - Energy and
BU S/SCS Load shedding
management
technology
Solutions P.323
Accessories for
BUS/SCS
with Arteor
video door entry
TM system
P.332
Presentation
Home networks of Home networks
234
P. 242 P. 243 P.244 P.246
Electronic Push-buttons, Dimmers, Load selection
switches Roller blinds Fan controllers chart
control
P.247 P.248-253 P.254 P.254

Access control, Hotel RCBO and MCB Socket outlets and
clockcon switch equipment Modular units socket
outlets
P.256 P.257 P.258 P.259

Television and Ethernet Adaptors for USB Audio and tvideo
Telephone switches, sockets, Attenuator sockets
sockets Wi-Fi access and Loudspeaker
point sockets
P.261 P.262 P.263 P.263-264

Surface Plexo 55 Plexo boxes and DLP trunking plate,
mounting boxes Adapter IP 55 floor boxes and
and Flush boxes underfloor boxes
P.284-291 P.292-295
Cover plates Cover plates
selection
charts
P. 298 P.302 P.303 P.304

Lighting control Touch Other Switches,
and Automation plates functions Dimmers
mechanisms max. loads
(selection chart)
ON
ON
P.308 P.310 P.313 P. 314
Lighting control OFF
OFF Key covers
1 2 3 4 5
Lighting control Temperature
and Automation ON and Automation control
mechanisms BUS/SCS sensors
OFF
and Accessories
P.318 P.319 P.321 P.322

Intruder alarm Sound diffusion Home system Door entry
management systems
P.325-329
Technical data
P.334 P.336
Home networks Structured
structured wiring wiring audio
235
Wiring Accessories
Switch & socket 1-way switch - Fan regulator Skirting light

3 gang
Time delay switch Leading \ trailing RJ 45 Automatic

edge dimmer switch
Home Automation
Dimmer Scenario control Lighting touch Dimmer control

control
1.2 Touch screen
Door Entry System
Video display
236
A rich choice of finishes
NEUTRAL
ArteorTM
White Pearl Alu
TATTOO Flow of energies

The range reaches from wiring devices, through
innovative radio automation solutions up to
fully networked home automation in a unique
Graphite Edition 1
aesthetics.
MIRROR
DESIGN FOR A GLOBAL LIFESTYLE

The timeless design of ArteorTM
Mirror Black Mirror White
features clearly hi-tech characteristics
understandable anywhere in the world.
Minimalist and sober, its carefully
crafted design is inspired by the most
modern technological devices, such as
Mirror Taupe Mirror Red flat screens and digital photo frames,
GRAPHIC creating the impression that the product
is floating on the wall.
DESIGN OPTIONS FOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS
Formal Casual
Arteor offers a wide choice of
ergonomics and finishes to satisfy the
BRUSHED METAL
most demanding customers. All
stand-alone control functions are
available in two shapes of rockers
round or square and in two colours
Stainless Steel Gold Brass white or magnesium.
WOOD
Wenge Style Light Oak
LEATHER
Club Galuchat
SIGNATURE
Woven Metal

2
1
2
1 Finger-proof terminals for 1 Tunnel terminals preventing Sockets with ISI mark, Fully shrouded internal
IP 20 protection against screwdrivers from slipping. conforming to IS 1293. mechanism under the rocker
accidental contact. 2 Laser marking onmechanisms. Fan regulator with ISI mark, preventing visibility of sparks.
2 Captive "never to loose Arrow showing the correct conforming to IS 11037.
screws". orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997.
A B
1
For switches with LED Sockets are shuttered for A. For all high end plates
lamps, life of LED is 50000 child's safety against electric 1 Metal frame providing solid support to base.
burning hours. shocks. Bi-material frame - electrical safety IP20.
Consumes power (0.76 W) 2 Screw caps can be closed once the support frame is installed,
next to NIL. ensuring total insulation.
B. For white plates only.
Mechanisms compatible with DLP trunking systems, columns, floor boxes and VDI installations.
238
ArteorTM
1
Unique features that makes ArteorTM

an ideal choice
1 Stripping templates on Possibility of weather proofing
sockets for stripping off mechanisms using Plexo IP 55
exact length of insulation. and IP 66 boxes.
Safety during the installation process

Plates are supplied with special
protective cover. This ensures
protection of the product against
dust and paint during the
completion of site work.
Protective cover should be

removed only once site work is
fully completed.
2 x 2 way switch - 3 controls possible in 2 module plate. In

round and square design possible.
Arteor is a modular range offering

maximum flexibility in terms of
installation and configuration.

ArteorTM
mechanical switches - square version
5734 01 5734 50 5738 01 5736 11 5720 43 5725 44
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293)
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 6 AX - 230 VA Pack Cat.Nos Switches 20 AX - 230 VA (continued)
Single module mechanisms Two module mechanisms

White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 00 5736 00 1-way switch 10/100 5734 52 5736 52 1-way switch
20/200 5734 02 5736 02 2-way switch 10/100 5720 42 5725 42 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
20/200 5734 01 5736 01 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied 10/100 5720 43 5725 43 1-way switch - 3 gang
Red LED supplied 10/100 5720 44 5725 44 2 x 2-way switch + 1-way switch
3 gang
Red
20/200 5738 00 1-way switch red rocker plate 10/100 5734 54 5736 54 1-way double pole switch with
indicator
Red LED supplied
10/100 5720 49 5725 49 2-way double pole switch with
Switches 10 AX - 230 VA indicator & water heater reading
Two module mechanisms

White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Switch 25 A - 230 VA
10/100 5734 50 5736 50 1-way switch
White Magnesium
10/100 5734 51 5736 51 2-way switch 20/200 5734 17 5736 17 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1 way switch with indicator
5/50 5720 37 5725 37 Switch with indicator
label holder Switches 32 A - 230 VA
White
Magnesium Two module mechanism
10/100 5720 38 5725 38 Intermidate switch 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
indicator
Red 1 module mechanism Red indicator supplied
20/200 5738 01 1-way switch red rocker plate
Switches 40 A - 230 VA
Switches 20 AX - 230 VA White
Magnesium Monobloc mechanical switches
Single module mechanisms indicator
White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Red indicator supplied
20/200 5734 10 5736 10 1-way switch

Red LED supplied
Red LED supplied
Red
5/40 5738 02 Double pole switch red rocker plate
ArteorTM
mechanical switches - round version
5733 50 5733 62 5733 51 5733 40 5730 72 5733 92
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 6 AX - 230 VA Pack Cat.Nos Switches 20 AX - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms Single module mechanisms

White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5733 00 5733 50 1-way switch - left module 20/200 5733 20 5733 70 1-way switch - left module
20/200 5733 05 5733 55 2-way switch - left module 20/200 5733 21 5733 71 1-way switch - right module
20/200 5733 12 5733 62 1-way switch - middle module 20/200 5730 21 5731 21 1-way switch - middle module
20/200 5733 01 5733 51 1-way switch - right module 20/200 5730 24 5731 24 2-way switch - middle module
20/200 5733 06 5733 56 2-way switch - right module 20/200 5730 27 5731 27 2-way switch with indicator
middle module
left module 20/200 5720 64 5725 64 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied left module
20/200 5733 03 5733 53 1-way switch with indicator Red LED supplied
middle module 20/200 5720 65 5725 65 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied right module
right module
Red LED supplied 20/200 5733 22 5733 72 2-way switch with indicator
left module
left module
Red LED supplied 20/200 5733 23 5733 73 2-way switch with indicator
20/200 5733 08 5733 58 2-way switch with indicator right module
right module Red LED supplied
Red LED supplied Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 40 5733 90 1-way switch

Red LED supplied
10/100 5730 72 5731 72 1-way switch - 3 gang
10/100 5730 73 5731 73 2 x 2-way switch +

1-way switch 3 gang
10/100 5733 42 5733 92 1-way double pole switch

with indicator
Red LED supplied
Switch 32 A - 230 VA
White Magnesium Two module mechanism
10/100 5733 26 5733 76 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Double pole switch with indicator
1-way
Red indicator supplied
ArteorTM ArteorTM
electronic switches - square version electronic switches - round version
5740 03 5740 01 5734 55 5743 00 5743 51 5736 55
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 265-267) Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 265-267)
Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium Without neutral White Magnesium Without neutral
2 x 400 W with LED locator 2 x 400 W with LED locator
With Magnesium push control With Magnesium circular push
Supplied with support frame control
Supplied with support frame
With neutral With neutral
With Magnesium push control With Magnesium circular push control
1000 W with LED locator 1000 W with LED locator
Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA

White Magnesium White Magnesium
1/10
5720 51 5734 55 For controlling light sources by 1/10
5725 51 5736 55 For controlling light sources by
simply passing the hand in front simply passing the hand in front
of the switch of the switch
Up to 5 sensitive switches can Up to 5 sensitive switches can be
be combined to control the same lighting combined to control the same lighting
circuit circuit
Supplied with LED indicator light Supplied with LED indicator light
2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
ArteorTM ArteorTM
push-buttons, roller blinds control - square version push-buttons, roller blinds control - round version
5734 13 5736 14 5736 59 5722 20 5733 59 5733 60 5733 61
Pack Cat.Nos Push-buttons 6 A - 230 VA Pack Cat.Nos Push-buttons 6 A - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms Single module mechanisms

White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 04 5736 04 1-way push-button 20/200 5733 09 5733 59 1-way push-button - left module
20/200 5734 05 5736 05 1-way push-button with indicator 20/200 5733 10 5733 60 1-way push-button - middle module
Equipped with blue LED
20/200 5734 13 5736 13 1-way push-button 20/200 5733 11 5733 61 1-way push-button - right module
with bell symbol
20/200 5734 14 5736 14 Push-button with indicator and 20/200 5733 30 5733 80 1-way push-button with bell symbol
bell symbol - left module
Equipped with blue LED 20/200 5733 31 5733 81 1-way push-button with bell symbol
Two module mechanisms - right module
10/100 5734 59 5736 59 1-way push-button with Two module mechanisms
bell symbol 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 46 5733 96 1-way push-button with bell symbol
10/100 5734 60 5736 60 Push-button with indicator and
bell symbol
Equipped with blue LED 10/100 5733 47 5733 97 Push-button with indicator and bell
symbol
Equipped with blue LED
Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Switches Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor (mechanism Switches
with fixed positions) Double switch - 10 A
White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm For direct control of a motor (mechanism
10/100 5722 20 5727 20 Square version with fixed positions)
10/100 5732 20 5737 20 Round version
ArteorTM
dimmers - square version, fan regulators
5722 11

Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 268-270)
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz Pack Cat.Nos Fan controllers

White
Magnesium Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers White Magnesium Single module fan step regulator
1/10 5722 11 5727 11 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Push-button dimmer 5/50 5734 16 5736 16 100 W
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 4 steps (for 42" fans)
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Two module fan step regulator
Leading/trailing edge dimmers 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/10 5740 07 5740 57 2 x 400 W 10/100 5734 63 5736 63 100 W
Push-button dimmer 5 steps (for 42" fans)
With Magnesium push control
Supplied with support frame 10/100 5734 69 5736 69 120 W
5 steps
Universal dimmers For 48" and 56" fans
1/10 5722 39 5727 39 Without neutral, 2 wires
Push-button dimmer for all types 10/100 5734 68 5736 68 5 step
of lamps: for energy saving fans
- Dimmable LEDs: 75 W
(max. 10 lamps)
- Dimmable compact fluorescent lamps:
75 W (max. 10 lamps)
- Halogen with transformer: 400 VA
- Fluorescent tube: 200 VA
- Halogen 230 V and incandescent: 400 W
Can be associated with one or several
push-buttons without neon, for ON/OFF or
dimming control
Lights come on again at the same lighting
level as before they were last switched off
2 modules
Light dimmer 60 - 400 W
10/100 5734 62 5736 62 60 - 400 W - 240 V
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen lamps
Rotary dimmer
1/10 5735 01 5737 01 R-I Touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts
2 module, to be mounted on
3 module support frame
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx - round version
dimmers xxxxxxxx
5743 55 5743 07

Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 268-270)
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz Pack Cat.Nos Fan controllers
White Magnesium Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers White Magnesium Two module fan step regulator
1/10 5743 05 5743 55 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Push-button dimmer 10/100 5730 03 5731 03 100 W
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 5 steps (for 42" fans)
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
10/100 5730 69 5731 69 120 W
Leading/trailing edge dimmers 5 steps
1/10 5743 07 5743 57 2 x 400 W For 48" and 56" fans
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium circular push 10/100 5730 04 5731 04 5 step
control for energy saving fans
Universal dimmers
1/10 5743 19 5743 39 Without neutral, 2 wires
Push-button dimmer for all types
of lamps:
- Dimmable LEDs: 75 W
(max. 10 lamps)
- Dimmable compact fluorescent lamps:
75 W (max. 10 lamps)
- Halogen with transformer: 400 VA
- Fluorescent tube: 200 VA
- Halogen 230 V and incandescent: 400 W
Can be associated with one or several
push-buttons without neon, for ON/OFF or
dimming control
Lights come on again at the same lighting
level as before they were last switched off
2 modules
Light dimmer 60-400W
10/100 5730 66 5733 66 60-400 W - 240 V
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen
lamps
Rotary dimmer
5/60 5722 40 5727 40 R-I touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts
2 module, to be mounted on 3
module support frame
Accessories
5 5760 01 Support frame square for 3
modules
For dimmers Cat.Nos 5722 11 /
5727 11, 5740 06 / 5740 56,
5743 05 / 5743 55, 5743 06 /
5743 56 / 5735 01 / 5737 01 /
5722 40 / 5727 40
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
load selection
: xxxxxxxcharts pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
automatic switches, single pole latching relays,
time delay switch and visual indication
n Load selection charts

Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
ELV halogen
Cat.Nos ELV halogen
Incandescent with
Halogen lamp ferromagnetic with electronic
lamp transformer
transformer
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
5740 04/54 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA
5743 04/54
5740 02/52 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5743 02/52
Micropush 5740 03/53 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
switches 5743 03/53 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 00/50 3x 3x 3x 3x 3x 3x 3x 3x
5743 00/50 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 01/51 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2 x 400 2x 2 x 400
5743 01/51 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA VA 200 VA VA
5720 51
Sensitive 5734 55 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
switches 5725 51
5736 55 5740 47 5740 94 5720 55
5740 06/56 300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 225 VA 450 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5743 06/56
5735 01 Technical data (p. 270-273)
5737 01 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 500 VA 1000 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5722 40
5727 40
Pack Cat.Nos Automatic switches - 100/240 VA
5722 11
5727 11 300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 300 VA 600 VA IR detection
5743 05/55 Adjustable detection distance from 3 to 10 m
Dimmers
5722 39 Horizontal detection angle: 180
5727 39
5743 19 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA Adjustable luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux
5743 39 Time delay adjustable from 1 s to 16 min
5740 07/57 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x Cycle repeated as long as movement is
5743 07/57 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA detected
5722 41 Possible remote manual control with N/C
500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 500 VA 1000 VA 500 VA 1000 VA push-button
5727 41
5740 10/60 1100 W 2200 W 1100 W 2200 W 1100 VA 2200 VA 1100 VA 2200 VA
Integrated self-protection against overloads
and short-circuits
Installation in box min. depth 40 mm
Universal
recommended
Compact fluorescent
Cat.Nos Fluorescent tube LED
lamp White Magnesium With neutral, 3-wire - 1000 W
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 1/20 5740 47 5740 97 Operates:
5740 02/52 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
- up to 1000 W incandescent and
5743 02/52 halogen lamps
Micropush 5740 03/53 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA - up to 500 VA ELV halogen
switches 5743 03/53 lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
5740 00/50 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA transformer, fluorescent tubes and compact
5743 00/50 fluorescent lamps
5720 51 Without neutral, 2-wire - 400 W
Sensitive 5734 55
switches 5725 51 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 1/20 5740 34 5740 94 Operates:
5736 55 - up to 400 W incandescent and
5722 39 Dimmable Dimmable Dimmable Dimmable halogen lamps
Dimmers 5727 39 100 VA 200 VA 37 W 75 W 37 W 75 W - up to 400 VA ELV halogen
5743 19 (max. 10 (max. 10 (max. 10 (max. 10 lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
5743 39 lamps) lamps) lamps) lamps)
transformer
Ballasts 0-10 V Ballasts DALI Reducer motor for

shutters
Single pole latching relays
Cat.Nos
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
White Magnesium
5740 02/52 50 VA 100 VA 1/20 5722 27 5727 27 10 A - 250 VA - 50/60 Hz
5743 02/52
Micropush 5740 03/53
With integrated push-button
switches 5743 03/53 2 x 50 VA 2 x 100 VA Intensity 0.04 A
5740 00/50 3 x 50 VA 3 x 100 VA
5743 00/50
5720 51 Time delay switch
Sensitive 5734 55
switches 5725 51 50 VA 100 VA Interference suppression conforming to
5736 55 standard EN 55022
White Magnesium
5722 38 1/20 5720 55 5740 84 For timer control of a circuit with
5727 38 300 VA 600 VA the following loads:
5743 18 40 mA 40 mA
Dimmers 5743 38 - 1000 W incandescent and
1100 VA 2200 VA
halogen 230 VA
5740 10/60 60 ballast 60 ballast - 2300 W resistive (heating)
50 mA 50 mA
- 400 VA fluorescent and ELV halogen
Adjustable from 25 s to 15 min
It is possible to install a number of timer
switches in parallel on the same circuit
2-wire installation in box min. depth 40 mm
With integrated LED
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
visual indication xxxxxxxx
access control and clockcon switch
5722 26 5724 52 5724 53 5722 52 5727 50
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Technical data (p. 273-274)
Technical data (p. 271-273)
Pack Cat.Nos Miniature emergency lighting unit Pack Cat.Nos Access control
5 vertical modules
IP 40 - IK 04
White Power supply: 12 V=
1/20
5722 22 Illuminates automatically upon Equipped with 2 LEDs red/green and
power failure 1 buzzer. Can be used in stand-alone mode
Unclips from frame to become or with door controller (Cat.No 0767 04, or
portable other control panel using Wiegand protocol)
Can be permanently attached to frame Permanent backup memory
LEDs indicating mains and charging status White Magnesium Key code switch
1/10 5722 52(1) 5727 52(2) 12 V= - 47 mA
Skirting lights 99 users in stand-alone mode
10000 users with door controller
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
For installation close to obstacles 1 door potential free changeover
White Magnesium Standard contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
5/25 5734 64 5735 64 With white LED 1 push-button potential free
contact
Built-in Wiegand protocol interface
With motion detector 100 - 240 V Stand-alone Biometric reader
1/20 5722 26 5727 26 With IR detection cell and LED 1/10 5722 50(1) 5727 50(2) 12 V= - 145 mA
On detection of any movement, 999 users in stand-alone mode
it automatically creates an or with Legrand door controller
illuminated pathway Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
The function is equipped with an audible 1 door potential free changeover
signal that can be disengaged contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
1 push-button potential free input
Illuminated lighting unit Built-in back-lighted LCD for
clear instruction display
White
10/100 5724 52 230 V - 1 W
Supplied with 4 coloured labels
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Overdoor lighting units

Supplied with diffusers and LED
White 2 modules: 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5724 53 Red diffuser
10/100 5722 23 White diffuser
Lamps
5/50 5738 06 LED 230 V for locator switch -
blue
5/50 5738 05 LED 230 V for indicator switch -
red
(1) Supplied with White plate

(2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
xxxxxxxx
hotel equipment square version xxxxxxxx
lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control
5732 84 5733 82 5737 22 5732 34

Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking Pack Cat.Nos Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V
White Magnesium Master controls White Magnesium

10/100 5732 84 5737 84 Master switch 10/100 5732 22 5737 22 Double switch - 10 A
2-way double pole For direct control of a motor
20 AX - 250 V for general (mechanism with fixed positions)
control: all ON / all OFF Roller blinds marking
10/100 5732 86 5737 86 Master push-button 10/100 5732 24 5737 24 Double push-button - 6 A
2-way - 6 A - 250 V for general For control via automatic box (N/O
control: all ON/ all OFF mechanism)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm Roller blinds marking
Controls for bed lights
5/50 5732 94 5737 94 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V Curtain control with specific
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm marking - 250 V
5/50 5732 96 5737 96 2 x 2-way push button White Magnesium
6 A - 250 V 10/100 5732 34 5737 34 Double switch - 10 A
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm For direct control of a motor
Controls for desk and entrance lights (mechanism with fixed positions)
5/50 5733 82 5738 82 2 x 2-way switch Curtain marking
10 AX - 250 V 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10/100 5732 36 5737 36 Double push-button - 6 A
5/50 5733 84 5738 84 2 x 2-way push button For control via automatic box (N/O
6 A - 250 V mechanism)
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Curtain marking
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
xxxxxxxx
hotel equipment round version xxxxxxxx
lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control
5737 85 5732 95 5737 35

Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking Pack Cat.Nos Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V
White Magnesium Master controls White Magnesium

10/100 5732 85 5737 85 Master switch 10/100 5732 23 5737 23 Double switch - 10 A
2-way double pole For direct control of a motor
20 AX - 250 V for general (mechanism with fixed positions)
control: all ON / all OFF Roller blinds marking
10/100 5732 87 5737 87 Master push-button 10/100 5732 25 5737 25 Double push-button - 6 A
2-way - 6 A - 250 V for general For control via automatic box (N/O
control: all ON/ all OFF mechanism)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm Roller blinds marking
Controls for bed lights 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/50 5732 95 5737 95 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V Curtain control with specific
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
marking - 250 V
5/50 5732 97 5737 97 2 x 2-way push button White Magnesium
6 A - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10/100 5732 35 5737 35 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
Controls for desk and entrance lights (mechanism with fixed positions)
5/50 5733 83 5738 83 2 x 2-way switch Curtain marking
10 AX - 250 V 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10/100 5732 37 5737 37 Double push-button - 6 A
5/50 5733 85 5738 85 2 x 2-way push button For control via automatic box (N/O
6 A - 250 V mechanism)
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Curtain marking
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment
xxxxxxxx hotel equipment
xxxxxxxx
BUS and Radio scenario controllers key fob switches, shaver sockets
5745 87 5745 91 5727 30 5721 53

Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295) Technical data (p. 274)
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers with specific Pack Cat.Nos Key fob switches
marking
For energizing a circuit by inserting a key
Radio controls fob Cat.Nos 5722 59 and 5727 59 or a
4-scenes micropush control smart card (access card for a hotel room)
Surface mounting, no wiring needed Example of use: hotel room power supply
For BUS or radio installations only when guest is present
Mechanisms equipped with White or Black Time-delay of approx. 30 sec. after card
round cover plate and Magnesium circular removal
push control for 4 scenarios To be equipped with single pole latching
Supplied with support frames and relay Cat.Nos 5722 27 and 5727 27 (p. 246)
batteries White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be equipped with plates (p. 286-291) 1/20 5722 30 5727 30 Key fob switch 230 V
White Black 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1 5740 87 5745 87 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
1 5740 88 5745 88 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / Key fob
close curtains" marking
White Magnesium
Touch plates for radio controls 10/50 5722 59 5727 59 Key fob
4-scenes touch plate Enables use of key fob switches
British standard fixing centres in hotels with key locks
1 5740 90 5745 90 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" Supplied complete with a label holder
marking for individual hotel identification
Can replace standard rocker plates
and plates on 4-scenes radio Shaver sockets
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 87, 5745 87
1 5740 93 5745 93 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24
close curtains" marking For use with European, British, American,
Can replace standard rocker plate Australian 2-pin plugs
and plates on 4-scenes radio Screwless live and neutral terminals
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 88, 5745 88 Double wound isolating transformer
Automatic self-resetting overload feature
BUS controls Plug insertion operates micro-switch which
1 5740 89 5745 89 4-scenes touch control for the energises transformer
activation of 4 scenarios: To be equipped with BS 2 gang - 3 modules
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax" plates (p. 292-293)
2 modules mechanisms For flush-mounting boxes, use BS 2 gang
For British standard flush-mounting box depth 48 mm, US type, italian type
boxes boxes depth 48 mm
1 5740 91 5745 91 6-scenes touch control for the Power supply: 230 V - 50/60 Hz
activation of 6 scenarios:
White Magnesium 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax /
open curtains / close curtains" 1 5721 53 5726 53 230 V / 120-230 V
3 modules mechanisms With earth connector
For British, Italian and American flush-
mounting boxes
230V
120V
Accessories
Sheet with stickers with symbols for
different scenarios for hotel rooms
1/100 5740 92 Dark colour
1/100 5745 92 White colour
Complete home automation

solutions (see p. 298-337)
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment - square and round version
xxxxxxxx hotel equipment
xxxxxxxx
call indicators call confirmation, buzzers and chimes
5734 61 5725 67 5725 74 5736 43
Pack Cat.Nos Hotel bedroom call indicators Pack Cat.Nos Bell push call indicator and register
Enables the resident to inform hotel staff of
the room status
Two settings are possible: White Magnesium
- Do not disturb 20/200 5734 15 5736 15 230 V
- Please clean the room 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1 + 1 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Indicator
Indicator lamp and bell push Accessories
Installed in the corridor, display calls
White Magnesium Supplied with LED 5/50 5736 06 Set of labels
5/50 5734 61 5736 61 Square version
5/40 5720 67 5725 67 Round version
Internal control unit Buzzers

Allows the user to select the desired setting
Supplied with LED White Magnesium
10/100 5734 58 5736 58 Square version 20/200 5734 42 5736 42 230 V
5/50 5720 74 5725 74 Round version
Electronic chime
White Magnesium
10/100
5734 43 5736 43 230/240 V AC - 50 Hz
Tone level: 70 dB at 1 m
Can be controlled by push-buttons
Can be associated to movement detectors
Cat.Nos 5720 53, 5740 61
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment square version
xxxxxxxx
data, audio, video sockets and USB power supplies
5727 73 5720 97 5722 81 5720 96 5744 01 5722 88 5720 71

Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
White Magnesium RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6 monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
20/200 5734 28 5736 28 UTP - 8 contacts graphic paintbox, etc.
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
10/100 5734 74 5736 74 UTP - 8 contacts White Magnesium amplifier is recommended)
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
USB sockets
1/20 5722 75 5727 75 Used to bring connections closer to 1/20 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection
the user 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk) 1 5720 97 5725 97 Preterminated sockets
Connection via screw terminals cross-section Female HD15 - 1 module
1 mm
Recommended cable: USB A max. cable
lenght 5 m HDMI
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1/20 5722 81 5727 81 For digital high definition audio
and video connection of a PC
2 x female RCA monitor, plasma screen, video
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 For the stereo audio connection projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
of any DVD drive, camera, video Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
recorder, etc. type peripheral 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair 1 5720 96 5725 96 Preterminated sockets
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm HDMI 1.4 - 1 module
3 x female RCA
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 For the composite video and stereo S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
audio connection of a DVD drive, 1/40
5744 01 5744 51 1-gang
camera, video recorder, video Provides the YC video link for any
conference equipment etc. peripheral device such as a DVD
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio drive, camera, video recorder,
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial videoconferencing, etc
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female 3.5 mm jack
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm2
shielded audio pair White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals 1/20 5722 88 5727 88 Square version
USB power supplies

White Magnesium For recharging portable devices
Conform to IEC 62684-2011-01
Consumption in passive mode < 0.3 W
2P+E tap-off connection via 2.5 mm2
screw terminals
Supplied cordless
Double USB charger - 5 V - 1500 mA
For fast-charging telephones, smartphones,
MP3/MP4 players and tablet PC
5/25 5720 78 5725 78 2 modules
Single USB charger - 5 V - 750 mA

For Smartphone
10/100 5720 71 5725 71 1 module
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment round version
xxxxxxxx
data, audio, video sockets and USB power supplies
5728 24 5732 74 5737 73 5727 85 5745 01 5722 89

Technical data (p. 275
Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets
White Magnesium RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6 White Magnesium HDMI

10/100 5723 24 5728 24 Rapid connection socket, no tool 1/20 5722 85 5727 85 For digital high definition audio
required and video connection of a PC
UTP - 8 contacts monitor, plasma screen, video
2 modules 45 x 45 mm projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
USB sockets Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
1/20 5732 74 5737 74 Used to bring connections closer to
the user S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
For connecting USB devices 1/20 5745 01 5745 51 1-gang
(scanner-printer, external hard disk) Provides the YC video link for any
Connection via screw terminals cross-section peripheral device such as a DVD
1 mm drive, camera, video recorder,
Recommended cable: USB A max. cable videoconferencing, etc
lenght 5 m 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
2 x female RCA Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm
1/20 5732 72 5737 72 For the stereo audio connection
of any DVD drive, camera, video White Magnesium
recorder, etc. type peripheral 1/20 5722 89 5727 89 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Recommended cable: 1 shielded
audio pair
3 x female RCA
1/20 5732 73 5737 73 For the composite video and stereo USB power supplies
audio connection of a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, video
White Magnesium For recharging portable devices
conference equipment etc. Conform to IEC 62684-2011-01
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio Consumption in passive mode < 0.3 W
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial 2P+E tap-off connection via 2.5 mm2
2 modules 45 x 45 mm screw terminals
Supplied cordless
Double USB sockets - 5 V - 1500 mA
For fast-charging telephones, smartphones,
MP3/MP4 players and tablet PC
5/25 5724 88 5733 98 2 modules
More television, telephone, data,

audio and video sockets
see p. 256-260
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx ArteorTM
xxxxxxxx
RCBO, MCB socket outlets, modular units socket outlets
5734 85 5723 61 5736 70 5734 71
Pack

Cat.Nos RCBO Pack Cat.Nos Indian and Euro-US combined
socket outlets
White White Magnesium 6 A - 10 A - 230 V and 15 A - 127 V

1 5734 85 Single pole + Neutral - 30 mA 20/200 5734 70 5736 70 2P+E
16 A - 230 VA Shuttered for child safety
The RCBO is used to protect 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
people (premises with a conductive
floor, presence of water, etc...) against direct contact
with live parts or leakages to earth Indian standard socket outlets
With test button
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 6 A / 16 A
3 pin combined (2P+Earth)
White Magnesium Shuttered for child safety
Thermal magnetic proximity MCB 10/100 5734 71 5736 71 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White
1 5723 61 Single pole + Neutral - 230 VA 5/50 5734 67 5736 67 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
16 A
Used for local protection of part in a circuit
(e.g. 2P+E socket) against
overloads and short-circuits
Used in addition to the main protection as it is Red 6 A - 240 V
both close to the user and discriminating vis--vis 20/200 5738 08 2P+E tamperproof
the main protection, and can therefore be reset Used to identify a mains circuit
immediately (e.g. inverter) and avoid connection
The proximity MCB can also be used as a local of unnecessary equipment which may
consumption limiter (depending on its rating) cause interference on the circuit
Breaking capacity: 3000 A Plugs to be fitted with tamperproof insert
2 modules 45 x 45 mm Cat.No 5738 09
20/200 5738 09 Tamperproof insert for Indian
Voltage surge protector standard 6A socket outlets
White
20/200 5734 40 Surge Filter - 230 VA
1 module Multistandard socket outlets
Shuttered for child safety
10/100 5734 48 Surge Filter - 230 VA 6/10/13 A - 2/3 pin for 250 V AC
2 module White Magnesium 15 A for 127 V type - 2 pin
10/100 5734 73 5736 73 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/50 5737 79 5739 79 Double socket

Round multistandard socket outlets

6/10/13 A - 2/3 pin for 250 V AC
White Magnesium 15 A for 127 V type - 2 pin
10/100 5734 89 5736 89 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
socket outlets, modular units socket outlets (continued) xxxxxxxx
power units and power strips prewired
5734 72 5721 04 5721 16 5735 42
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Technical data (p. 280)
Pack Cat.Nos Modular units socket outlets Pack Cat.Nos Power units
Use 2 or 3 modules cover plates
(p. 286-293) White Magnesium
13 A 1/5 5735 42 5737 42 16 A, AC and Geyser

White version supplied with
White Magnesium Conform to BS 1363 Part 2
support frame and White
10/100 5734 72 5736 72 2P+E plate, Magnesium version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm supplied with support
frame, to be equipped with
15/16 A 4-module plate
Socket 2P+E 4 modules 90 x 45 mm
10/100 5721 04 5726 04 Euro - US 1/5 5721 54 5726 54 32 A, AC and Geyser,
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm with cable output
S2P+E with shutters - 2 modules

10/100 5721 16 5726 16 Euro - US Power strips prewired
White Magnesium
16 A 1/10
5737 80 5739 80 Set of
5/50 5735 10 5737 10 2P+E switched 3 multistandard
Conform to IS1293 sockets with one
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm pre-wired 20 A,
1-way switch with
25 A indicator
10/100 5734 66 5736 66 Socket White version
3 pin combined (2P + Earth) supplied with
Shuttered for child safety support frame
2 modules 45 x 45 mm and White plate, Magnesium version
supplied with support frame, to be
equipped with 8-module plate
Red
5/50 5738 10 2P+E switched - dedicated non Energy plugs
standard pin
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium
1/10/100 5738 86 5738 87 6 A Plug
1/10/100 5738 88 5738 89 16 A Plug
1/10/100 5738 07 5738 90 25 A Plug
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
television
xxxxxxxx and telephone sockets xxxxxxxx
10 Giga, Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e data sockets
5734 25 5734 27 5734 32 5736 76 5736 28 5734 75
Pack Cat.Nos Television sockets Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers
Connectors with self-stripping terminals
White Magnesium TV sockets Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error
20/200 5734 25 5736 25 TV single Co-Axial socket Multidirectionnal cable entry
(9.52 mm female)
0-860 MHz
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 - tool-less system
Rapid connection sockets, no tool required
RJ 11 sockets 10 Giga
Equipped with modular Jack connector Supports 10 G base-T applications up to
with 1/4 turn terminal for fast connection 100 m in a channel conforming to ISO/IEC
(possible looping) White Magnesium TIA TSB 155 and IEEE 802.3an
20/200 5734 32 5728 06 STP/FTP - 9 contacts, shielded
White Magnesium RJ 11
folded metal
20/200 5734 26 5736 26 Single RJ 11 with label holder 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Cat. 6
20/200 5734 27 5736 27 Double RJ 11 10/100 5734 77 5736 77 STP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm metal
20/200 5734 34 5736 34 STP - 9 contacts
10/100 5734 76 5736 76 FTP - 9 contacts
20/200 5734 28 5736 28 UTP - 8 contacts

10/100 5734 74 5736 74 UTP - 8 contacts
Cat. 5e
20/200 5734 30 5736 30 FTP - 9 contacts
20/200 5734 29 5736 29 UTP - 8 contacts
10/100 5734 75 5736 75 UTP - 8 contacts
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
rear
xxxxxxxx
pluggable data sockets and wiring splitter xxxxxxxx
Wi-Fi access points
5723 31 5728 32 5723 36 5728 35 5723 76
Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and Pack Cat.Nos Wi-Fi access point
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers Come in addition to a new or existing
Connectors with self-stripping terminals LCS structured cabling, to meet the
Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error requirements for mobility in the building
Multidirectionnal cable entry (meeting rooms for example)
Identical connection to the LCS RJ 45 socket
Remote management via a web interface
Pack Cat.Nos Rear pluggable RJ 45 sockets Allow the configuration and the exploitation
Used to create Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e links in of the Wi-Fi access point by the network
accordance with standards administrator. Security via WPA2 encryption
2 modules 45 x 45 mm (802.11i) and/or authentication (802.11x)
Guest access to offer free access to the
White Magnesium Cat. 6
guests and keep independent and secure
10/100 5723 31 5728 31 UTP the main Wi-Fi network
10/100 5723 33 5728 33 FTP Supply via Power over Ethernet (standard
802.3 af)
Cat. 5e
10/100 5723 30 5728 30 UTP 1/10 5723 76 5728 76 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
dual-band dual-radio
10/100 5723 32 5728 32 FTP Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
Equipped with an RJ 45 socket on the front
Telephone/Ethernet wiring splitter panel
1/10 5723 77 5728 77 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
Provide increased security against theft dual-band dual-radio
and damage to double connectors Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
Provide a rate of 10/100 Mbps frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
Multidirectionnal cable entry 1/10 5723 78 5728 78 Standard 802.11 b/g
Can be installed in all supports min. depth Data rate: 54 Mbps max.
35 mm
Telephone and Ethernet applications
marked on the protective cap
White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5723 36 5728 36 FTP double connector
9 contacts
10/100 5723 35 5728 35 UTP double connector
8 contacts
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
ethernet
xxxxxxxxswitches, Wi-Fi access points adaptors
xxxxxxxx for USB sockets, attenuator and loudspeaker sockets
n Installation principle
5727 75 5722 84 5722 83 5727 70

Pack Cat.Nos USB female sockets

Used to bring connections closer to the user
For connecting USB devices (scanner-
printer, external hard disk)
Patch panel Connection via screw terminals cross-section
1 mm
Max. cable lenght : 5 m
Power injectors White Magnesium Recommended cable: USB A
Cat. Nos 0327 17/ 37/ 38/ 39
1/20 5722 75 5727 75 Square version
230 V 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5732 74 5737 74 Round version

230 V
Attenuator
Ethernet Switch
White Magnesium
1 5722 84 5727 84 100 V - 25 W
Allow to adjust power to 25 W from
n Arteor Wi-Fi access points a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line
A 802.11 a and b/g solution 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Radio communication standard 802.11 b/g 802.11 a
Power over Ethernet standard 802.3 af 3-pole XLR sockets
Frequency band between 2.40
and 2.48 GHz 5 GHz For the stereo connection of any
Number of available channels 13 8 peripheral, microphone, mixing console
Max. data rate 54 Mbps 54 Mbps Recommended microphone cable:
1 x 0.22 mm2 shielded audio pair
Recommended speaker cable: 1 x 1.5 mm2
n Advantages of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point audio pair (will take 2.5 mm2)
Max. cable length: 50 m (beyond this an
- Possibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g audio amplifier is recommended)
Provides a max. data rate of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous mode White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
- Very high security level: encryption (WPA2 - 802.11i) and 1/20 5722 83 5727 83 Neutrik female
authentication (802.1x)
- Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another
without breaking the link) 1/20 5722 77 5727 77 Neutrik male
- Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video and
finally data) in accordance with standard 802.11e
- Easy to configure and make secure with the quick configuration node
NEW: Guest access to offer a free access for the guest and keep Loudspeaker sockets
independent and secure the main Wi-Fi network
Magnesium
n Installation 10/100 5727 70 4 mm2 terminals

In all supports that can take an Arteor mechanism (ducting, columns,
flush-mouting boxes, floor boxes, etc) 10/100 5727 80 4 mm2 terminals
Do not place access points behind an obstacle that would limit the 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
radiation of the antenna
Access points are connected in the same way as RJ 45 sockets
n Sizing
- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement
- Provide 1 access point per 100 m2 for global coverage and
a maximum gross speed
- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for an office used by
visitors
n Legrand services
To guide you in setting up your VDI sites:
- Help with sizing the installation
- On site assistance for integrating products and making important
installations secure
ArteorTM
audio and video sockets
5737 73 5720 96 5727 85 5722 76 5 720 97 5722 88

Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets (continued)
2 x female RCA HDMI
For the stereo audio connection of any For digital high definition audio and video
DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc. connection of a PC monitor, plasma
type peripheral screen, video projector, graphic paintbox,
White Magnesium Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair etc.
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 Square version Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 81 5727 81 Square version
1/20 5732 72 5737 72 Round version
1 5720 96 5725 96 Preterminated sockets
3 x female RCA HDMI 1.4 - 1 module
For the composite video and stereo audio
connection of a DVD drive, camera, video 1/20 5722 85 5727 85 Round version
recorder, video conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 Square version 1-gang
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD drive,
1/20 5732 73 5737 73 Round version camera, video recorder, videoconferencing,
2 modules 45 x 45 mm etc.
1/20 5744 01 5744 51 Square version
Female 3.5 mm jack - square version 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source 1/20 5745 01 5745 51 Round version
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm2 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
shielded audio pair
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals Female BNC 75
1/20 5722 76 5727 76 For the composite video
1/20 5722 78 5727 78 Solder connection connection of any DVD drive,
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm camera, video recorder, etc.
Recommended cable: RG59 coaxial
Max. cable length: 10 m
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
amplifier is recommended)
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
1/20 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection

1 5720 97 5725 97 Preterminated sockets

Female HD15 - 1 module
Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm

1/20 5722 88 5727 88 Square version
1/20 5722 89 5727 89 Round version
ArteorTM ArteorTM
HD 15 amplifier + jack kit, equipment cords audio and video sockets
n Installation of audio and video sockets in a meeting room
5723 70
0517 20 0517 22
0779 30
Pack Cat.Nos HD 15 amplifier + Jack kit 5723 70
White Magnesium 5723 76

1
5723 70 5728 70 Used to connect audio/video terminals at a
distance of more than 20 m
The video link is via an HD 15 connector
(resolution up to UXGA), and the audio link
via a 3.5 mm jack
Comprises:
- One 4-module Arteor transmitter supplied
with cover plate equipped with an HD 15 Depending on the size and configuration of your meeting room, it is
connector and a 3.5 mm jack recommended to link the system 5723 70 to an audio amplification
- One 4-module Arteor receiver equipped device
with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm
jack Cat. 6 cable (Cat.No 0327 56)
- One 4-module Arteor power supply to be HD 15 + 3.5 mm Jack cord (Cat.No 0517 22)
connected on the mains then linked to the
receiver
The transmitter and receiver are supplied
with an RJ 45 LCS jack for tool-free n Installation of audio and video sockets for Home Cinema
connection
The link between the transmitter and
receiver is via a network cable
(Cat.No 0327 56) (consult us) 5722 80 5722 80
Equipment cords
For connecting a socket to a terminal
HDMI cord
1 0517 20 Length 10 m
For connecting an HDMI socket to the
audio/video terminal (plasma screen, DVD
drive, Home Cinema, games console, etc) 6 x 5722 73 5722 81
For use at more than 10 m, use the HDMI
Booster Cat.No 0779 30
HD 15 cord + 3.5 mm Jack cord
5722 80
1 0517 22 Length 2 m 5722 80
For connecting an HD 15 video socket 5722 81
and a 3.5 mm audio jack to a terminal (PC, 5722 80
video projector) 5722 73
HDMI booster
1 0779 30 Used to extend an HDMI connection
Consists of 2 female connectors and
used as an addition to the HDMI cord (for
example cord Cat.No 0517 20)
Does not need an external power supply
Cables
For connecting 2 sockets HDMI cable (Cat.No 0327 80)
HDMI cable HDMI cord
Audio cable
1 0327 80 Length 20 m
For connecting HDMI sockets at a distance
of up to 10 m
VGA cable
1 0327 81 Length 20 m
For connecting full pin HD 15 sockets at a
distance of up to 20 m
ArteorTM ArteorTM
ancillary mechanisms, modular support surface mounting boxes
5736 49 5731 87 5734 80 5735 70
Pack Cat.Nos Blank modules Pack Cat.Nos Surface mounting boxes

10/50 5734 91 For 1 / 2 modules
38 mm depth
White Magnesium Square version
20/200 5734 49 5736 49 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
5/35 5735 20 For 3 modules
38 mm depth
10/100 5723 44 5728 44 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/25 5735 70 For 4 modules

Round version 38 mm depth
10/100 5730 87 5731 87 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Supplied with partition walls
(suitable for shaver socket)
Cable outlets 1/10 5735 71 6 modules

38 mm depth
White Square version mechanisms Supplied with partition walls
5/50 5734 80 45 A cable outlet - BS 1 gang
Supplied with cover plate
For flush mounting back box min.
depth 45 mm 1/10 5723 94 For 8 modules
38 mm depth
Cord outlets
White Square version mechanisms 2/10 5735 74 For 2 x 4 modules
20/200 5734 33 Cord outlet with 8 mm entry 38 mm depth
10/100 5734 79 Cord outlet

2/10 5735 72 For 2 x 6 & 2 x 8 modules

Blanking cover plates 38 mm depth
Indian standard Supplied with partition walls
10/100 5758 10 92 x 92 mm

For one gang box
2/8 5735 73 For 3 x 6 modules

38 mm depth
Panel mounting supports Supplied with partition walls
For 1 to 3 mm thick panels
10/100 5760 15 For 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Clips into a 28 x 53.5 mm
aperture
10/100 5760 16 For 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Clips into a 58 x 53.5 mm
aperture
Modular support
10/100 5760 50 For mounting 2 module
mechanisms on Din rail
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple
plexo boxes : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush boxes xxxxxxxx
plexo 55
Sliding clamp for

vertical adjustment
6890 07 6890 09
0695 80 0696 51
6890 10
6890 11 6890 12 6846 38 0696 72
Pack Cat.Nos Flush boxes Pack Cat.Nos IP 55 modular Plexo 55

Factory made metal sheet enclosure Can accept ArteorTM mechanism (2 module)
Top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit Suitable for hotel kitchens, food stores, laboratories,
entry from any direction. clean rooms.
Possible to break open knockout without anyspecial Adaptor
tool. Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
10/100 0695 80 Grey/white with smoked cover.
Fits on box
Cat.Nos 0696 51, 0696 72, 0696 80
40 6890 07 For 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - grey
10/100 0696 51 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors
40 6890 08 For 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0 091771-6448o.eps
with ArteorTM using special cable gland
which can be cut as per requirement
2 module 45 x 45 mm
5/50 0696 72
091781-6450o.eps
2 x 2 module, 2 entries
40 6890 09 For 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0
5/25 0696 80 3 x 2 module, 3 entries

40 6890 10 For 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - white
40 6890 42 For 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0 10/100 0696 89 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors with
ArteorTM using special cable gland which
can be cut as per requirement.
684638-57606o.eps
20 6890 31 For 8 modules 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
(2 row x 4) Plexo adaptor with box for IP 66
1 6846 38 3 modules with transparent lid
10 6890 11 For 12 modules 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
(2 row x 6) &
16 modules (2 row x 8)
10 6890 12 For 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2

(3 row x 6) &
24 modules (3 row x 8)
pour exemple
plexo boxes : xxxxxxx pourtrunking
DLP exempleplate
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
plexo boxes and adapter IP 55 xxxxxxxx
0109 21
6806 12 6806 13
0109 42
6806 19 6806 33 0109 41
IP 55 box and adaptor with membrane Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Allows operation of switches without opening cover
Grey colour box made from ABS ArteorTM supports
Adaptor material polycarbonate, membrane material PVC Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
Pack Cat.Nos IP 55 box Plexo 55 Dimensions (mm)
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover
HxWxD

Adaptor for flush mounting
20 0109 21 2 modules - for 65 mm cover
20 6806 33 Adaptor for flush mounting - 100 x 122 x 28 0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
3 module
10 6806 11 Box with adapter - 1 module 76 x 76 x 65
10 6806 12 Box with adapter - 2 module 76 x 76 x 65 0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
10 6806 13 Box with adapter - 3 module 76 x 100 x 65
5 6806 14 Box with adapter - 4 module 76 x 132 x 65 10 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
5 6806 19 Box with adapter IP55 - 132 x 132 x 65 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
8 module verticle (4+4 modules)
0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover

10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (ArteorTM)

can be fitted together to create 4/6/8
module supports

supports
pour exemple
floor boxes and: xxxxxxx
underfloor boxes pour exemple
pop-up boxes : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
for raised or concrete floors xxxxxxxx
for raised floor and furniture
0896 21 0896 26 6503 00 6503 50 fitted with

ArteorTM modules
0896 30
6503 49 6503 00
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes with height reduced to 65 mm Pack Cat.Nos Pop-up boxes
Conform to standard NF EN 60 670 1 6503 00 Aluminium floor adaptor - 3 modules
For technical space 65 mm 1 6503 49 Aluminium floor adaptor 3 + 3 modules
For renovation with reduced height technical floor or 1 6503 50 Brass floor adaptor - 3 modules
for concrete floor
Supplied with reversible stainless steel cover or
cover for carpet or parquet Flush mounting boxes
Mounting boxes (for vertical wiring device
positioning): 1 6503 31 Plastic floor box for 6503 49
- supplied with blanking plates requiring sufficient 1 6503 32 Metallic floor box for 6503 49
space between the sockets if angled plugs are used Use 2 nos of 6503 32 for one 6503 49
- to be equipped with 2 module ArteorTM socket 1 6503 90 Plastic floor box for 6503 00/6503 50
outlets
- takes marking labels
- ensures perfect cable separation
Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open
position during connection
10 modules to be equipped
For installing 4 x 2 modules ArteorTM and
2 x 1 module ArteorTM
1 0896 20 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 21 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
16 modules to be equipped
For installing 8 x 2 modules ArteorTM
1 0896 25 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 26 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
Plastic underfloor boxes

For integration of floor boxes in concrete floor
installations
Power supply by flexible conduits 16, 20 and 25 mm
Supplied with polystyrene for easy installation (see
opposite)
1 0896 30 For integration of floor boxes
12 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 10 modules
1 0896 32 For integration of floor boxes
24 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 16 modules
ArteorTM mechanisms ArteorTM
switches and accessories micro push switch
Technical data n Technical data

(1)
Wiring diagram of locator / indicator : Micro push switch 2 x 1000 W
Cat.Nos 5740 00/50, 5743 00/50
50 m maxi
5 maximum
in parallel.
X1 X2 2 1
X1 X2 2 1
Indicator wiring
In this wiring,
Led lamp lits up only when the switch is made ON, indicating that
electric supply is ON. 1000 W max. 1000 W max.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
Micro push switch 3 x 1000 W

Cat.Nos 5740 01/51, 5743 01/51
3 2 1
Locator wiring
In this wiring, Led lamp is always illuminated showing the switch
location in a dark area.
1000 W max. 1000 W max. 1000 W max.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
265
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
micro push switch
n Technical data
RLC micro switch 2 x 400 W
Cat.Nos 5740 02/52, 5743 02/52
3 4
4
3
2
ON
1
50 m max. 50 m max.
+ +
4
3
2
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
+ +
266
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx switch
sensitive
n Technical data
Sensitive switch Electrical characteristics
Cat.Nos 5720 51, 5725 51, 5734 55, 5736 55 Self-extinguishing: 650 C / 30s
Voltage: 100 - 240 V
Connection Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Number of terminals: 4
Terminal type: with screws Max. power
Terminal capacities: 2 x 1.5 mm2 ou 1 x 2.5 mm2
Tool: flat-blade screwdriver 3.5 mm

Connection of one switching point
N
L
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA
100 V 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA

N L X
500 VA 500 VA 100 VA 1000 W I max. < 2 A
250 VA 250 VA 50 VA 500 W I max. < 1 A

Connection of several sensitive control points (5 max.)
- Incandescent lamp
- Halogen lamp
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
- Fluorescent tube
- Compact fluorescent lamp
on/off on/off - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
- Fan drive
X L N X L N - Auxiliary radiator
- Contactor
Climatic characteristics
L
Storage temperatures: - 10 C to + 70 C
N Operating temperatures: - 5 C to + 35 C
267
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
electric roller blind control xxxxxxxx
dimmers

Electric roller blind control Dimmer switch
Cat.Nos 5722 20, 5727 20, Cat.Nos 5722 11, 5727 11, 5743 05/55
5732 20/22/23/24/25/34/35/36/37
5737 20/22/23/24/25/34/35/36/37 Connection of one lighting point
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
L
N
L
8mm
N
Control system boxes

Connection of several lighting point
By combining NO pushbutton (without locator): two-way switch
function with light dimming from all light control points.
L <2s
>2s
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
L
N
N
L
8mm
100 m maxi
(*)
Max. 600 W 600 W 600 VA

240 V AC
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA
Max. 300 W 300 W 300 VA

100 V AC
Min. 20 W 20 W 20 VA
(*)Use only transformers which are intended for use with an electronic switch (with protection).
268
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmers
n Technical data
RLC dimmer 2 x 400 W
Cat.Nos 5740 07/57, 5743 07/57
3 4
+
4
3
2
1
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
>2s <2s
+
4
3
2
1
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
269
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmers xxxxxxxx switches, single pole latching relays
automatic

Universal dimmer with neutral Automatic switches
Cat.Nos 5722 39/5727 39/5743 19/5743 39 Cat.Nos 5740 97/5740 94/5740 47/5740 34
Connection
N terminal type: Cage-type connector
Terminal capacity: 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
L
Screwdriver: Flat-blade 3.5 mm
Mounting with a switch
N
B L L
$LN
Connect the neutral on Cat.Nos 5740 47/5740 97

Light dimmer
Cat.Nos 5734 62, 5736 62
Mounting with offset pushbutton (closing-type):
N
N L
L
L $LN
N
L
L
Connect the neutral on Cat.Nos 5740 47/5740 97.
Rotary Dimmer Mounting with several combined switches:

Cat.Nos 5722 40/5727 40, 5735 01/5737 01 Cat.Nos 5720 52/5740 62 (without neutral)
Wiring
N
1 way connection (sketch 1) L
Double-way connection (sketch 2)
In extra low voltage halogen with ferromagnetic transfers (sketch 3)
$L $L $L
1 2
400 W
max.
Only possible with incandescent loads.

Comply with the minimum load: 40 W multiplied by the number of
inputs.
Comply with the maximum load: 400W
Cat.Nos 5720 53/5740 61 (with neutral)
N
L
3
$LN $LN $LN
1000 W
max.
Important : There is a switch of rated voltage on the upper right

corner of the base and it is set on the position 230 V,
when the rated voltage is 127 V, the switch should be set
on the position 127 V
270
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx switches, single pole latching relays (continued)
automatic
Operation Electrical characteristics

Horizontal detection Self-extinguishing: 650 C / 30 s
Range adjusted to 3 m: Voltage: 100 - 240 V
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Powers: Cat.Nos 5720 52/5740 62

0.5 m
1.3 m
1.5 m
3m
Max. 400 W 400 W 400 VA 400 VA
240 V
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
Range adjusted to 10 m:
Max. 200 W 200 W 200 VA 200 VA
100 V
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
Powers: Cat.Nos 5720 53/5740 61
1.5 m
4m
5m
10 m
Vertical detection
Range adjusted to 3 m
1 max.
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 100 VA
<2A
1 max.
100 V 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 50 VA
<1A
1.2 m
- Incandescent lamp
1.5 m - Halogen lamp
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
3m
- Fluorescent tube
- Compact fluorescent lamp
Range adjusted to 10 m - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
- Fan drive
- Contactor
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic transformer
- ELV halogen lamp with electronic transformer
1.2 m
Single pole latching relays
Cat.Nos 5722 27/5727 27
5m
L
10 m
N
Precautions for use

230 V~
Load
271
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx emergency lighting unit
miniature xxxxxxxxlight with indicator + detector
skirting

Cat.Nos 5722 22 Cat.Nos 5722 26/5727 26
Connection
L
N
NL
Installation
Locking on to support Installation precautions
Battery replacement
> 2.5 Lux.
1.2 V - 0.6 Ah
1.2 V - 0.6IEC
Ah KRH 18/29
IEC KRH 18/29
Switch Set to I Set to O

Mains
Present Green LED on Red LED on
Absent
30
(or light unplugged) 1.2 V
Light on - 0.6 Ah LED and lights off
< 2.5 Lux. =
IEC KRH
Note : Re-charges only when set to position 18/29O, the batteries will not re-charge.
I. In position
Status indicator
Mains ON
Mains OFF
(or lamp
disconnected)
272
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxlight with indicator + detector
skirting xxxxxxxx
time delay switch, key code switch
n Technical data
Time delay switch
1,20
0.30 Cat.Nos 5720 55/5740 84
Number of terminals: 2
Terminal type: with screws
IR IR Stripping: 6 mm
Terminal capacities: 1 x 2.5 mm2 flexible or rigid
Screwdriver: 3.5 mm flat-blade
1
2 2
3
6 6
1.2
0.30
3
6 6
L
N
1.2
0.30
2 1
Key code switch

Cat.Nos 5722 52/5727 52
0.30
IR
6
N
0.30 Led D1 D0 T R C - +
6
1.5 mm2 30 m
N 1.5 mm2 60 m (+) 12V
40898
(-) 0V
1.5 mm2 60 m 04795 / 04792
0.30
273
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx reader, key fob switches
biometric xxxxxxxx
hotel bedroom call indicator and internal control unit

Biometric reader Cat.Nos 5720 67/74 - 5725 67/74, 5734 58/61 - 5736 58/61
Description
Stand-alone
Option
230 V
Call indicator Call control Buzzer
A B E
12 V=
Power supply STOP
(ex: 047 95 ...) Red
Green
Red Blue
2
Access control readers

5722 50/51/52
Wiring
Door release 3749 00
2 2 or magnetic lock 767 07
Way Out B A D C E
Push-button
1 1
L L L
Centralized 2 2
230 V
12 V= L
Power supply
2 (ex: 047 95 ...)
N
5 Cat.No 0767 04
Local area
Door controller Operation
(2 doors max. per unit)
network
1- Instruction : Do not disturb
Door release 3749 00 Bedroom Corridor
2 or magnetic lock 767 07
Access control readers

5722 50/51/52 BIP
STOP 2
230 V
Don't disturb Please clean up
12 V=
Power supply
2
5 Cat.No 0767 04
(ex: 047 95 ...) 1 2
Door controller
2- Instruction : Please clean up
Door release 3749 00 BIP

STOP
2 or magnetic lock 767 07
2
Access control readers 1
5722 50/51/52 Don't disturb Please clean up
1 2
Up to 128 door controllers 3- No call
Key fob switches 1

Cat.Nos 5722 30/5727 30 BIP
STOP 2
2
Note : If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
dont disturb call
BIP
STOP
5722 30 - 5727 30
274
pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets
n Technical data
2 x female RCA
Cat.Nos 5722 72/5727 72/5732 72/5737 72
3 x female RCA
Cat.Nos 5722 73/5727 73/5732 73/5737 73
{
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 - Right 1 - Right
2- 2-
3 - Left 3 - Left
4- 4-
5 - Video
6-
1 30 2 30 3 6
x1 x2
1 2
6
30
30
x2 x4
x1
2
0.5 mm max.
35 mm min. 20 m maxi
275
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
n Technical data
Female 3.5 mm Jack HD 15 socket
Cat.Nos 5722 74 - 5727 74 Cat.Nos 5722 82/5727 82
1 2 3 x4
x 16
L R
Left Right
1 2
6
30 30
0327 81
3
50
1 2
4
4
3
20 m maxi
5
2
1 mm max.
35 mm min.
ax.
.
1 2
276
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
n Technical data
HD 15 socket (continued)
2 1 14
6 10
5 1
2 13
7 11
10 6
3 12 15 11
35
8 4
9 15
5
5
3 4
Terminal strip marking (Connector marking)
VGA FULL PIN

1 Video rec (red)
6 Red (general + ground)
2 Video green (green)
7 Green shield (green ground)
3 Video blue (blue)
8 Blue shield (blue ground)
5 6 9 White
14 Green (SV)
10 Blue (ground SH-SV)
13 Grey (SH)
11 Brown (ID Bit 0)
12 Yellow (ID Bit 1)
4 Orange (ID Bit 2)
15 Black (ID Bit 3)
5 Red (Gnd)
1 VGA R V B SH SV
1 Video rec (red)
2 Video green (green)
2 3 Video blue (blue)
13 Video white (SH)
14 Video yellow (SV)
6 Red + generale shield (generale + ground)
7 Green shield (green ground)
5
8 Blue shield (blue ground)
10 Yellow + white shield (masse SH-SV)
35 mm mini
277
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
n Technical data
HDMI socket
Cat.Nos 5722 81/5727 81
1 3 mm
x5
0327 80
x 20
50 mm 5 mm
2
1

2
3
5 5 mm

278
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets (continued)
n Technical data USB socket

HDMI socket (continued) Cat.Nos 5722 75/5727 75/5732 74/5737 74
1 - TMDS Data 2+
1 10 2 - TMDS Data 2
19 20
2 11 3 - TMDS Data 2- 13 - CEC
3 12 4 - TMDS Data 1+ 14 -
5 - TMDS Data 1 max.
1 mm
2
15 - SCL
4 13
6 - TMDS Data 1- 16 - SDA
5 14
35 mm min.
7 - TMDS Data 0+ 17 - Ground
1 2
6 15
8 - TMDS Data 0 18 - + 5v
7 16
9 - TMDS Data 0- 19 - HPD
8 17
10 - TMDS Clock+ 20 - general (grounding) strand
9 18
11 - TMDS Clock
1 - TMDS Data 2+ 12 - TMDS Clock-
10 2 - TMDS Data 2 USB charger
11 3 - TMDS Data 2- 13 - CEC
4 - TMDS Data 1+ 14 - Cat.Nos 5720 78/5725 78/5720 71/5725 71/5724 88/5733 98
12
5 - TMDS Data 1 15 - SCL
13
16 - SDA
Installation
14
6 - TMDS Data 1-
7 - TMDS Data 0+ 17 - Ground
15 By simple tap-off on 2P+E socket
8 - TMDS Data 0 18 - + 5v Wiring 1.5 or 2.5 mm2
16
9 - TMDS Data 0- 19 - HPD Class II product which does not require
17
10 - TMDS Clock+ 20 - general (grounding) strand earthing
18
11 - TMDS Clock Releases a 2P+E socket recess
35 mm mini 12 - TMDS Clock-
USB socket
Cat.Nos 5722 75/5727 75/5732 74/5737 74
The Micro USB version with retractable cord (new 2012 standard for
1 - Vbus (5V) terminals) releases 750 mA retractable power supply cord
2 - D-
3 - D+
4-
1 2 3 4 5
5-
1 6
2
30
3 4
Environment:
Helps to reduce waste associated with the discarding of mobile
chargers that have become unusable (50,000 tonnes/year) and
thus the associated greenhouse gas emissions (13.5 million tonnes
equivalent)
Reduces standby consumption by more than 50% in comparison
with a mobile charger
Performance required by standard EN 62684: 0.5 W/Legrand
5 m maxi performance: < 0.3 W
2
1 mm max.
35 mm min.
279
ArteorTM Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets (continued) xxxxxxxx
power units

YUV socket Cat.Nos 5721 54 - 5726 54
Cat.Nos 5722 71/5727 71
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
U/CB Y V/CR
1 2
6
30 Mini 4 mm2
30
Maxi 10 mm2
3
3 4
4 5
20 m maxi
0.5 mm2 max.
35 mm min.
6 7
5 mm2 max.
.
1 2
Diameter :
- mini 4 mm
- maxi 16,5 mm
Section :
RCBO - mini 3 x 4 mm2
- maxi 3 x 10 mm2
Cat.No 5734 85 8
Load
280
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and telephone sockets
television xxxxxxxx
wiring splitter

Television sockets Cat.Nos 5723 35/36, 5728 35/36
Cat.Nos 5734 25/5736 25
13 mm maxi
13 mm
13 mm
13 mm maxi
13 mm
RJ 11
Cat.Nos 5734
13 26/5736
mm 26
U/UTP F/UTP
1 1
SF/UTP
2 3
A B
1
4
1 2 3
281
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
RJ 45
n Technical data
Wiring Diagram
1 2
4
8
FTP
6
1
1
3
3
6
B
A
xi
ma
mm
13 0327 60
282
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
attenuator
n Technical data
Cat.Nos 5722 84/5727 84
Principle
+
+
Max.
Amplifier
- -
Min.
100 V line
1 2 n
.................................................................
1 + 2 + ..................+ n 25 W
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
+
+
Amplifier
-
283
ArteorTM
cover plates - square and round version
5757 10 5757 40 5759 10 5759 30
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Supplied with support frames Supplied with support frames
White Indian standard in mm White Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 00 1 module 92 x 92 10/100 5759 00 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5757 10 2 modules 92 x 92

10/100 5759 10 3 modules 129 x 92
10/100 5757 20 3 modules 129 x 92

5/50 5759 20 4 modules 157 x 92
5/50 5757 30 4 modules 157 x 92

5/30 5759 30 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5757 40 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5765 80 8 modules 252.5 x 92
5/30 5757 50 8 modules 252.5 x 92
2/20 5759 40 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
2/20 5757 60 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
2/16 5759 50 2 x 6 modules 237.5 x 178
2/16 5757 70 2 x 6 modules 237.5 x 178
Plates for shaver sockets see cover

2/16 5757 80 2 x 8 modules 237.5 x 178 plates selection chart (p. 292-293)
2/12 5757 90 3 x 6 modules 237.5 x 246
2/12 5758 00 3 x 8 modules 237.5 x 246
5 5750 70 3 modules for shaver socket

ArteorTM
5757 21 5757 22 5759 11 5759 12 5759 22
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Pearl Alu Graphite Indian standard in mm Pearl Alu Graphite Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 01 5757 02 1 module 92 x 92 10/100 5759 01 5759 02 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5757 11 5757 12 2 modules 92 x 92 10/100 5759 11 5759 12 3 modules 129 x 92
5/50 5757 31 5757 32 4 modules 157 x 92 5/30 5759 31 5759 32 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5757 41 5757 42 6 modules 237.5 x 92

5/30 5765 81 5765 82 8 modules 252.5 x 92
5/30 5757 51 5757 52 8 modules 252.5 x 92 2/20 5759 41 5759 42 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
2/20 5757 61 5757 62 2 x 4 157 x 178

modules
2/16 5759 51 5759 52 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules
2/16 5757 71 5757 72 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules

plates selection chart (p. 292-293)
2/16 5757 81 5757 82 2 x 8 237.5 x 178

modules
2/12 5757 91 5757 92 3 x 6 237.5 x 246

modules
2/12 5758 01 5758 02 3 x 8 237.5 x 246

modules
5 5750 71 5750 72 3 modules for shaver socket

ArteorTM ArteorTM
cover plates - square version cover plates - round version
5763 18 5763 58 5763 28 5763 68
Pack Cat.Nos Tattoo Pack Cat.Nos Tattoo

Edition 1 Indian standard in mm Edition 1 Indian standard in mm
1/5/50 5762 98 1 module 92 x 92 1/5 5763 08 2 modules 92 x 92
1/5 5763 18 2 modules 92 x 92 1/20 5763 28 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 58 4 modules 157 x 92 1/5 5763 68 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 88 6 modules 237.5 x 92 1/5 5763 98 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5764 08 8 modules 252.5 x 92
5 5761 68 3 modules for shaver socket

Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square version xxxxxxxx
cover plates - round version
5757 14 5757 13 5757 24 5759 04 5759 03 5759 13
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror Pack Cat.Nos Mirror
Mirror Mirror Indian standard Dimensions Mirror Mirror Indian standard Dimensions
White Black Supplied with support frames in mm White Black Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5757 44 5757 43 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5765 84 5765 83 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5757 54 5757 53 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/10 5759 44 5759 43 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
1/10 5757 64 5757 63 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
1/8 5759 54 5759 53 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules
1/8 5757 74 5757 73 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules

1/5 5750 74 5750 73 3 modules for shaver socket
Special plates
1 5764 94 5764 93 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
1 5765 04 5765 03 For 10" 309 x 233

multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 34 5765 33 For central unit for 165 x 176

- intruder alarm
- temperature control
ArteorTM
5763 36 5763 25 5763 31 5763 32 5763 21
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror - square version Pack Cat.Nos Graphic - square version
Supplied with support frames
Supplied with support frames Dimensions
Mirror Mirror Dimensions Casual Formal Indian standard in mm
Red Taupe Indian standard in mm
1/5 5762 91 5762 92 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5762 96 5762 95 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5763 11 5763 12 2 modules 92 x 92

1/5 5763 16 5763 15 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 31 5763 32 3 modules 129 x 92

1/20 5763 36 5763 35 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 51 5763 52 4 modules 157 x 92

1/20 5763 56 5763 55 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 81 5763 82 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5763 86 5763 85 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 01 5764 02 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/5 5764 06 5764 05 8 modules 252.5 x 92

Graphic - round version

Mirror - round version
Mirror Mirror Dimensions Casual Formal Indian standard in mm
Red Taupe Indian standard in mm
1/5 5763 01 5763 02 2 modules 92 x 92
1/5 5763 06 5763 05 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 41 5763 42 4 modules 157 x 92

1/20 5763 46 5763 45 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 61 5763 62 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5763 66 5763 65 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 91 5763 92 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/5 5763 96 5763 95 8 modules 252.5 x 92

Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square version xxxxxxxx
5763 30 5757 26 5763 20 5759 16
Pack Cat.Nos Brushed metal Pack Cat.Nos Brushed metal
Gold Stainless
Indian standard Dimensions Gold Stainless
Indian standard Dimensions
brass steel Supplied with support frames in mm brass steel Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5763 80 5757 46 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5763 90 5765 86 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5764 00 5757 56 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/10 5759 46 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
1/10 5757 66 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
1/8 5759 56 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules
1/8 5757 76 2 x 6 237.5 x 178

modules

Special plates
1 5764 90 5764 96 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
1 5765 00 5765 06 For 10" 309 x 233

multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 30 5765 36 For central unit for 165 x 176

- intruder alarm
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square and round version xxxxxxxx
5757 25 5763 99 5763 33 5763 44
Pack Cat.Nos Wood - square version Pack Cat.Nos Leather - square version
Wenge Light Dimensions Club Galuchat Indian standard in mm
style Oak Indian standard in mm
1/5 5762 93 5762 94 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5757 05 5762 99 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5763 13 5763 14 2 modules 92 x 92

1/5 5757 15 5763 19 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 33 5763 34 3 modules 129 x 92

1/20 5757 25 5763 39 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 53 5763 54 4 modules 157 x 92

1/20 5757 35 5763 59 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 83 5763 84 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5765 75 5763 89 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 03 5764 04 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/5 5765 95 5764 09 8 modules 252.5 x 92

Leather - round version

Wood - round version
Wenge Light Dimensions Club Galuchat Indian standard in mm
style Oak Indian standard in mm 1/5 5763 03 5763 04 2 modules 92 x 92
1/5 5759 05 5763 09 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 23 5763 24 3 modules 129 x 92

1/20 5759 15 5763 29 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 43 5763 44 4 modules 157 x 92

1/20 5759 25 5763 49 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 63 5763 64 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5759 35 5763 69 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 93 5763 94 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/5 5765 85 5763 99 8 modules 252.5 x 92

ArteorTM ArteorTM
cover plates - square version cover plates - round version
5763 37 5763 87 5763 27 5763 47
Pack Cat.Nos Signature Pack Cat.Nos Signature
Woven
Indian standard Dimensions Woven Indian standard Dimensions
Metal Supplied with support frames in mm Metal Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5762 97 1 module 92 x 92 1/5 5763 07 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 57 4 modules 157 x 92

1/5 5763 67 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 87 6 modules 237.5 x 92

1/5 5763 97 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5764 07 8 modules 252.5 x 92

1/5 5761 67 3 modules for shaver socket
Special plates
1 5764 97 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
1 5765 07 For 10" 309 x 233

multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 27 For central unit for 165 x 176

- intruder alarm
ArteorTM
cover plates - square version
COVER plates
Plates Neutral Tattoo Mirror
+
Modules
Support White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror Mirror
frames white black
Indian standard
1 module 5757 00 5757 01 5757 02 5762 98 5757 04 5757 03
2 modules 5757 10 5757 11 5757 12 5763 18 5757 14 5757 13
3 modules 5757 20 5757 21 5757 22 5763 38 5757 24 5757 23
3 modules for
5750 70 5750 71 5750 72 5761 68 5750 74 5750 73
shaver sockets(1)
4 modules 5757 30 5757 31 5757 32 5763 58 5757 34 5757 33
6 modules 5757 40 5757 41 5757 42 5763 88 5757 44 5757 43
8 modules 5757 50 5757 51 5757 52 5764 08 5757 54 5757 53
2 x 4 modules 5757 60 5757 61 5757 62 - 5757 64 5757 63
2 x 6 modules 5757 70 5757 71 5757 72 - 5757 74 5757 73
2 x 8 modules 5757 80 5757 81 5757 82 - - -
3 x 6 modules 5757 90 5757 91 5757 92 - - -
3 x 8 modules 5758 00 5758 01 5758 02 - - -
Special plates
Video internal display unit 2.5",

BUS alarm module - - - - 5764 94 5764 93
3.5" touch screen(1)
10" multimedia
- - - - 5765 04 5765 03
touch screen(1)
Central unit for:

- temperature control - - - - 5765 34 5765 33
- intruder alarm(1)
(1) Support frame supplied with mechanism
292
COVER plates
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror Mirror Casual Formal Stainless Gold Wenge Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
red taupe steel brass style metal
5762 96 5762 95 5762 91 5762 92 5757 06 5762 90 5757 05 5762 99 5762 93 5762 94 5762 97
5763 16 5763 15 5763 11 5763 12 5757 16 5763 10 5757 15 5763 19 5763 13 5763 14 5763 17
5763 36 5763 35 5763 31 5763 32 5757 26 5763 30 5757 25 5763 39 5763 33 5763 34 5763 37
5761 66 5761 65 5761 61 5761 62 5750 76 5761 60 5750 75 5761 69 5761 63 5761 64 5761 67
5763 56 5763 55 5763 51 5763 52 5757 36 5763 50 5757 35 5763 59 5763 53 5763 54 5763 57
5763 86 5763 85 5763 81 5763 82 5757 46 5763 80 5765 75 5763 89 5763 83 5763 84 5763 87
5764 06 5764 05 5764 01 5764 02 5757 56 5764 00 5765 95 5764 09 5764 03 5764 04 5764 07
- - - - 5757 66 - - - - - -
- - - - 5757 76 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - 5764 96 5764 90 - - - - 5764 97
- - - - 5765 06 5765 00 - - - - 5765 07
- - - - 5765 36 5765 30 - - - - 5765 27
293
ArteorTM
COVER plates
Plates Neutral Tattoo Mirror
+
Modules
Support White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror Mirror
frames white black
Indian standard
2 modules 5759 00 5759 01 5759 02 5763 08 5759 04 5759 03
3 modules 5759 10 5759 11 5759 12 5763 28 5759 14 5759 13
4 modules 5759 20 5759 21 5759 22 5763 48 5759 24 5759 23
6 modules 5759 30 5759 31 5759 32 5763 68 5759 34 5759 33
8 modules 5765 80 5765 81 5765 82 5763 98 5765 84 5765 83
2 x 4 modules 5759 40 5759 41 5759 42 - 5759 44 5759 43
2 x 6 modules 5759 50 5759 51 5759 52 - 5759 54 5759 53
294
COVER plates
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror Mirror Casual Formal Stainless Gold Wenge Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
red taupe steel brass style metal
5763 06 5763 05 5763 01 5763 02 5759 06 5763 00 5759 05 5763 09 5763 03 5763 04 5763 07
5763 26 5763 25 5763 21 5763 22 5759 16 5763 20 5759 15 5763 29 5763 23 5763 24 5763 27
5763 46 5763 45 5763 41 5763 42 5759 26 5763 40 5759 25 5763 49 5763 43 5763 44 5763 47
5763 66 5763 65 5763 61 5763 62 5759 36 5763 60 5759 35 5763 69 5763 63 5763 64 5763 67
5763 96 5763 95 5763 91 5763 92 5765 86 5763 90 5765 85 5763 99 5763 93 5763 94 5763 97
- - - - 5759 46 - - - - - -
- - - - 5759 56 - - - - - -
295
LIGHTING CONTROL SCENARIO
CONTROL
RECEIVER DIMMER SWITCH 4 SCENARIOS CONTROL
(See p. 310) (See p. 309)
Indicates the light intensity via LEDs For lighting, roller blinds
From dimmer
A
A
NL
A + B
A Indicates lighting control

B Indicates roller blinds control
WIRING DIAGRAM
Dimming control
or
Dimmer
Dimming control
with touch plate
* ZigBee Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
296
ROLLER BLIND
CONTROL
ArteorTM
INDIVIDUAL RECEIVER
ROLLER BLINDS SWITCH
(See p. 309)
Controls any type of electric roller
Home Automation -
blind motor
Radio/Zigbee*
N
Motor
technology
B
The standard for radio (wireless) solutions, ideal

for refurbishment, small new installations and
increasing the number of control points, without
damaging the walls.
B
N L
INTERACTIVITY OF FUNCTIONS
ZigBee radio technology is an international low consumption
radio communication standard. Operating at a frequency of
2.4 GHz, it can be used, via transmitters (wireless) and
receivers, to control lighting, roller blinds, as well as technical
alarms. It can also control scenarios, and allows bidirectional
communication between devices. It can be used in addition to
the BUS system.
TECHNICAL ALARM
TECHNICAL
DETECTORS
(See p. 310)
Give a warning if
there is a water,
town gas or
methane leak

ArteorTM lighting and roller blind controllers/receivers Radio/ZigBee NEW
0672 34 5735 46 0672 63 5735 45 Replacement of rocker plates

by touch plates p. 299
Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291)

Load selection charts (p. 304)
Receivers to be equipped with round or square key cover plates to be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291)
Standard key covers can be replaced by touch plates (p. 299), technical information on e-catalogue
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm
To be equipped with 2-module support frames
Connect to the load and can be controlled by remote control transmitters, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 295, 302)
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting controllers/receivers (switches) Pack Cat.Nos Lighting controllers/receivers (dimmers)
100/240 VA 100/240 VA
Each active button on the receivers is identified by Each active button on the receivers is identified by
LED (blue LED indicator status supplied) LED (with blue LED bargraph)
Switch without neutral - 300 W - 1 circuit Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral -
1 0672 31 300 W
1 0672 37
Switch without neutral - 2 x 300 W - 2 circuits

Supplied with support frame Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral -
1 5735 44 600 W
1 5735 46
Switch with neutral - 2500 W - 1 circuit

1 0672 33 Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral -
2 x 300 W
1 5735 49
Switch with neutral - 2 x 1000 W - 2 circuits
1 0672 34
Universal dimmer with neutral - 400 W

1 5735 47
Switch with neutral - 3 x 1000 W - 3 circuits
1 5735 45
0-10 V dimmers
1 5735 48
Roller blind controllers/receivers - 100/240 VA

1 0672 63
ZigBee : Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile

ArteorTM lighting and roller blind ArteorTM scenario controllers
transmitters Radio/ZigBee Radio/ZigBee
0672 35 5735 51 5738 70 0882 32
Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291 ) Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291)
Replacement of cover plates by touch plates (p. 302)
Transmitters to be equipped with round or square key cover plates. Pack Cat.Nos Wall mounting scenario controllers
To be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291) and multi-standard
support frames (with removable fins) cat. 5 735 51. To be equipped with round or square key cover
Standard key covers can be replaced by touch plates (p. 299) plates and Magnesium circle for control
Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall To be equipped with 2-module
Control one or more Radio/ZigBee receivers plates (p. 284 to 291) and multi-standard support
No wiring needed frames (with removable fins) cat. 5 735 51.
Supplied with batteries Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced
by touch plates (p. 299), technical information on
e-catalogue
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting remote control transmitters Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame
on wall
For 1 circuit switch controllers No wiring needed
1 0672 35 Supplied with batteries
4-scenario controllers
4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario
For 2 circuit switch controllers can control several functions: shutters, lighting...)
1 0672 36 1 0672 40
For dimmer controllers

1 0672 39 Multistandard support frame
1 5735 51 For scenario controllers, light and roller blind
transmitter Radio/ZegBee
Roller blind control transmitters

For roller blind controllers
1 0672 64 Mobile scenario controllers
1 scenario can control several functions: lighting level
adjustment, roller blinds, general ON or OFF...
Pocket scenario controller
1 5738 70 4-scenario controller
For Radio/ZigBee installation
Supplied with batteries
Radio/ZigBee - IR remote control

1 0882 32 5-scenario controller

ArteorTM hotel equipement BUS/SCS and Radio/ZigBee
5745 87
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers Radio/ZigBee Pack Cat.Nos Touch plates for scenario controllers
Radio/ZigBee
4-scene micropush control
Equipped with round cover plates and magnesium British standard fixing centres
circular push control for 4 scenarios, to be equipped 4-scene touch plates
with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291) "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" marking
Supplied with multi-standard support frames with Can replace standard rocker plates and plates on
removable fins (see e-catalogue) 4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5740 87, 5745 87
Cover plates and plates can be replaced by touch
plates 1 5740 90 White
Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame 1 5745 90 Black
on wall, no wiring needed
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax" scenarios "wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains''
1 5740 87 White marking
1 5745 87 Magnesium Can replace standard rocker plate and plates on
4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5740 88, 5745 88
1 5740 93 White
1 5745 93 Black
"wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains''
scenarios
1 5740 88 White
1 5745 88 Magnesium Accessories
Sheet with stickers with symbols for different
scenarios for hotel rooms
10 5740 92 Dark colour
10 5745 92 White colour

ArteorTM lighting control, automation and scenario key covers Radio ZigBee
Selection chart for round or square key covers
5745 58 5745 61 5745 67 5745 96 5745 80 5745 82
ROUND VERSION SQUARE VERSION

Key cover description White Black White Black
Lighting switch 1 circuit 5745 55 5745 56 5745 73 5745 74
Lighting switch 2 circuits 5745 57 5745 58 5745 75 5745 76
Lighting switch 3 circuits 5745 59 5745 60 5745 96 5745 97
Lighting dimmer with

5745 61 5745 62 - -
blue LED bargraph
Lighting dimmer without

5745 63 5745 64 5745 81 5745 82
blue LED bargraph
Lighting dimmer 2 circuits with

blue LED bargraph 5745 65 5745 66 5745 79 5745 80
Roller blind control 5745 67 5745 68 5745 83 5745 84
4 scenario controller 5745 69 5745 70 5745 77 5745 78
False key cover 5745 71 5745 72 5745 85 5745 86
301
ArteorTM touch plates Radio/ZigBee
n Selection chart for association of touch plates instead of standard rocker plates and plates
5737 51 5737 54 5737 64 5737 69 5737 91 5737 56 5737 60
Touch plates Associate mechanisms

Function
Italian/American Control mechanism Remote control
Colour BS fixing centres fixing centres (receiver) transmitter
White 5737 50 5737 52

Touch control switch 0672 31
1 circuit 0672 35
0672 39
Black 5737 51 5737 53
White 5737 54 5737 56

Touch control switch 0672 34 0672 36
2 circuits
Black 5737 55 5737 57
White 5737 64 5737 66

Touch control switch
3 circuits 5735 45
Black 5737 65 5737 67
White 5737 58 5737 60

0672 37
Touch control dimmer
1 circuit 5735 46 0672 39
5735 47
Black 5737 59 5737 61
Touch control roller White 5737 68 5737 70

blinds switch 0672 63 0672 64
1 circuit Black 5737 69 5737 71
White 5737 90 5737 92

4-scenario touch control 0672 40
Black 5737 91 5737 93
n Transformation into touch plates version of standard control mechanisms (receivers) and remote control transmitters
equipped with round or square rocker plates
Remote control supplied without support frame.

Once fixed on support frame, they can be adapted to different standards thanks to removable fins.
2
3
1
302
ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee
0883 05 0883 25 5738 62 0883 27
Pack Cat.Nos Radio/ZigBee micromodule switch Pack Cat.Nos Plexo Programme radio transmitter/receiver
switch
1 0883 05 1 output - 300 W
Enables control points to be added to
improve an existing installation without 1 0695 03 2500 W
damage to the walls Its transmitter function allows it to control
Controls energy-saving, LED, halogen and another lighting Radio/Zigbee receiver
incandescent bulbs switch
Suitable for fitting on DCL (lighting appliance) Its receiver function is used to execute commands
covers. Its receiver function is used to execute received from centralised control units, scenario
commands received from scenario switches, switches, mobile control units and detectors
centralised control units, detectors (p. 317) (p. 317)
Phase/neutral power supply 3-wire installation in box depth 40 mm min.
Transmitter/receiver mobile sockets Weatherproof radio individual blind

Connect directly to an existing 2P+E socket to switch
switch for mounting in a head rail with slat
the light connected to the socket orientation
Its receiver function is used to execute commands 1 0883 27 Controls motors (4-wire) on 230 V
received from scenario switches, centralised control electric blinds for lowering/raising/
units, detectors, etc (p. 317) stopping the blind
Radio/ZigBee mobile dimmer switch-sockets Installed in the loft or in the blind head
500 VA rail during modernisation of an existing
2 lighting levels (factory-preset and modifiable by blind without damage to the walls
the user) Must be used together with a centralised switch
Cat.No 0672 64.
1 0883 22 German standard Must remain accessible for any programming
necessary
Maximum loads supported in 230 VA: 1 x 500 VA
1 0883 20 British standard Radio transmitter/receiver multifunction
switches - 230 VA
Switches for controlling 1 or 2 circuits connected
to its terminals according to 3 different operating
Radio/ZigBee switch-sockets

modes: time-lag switch, switch, remote control
10 A switch
1 0883 25 German standard Its receiver function is used to execute, on its
circuits, on/off commands received from individual
control units, centralised control units, scenario
switches, mobile control units and detectors
1 0883 23 British standard (p. 317)
Phase/neutral power supply
1 5738 58 Weatherproof multifunction switch
2500 W
Transmitter/receiver control units for false

ceiling - 100-240 VA 1 5738 60 Weatherproof multifunction 2-gang switch
2 x 2500 W
Its receiver function is used to execute, on its
circuits, on/off commands received from centralised
control units, scenario switches, mobile control units
and detectors (p. 317)
Universal switch - phase/neutral
1 5738 62 1 output - 2500 W
Dimmer for all loads (excluding fluorescent and

LEDs) - without neutral
1 5738 64 1 output - 600 W
Dimmer for 1-10 V ballast - phase/neutral

1 5738 66 1 output - 500 VA

ArteorTM Radio/ZigBee
n Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V (for values at 110 V, please halve values)
Universal
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent LED Fluorescent
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube Compact lamps with Reducer motor
Cat.Nos transformer transformer fluorescent lamp 0-10 V ballast for shutter
0672 31 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5735 44 2 x 300 W 2 x 300 W 2 x 300 VA 2 x 300 VA
0672 39 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA
0672 34 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA

SWITCHES
0672 63 500 VA
0883 27 500 VA
5738 62 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA
5738 58 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA yes
5738 60 2 x 2500 W 2 x 2500 W 2 x 2500 VA 2 x 2500 VA 2 x 1250 VA 2 x 1250 VA 2 x 1250 VA yes
0883 05 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA 300 VA 300 VA 300 VA -
0883 23/25 1200 W 1200 W 1200 VA 1200 VA
0672 37 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5735 49 2 x 300 W 2 x 300 W 2 x 300 VA 2 x 300 VA
5735 46 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
5735 47 400 W 400 W 400 VA 400 VA 160 VA 160 VA

DIMMERS
5735 48 1000 VA
5738 66 1000 VA
5738 64 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
0883 20/22 60 W/500 W 60 W/500 W 60 VA/500 VA 60 VA/500 VA
ZigBee: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
304
ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee (continued)
0882 91 0672 50
Pack Cat.Nos Indoor motion detector Pack Cat.Nos 20 A switches - receivers

Can be activated by any other radio device
To be equipped with round or square key cover
plates and Magnesium circle for control
1 0882 91 Used to control a scenario by detecting To be equipped with 2-module plates and 2-module
movement, especially switching on lights support frames (p. 284 to 291)
automatically to create an illuminated To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth
pathway (from the bedroom to the WC for 40 mm
example) 1 5735 50
Infrared detection (range 11 m, time delay between
3 and 60 min, detection angle: 85, light level
threshold between 20 and 1000 lux)
Set by mobile configurators Cat. Nos. 0882 30/35
Supplied with fixing base
Detection at night only or night and day BUS/SCS-Radio/ZigBee Arteor gateways
Is installed on the wall at the desired location
2 AA batteries To be equipped with round or square key cover
plates and Magnesium circle for control, to be
equipped with 2-module plates and 2-module
support frames (p. 284 to 291)
Indoor temperature sensor To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth
1 0883 30 IP 21 40 mm
For indoor use only Used to link a BUS/SCS installation and an
Setting: 2 temperature thresholds additional Radio/ZigBee installation
Temperature ranges: from - 10C to + 40C Used to control up to 32 transmitters
Can be used to initiate 2 scenarios when the 1 0672 50
temperature is higher than the high threshold or
lower than the low threshold
Transmitter with auxiliary inputs

1 0883 31 Can be used to initiate ON/OFF on closing or
opening of a volt-free contact
For controlling a Radio/ ZigBee installation using
commercially-available detectors (eg: light sensitive
switch, moisture sensor)
Fits behind a traditional switch, without damage to
the walls, to control a Radio/ZigBee switch

VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SCENARIO CONTROL TEMPERATURE
SYSTEM CONTROL
AUDIO AND VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SCENARIO CONTROL CENTRAL UNIT FOR
SYSTEM (See p. 299) TEMPERATURE
(See p. 323) For activation CONTROL
Controls opening, with the of 4 scenarios (See p. 305)
possibility of intercommunication Can manage up to
with other units 99 zones
From actuators
N
230 VA
230 VA
BUS line
27 V A
A
A
BUS line
BUS line BUS line
A
Video display Touch Screen
A
B
A B
A Indicates lighting control

B Indicates roller blinds control
DIN-RAIL ACTUATORS AND HOUSE MANAGEMENT SOUND DISTRIBUTION
DIN RAIL ACTUATORS TOUCH SCREEN AMPLIFIER

(See p. 315) (See p. 319) (See p. 319)
To be associated Activation of 4
to load and control scenarios, of
mechanisms temperature, of
sound distribu-
tion functions
WIRING DIAGRAM
A Power
supply
1 2 3 1 2 3
BUS line 27 V Touch screen
Actuators
1 2 3
1 2 3
Consumer unit Room
306
ROLLER BLINDS
CONTROL
ArteorTM
ROLLER BLIND CONTROL
(See p. 299)
Controls any type
of electric roller blinds
Home Automation -
M
Motor BUS/SCS technology
B With 2 dedicated wires, for creating scenarios that
M
incorporate all the functions for large living areas:
lighting, automation, video door entry system, etc.
BUS line
MULTIPLICATION OF FUNCTIONS WITHOUT
ANY SPACE CONSTRAINTS.
B
Legrand BUS/SCS technology can manage various different
functions at the same time via 2-wire extra low voltage cables.
It enables a number of functions which can be integrated
through scenarios and designed to adapt the users
environment as required.
INTRUDER ALARM
INTRUDER ALARM
(See p. 318)
Can manage up
to 72 detectors

ArteorTM lighting control and automation mechanisms BUS/SCS
0675 52 F401 5739 05 Key covers for micropush control mechanisms (p. 301)

Technical charecteristics (p. 324)
Pack Cat.Nos Basic control mechanisms Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting controller with built-in
control
For controlling a controller (eg: lighting, shutters
or lighting + shutters) depending on the selected 1 0675 56 For controlling two lighting circuits or a
configuration blind motor
Used to manage groups of functions and centralise Slat orientation control
them (scenario switch type) 2 outputs - 2 A
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 230 V power supply
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
Micropush control mechanisms To be equipped with key covers (p. 301), support
To be equipped with key covers (p. 301), support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
1 0675 52 2 modules
For controlling 1 or 2 controllers Advanced rolling shutter management
devices
1 0675 54 3 modules Relay interlocking or pulse based motor drive
For controlling up to 3 controllers Position status return: closed, open, intermediate
position. Drive following different orders: up, down,
or opening %
Multi-functions control mechanisms 2-relay controller for the driving of a motor

1 F401 Maximum motor power: 500 W, 230 Vac
For controlling 1 or 2 controllers (eg: ON/OFF, Logic relay interlocking
shutters, scenario control) sound system, door 2 DIN modules
release control, dimming: gradual switching on or off
depending on the selected configuration
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes Controller with integrated control for the driving
of a motor
Micropush control mechanism 1 0675 57 To be fitted with STOP key cover, items
To be equipped with key covers (p. 301), support 5745 45/46/47/48, and rolling shutter key cover, items
frames and plates (p. 284 to 291) 5745 15/16 and 5744 92/93, Arteor Program plates
Can control up to 4 scenarios (p.284-291) and Batibox support
1 0675 53 2 modules Maximum motor power: 500 W, 230 Vac
Logic relay interlocking
Stop, up, down function
Possibility of blade angle adjustment
Touch control mechanisms - 2 modules Recall of a previously saved opening/closing position
Supplied complete, equipped with white or black Recording of the opening/closing position on the
touch plates control using self-learning procedure
Can control up to 4 scenarios
1 5739 04 White - for BS flush-mounting boxes Specific advanced motor management control
1 5739 05 Black - for BS flush-mounting boxes 1 0675 58 To be fitted with STOP key cover, items
5745 45/46/47/48, and rolling shutter key cover,
items 5745 15/16 and 5744 92/93, Arteor Program
1 5739 06 White - for 2'' x 4'' flush-mounting boxes plates (p.284-291) and Batibox support
1 5739 07 Black - for 2'' x 4'' flush-mounting boxes Point-point, room, group, and general control of
the motor controlled rolling shutters, to be used in
conjunction with actuators items F401 or 0675 57
Stop, up, down function
Touch control mechanisms - 3 modules Possibility of blade angle adjustment
Supplied complete, equipped with white or black Recall of a previously saved opening/closing
touch plates position
Can control up to 6 scenarios Recording of the opening/closing position on the
For installation in BS, Italian or US flush-mounting control using self-learning procedure
boxes
1 5739 12 White
1 5739 13 Black
ArteorTM lighting control and automation mechanisms BUS/SCS (continued)
5739 02 5739 03 (for example 5737 16 0882 32 5739 01

scenario IN / OUT /
DINNER / RELAX)
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers Pack Cat.Nos IR remote control

For controlling a number of controllers and For remote control of equipment wired on the BUS
managing 4 scenarios (eg: lighting, shutters, etc. )
To be used in conjunction with scenario module Radio/ZigBee - IR remote control
Cat.No F420
Supplied complete with scenario identification label For use in conjunction with infrared receiver
Equipped with round or square version cover plates 1 0882 32 5-scenario controller
To be equipped with support frames and plates Supplied with batteries
(p. 284 to 291)
2 modules
1 5739 02 White
1 5739 03 Magnesium
IR receivers
Equipped with round version cover plates, to be
1 5745 03 White equipped with support frames and plates
1 5745 04 Magnesium (p. 284 to 291)
Can take up to 4 control units
Must be installed in the infrared remote control relay
Cat.No 0882 32 (the receiver sends the command
from the remote control to the product concerned)
8 push-buttons control 1 5739 00 White
1 0675 92 For lighting, automation, sound diffusion 1 5739 01 Magnesium
and scenario functions
A5 sheets for the customisation of the symbols of

item 0675 92
1 3541 White
1 3542 Black
Touch screens
Used to control manually or by programming up to
four of the following functions: control of 4 scenarios,
display and centralised management of temperature
(1 zone), sound system (display and selection of
sound distribution sources, adjusting loudspeakers
and setting the wake-up function), energy (display of
consumption) and Load control management.
Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with
support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16
1 5737 17 Magnesium - old item 5739 17
ArteorTM lighting control and automation key covers BUS/SCS
Selection chart for round or square key covers
5745 05 5745 08 5745 38 5745 17 5745 43 5745 22 5745 19 5745 42 5745 16 5745 36
5744 86 5744 81 5744 76 5744 79 5744 69 5744 80
ROUND VERSION SQUARE VERSION

key cover description Modules White Magnesium White Magnesium
Regulation symbol left-hand ON
1 5745 05 5745 06
side mounting OFF
ON
5744 87 5744 86
F
Regulation symbol right-hand

ON OF
1 5745 07 5745 08
side mounting OFF
ON
ON
Regulation symbol 2 5745 37 5745 38 5744 89 5744 88

F
OF
OFF
Light symbol anyside mounting 1 5745 17 5745 18 5744 75 5744 74
Light symbol 2 5745 43 5745 44 5744 77 5744 76
Dimmer symbol left-hand 1 5745 20 5745 22

side mounting
5744 69 5744 68
Dimmer symbol right-hand 1 5745 19 5745 21
side mounting
Dimmer symbol 2 5745 41 5745 42 5744 71 5744 70
Up/Down symbol any side mounting 1 5745 15 5745 16 5744 93 5744 92
Up/Down symbol 2 5745 35 5745 36 5744 95 5744 94
GEN marking 2 GEN 5745 39 5745 40 GEN 5744 73 5744 72
GEN/ON/OFF marking left-hand ON
1 5745 24 5745 26
side mounting GEN
OFF
ON
GEN 5744 83 5744 82

OFF
ON
GEN/ON/OFF marking right-hand 1 GEN

5745 23 5745 25
side mounting OFF
ON ON
GEN/ON/OFF marking 2 GEN 5745 31 5745 32 GEN

OFF
5744 85 5744 84
OFF
ON/OFF marking left-hand ON
1 5745 28 5745 30
side mounting OFF
ON
OFF
5744 79 5744 78
ON/OFF marking right-hand
ON
1 5745 27 5745 29
side mounting OFF
ON ON
ON/OFF marking 2 5745 33 5745 34 5744 81 5744 80

OFF
OFF
Sound source selection 1 5745 11 5745 12 5744 91 5744 90

right-hand mounting
Shutter STOP marking any 1 5745 45 5745 46 5745 47 5745 48

side mounting
Without marking any 1 5745 09 5745 10 5744 65 5744 64

side mounting
Without marking 2 5745 13 5745 14 5744 67 5744 66
310
ArteorTM modular equipment for lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
F414 0026 02 F420 F425 F422

Pack Cat.Nos Multi-application DIN controllers Pack Cat.Nos BUS power supplies
NO contact 27 V= - 1.2 A
For lighting (residential), shutters and motors Maximum consumption: 300 mA
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
1 F411/1N 1 output 16 A - old item 0038 41 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
1 F411/2 2 outputs 10 A - old item 0038 42 1 E46ADCN Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
1 F411/4 4 output 6 A - common phase - old item 0038 44 - old item 0035 60
1 E46ADCN/127 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V=
- old item 5 739 97
DIN controllers for dimming 27 V= - 0.6 A
For use in conjunction with loads and control Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A
mechanisms (p. 302) for dimming control 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
1 E49 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
For incandescent, halogen and ferromagnetic
loads - old item 0035 67
1 F414 Load: 60 - 1000 W / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 52 RJ adaptor
For electronic transformers loads For connecting Cat.Nos 026 02/21/22/11 to the
1 output BUS
1 F415 Load: 0.25 to 1.7 A / 230 VA - 50 Hz 10 0488 72 Male connector
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 53
For dimmer LEDs, compact fluorescent
lamps CFL, energy saving halogen lamps and Contact interfaces
electronics transformers Allow the connection between traditional wiring
1 F418 1 output - 300 VA maximum 230 Va.c. - 150 VA devices such as switches, time delay switches
maximum 127 Vd.c. or external sensors
4 DIN modules 17,5 mm 2 independent contacts
For 1-10 V ballasts 1 F428 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 53
1 F413N Load: 500 VA maximum 1 3477 Basic modularity to be installed in flush-mounting
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 56 box
1 0026 11 1 output - 1000 VA maximum - old item 5739 96
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm
For DALI protocol
1 0026 31 Enables communication between the BUS/SCS
Additional DIN devices
installation and the lighting appliances controlled by Memory module for actuators
DALI protocol 1 F425 Restore the last state of an actuator in case of a
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm power failure
For incandescent, halogen 230 V, ELV halogen 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 52
with electronic or ferromagnatic transformer Scenario module
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 F420 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different
Automatic recognition of the load functions. Up to 16 scenarios
1 0026 21 1 output - 1000 W maximum 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 51
1 0026 22 2 outputs - 400 W maximum per output SCS-SCS gateway (extension)
12 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 F422 Allows the extension of the installation or the
1 0026 27 6 output - 300 W maximum per output integration between different functions
Suitable for larger installations
DIN on/off lighting controllers
For lighting (commercial sector)
1 0026 01 2 outputs 16 A
1 0026 02 4 outputs 16 A
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
n Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 230 V

Universal
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent Compact LED Fluorescent Reducer
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube fluorescent lamps with motor for
Cat.Nos transformer transformer lamp 0-10 V ballast shutter
F411/1N 3500 W 3500 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA
ACTUATORS
F411/2 2300 W 2300 W 500 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 500 W
F411/4 1400 W 1400 W 500 VA 70 VA 70 VA 70 VA 500 W
0026 01 2 x 3600 W 2 x 3600 W 2 x 3600 VA 2 x 3600 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA - - -
F413N 10 x 55 W 10 x 55 VA
0026 11 1000 VA - 50 mA
DIMMERS
0026 21 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA
0026 22 2 x 500 W 2 x 500 W 400 VA 2 x 500 VA
F414 1000 W 1000 W 1000 VA
F415 400 VA
F418 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA 300 VA
n Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 110 V

Universal
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent Compact LED Fluorescent Reducer
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube fluorescent lamps with 0-10 motor for
Cat.Nos transformer transformer lamp V ballast shutter
F411/1N 1750 W 1750 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA
ACTUATORS
F411/2 1150 W 1150 W 250 VA 125 VA 125 VA 125 VA 250 W
F411/4 700 W 700 W 250 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 250 W
0026 01 2 x 1800 W 2 x 1800 W 2 x 1800 VA 2 x 1800 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA - - -
F413N
0026 11 500 VA - 50 mA
DIMMERS
0026 21 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA
0026 22 2 x 250 W 2 x 250 W 2 x 175 VA 2 x 175 VA
F414
F415
F418 150 W 150 W 150 VA 150 VA 150 VA
312
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS sensors and accessories
0488 23 3501/AUX 3501/CEN 3501K

(directional head)
Pack Cat.Nos BUS/SCS cables

Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
Grey
Pack Cat.Nos 180 Corner sensors 1 L4669 Length 100 m - old item 0492 31
1 L4669/500 Length 500 m - old item 0492 32
Supplied with fixing base 1 L4669KM1 Length 1000 m. Supplied on wooden reels
Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 0488 50 by
cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable
fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0488 72 BUS spare clamp
180 corner sensor - Detection field 45 m - for Used to connect the various system components
small offices (controls, dimmers, etc) to the BUS line
10 0492 22 Male connector
PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 42
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
Consumption 0.2 W on standby USB cable
1 0488 24 RJ 45 connection 1 0492 34 Programming cable
All loads 10 A - 240 V
180 corner sensor - Detection field 90 m - for Plug-in jumpers
conference rooms & large offices Used to associate an address with the different
Dual-tech - Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 system components
With directional head Old Item
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m 10 3501/0 0 0492 00
Consumption 0.2 W on standby 10 3501/1 1 0492 01
1 0488 23 RJ 45 connection 10 3501/2 2 0492 02
All loads 10 A - 240 V 10 3501/3 3 0492 03
10 3501/4 4 0492 04
180 switch sensors 10 3501/5 5 0492 05
Detection field 15 m 10 3501/6 6 0492 06
Occupancy sensors
10 3501/7 7 0492 07
10 3501/8 8 0492 08
Arteor PIR -Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 10 3501/9 9 0492 09
1 5740 46 White 5 3501/GEN GEN 0492 10
1 5740 96 Magnesium 5 3501/GR GR 0492 11
Vacancy sensors 5 3501/AMB AMB 0492 12
Arteor Dual-tech - Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 5 3501/AUX AUX 0492 13
1 5740 48 White 5 3501/ON ON 0492 14
1 5740 98 Magnesium 5 3501/OFF OFF 0492 15
5 3501/O/I O/I 0492 16
5 3501/PUL PUL 0492 17
5 3501/SLA SLA 0492 18
5 3501/CEN CEN 0492 19
5 3501/T 0492 20
5 3501/TM M 0492 21
1 3501K/1 Kit with: AUX, GEN, GR, 0492 37
AMB, ON, OFF, O/I, PUL,
SLA,CEN, , M
(10 pieces of each figure)
1 3501K Kit with 0 to 9 jumpers 0261 45
(10 of each number)
Plier
1 3502 Plier for plug-in in jumpers
Virtual configuration software

Used to configure mechanisms and controllers in
the installation for applications such as lighting,
shutters and temperature control
For use in conjunction with TCP-IP web servers
F454 (p. 321)
1 3504 Comprising:
1 CD with software for PC
ArteorTM temperature control BUS/SCS
5739 19 5739 20 5739 23 5739 24 5737 17

Pack Cat.Nos Central units for temperature control Pack Cat.Nos Probes
Equipped with square version keypad cover plates To control the room temperature of heating and
To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289) cooling system
Supplied with flush-mounting box and 7.2 V battery Equipped with square version cover plates
Cat.No 3506 To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
Can manage up to 99 zones To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 18 White 2 modules
1 5739 19 Magnesium
Standard
Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C
1 5739 20 White
1 5739 21 Magnesium
Display thermostat
1 0674 59 Flush mounted thermostat with backlit With knob
display.It can be used to control the
temperature of an individual zone, both Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C with
if a temperature central unit is and is not knob for adjustment of +/- 3 C relative to the set
present. It features a temperature probe temperature and for the modality selection
and an input for the connection of a contact line (e.g. 1 5739 22 White
window contact). It can be used for the management 1 5739 23 Magnesium
of different types of systems, and the adjustment of
the fan speed when fan coils are used. Possibility
of automatic operation (summer/winter), with With manual/automatic speed selection for fan
compatible systems. Connection to SCS BUS coil
2 modules. Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C with
manual/automatic speed selection for fan-coil
1 5739 24 White
1 5739 25 Magnesium
Touch screens
Used to control manually or by programming up to
consumption) and Load control management.
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16
F430/2 F430/4 F482
Pack Cat.Nos DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz Pack Cat.Nos BUS power supplies
Actuator with 2 independent relays 27 V= - 1.2 A
1 F430/2 For single and double loads: Maximum consumption: 300 mA
6 A resistive, Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
3 A motorised valves and pumps 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 E46ADCN Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
Old item 0035 79 - old item 0035 60
Actuator with 4 independent relays 1 E46ADCN/127 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V=
1 F430/4 For single, double or mixed loads: - old item 5739 97
6 A resistive, 27 V= - 0.6 A
3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Old item 0035 80 1 E49 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
- old item 0035 67
DIN actuators for the control of ON/OFF
valves, motorised valves, pumps and fan Battery for temperature control central
coils with 0-10V proportional valves unit
1 F430R8 Actuator with 8 independent relays for the
control of on-off valves, motorised valves 1 3506 7.2 V battery for central unit - old item 0675 18
(open-close and three-point valves), pumps
and fan coils with 2 and 4 tubes
4A resistive, 1A motorised valves, pumps and fan SCS cables
coils connection to SCS BUS 4 DIN modules Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 F430R3V10 Actuator with 3 independent relays and Grey
2 x 0-10 Volt outputs for the control of fan 1 L4669 Length 100 m - old item 0492 31
coils with 2 and 4 tubes with 0-10 Volt 1 L4669/500 Length 500 m - old item 0492 32
proportional valves 4A resistive, 1A fan 1 L4669KM1 Length 1000 m. Supplied on wooden reels
coils connection to SCS BUS 4 DIN
modules
1 F430V10 Actuator with 2 x 0-10 Volt outputs for IR transmitter for splitter
the control of 0-10 proportional valves
connection to SCS BUS 2 DIN modules
1 3456 For controlling splitters in different modes
(auto-hot- cold) - old item 0883 01
Management of On/Off speeds
(auto-low-medium or high)
Temperature range between 16 C and 30 C
Air conditioning remote control can learn the IR
signal. Can be installed behind the air
conditioning unit.
Supplied complete with 2 m cable
ArteorTM energy and load shedding management BUS/SCS
3522 F520 3508 BUS F522
Pack Cat.Nos Consumption indicators Pack Cat.Nos Load and load shedding management
Pulse counter interface Central control unit
1 3522 Old item 0035 54 1 F521 Old item 0035 57
Used to store data from a pulse counter Used to define an energy threshold and
water, colorimetry, heat or gas) manage load shedding priorities set on
In countries where there is ATEX Directive controllers to avoid unwanted breaks as a
it's mandatory to use a zener barrier/Galvanic result of exceeding the energy contract
insulation barrier between the pulse counter interface Manages up to 63 controllers
and the gas meter The max. authorised power threshold can be
The barrier must answer to the ATEX directive and defined
must be installed outside ATEX area The settings can be activated/deactivated from the
Install one pulse counter interface per meter to touch screen
measure the consumption individually Instantaneous and cumulative display of circuit
Consumption data stored hour by hour, and kept for consumption on the touch screen
several years (12 years) Integrated memory module
Display can be in the form of histograms or For installation in the consumer unit
statistical data 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
Use a touch screen Cat.Nos 5739 58, 0672 67/8 Control with load monitoring
to display the consumption of the various meters Equipped with square version cover plates
Consumption indicator for 3 circuits To be equipped with support frames and plates
1 F520 Old item 0035 55 (p. 284 to 291)
For single phase installations Used to display the status of the load controlled by
Supplied with a toroid and its link the central load control unit (Cat.No F521) and force
Each toroid can monitor one circuit operation of the load independently
The consumption indicator can take up to 3 Used to force the load during normal operation and
toroids, for monitoring 3 separate circuits reactivate the load previously deactivated by the
Several consumption indicators can be installed to central control unit
monitor more than 3 circuits on the installation. 1 5 739 85 White
Instantaneous and cumulative display of the 1 5 739 91 Magnesium
consumption for each circuit and display of consumption
on touch screens Cat.Nos 5739 58, 0672 67/8
Display can be in the form of histograms or 16 A controller
statistical data 1 F523 Old item 0035 59
Consumption data can be stored for 1 year, hour by Used to define a priority level for a circuit in
hour, 2 years day by day or 12 years month by month the context of a load shedding function
Additional toroid For installation in the consumer unit
1 3523 Old item 0035 56 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
Operates with consumption indicator Can be used as an electronic control box controller
Cat.No F520 and/or an energy management controller
Also operates with controller Cat.No F522 16 A controller with consumption measurement
for load diagnostics 90 A max. 1 F522 Old item 0035 58
Cable cross-section 25 mm2 max. Used to define a priority level for a circuit in
the context of a load shedding function
For installation in the consumer unit
IP data concentrator 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
1 F524 Old item 0035 66 Can be used as an electronic control box controller
Used to display the data measured by the and/or an energy management controller
system via several web pages Measures the consumption of the load being controlled
Can handle different billing rates and displays (via touch screen Cat.Nos 5739 58,
Integrated memory for up to 10 pulse 0672 67/8) instantaneous and cumulative consumption
counter circuits with separate reset - Diagnostics of the load being
Centralises the data from circuits/pulse counter controlled with use of toroid Cat.No 3523
Automatic backup onto SD card
Connectors
Spare parts for consumption indicator Cat.No F520
and controllers Cat.Nos F521, F522, F523
10 3508BUS BUS connector, depth 3.81 mm
- old item 0 492 44
10 3508U2 2-pole connector - old item 0492 45
10 3508U3 3-pole connector - old item 0492 46
ArteorTM energy and load shedding management BUS/SCS
5739 34 5739 41 5739 38 5739 44 5739 48

Pack Cat.Nos Central units for intruder alarm Pack Cat.Nos Relay actuator modules
Equipped with square version keypad cover plates With multiple configuration with output via relay-
To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289) contacts NO/NC, 24 V 0.4 A cos 0.4
Supplied with flush-mounting box To be used to repeat the alarm, activate an external
Central unit with PSTN device, repeat the system state and signal when
integrated telephone dialing device battery is flat
Allows manual activation/deactivation up of the 1 F481 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 91
system 1 3479 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box depth 50 mm
Can manage up to 72 detectors behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate
1 5739 34 White - old item 0883 91
1 5739 35 Magnesium
Keypads
Equipped with square version cover plates
Alarm keypads
Detectors Activation/deactivation via numeric code
Equipped with square version cover plates 2 modules
To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291) To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 1 5739 44 White
2 modules 1 5739 45 Magnesium
Fixed IR detectors
Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared Display keypads
rays
Alarm signal LED with memory Activation/deactivation keypad via numeric code
8 meters range, 14 bands divided over Allow the visualization of information and manage
3 levels other functions such as independent management
Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel of zones
Angular opening 105 To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
Supplied with flush-mounting box and battery 7.2 V
1 5739 36 White Cat.No 0675 18
1 5739 37 Magnesium 1 5739 46 White
1 5739 47 Magnesium
Adjustable IR detectors
Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared
rays
Alarm signal LED with memory
8 meters range, 14 bands divided over Transponder readers
3 levels
Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel Equipped with square version cover plates
Angular opening can be divided from 105 to 0 To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
Swivel lens on 2 axes To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 38 White 2 modules
1 5739 39 Magnesium Transponder reader which activate/deactivate the
system with the transponder (badge)
Able to store up to 30 transponders
Double technology detectors (IR and MW) 1 5739 48 White
Volumetric presence detector made up of two 1 5739 49 Magnesium
sensors: one infrared to detect hot bodies (IR) and
one with microwaves to detect movements (MW)
The alarm is only triggered when both detection
technologies are activated Transponders
1 5739 40 White 3 3530S Key card transponder to activate/deactivate the
1 5739 41 Magnesium system - old item 0035 75
5 3540 Proximity card, 125 kHz technology, used to activate/
deactivate the alarm. Supplied complete with label
- old item 0675 17
ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS (continued)
3480
5739 84 0431 00
Pack Cat.Nos Sounders Pack Cat.Nos Peripheral opening detectors

Indoor sounder For use in conjunction with interface Cat.No 3480
1 5739 84 Can be installed in flush-mounting box or F482
Cat.Nos 0893 79 and 0892 79 Magnetic opening detectors
To be equipped with 6 V battery Cat.No 3507/6 10 0431 00 Surface-mounting magnetic detector
Sound intensity 90 dB(A) at 3 meters 1 spring blade switch to be fixed on the door frame
Protected against pulling off and tamperproof 1 moving magnet to be fixed on the door leaf
Outdoor sounder For use with mini-trunking 20 x 12.5 mm
1 0844 24 Self-powered, self-protected against opening Cat.No 0300 08
Emits a loud noise: 100 dB at 1 m 10 0431 01 Flush-mounting magnetic detector
Flashing light: 30 flashes a minute For surveillance of non-magnetic doors
Use battery Cat.No 0433 41 (fitted inside the siren) Dimens.: 8 mm - length: 30 mm
1 0431 08 Magnetic detector for garage door
1 foot to be fixed on the floor
Accessories 1 magnet to be fixed on the door
Supplied with 1 connection cable with steel casing
Batteries
1 3507/06 6 V - 0.55 Ah for indoor siren - old item 0675 16 Glass break detector
1 3506 7.2 V battery for central unit - old item 0675 18 1 0431 10 Detection over a radius of 1.5 m
1 0407 49 Lead battery 12 V - 7 Ah Ultrasound detection created by the glass breaking
Power supply Glued on the door (adhesive supplied)
Old item 0634 36 Tread mat
1 E47ADCN For installation in the consumer unit, self-protected 1 0431 12 Placed under object to be protected or under carpet
against opening of the cabinet and mat placed on the access path
Output current: 1 A
Output voltage: 24.5 V=
8 DIN modules 17.5 mm Detection device for use in conjunction
SCS cable for intruder alarm with interface Cat.No 3480
Supplied on a reel - Red Flood sensor
1 L4669S Length 100 m - old item 6831 59 1 3482 In conjunction with a switch for local
acknowledgement - old item 0675 14
Tamper-proof device
10 L4630 Rod for self-monitoring against pulling off
- old item 0035 72
Flush-mounting boxes
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
Opening detector interfaces

Allow other brands sensors management through N/C
contacts
Opening detector interfaces
1 3480 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box
Depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking
plate - old item 0675 13
1 F482 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 73
12 V opening detectors interfaces
1 3480V12 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box
Depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking
plate - old item 0883 02
1 F482V12 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 71
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS
0675 55 5745 06 5745 12 5739 26 5739 29 L4566 5737 16
Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291) Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting loudspeakers
8 ohms - 100 W - 50 Wrms
To be installed in flush-mounting box min. depth 80 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting amplifiers 1 5739 28 White
2 x 1 Wrms - 2 modules 1 5739 29 Magnesium
1 0675 55 To be equipped with key covers, support
frame and plate (p. 284 to 291)
- old item 5739 76
Key covers - 1 module 16 ohms - 12 W - 6 Wrms
For flush-mounting amplifier Cat.No 0675 55 To be installed in flush-mounting box
5 5745 11 White - right-hand side mounting Cat.Nos 0893 79 or 0892 79
5 5745 12 Magnesium - right-hand side mounting 1 5739 77 White
5 5745 05 ON
White - left-hand side mounting
5 5745 06 Magnesium - left-hand side mounting
OFF
5 5744 91 White - right-hand side mounting Surface-mounting loudspeakers

5 5744 90 Magnesium - right-hand side mounting 1 L4567 8 ohms - 40 W - 20 Wrms - old item 5739 30
1 L4569 8 ohms - 140 W - 70 Wrms - old item 5397 78
5 5744 87 ON
White - left-hand side mounting
5 5744 86 Magnesium - left-hand side mounting
F
OF
False ceiling loudspeakers

DIN rail amplifiers
1 L4566 8 ohms - 100 W - 50 Wrms
2 x 1 Wrms 240 mms - old item 5739 81
1 F502 2 x 1 Wrms - 100/240 VA
4 DIN 17. 5 mm modules - old item 0035 85
2 x 30 Wrms
1 L4566/10 8 ohms - 20 W - 10 Wrms
1 F503 2 x 30 Wrms- 100/240 VA 100 mm - old item 5739 82
10 DIN 17. 5 mm modules - old item 0035 83
1 L4568 8 ohms - 50 W - 25 Wrms
RCA inputs Dimensions: 600 x 600 mm
(equal to false ceiling panel) - old item 5739 83
Equipped with square version cover plates
To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
For connecting a stereo source to the system Touch screens
2 modules Used to control manually or by programming up to
1 5739 26 White four of the following functions: control of 4 scenarios,
1 5739 27 Magnesium display and centralised management of temperature
consunmption) and Load control management
Equipped with cover plates
To be equipped with support frames and plates
(p. 284 to 291)
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16
For loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 77
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS (continued)
5739 32 F441M 3495 3460 00
Pack Cat.Nos Connectors Pack Cat.Nos Sound output

Equipped with white or magnesium square version 1 3496 Sound output for touch screen 3.5" and 10"
cover plates (p. 321)
To be equipped with support frames and plates Works as a source for sound diffusion system
(p. 284 to 291) - old item 5740 44
8 contact connector to link interface Cat.No L4561N
to the BUS
1 module Attenuator
1 5739 32 White 1 3499 To be connected at the end of the line of
1 5739 33 Magnesium the outputs of audio/video node and
multi-channel matrix - old item 0035 89
Audio/video signal distribution devices Insulator for sound sources

1 F441M Multi-channel matrix with 1 3495 Isolates the 27 V sound system from
cross-connection, mixing 230 V external sources
switch functions for distribution For use with RCA input - old item
of: the stereo sound source 5739 88
signal and audio/video signals
8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video
system and others for stereo sound source) Power supplies
8 outputs
1 3460 00 Power supply unit for sound
1 F441 Audio/video node for mixing system
audio/video sources (max. 4 sources) Input voltage: 230 VA output
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 5739 98 voltage
27 V=
Maximum consumption 1 A
DIN RDS radio source - old item 0634 35
1 5739 90 Power supply unit for sound
1 F500N RDS stereo radio tuner with system
coaxial connector for external Input voltage: 127 VA output
aerial antenna voltage
Supplied with depth compensator 27 V=
for DIN rail Maximum consumption 1 A
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 82 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
DIN stereo control source BUS cable

1 L4561N For stereo sources For sound diffusion and video door entry
IR remote control possible system
RCA/RCA and jack cables to 1 3369 04 200 m - old item 5739 99
connect to IR transmitters
BUS cord
5 L4668BUS/60 600 mm - old item 5740 45
ArteorTM home system management BUS/SCS
5737 16 5739 58 0672 67
Pack Cat.Nos Local management Pack Cat.Nos Remote management

1.2'' touch screens
Used to control manually or by programming up to Web server gateway TCP-IP
1 F454 Allows the communication
(1 zone), sound system (display and selection of between a BUS/SCS
sound distribution sources, adjusting loudspeakers installation and a TCP/IP
and setting the wake-up function), energy (display of network
consumption) and Load control management. 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with Old item 0035 98
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16 Other devices
Supervision software
1 0492 49 Can be used in order to tune up the system's
3.5'' touch screen functions through a computer, and to follow them on
1 5739 58 3.5" touch screen used to control the real time basis
following BUS functions: Scenario scheduler
- Triggering scenarios
- Light and roller blind control
1 MH200N Allows setting up of up to 300 scenarios
- Temperature display and with pre-set conditions (time and logical type)
management 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm. Old item 0035 65.
- Alarm activation/deactivation Scenario scheduler power supply
- Sound system management in 1 3460 20 Provides power for Web server and
conjunction with consumption scenario scheduler Cat.No MH200N.
indicator Cat.No F520 (p. 316), 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
display of consumption of the installation Old item 0634 42
New features: open protocol intergrated, more
powerful processor, front USB access. Open/Bacnet Gateway
To be installed in flush-mounting box 1 F450 Interface for the remote control with Touch
Cat.Nos 0892 79 or 0893 79 Screen of devices Bacnet as Fancoil units,
Equipped with surround, to be equipped with AC units, underfloor heating.
special plates (p. 288, 289) - old item 5739 60
New generation 10 multimedia video touch screen
10 touch screen performing the functions of an Flush-mounting boxes
internal unit and a touch screen For 3.5 touch screen Cat.No 5739 58
The new graphic interface enables different kinds of 2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
customisations 2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
Integrated web navigator
It gives the possibility of controlling all the My Home
functions from one single point of the home:
- performing of scenarios
- switching on/off, and dimming of lights
- shutter control
- temperature display and management
- energy management: consumption display and
load shedding
- enabling/disabling of the burglar alarm, with
display of alarms, and creation of security zones
- sound system management: selection of music
sources, volume adjustment...
- video door entry system call management
- management of multimedia content (photo frame,
audio player, MP3...)
Wall mounted installation, support supplied
Requires a power supply item 3460 20
1 0672 68 White - old item 5739 62

1 0672 67 Black - old item 5739 63
ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS
5739 50 5739 52 5739 54

Technical characterictics (p. 324-328)
Pack Cat.Nos Video internal display units Pack Cat.Nos Optional cameras
Hands-free internal unit For outdoor use
2.5 LCD colour display 1 5739 86 2-wire colour camera
Possible integration in BUS system
Equipped with White or Magnesium cover plates, to
be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0893 79
or 0892 79 For flush-mounting
1 5739 50 White 2-wire colour camera with swiveling lens
1 5739 51 Magnesium Automatic adjustment of focus and brightness
Built-in microphone
To be installed in flush-mounting box
2 modules
Audio internal display units 1 5739 52 White
Equipped with: 1 5739 53 Magnesium
- microphone
- loudspeaker
- 2 hang-up push-buttons
- 1 door release push-button BUS alarm modules
- 2 auxiliary push-buttons for other functions
Volume adjustment for communication and call tone, 8 alarm sensor inputs
and with bell cut-off indicator Signalling of alarm on a video internal unit or a
Allows intercom between several rooms concierge switchboard
Supplied complete with special flush-mounting box, Equipped with cover plates
cover plate and plate To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0893 79
1 5740 111
White or 0892 79
1 5743 112
Magnesium 1 5739 54 White
1 5739 55 Magnesium
Video/audio street panels Power supplies

Street panel 1 3460 00 Power supply unit for sound system
1 5740 40 Electronic module including: speaker phone Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage
module, motorised camera and colour display 27 V=
Possible access via integrated proximity card Maximum consumption 1 A
reader 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Supplied with programming and configuration Old item 0634 35
software 1 5739 90 Power supply unit for sound system
Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage
Cover plate 27 V=
1 5740 41 Vandalproof steel finish cover plate and Maximum consumption 1 A
support frame 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
With key for assembly
For video display unit Cat.Nos 5739 50/51
Flush mounting box 2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
1 5740 42 Vandalproof flush-mounting box 2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
1 : Supplied with White plate

2 : Supplied with Mirror Black plate
ArteorTM accessories for BUS/SCS video door entry system
3460 20 0408 98 0634 31 0634 34 F441M
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems
Additional power supply 2-wire video adaptor
1 3460 20 220-240 V - 50/60 Hz 1 0634 34 Video adaptor
Output 1-2 27 V= 600 mA Use one adaptor per power supply
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Old item 0 634 42 Video signal distributor
Electric door release with latch 1 0634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for intercom module
1 0408 98 For left or right opening. 12 VA or = for up to 5 units
6 W - 158 x 26 x 32 mm Video signal converter
Door release 1 5740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2-wire bus for
1 3749 00 Door release - 12 VA/880 mA 12 V= CCTV cameras: the CCTV camera is directly
supplied via a terminal
Relay for door release
1 0634 41 Relay for 12 V= release (powered by BUS) for gate 2-wire/IP interface
or electromagnetic lock electronic control boxes 1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2-wire
An exit pushbutton can be connected support
Used to increase the time delay up to 10 minutes Virtual switchboard software
(set by a configuration jumper) 1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing
Permissible output current: 4 A entryphone and video entryphone calls
Stabilised current: 250 mA at 30 ohms The software (for Windows operating systems) can
4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to
receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and
Interface for auxiliary control outside
1 0634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision,
Allows the connection of auxiliary functions such as day and night functions and the ability to display the
lighting, automatic door opening... alarms present in the various apartments
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - Operating systems supported: Microsoft Windows
To be equpped with configuration jumpers, to be XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista
ordered separately - Software required: NET Framework 2.0 or later
Configuration jumpers Audio/videosignal distribution devices
1 0634 00 Composed of 13 jumpers n 1, 3 jumpers n 2, 1 F441 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources
2 jumpers n 3, 2 jumpers n 4, 2 jumpers n 5, (max. 4 sources)
2 jumpers n 6, 2 jumpers n 7, 2 jumpers n 8, 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 5739 98
2 jumpers n 9, 2 jumpers n 0 1 F441M Multi-channel matrix with cross-connection, mixing
Door release relay switch functions for distribution of: the stereo sound
1 0634 33 Door release relay NC/NO volt-free contact: source signal and audio/video signals
max 24 V= - 8 A resistive, 4 A inductive 8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video system
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm and others for stereo sound source)
Intercommunication module for up to 5 units 8 outputs
1 0634 38 For communication between the various indoor 10 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 84
panels in the house BUS cable
Max. capacity: 5 units For sound diffusion and video door entry system
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 3369 04 200 m - old item 5739 99
Extension interface
1 0634 39 Increases the operational performance of the system
(e.g.: distance between the entrance panel and the
indoor panels)
ArteorTM video door entry system kits ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS
BUS/SCS
Dimensions of video internal display units Cat.Nos 5739 50/51
113 33.2
113
Installation distances for video door entry systems
5740 32 (see composition below)

+ Video internal
unit
50 m
Power supply
50 m
Street panel
> 0.2 mm2

50 m (total max. distance)
90 m 115 m
PT278 (28 mm2)
Technical characteristics (p. 324-328) 150 m (total max. distance)
SYT 6/10-SYT 5/10 60 m 80 m

(0,5 mm2) 140 m (total max. distance)
Pack Cat.Nos Video door entry system kits SYT 9/10-SYT 8/10 200 m 200 m
(1 mm2) 200 m (total max. distance)
For 1 apartment or villa
1 5740 32 Comprising:
- 1 street panel supplied complete with special
flush-mounting box
- 1 hands-free video internal unit equipped
with colour display and supplied with
special flush-mounting box, support frame and
Mirror white plate
- 1 power supply
- 1 video adaptor
Possibility to install up to 4 internal video or audio
units
For 2 apartments
1 5740 33 Comprising :
- 1 street panel supplied complete with special flush
mounting box
- 2 hands-free video internal units equipped with
colour display and supplied with special flush
mounting box, support frame and Mirror white plate 230V
- 1 power supply
- 1 video adaptor
Possibility to install up to 2 internal video or audio
units
Dimensions of audio internal units Cat.Nos 5740 11 and 5743 11

45 40.2
113
Installation distances for audio door entry systems

Audio internal Power supply Street panel Door release
unit
140 m 200 m 30 m
0.28 mm2
340 m
210 m 290 m 50 m
0.50 mm2
500 m
420 m 580 m 100 m
1 mm2
1000 m
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
n System principle
The Lighting Control system allows the management of different functions in a simultaneous and integrated way
All the components of the Lighting Control system are interconnected via an electronic circuit that can be programmed: the BUS
The information is exchanged through the 2 wire BUS cable at low voltage (27 V= )
There are two types of devices in the system:
- the controls units, which are connected only to the BUS cable and
- the actuators, connected both, to the BUS cable and to the 230VA power line for managing the connected load
When the Lighting Control system devices are configured properly, it is possible to manage the load as follows:
- control for a single load
- control for one or more load groups;
- simultaneous management of all loads
It is also possible to carry out special functions, which can hardly be achieved with conventional electrical systems
These functions are called scenarios
One scenario is a set of simultaneous control of multiple groups of loads, used in order to modify the environment according to the users needs
An example of a scenario can be represented by the simultaneous activation of lights, which can be set by the user after getting inside the
building by using one single control device or by using the Touch Screen menu
Consumer unit
Control units
Scenario module Touch screen

Cat.No 0035 51 Cat.No 5737 16
or 5737 17
Power supply
Cat.No E46ADCN
Touch control mechanism
Scenario controller Cat.No 5739 04 or 5739 05
Cat.No 5739 02
or 5739 03
230 VA
1 2 3
2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 0492 31
Din rail
Din rail leading/trailing Din rail
actuator edge dimmer actuator
Cat.No F411/1N Cat.No 0026 22 Cat.No F411/2
Actuators
1 2 3
Loads
Roller
Lighting 1 Lighting 2 blinds, 3
Scenario controllers source source shutters
can manage
zone 1, 2 and 3 Zone 1 : Zone 2 : Zone 3 :
Kitchen Dining room Shutters control
325
Consumer unit
Control units
Central unit
Cat.No 5739 18
or 5739 19
can manage
up to 99 zones
Power supply
Cat.No E46ADCN
Probe Zone 1 Probe Zone 2 Probe Zone 99
Cat.No 5739 22 Cat.No 5739 22 Cat.No 5739 22
or 5739 23 or 5739 23 or 5739 23
230 VA
1 2 99
Actuator with 2 Actuator with 4

independant relays independant relays
Cat.No F430/2 Cat.No F430/4
Actuators
Loads 1 2
Heating Heating
1 2
Zone 1 Zone 2
326
ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS
n System principle
The burglar alarm system permit to protect the home from the intrusion through the protection of ambiances and perimeters
The system is composed by a flush-mounted central unit with integrated dialler, IR detectors and perimeter sensors
All the devices are connected with a low voltage (27 V) twisted pair not polarized
Through the dialler it's possible to be informed in case of alarms and also control the system with the telephone (arm/disarm) and check in each
moment the status
On the central unit it's possible to arm/disarm and change the active areas through code number or badge transponder up to 50 different users
ID and limitation in term of accessible areas and time slot can be assigned to each user
200 events are stored in the central unit to know exactly what happened on the system
The system can manage also technical alarm (example: gas, flooding) with the possibility to be informed locally through indoor sounder and with
automatic closure of valves
Consumer unit
Control units
Outdoor sounder
Cat.No 0844 24
Central unit
Power supply Cat.No 5739 34
Cat.No E47ADCN or 5739 35
Detectors
Cat.No 5739 36/38/40 Indoor sounder
or 5739 37/39/41 Cat.No 5739 84
230 VA
Opening detector
interface
Cat.No 3480
Detectors Detectors
Cat.No 0431 00 Cat.No 0431 00
327
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS and door entry system BUS/SCS
n Sound diffusion installation principle

Consumer unit
Control units
Loudspeaker
Power supply Cat.No 5739 28
Cat.No 0634 35 or 5739 29
Amplifier
Cat.No 0675 55
+ key cover
Cat.No 5745 11
+ 5745 05 Attenuator
Cat.No 3495
230 VA
DIN rail amplifier
Cat.No F502
Attenuator
Cat.No 3495
Audio/Video node Loudspeaker Loudspeaker

Cat.No F441 Cat.No 5739 28 Cat.No 5739 28
or 5739 29 or 5739 29
RCA input
Cat.No 5739 26
or 5739 27
Hi-Fi chain
DIN RDS
radio source
Cat.No F500N
n Video door entry system n Audio door entry system

Wiring diagram for video kit Cat.No 5740 32 Wiring diagram with 1 street panel and 1 audio internal unit
Cat.No 5740 11 or 5743 11
12 V =
250 mA
max. 30
230 V 12 V=
230V 250 mA
max. 30
Number of wires to be used irrespective of the number of apartments:

2 wires for both audio and video
328
My Home BUS
table of equivalence old/new references
old new old new

description description
item item item item
automation system burglar alarm system
1 relay DIN actuator 16 A 0038 41 F411/1N Transponder badge 0035 75 3530S
2 realys DIN actuator 10 A 0038 42 F411/2 Transponder key ring 0675 17 3540
4 relays DIN actuator 6 A 0038 44 F411/4 alarm actuator basic bus 0883 91 3479
DIN dimmer 1000 W 0036 52 F414 alarm actuator DIN bus 0035 91 F481
DIN dimmer 400 VA 0036 53 F415 Basic alarm contacts interface 0675 13 3480
Ballast DIN dimmer 1-10 V 0036 56 F413N DIN alarm contacts interface 0035 73 F482
DIN contacts interface 0035 53 F428 Tamper 0035 72 L4630
Basic contacts interface 5739 96 3477 2 contact interface 12 V DIN bus 0035 71 F482V12
Memory module 0035 52 F425 Interfaces de contacts encastrer 0830 02 3480V12
Scenario module 0035 51 F420 contact interface basic 12V bus 0675 14 3482
SCS-SCS gateway 0035 62 F422 sound system

temperature control False celing mounted loudspeaker 5739 81 L4566
fil pilote actuator 0035 77 F430FP False celing mounted loudspeaker (a) 5739 82 L4566/10
teleinfo gateway 0035 78 F430GW Wall mounting loudspeaker 5739 30 L4567
DIN actuator 0035 79 F430/2 False celing mounted loudspeaker (b) 5739 83 L4568
DIN actuator/4 0035 80 F430/4 Wall mounting loudspeaker 5739 78 L4569
IR Emitter 0883 01 3456 Stereo control 0035 86 L4561N
energy management Radio Tuner 0035 82 F500N
Bus meter with memory 3-inputs
0035 55 F520 DIN amplifier 0035 85 F502
for toroids - 1 DIN
Pulses counter interface 0035 54 3522 DIN power amplifier 0035 83 F503
Additional toroid 0035 56 3523 Touch Screen adapter 5740 44 3496
Energy Data Logger 0035 66 F524 Audio-video node 5739 98 F441
Removable bus clamp width 3,81 0492 44 3508BUS Multichannel matrix 0035 84 F441M
Removable clamp 2 poles 0492 45 3508U2 Insulator for sound sources 5739 88 3495
Removable clamp 3 poles 0492 46 3508U3 Line terminator 0035 89 3499
Load management central unit 0035 57 F521 scenario
Actuator 16A with current sensor - 1 DIN 0035 58 F522 Scenario programmer 0035 65 MH200N
Actuator 16A - 1 DIN 0035 59 F523
My Home BUS
table of equivalence old/new references (continued)
OLD NEW OLD NEW

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
ITEM ITEM ITEM ITEM
ACCESSORIES POWER SUPPLY
Configurator Power supply
Configurators 0 0492 00 3501/0 Power supply 230 V 0035 60 E46ADCN
Configurators 1 0492 01 3501/1 Mini power supply 0035 67 E49
Configurators 2 0492 02 3501/2 7.2 V battery 0675 18 3506
Configurators 3 0492 03 3501/3 Alarm power supply 230 V 0634 36 E47ADCN
Configurators 4 0492 04 3501/4 Alarm power supply 127 V 5739 97 E47ADCN/127
Configurators 5 0492 05 3501/5 6 V battery 0675 16 3507/06
Configurators 6 0492 06 3501/6 Additional power supply 230 V 0634 42 3460 20
Configurators 7 0492 07 3501/7 AV power supply 230 V 0634 35 3460 00
Configurators 8 0492 08 3501/8 Cables
Configurators 9 0492 09 3501/9 SCS-cable 0492 31 L4669
Configurators AMB 0492 12 3501/AMB SCS-cable 0492 32 L4669/500
Configurators AUX 0492 13 3501/AUX SCS Burglar alarm cable 6831 59 L4669S
Configurators CEN 0492 19 3501/CEN SCS AV cable 5739 99 3369 04
Configurators GEN 0492 10 3501/GEN BUS cord 0,6 m 5740 45 L4668BUS/60
Configurators GR 0492 11 3501/GR Web Server
Configurators OFF 0492 15 3501/OFF WEB SERVER A/V BUS 0035 98 F454
Configurators O/I 0492 16 3501/OI
Configurators ON 0492 14 3501/ON
Configurators PUL 0492 17 3501/PUL
Configurators SLA 0492 18 3501/SLA
Configurators T 0492 20 3501/T
Configurators TM 0492 21 3501/TM
Configurators kit 0-9 0261 45 3501K
Special configurators kit 0492 37 3501K/1
High performance door entry system
Elegant design encased in a slim and compact shape, it performs multi functions like call,
doorbell, conversation, monitor, unlock, network and alarms, by connecting riser systems
to system network devices. The range has innovative functions like SOS pushbutton,
anti-tamper function and intercom between all riser apartments.
7 Colour Monitor 5.6 Colour Monitor
Standard level Entry level

3.5 colour handsfree 3.5 colour handsfree
Audio handset Entrance panels

332
KEYPAD VOLUME CONTROL
(See p. 335)
SOUND
DISTRIBUTION FROM
A CENTRAL SOURCE
TO LOUDSPEAKERS
Home networks:
music, video,
THROUGHOUT THE HOUSE
TV SOCKETS
(See p. 256)
Distribution of TV,
data everywhere
in the house
VRC, DVD and HD signals
from a central point to
every TV set in the house
With Legrand home networks users can enjoy
distributed audio and video around the house
as well as access to computer and telephone
DATA SOCKETS
networks wherever needed.
(See p. 257)
Access high-speed With this flexibility, rooms blend seamlessly into one, yet each
internet and computer with the capacity for independent control, allowing users to
networks throughout see, hear and interact with whatever they want, wherever
the house. Share printers they want. Users enjoy their favourite CDs, MP3, radio station
scanners and any other or even the audio signal from TV, at anywhere in the house.
connected peripherals
Legrand home networks will distribute sound from a central
source to speakers throughout the home.
TELEPHONE SOCKETS
(See p. 256)
For multiple
telephone and fax-lines
into the house. With a
simple plug and play
connection, add new
phone lines as and when
required
CABINETS TO BE EQUIPPED
(See p. 488)
Enclosures to be equipped
with audio, video, data
or telephone modules
Keypad volume control RCA local audio source input

ArteorTM home networks
structured wiring
6338 21
6339 93
6338 53
6338 01 + 6338 23 (telephone module) 6338 02 6338 27 6338 25

6338 26 (data module - switch)
6338 28 (video module)
Installation principle (p. 336-337)
Pack Cat.Nos Enclosures Pack Cat.Nos Modules (continued)

Enclosures to be equipped with audio, video, data Video modules (continued)
or telephone modules 1 6338 30 1 x 4 LNB satellite diplexer
1 6338 01 Capacity: 3 single size modules or 1 double size and Size: single module
1 single size module
Dimensions: 295 x 115 x 100 mm
1 6338 02 Capacity: 10 modules (single or double size modules
can be integrated) 1 6339 93 SMATV distribution over RJ 45
Dimensions: 500 x 355 x 95 mm (5 - 2400 MHz)
Enclosure 20" with screw on cover Size: 2 single modules
Equipped with power supply
Modules and line amplifier
Advanced audio modules
To be installed inside enclosures 1 0516 93 RJ 45 - IEC patch cord for TV network
1 6338 21 Single source - 4 zone audio distribution Length: 2 m
module Data modules
Size: single module
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 53 4 sources, 8-zone audio distribution 1 6338 25 4 port router/switch (10/100 Mbits)
module De-select routing function mechanical
High quality stereo music in 8 rooms switch
Passes infrared remote control signals 12 - 15 V 300 mA
24 V - 60 W 3.5 - 4.5 W
Size: double module Size: double module
Advanced audio modules - surface-mounting
1 6338 22 RCA - single source input 1 6338 26 10/100 Base-T auto-sensing switch
IR engine 5 port - Auto-configuring
Input gain control Provides connectivity for a local
For surface-mounting area network
12 - 15 V 300 mA
1 6338 48 RCA - triple source input 3.5 - 4.5 W
IR engine Size: single module
Input gain control 1 6338 33 Patch cord (RJ 45 - RJ 45)
For surface-mounting
Telephone module
Video modules To be installed inside enclosures
To be installed inside enclosures 1 6338 23 4 x 12 telephone module
1 6338 27 1 x 4 bi-directional passive High performance RJ 45 telecom
splitter/combiner distribution
Size: single module Provides flexibility and convenience
Size: single module
1 6338 28 1 x 8 bi-directional passive video

splitter/combiner
Size: single module
1 6338 29 2 x 2 enhanced bi-directional

video amplification
Size: single module
334
structured wiring (continued)
5727 93 + 5757 21
6338 99
6338 45 6338 50 5727 94 + 5757 21 6338 51
Pack Cat.Nos Power supplies Pack Cat.Nos Keypad volume control distributed
audio
1 6338 32 Multi voltage power distribution module
Distributes:
- 15 V= to up to 4 locations White Magnesium
- 12 V= to up to 2 locations 1 5722 93 5727 93 echanisms equipped with White
M
- 5 V= to up to 1 location or Magnesium square cover plates
Supplied with 24" power cord jumpers To be equipped with cover plaes
1 6338 40 15 V= power supply (p. 280-287)
Includes a BS cord alimentation 3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
1 6338 41 24 V= power supply Built-in IR receiver
Includes a BS cord alimentation
For audio modules Cat.Nos 6338 21/53 RCA local source inputs
Loudspeakers Allows user to plug in devices like portable
White Magnesium audio players and computer audio outputs
High efficiency speakers with low distorsion 1 5722 94 5727 94 Mechanisms equipped with White
1 6338 43 65" inch in-ceiling round speaker (pair) or Magnesium square cover plates
1 6338 44 Dual voice coil stereo speaker To be equipped with cover plates
65" inch in-ceiling round speaker (p. 294-295)
3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
1 6338 45 Outdoor speakers pair - 90 dB Accessories
Black
Also suitable for moisture rich Bracket
environments such as bathrooms 1 6338 73 3-module mounting bracket
or saunas Allows mounting of 3 single size modules
Horizontal or vertical mounting
Controls
RJ 45 patch panels
1 6338 46 Dual IR mouse emitter 1 6339 91 4-way - Cat.5e RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
Used to control audio sources via audio distribution 1 6339 92 4-way - Cat.6 RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
system
To be connected on single or triple source input
Cat.Nos 6338 22/48 Installation tools
To be used with universal IR receiver 1 6338 99 EZ crimp tool
Cat.No 6338 47
1 6338 47 Universal IR receiver for remote control
Cat.No 6338 50 10 6338 51 EZ RJ 45 connectors
To be used with dual IR mouse emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
1 6338 50 Universal learning remote control
TV and data sockets (p. 256-257)
Control all distributed audio keypads
at the same time from anywhere
in the house
335
structured wiring - audio
n Installation principle for distributed audio system: 4 source input - 8 zones

You can listen to any one of four audio sources in up to 8 differents locations at the same time
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
Single Source Input

Cat.No 6338 22
RCA Local Keypad Volume

Source Input Controller
6.5" In-Ceiling
Four Sources 8-zone Loudspeakers
distribution module
Cat.No 6338 53
Keypad Volume
Controller
24 V 2.5 A
6.5" In-Ceiling
Power Supply
Loudspeakers
Triple Source Input
Cat.No 6338 48
Keypad Volume
Controller
Universal RCA Local Keypad Volume

IR Receiver Source Input Controller
Cat.No 6338 47
Dual IR
Mouse Emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
Audio Sources
(Entertainment Room) Portable
Universal
CD Player
Remote control 6.5" In-Ceiling
(Not included)
Cat.No 6338 50 Loudspeakers
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
- Hight-quality stereo music in 8 rooms
- Select from four unique music sources in every room
- Amplified keypad volume controller
- Local source inputs allows different music in three rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Expandable up to 32 locations
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Local source input in desired room (local listening)
- Loudspeakers in each room
- 4 sources 8-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single and/or triple source input devices Cat.Nos 6338 22 and/or 6338 48 in living room
n RJ 45 plug wiring installation

Plug your cable with connector TIA 568 A wiring standard Locking clip
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
Brown 8
- Cut/cross alll wires Brown White 7
- Insert it into EZ RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51
Orange 6
- Clip wires in RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51 Blue White 5
- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat.No 6338 99
Blue 4
Orange White 3
Green 2
Green White 1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
336
structured wiring - audio
n Installation principle for audio distribution system: single source input - 4 zones
You can listen to the same audio sources in up to 4 differents locations at the same time
Keypad
volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
RJ 45
Socket Keypad
volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Single Source 4-zone

distribution module Keypad
Cat.No 6338 21 volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Single Source Input 24 V 25 A

Cat.No 6338 22 Power Supply
RCA Local Keypad

Source Input volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Dual IR Mouse Emitter

Cat.No 6338 46
Portable Universal
CD Player Remote control
(Existing homeowner equipment) (Not included) Cat.No 6338 50
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
- Hight-quality stereo music in 4 rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Amplified keypad volume controller
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Loudspeakers for each room
- Single sources 4-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single source input device Cat.No 6338 22 in the living room
n RJ 45 plug wiring installation

Plug your cable with connector TIA 568 A wiring standard
Locking clip
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
- Cut/cross alll wires Brown 8
- Insert it into EZ RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51 Brown White 7
- Clip wires in RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51 Orange 6

- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat.No 6338 99 Blue White 5
Blue 4
Orange White 3
Green 2
Green White 1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
337
p. 346
Switches and
accessories - white
p. 348
Bell indicator,
buzzer and detector
- white
p. 350
Volume controller
and protectors -
white
MyriusTM
wiring devices
p. 354
Dimmer and
regulators - black
p. 356
Audio & video
connector - black
p. 359
Selection chart for
metal flush and
Wiring
plastic surface
boxes
p. 361
Devices
Dimmers
Technical data
Solutions p. 367
TV socket,
connectors and
with Myrius
sockets
TM
338
p. 346 p. 347 p. 348 p. 348
Push buttons - Energy sockets Power units, Emergency light
white Dimmer and and triangular
regulators - white bulkhead indicators
p. 349 p. 349 p. 349 p. 350

Key fob switch, "Do not distrub" TV socket, Audio & video
key fob and shaver indicator and connector and connector - white
socket - white internal control unit sockets - white
- white
p. 351 p. 351 p. 352 p. 353

Anti-bacterial Switches and Push buttons - Energy sockets
switches & Myrius accessories - black and power units
accessories - white black - black
p. 354 p. 355 p. 355 p. 355

Bell indicator, Key fob switch, "Do not distrub" TV socket,
buzzer and detector key fob and shaver indicator and connector and
- black socket - black internal control unit sockets - black
- black
p. 356 p. 356 p. 359 p. 359

Volume controller Myrius accessories Flush mounting Surface mounting
and protectors - - black boxes and Plastic boxes
black plates
p. 362 p. 363 p. 363-364 p. 365-366

Emergency light Buzzer Infrared sensor Remote control
and bell indicator switch and key fob
switch
p. 368-371 p. 371
Connectors and Protector and
controllers accessories
339
Solutions for home
Switch (Fan Marking) Switch (Light Marking) Socket
Fan regulator TV socket Rotary dimmer
Solutions for smart home
Skirting light Dimmer Motion sensor
Solutions for hotels
Do Not Disturb switch Key fob switch TV/SAT/FM socket
Volume controller Multistandard socket
Solutions for offices
Microphone connector Double RJ 11 socket AV connector
Pre-wired power strip
340
Bell push RJ 11 socket
MyriusTM
NEW
More is On
The Myrius range starts from the basic wiring
devices like a switch, socket and goes upto a wide
range of innovative products like a remote control
switch that can control 4 lights and one fan to
Motion sensors, Skirting light , Motor starters &
Voltage surge protectors.
More Aesthetics
Flat, sleek & smooth , Myrius with its curved edges gives a distinct and
appealing look. Its minimalistic design in a classic black and white shade
Remote control switch for fan and light makes it look absolutely stunning & desirable.
Shaver socket
Projector connector RJ 45 socket

2
1
2
1 Finger proof terminals for 1 Tunnel terminals preventing Sockets with ISI mark,
IP20 protection against screwdrivers from slipping. conforming to IS 1293.
accidental contact. 2 Laser marking on Fan regular with ISI mark,
2 Captive 'never to loose mechanisms. conforming to IS 11037
screws'. Arrow showing the correct
orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997
Stripping templates on sockets For switches with LED lamps, Sockets are shuttered for child's
for stripping off exact length of life of LED is 50000 buring hours. safety against electric shocks.
insulation. Consumes 0.76 W.
342
MyriusTM
NEW
More is On
Product features
Fully shrouded internal
mechanism under the rocker
preventing visibility of sparks.
Myrius is a modular range

offering maximum flexibility
in terms of installation

6 A switch - 1 way 6 A switch - 2 way Bell push
Fan regulator Multistandard socket Switch + socket
Universal socket TV socket Telephone socket
RJ 45 socket 6/16 A socket 6/16 A socket + 16 A switch
4 x 2 module plate with mechanisms
344
NEWMyrius
Look for this symbol
to identify the
anti-bacterial range
Anti-bacterial
More for your wellness
Myrius products offer anti-bacterial protection. The composition of

the product contains Ag+ ions which eliminates the proliferation of
bacteria on contact with the surface of the product. It has a smooth
and straight product design that facilitates in reducing the dust
accumulation. It is self disinfecting throughout its lifespan.
> Extremely useful in agri-food premises, healthcare environments

& premises with high risk in terms of peoples fragility.
> Special protection for the health and hygine market in the
form of an equipotential socket for connection of hospital beds
and trolleys to medical apparatus, to avoid all risk of potential
difference during the medical care.
BTS Certificate
available on request.

Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxand accessories - white
switches xxxxxxxxand accessories - white
switches
6730 00 6730 06 6730 09 6730 15 6730 16 6730 20
Cover plates selection chart (p. 360) Cover plates selection chart (p. 360)
Pack

Cat.Nos Switches Pack

Cat.Nos Switches
6 to 16 A switches ISI marked as per the latest 20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997 IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver driver
Captive screws Captive screws
6 A - 230 V A Number of 20 A - 230 V A Number of
modules
modules
20/200 6730 11 20 A 1 W Switch 1
20/200 6730 00 6 A Switch 1 W 1
10/100 6730 12 20 A DP 1 W Switch 2

20/200 6730 01 6 A Switch 2 W 1
10/100 6730 13 20 A DP 1 W Switch 2

20/200 6730 02 6 A Switch 1 W 1 with indicator
with indicator
10/100 6730 14 20 A 2 W Switch 2
20/200 6730 03 6 A Switch 1 W 1
with "Light" marking
20/200 6730 04 6 A Switch 1 W 1

25 A - 230 V A
20/200 6730 15 25 A SP 1 W Switch 1
with "Fan" marking with indicator
10 A - 230 V A 32 A - 230 V A
10/100 6730 05 10 A Switch 1 W 2 10/100 6730 16 32 A DP Switch 2
with indicator
10/100 6730 06 10 A Switch 2 W 2

Push buttons Number of
modules
10/100 6730 17 10 A Intermediate 2 20/200 6730 18 6 A push button SP 1
Switch
10/100 6730 07 10 A Switch 1 W 2 20/200 6730 19 6 A push button SP 1

with indicator with indicator
20/200 6730 20 6 A Bell push 1

16 A - 230 V A
20/200 6730 08 16 A Switch 1 Way 1
20/200 6730 21 6 A Bell push 1
with indicator
20/200 6730 09 16 A Switch 2 Way 1
10/100 6730 22 6 A Bell push 2
20/200 6730 10 16 A Switch 1 Way 1

with indicator 10/100 6730 23 6 A Bell push 2
with indicator
Accessories for switches

with indicator
5/50 6732 44 Lamp for switches /
push buttons
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
energy sockets - white xxxxxxxx
power units - white
6730 41 6730 42
6730 74
6730 44 6730 47 6730 75

Pack Cat.Nos Socket - 230 V A
Pack Cat.Nos Power unit Number of
modules
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005 1/10 6730 74 Power strip - 8
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition. 6 A (2 nos.) +
Stripping template provided on sockets. 16 A socket (1 no.) +
Number of 16 A switch with
modules indicator (1 no.)
20/200 6730 41 6/16 A 2 Pin Euro 1
US socket 1/10 6730 75 Power strip - 8
5 Pin 6 A (3 nos.) +
16 A switch with
5/50 6730 42 16 A 3 Pin 3 indicator (1 no.)
switched socket
1/10 6730 76 Power strip - 8
multistd socket (3 nos.) +
10/100 6730 43 Multistandard socket 2 16 A switch (1 no.)
20/200 6730 44 6 A 5 Pin 2

Universal socket
5/50 6730 83 6/16 A Socket 3
10/100 6730 45 6/16 A Socket 2
10/100 6730 46 6/16 A - Euro Socket 2
10/100 6730 47 25 A Socket 2
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmer & regulators - white xxxxxxxx
indicators, buzzer and detector - white
6730 26 6730 29
0785 12 0785 71 6730 36 6730 33 6730 34
Technical data (p. 360-361) Technical data (p. 361-364)

Pack Cat.Nos Dimmer & regulator
Pack Cat.Nos Skirting light Number of
modules
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding 1/5/25 6730 36 Skirting light 3
screwdriver with white LED
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws Number of
modules Bell indicator Number of
modules
1/5/50 6730 24 Rotary dimmer 400 W 1 20/200 6730 33 Bell indicator - 240 V A 1
1/10 6730 25 Rotary dimmer 650 W 3
Buzzer Number of
modules
1/10

6730 26 Compact fluorescent
Lamp dimmer
2
20/200 6730 34 Buzzer - 230 V A 1
sound level 72 dB
at 1 meter distance
1/5/50 6730 27 Fan step regulator 100 W 1
Sensor Number of
modules
1/10/100 6730 29 Fan step regulator 100 W 2 1/10 6730 32 Infra red sensor - 300 W 2

Remote unit Number of
modules
1/10/100 6730 77 Fan step regulator 2 1/5/20 6730 73 Remote control switch 4
for energy saving fans Controls 4 lights and
1 fan of a room
Regulates the fan with
10 speed levels.
Emergency light Number of Inbuilt night lamp on
modules
product panel with
1/1 0785 12 Emergency light unit 2 manual operation option
for all functions.
Indicators Number of
modules
1/1 0785 73 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Blue
Colourless

Green
Red
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
access control - white
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
sockets and connectors - white
hospitality funtions
6730 50 6730 51
6730 37 6730 40 6730 52 6730 53 6730 56
Technical data (p. 365) Technical data (p. 365-367)

Pack Cat.Nos Keyfobe switch Number of
modules

Pack Cat.Nos TV socket
1/10 6730 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate- cable network signals 9.5 mm connector TV
supplied without key fob. 2 modules female for co-axial cable
Cat.No 6730 38
Number of
modules
1/10/100 6730 38 Only key fob for
switch above 20/200 6730 50 TV socket 1
10/100 6730 51 TV/Sat/FM 2

"Do not distrub" indicator 6 shielded socket
and internal control unit 0 - 2400 MHz
Enables the clients to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings: Data & voice Number of
modules
Do not disturb
Clean the room Number of
modules 20/200 6730 52 RJ 11 Telephone socket 1
indicator (external unit) with transparent shutter
10/100 6730 39 to be installed on the 1+1
corridor, displays the
status supply with lamps 20/200 6730 53 RJ 11 Double telephone 1
Socket with shutter
"DND control unit" (internal unit)
10/100 6730 40 Allows the user to select 1+1
choose the options 20/200 6730 54 UTP Cat 5e information 1
supplied with lamps outlets toolless system
Shaver socket 20/200 6730 55 UTP Cat 6 1

Accept European, British, American and Australian 10/100 6730 56 UTP Cat 6 2
2 pin plugs
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP 24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box
Number of
modules
1/5/20 6730 49 Shaver socket Monobloc

110/240 V - 50/60 Hz with plate-
4 modules

Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and controllers - white
connectors xxxxxxxx and accessories - white
protectors
6730 57 6730 58 6730 31 6730 70
6730 59 6730 63 6730 60 6730 61 6730 62
Technical data (p. 367-369) Technical data (p. 370)

Pack Cat.Nos Audio & video connector Number of
Pack Cat.Nos Motor starter Number of
modules modules
1/10 6730 57 3 x female RCA 1 1/10/100 6730 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference. 1/10/100 6730 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
10/100 6730 58 3 pole XLR sockets 2

For stereo connection
of any peripheral,
microphone, m ixing RCBO Number of
console. modules
1/1
6730 78 Single pole + Neutral - 2
1/10 6730 59 Female HD 15 2 30 mA, 16 A - 230 VA
For VGA, XGA or VESA The RCBO is used to
connection of a protect people
PC monitor, plasma (premises with a conductive floor,
screen, video projector. presence of water, etc...) against
direct contact with live parts or
leakages to earth
Sound (Volume controller) Number of with test button
modules
1/10/100 6730 63 Suitable for 2
8 Ohms, 3 Watts (RNS) VSP Number of
speaker. modules
20/200 6730 70 Surge Filter (VSP) - 230 V A 1
Accessories Number of
modules
20/200 6730 60 Cable Outlet - 8 mm 1
20/200 6730 61 Blanking Plate 1
10/200 0802 90 Panel mounting support 1

10/200 0802 91 Panel mounting support 2
10/100 0802 99 Din rail mounting support 2
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx NEW MyriusTM
xxxxxxxx
anti-bacterial switches & accessories - white switches and accessories - black
6730 84 6730 86 6730 81
0787 00 6730 95 6731 01 6731 02 6731 05

Pack Cat.Nos Anti-bacterial Number of
modules Cover plates selection chart (p. 358)
20/200 6730 84 6 A switch 1 W 1
20/200 6730 85 6 A switch 2 W 1

Pack Cat.Nos
Switches
20/200 6730 86 6 A bell push 1
6 to 16 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
20/200 6730 89 16 A switch 1 way 1 IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
20/200 6730 90 16 A switch 2 way 1 driver
Captive screws
1/10/100 6730 92 Fan regulator 120 W 2 6 A - 230 V A Number of
modules
10/100 6730 93 Multistandard socket 2 20/200 6731 00 6 A switch 1 W 1
20/200 6730 94 6 A 5 pin universal socket 2
5/50 6730 95 6/16 A socket 3 20/200 6731 01 6 A switch 2 W 1
1/10 0787 00 Equipotential socket 1

20/200 6731 02 6 A switch 1 W 1
20/200 6730 98 TV socket 1 with indicator
20/200 6730 99 RJ 11 telephone socket 1 20/200 6731 03 6 A switch 1 W 1

with "Light" marking
20/200 6730 81 RJ 45 cat 6 utp 1
20/200 6730 82 Blanking plate 1 20/200 6731 04 6 A switch 1 W 1

with "Fan" marking
20/200 6732 45 1 Module plate + frame 1
20/200 6732 46 2 Module plate + frame 2 10A - 230 V A

10/100 6731 05 10 A switch 1 W 2
10/100 6732 48 4 Module plate + frame 4 10/100 6731 06 10 A switch 2 W 2

5/50 6732 49 8 Module plate + frame (horizontal) 8
5/25 6732 50 8 Module plate + frame (4 x 2) 8 10/100 6731 17 10 A intermediate 2

Switch
10/100 6731 07 10 A switch 1 W 2
with indicator
16A - 230 V A
20/200 6731 08 16 A switch 1 way 1
20/200 6731 09 16 A Switch 2 way 1
BTS Certificate available on 20/200 6731 10 16 A switch 1 way 1

request. with indicator
MyriusTM
switches and accessories - black
6731 12 6731 21 6731 22
Cover plates selection chart (p. 358)

Pack Cat.Nos Switches
Pack Cat.Nos Push buttons Number of
modules
20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest 20/200 6731 18 6 A push button SP 1
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws 20/200 6731 19 6 A push button SP 1
with indicator
20A - 230 V A Number of
modules
20/200 6731 11 20 A 1 W switch 1 20/200 6731 20 6 A bell push 1
10/100 6731 12 20 A DP 1 W switch 2 20/200 6731 21 6 A bell push 1

with indicator
10/100 6731 13 20 A DP 1 W switch 2 10/100 6731 22 6 A bell push 2

with indicator
10/100 6731 14 20 A 2 W switch 2 10/100 6731 23 6 A bell push 2

with indicator
25A - 230 V A
20/200 6731 15 25 A SP 1 W switch 1 Accessories for switches
with indicator with indicator
5/50 6732 44 Lamp for switches /
32A - 230 V A push buttons
10/100 6731 16 32 A DP switch 2
with indicator
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
energy
xxxxxxxx
sockets - black xxxxxxxx
energy socket - red
6731 41 6731 42
6731 44 6731 45 6730 48

Pack Cat.Nos Socket
Pack Cat.Nos Socket Number of
modules
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005 5/50 6730 48 16 A Switched socket 3
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition.
Stripping template provided on sockets.
Number of
modules
20/200 6731 41 6/16 A 2 pin 1
Euro US socket
5/50 6731 42 16 A 3 pin 3

Switched socket
10/100 6731 43 Multistandard socket 2
20/200 6731 44 6 A 5 Pin 2

with Universal socket
5/50 6731 83 6/16 A Socket 3

10/100 6731 45 6/16 A Socket 2
10/100 6731 46 6/16 A - Euro Socket 2
10/100 6731 47 25 A Socket 2
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxand regulators - black
dimmer xxxxxxxxand accessories - black
switches
6731 25 6731 36
6731 27 6731 28 6731 33 6731 34 6731 32

Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers & regulators
Pack Cat.Nos Skirting light Number of
modules
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding 1/5/25 6731 36 Skirting Light 3
screwdriver with white LED
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws Number of Number of
modules Bell indicator modules
1/5/50 6731 24 Rotary dimmer 400 W 1 20/200 6731 33 Bell Indicator- 240 V A 1
1/10 6731 25 Rotary dimmer 650 W 3
Buzzer Number of
modules
1/10

6731 26 Compact Fluo
Lamp Dimmer
2 20/200 6731 34 Buzzer - 230 V A 1
sound level 72 dB
(Universal load) at 1 meter distance
Sensor Number of
modules
1/10/100 6731 29 Fan step regulator 100 W 2 1/10 6731 32 Infra red Sensor - 300 W 2

Remote unit Number of
modules
1/10/100 6731 77 Fan step regulator 2 1/5/20 6731 73 Remote control switch 4
for energy saving fans Controls 4 lights and
1 fan of a room
Regulates the fan with
10 speed levels.
Inbuilt night lamp on
product panel with
manual operation option
for all functions.
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
access control - black
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
sockets and connectors - black
hospitality functions
6731 50
6731 40 6731 51 6731 52 6731 53

Pack Cat.Nos Key fobe switch Number of
Pack Cat.Nos TV socket
modules
1/10 6731 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate- cable network signals 9.5 mm connector TV
supplied without key fob. 2 modules female for co-axial cable
Cat.No 6731 38 Number of
1/10/100 6730 38 Only key fob for modules
switch above 20/200 6731 50 TV Socket 1

"Do not distrub" indicator 10/100 6731 51 TV/Sat/FM 2
and internal control unit shielded sockets
Enables the clients to inform hotel staff 0 - 2400 MHz
of the room status
Two settings:
Do not disturb Data & voice Number of
modules
Number of
Clean the room modules
Indicator (external unit) 20/200 6731 52 RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1
10/100 6731 39 to be installed on the 1+1 with transparent shutter
corridor, displays the
status supply with lamps
20/200 6731 53 RJ 11 Double Telephone 1
"DND control unit" (internal unit) Socket with shutter
10/100 6731 40 Allow the user to select 1+1
choose the options
supplied with lamps 20/200 6731 54 UTP Cat 5e 1
RJ 45 information outlets
Shaver socket
20/200 6731 55 UTP Cat 6 1
Accept European, British, American and Australian
2 pin plugs 10/100 6731 56 UTP Cat 6 2
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP 24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box Number of
modules
1/5/20 6731 49 Shaver socket Monobloc
110/240 V - 50/60 Hz with plate-
4 modules

Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and controllers - black
connectors xxxxxxxx and accessories - black
protectors
6731 59 6731 63 6731 70
Technical data (p. 369-371) Technical data (p. 372)
Pack Cat.Nos Audio & video connector Number of Pack Cat.Nos Motor starter Number of
modules modules
1/10 6731 57 3 x female RCA 1 1/10/100 6731 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference. 1/10/100 6731 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
10/100 6731 58 3 pole XLR sockets 2
For stereo connection of
any peripheral,
microphone, VSP Number of
mixing console. modules
1/10 6731 59 Female HD 15 2

20/200 6731 70 Surge Filter (VSP) - 230 V A 1
For VGA, XGA or VESA
connection of a
PC monitor, plasma
screen, video projector.
Accessories Number of
modules
20/200 6731 60 Cable Outlet - 8 mm 1
Sound Number of
modules
1/10/100 6731 63 Suitable for 2
8 Ohms, 3 Watts (RNS)
speaker. 20/200 6731 61 Blanking Plate 1
Rating : 11 steps + OFF
(Full rotation type)
MyriusTM
More is on.
Be it a couple of extra zeroes to a pay cheque or one more holiday to the list.
Be it one more pair of shoes to the collection or just requesting for one more
song at a party. Its natural for humans to always expect something more.
Black Beauty Snowy White

A mystic black shade with a grainy matte Its gleaming white shade and a perfect
finish truly complements any decor. glossy finish creates a soothing decor.
NEW
Introducing a new range of plates with unique features & flawless designs, Myrius perfectly
defines aestheticism. This range includes two shades; grainy matte black and a glossy white
that suits any decor. Also, the designs are crafted with sheer perfection that create an ambience
in itself.

Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
plastic plates - white xxxxxxxx
plastic plates - black
6732 01 6732 02 6732 03 6732 21 6732 22
6732 04 6732 14 6732 23 6732 24

Pack Cat.Nos White plates with frame
Pack Cat.Nos Black plates with frame
Superior finish, screwless curved look. Superior finish, screwless curved look.
Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength. Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength.
Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction, Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction,
when flush box is tilted. when flush box is tilted.
Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if
wall box is overflushed wall box is overflushed
Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)
HxW HxW
20/200 6732 01 1 module 86 x 86 20/200 6732 21 1 module 86 x 86
5/50 6732 08 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245 5/50 6732 28 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245
5/25 6732 09 8 modules (4 x 2) 172 x 146 5/25 6732 29 8 modules (4 x 2) 172 x 146
New white plates with frame# New black plates with frame#
20/200 6732 11 1 Module plate + Frame 20/200 6732 31 1 Module plate + Frame
5/50 6732 68 8 Module plate + Frame ( Horizontal) 5/50 6732 88 8 Module plate + Frame (Horizontal)
5/25 6732 69 8 Module plate + Frame (4 x 2) 5/25 6732 89 8 Module plate + Frame (4 x 2)
# The new plate range will be introduced shortly. # The new plate range will be introduced shortly.
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush mounting boxes xxxxxxxx
surface mounting boxes
Sliding
clamp for
vertical
adjustment
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
6890 11
6890 12 6733 02 6733 04

Pack Cat.Nos Flush Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD

Pack Cat.Nos Surface Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
mounting boxes mounting boxes
40 6890 07 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 10/50 6733 02 1 module 86 x 86 x 45

5/35 6733 03 1 + 2 modules 86 x 121 x 45

40 6890 08 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0
5/25 6733 04 1 + 1 + 2 86 x 146 x 45

40 6890 09 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0 modules

1/10 6733 06 6 x 1 modules 86 x 224 x 45
40 6890 10 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
1/5 6733 08 8 x 1 modules 86 x 245.2 x 45

40 6890 42 8 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
(specific) 1/5 6733 05 8 (2 row x 4) 172 x 146 x 45
modules
20 6890 31 8 modules 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
(2 row x 4) 1/6 6890 21 12 (2 row x 6) 172 x 224 x 50
modules
10 6890 11 12 (2 row x 6) 145.3 x 215 x 61.2 16 (2 row x 8)
modules modules
16 (2 row x 8)
modules 1/4 6890 22 18 (3 row x 6) 240 x 224 x 50
Metal box modules
10 6890 12 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
(3 row x 6)
Metal box
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
selection chart
selection of boxes, mechanisms and plates
Boxes Cover plates
MODULES Metal Flush boxes Plastic Surface boxes
White Black

H x W x D H x W x D
1 module 6890 07 6733 02 6732 01 6732 21

76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45 86 x 86 86 x 86
2 x 1 module 6890 07 6733 02 6732 02 6732 22

76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45 86 x 86 86 x 86
2 modules
1 + 2 modules 6890 08 6733 03 6732 03 6732 23

76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0 86 x 121 x 45 86 x 121 86 x 121
1 + 2 modules
3 modules

3 x 1 module
1 + 1 + 2 modules 6890 09 6733 04 6732 04 6732 24

76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0 86 x 146 x 45 86 x 146 86 x 146
1 + 3 modules
2 + 2 modules
4 x 1 module
6 x 1 module 6890 10 6733 06 6732 06 6732 26

76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 224 x 45 86 x 224 86 x 224
8 x 1 module 6890 42 6733 08 6732 08 6732 28

76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 245.2 x 45 86 x 245 86 x 245

8 (2 row x 4) modules 6890 31 6733 05 6732 09 6732 29

136.8 x 136.6 x 61 172 x 146 x 45 172 x 146 172 x 146
12 (2 row x 6) modules 6890 11 6890 21 6732 12 / 16 6732 32 / 36

16 (2 row x 8) 145.3 x 215 x 61.2 172 x 224 x 50 172 x 224 172 x 224
modules
18 (3 row x 6) 6890 12 6890 22 6732 18 6732 38

modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2 240 x 224 x 50 240 x 224 240 x 224
All sizes are H x W x D in mm
360
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
rotary dimmers 650 W
Technical data Characteristics

(1)
Wiring diagram of locator / indicator :
100 - 240
Vac 2 x 2.5 mm2
50Hz
Max. 650 W 650 W 650 VA 390 VA

230 Vac
Min. 60 W 60 W 60 VA 60 VA
Max. 500 W 500 W 500 VA 300 VA
127 Vac
Min. 60 W 60 W 60 VA 60 VA
(*) Use only transformers which are inteded for use with an electronic switch.
Indicator wiring
Description
In this wiring,
Led lamp lits up only when the switch is made ON, indicating that
electric supply is ON.
Important
Transformer losses should be taken into account in the power
calculation.
Locator wiring Transformers should be loaded to more than 60 % of their capacity.
In this wiring, Led lamp is always illuminated showing the switch If the wiring diagrams are not complied with,or if the values shown in
location in a dark area. the table are exceeded (voltage, power,temperature, frequency), or
if the power is too low and causes the light to blink,the fitting could
Wiring diagram of 650W rotary dimmer be severly damaged.
Cat.Nos 6730 25 - 6731 25
1-way connection (sketch 1) Double-way connection (sketch 2)

! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician.
Incorrect installation and use can lead to risk of electric shock or
fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the products specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, after or modify the device except
where specifically required to do so by the instructions.All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorized opening or repair completely cancels all liabilities
For extra low voltage halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers and the rights to replacement and guarantees. Use only Legrand
(sketch 3) accessories.
Important
There is a switch for the rated voltage on the upper right corner of
the base.
It must be set in the position corresponding to the used voltage.
-On 230 V if the rated voltage used is 230 V, or
-On 127 V if the rated voltage used is 127 V.
361
MyriusTM MyriusTM
emergency light bell indicator
emergency light

Cat.No 0785 12
Connection
OFF
2
A
IP 20 2 Lumen 1 hr
2 x BYD
C
2/3 AAA
2,4V - 0,2 Ah
B
A
+
- + -
+
Volume controller
Cat.Nos 6730 33/6731 33
REG
IP
44 L
LOAD
50
mm
N
44
IP
Audio
Speaker Amplifier
Date
Datum
xx. xxx 2007
Date
Datum
Fecha
S1 S2 A2 A1
OK
24 h Bell call indicator
Cat.Nos 6730 33/6731 33
44 44
IP IP
44 44
OFF
IP IP
1h IP
44 OK
44
IP
<1h IP
44
362
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
buzzer xxxxxxxxsensor - 300 W
infrared

Cat.Nos 6730 38/39, 6731 39/40, 6730 34/6731 34 Cat.Nos 6730 32 - 6731 32
Description Automatic switch
Option
Call indicator Call control Buzzer
A B E
STOP
Red
Green Red Blue
Wiring
B A D C E
1 1 100 - 240 1 x 2.5 mm2
L L L V AC 2 x 2.5 mm2
2 2 50 Hz
Max. 400 W 400 W 400 W 400 W

240 V AC
L Min. 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W
N
Max. 200 W 200 W 200 W 200 W
100 V AC
Operation Min. 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W
1- Instruction : Do not disturb (*) Use only transformers which are intended for use with an electronic switch.
Bedroom Corridor
Mounting with a switch
1
BIP
STOP 2
1 2
2- Instruction : Please clean up
BIP
STOP
2 Mounting with offset push button
1
1 2
3- No call
1
BIP
STOP 2
Mounting with a several combined switch

2
Note : If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
dont disturb call
BIP
STOP
363
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxsensor - 300 W
infrared
Settings
Operation
Precautions of use

preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
account of the product's specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must beopened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by LEGRAND. Any unauthorised opening or
repair completely cancels all liabilities and the rights to replacement
and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
364
Myrius
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
pour exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
remote control switch
n Technical data Infrared remote transmitter.

Cat.Nos 6730 73 - 6731 73
Wiring Diagram
Utilization
Replacement of old battery
a b c d e
240 V AC
50Hz
1 x 2.5 400 VA 200 VA 200 VA 150 VA 120 W

Max.
mm2
1. Incandescent bulbs.
2. Halogen lamp 230 V A
3. Low voltage halogen lamps.
Battery type 4. Fluorescent tube light.
5. 120 Watts Ceiling Fan (OFF + 10 Variable speed steps)
Button Cell - CR 2032 3 V
Description
Infrared receiver and controller unit. preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
365
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
MyriusTM xxxxxxxx
key fob switch
n Technical data Disassembly

Cat.Nos 6730 37 - 6731 37
Wiring diagram of key fob switch
Operation
Inserting card turns power on

Removing card turns power off after an approx. 30s delay
Characteristics
Utilization
230 V
50 Hz
Max. 1800 W 800 W 400 VA 800 VA
1. 1800 W incandescent or halogen with ferromagnetic transformer

2. 800 W inductive (motor)
3. 400 VA compensated fluorescent
4. 800 VA fluorescent with electronic ballast
Important
For load higher than indicated in the above table, use a contactor.
366
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
TV/SAT/FM socket
n Technical data TV/SAT/FM socket

Cat.Nos 6730 51 - 6731 51
Wiring diagram of TV/SAT/FM socket

1

preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
account of products specific mounting location.
specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
367
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
RJ 11 xxxxxxxx
RJ 45

Cat.Nos 6730 52 - 6731 52 Cat.Nos 6730 54 - 6731 54/
6730 55 - 6731 55, 6730 56-6731 56
Wiring diagram
Cat 5e 6730 54 - 6731 54

UTP Cat 6 6730 55 - 6731 55 6730 56 - 6731 56
U/UTP F/UTP
1 1
SF/UTP
2 3
1
4
1 2 3
368
MyriusTM Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
RJ 45 xxxxxxxx
audio video connector
n Technical data
Cat.Nos 6730 57 - 6731 57
1 2
AV connector
6 6
Wiring diagram
1 2
7 3 4
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
369
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
audio video connector audio video connector
xxxxxxxx
AV connector n Technical data

Cat.Nos 6730 59 - 6731 59
1
Wiring diagram of projector connector
2 3
1 2
3 4

preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
account of products specific mounting location. 1 2
specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
3 4
5 6
370
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
audio video connector
Projector connector Projector connector
1 C
Terminal block legend

(Connector legend)
VGA FULL PIN

1
1 Red coax (red)
6 Red braid (red ground)
2 Green coax (green)
7 Green braid (green ground)
3 Blue coax (blue)
8 Blue braid (blue ground)
9 White
14 Green (VS)
B
10 Blue (HS-VS ground)
13 Grey (HS)
11 Brown (ID Bit 0)
12 Yellow (ID Bit 1)
4 Orange (ID Bit 2)
15 Black (ID Bit 3)
5 Red (Gnd)
General ground
C VGA RGB HS VS
1 Red coax (red)
6 Red braid (red ground)
2 Green coax (green)
7 Green braid (green ground)
3 Blue coax (blue)
8 Blue braid (blue ground)
14 Yellow coax (VS)
D 10 Yellow braid + white (HS-VS ground)
13 White coax (HS)
General ground

E preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
Do not open up, dismantle, after or modify the device except where
products must
be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel trained and
approved by Legrand. Any unauthorized opening or repair
completely cancels all liabilities and
the rights to replacement and guarantees. Use only Legrand
accessories.
371
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
VSP xxxxxxxx
RCBO
Cat.Nos 6730 70 - 6731 70 RCBO

VSP Cat.No 6730 78
230 V~
Up 1 kV
(L/N - L/PE) 250 V~max

Uc
(N - PE) 230 V~
In (8/20) 2 kA
Icc max. 2,5 kA
IL 10A
I max (8/20). 4 kA
Installation Method
Load

! Make sure the power supply is disconnected before any
intervention. Strictly comply with instructions for installation and use.
Operation
Green indicator lamp

Operationalprotection
Recommendation
Regularly check that the green LED is on.
-When LED is off, change the product

This product should be installed preferably by a qualified electrician.
Incorrect installation and use can entail risk of electric shock or fire.
Do not open up the device. All Legrand products must be exclusively
opened and repaired by personnel trained and approved by
LEGRAND. Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels
all liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Only use genuine accessories.
372
www.legrand.co.in
Click to
discover us
Legrand (India) - provides all information regarding the groups philosophy, products, organisation etc.
Products and solutions - complete information about our range of products for residential, commercial and
industrial markets.
Downloads - download catalogues and brochures.

pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx p. 378
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Switches and
accessories
MylincTM
wiring devices
p. 382
White modular
surrounds
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with Mylinc TM
374
p. 378 p. 379 p. 379 p. 380
Dimmers and Energy sockets and TV and RJ 11 White modular
regulators power unit telephone sockets plates
and accessories
p. 383 p. 383
Flush boxes Surface boxes
375
Smart in Design
Screwless finish & Shockproof sockets-childsafe Linc-LocTM

rounded corners
Laser marking Stripping template CE marking
Top orientation arrow ISImarking
Smart in colours
Superior finish, screwless, bounded corners, dust proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame behind,
with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal adjustment facility.
Pearl Wood Grey Bronze
376
MylincTM
A touch of little
genius
MylincTM is a complete range of modular wiring
accessories. Switches and sockets designed and
1 lac operations made in India, keeping everyones requirements in
mind. Whether its safety, reliability, convenience
or beauty; MylincTM offers it all.
INSTALLATION IN 5 EASY STEpS
Mylinc installation on the metal flush box.
Click the switch mechanism on the frame,

Finger-proof with the top arrow indicating the right
terminals for IP 20 direction.
protection against
accidental contact
Install the switch frame assembly onto the
flush mounting box.
Finally clip-on the aesthetically elegant

plate for screwless appearance.
Ready to use the beautiful Mylinc Switch.

Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxand accessories
switches xxxxxxxx and fan regulators
dimmers
6755 01 6755 03 6755 95 6755 30
6755 26 6755 97 6755 31 6755 35
Switches are ISI marked as per the latest IS 3854:1997 Conforming to IS 11037
Silver plated screw terminals
Linc-LocTM Inter locking mechanisms for perfect alignment.
Laser marking. Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers and fan regulators Number of
modules
Dimmer with off and gradual dimming
Pack Cat.Nos Switches Number of
modules
6 A - *230 V A 1/10/100 6755 30

Fan regulator
100 W, Humfree, 0-4 steps
2

20/200 6755 01 6 A one-way SP switch 1
1/5/50 6755 31 For regulator 1
20/200 6755 02 6 A two-way SP switch 1 100W, Humfree, 0-4 step
20/200 6755 03 6 A one-way SP switch with 1 1/10/100 6755 35 Rotative dimmer 2

indicator 60 - 250 W for light
16 A - *230 V A 1/5/50 6755 33

Rotative dimmer
60 - 400 W
1
20/200 6755 11 16 A one-way SP switch 1

20/200 6755 12 16 A two-way SP switch 1 Buzzer
20/200 6755 13 16 A one-way SP switch with 1 20/200 6755 40 Buzzer 1
indicator
DND & MMR
Switches 32 A - *230 V A Indicator lamp
10/100 6755 26 32 A one- way douple pole 2
switch with indicator 10/50 6755 56 DND & MMR external unit bell push 1+1+1
10/100 6755 57 Mylinc internal control unit for 2
Push Buttons 6 A - *230 V A DND & MMR

20/200 6755 04 6 A one-way SP bell push 1
Key fob
10/100 6755 06 6 A one-way SP bell push 2
with indicator 1/10 6755 60 Key fob switch M
1 6730 38 Only key fob for switch above
Bell Call Indicator & Registor
20/200 6755 07 Bell call Indicator with 1
registor - 6 A
Lighting Modules
for night Lamp.
neon light for 25000 hrs.
20/200 6755 95 Indiactor Light red 1
20/200 6755 96 Indicator Light orange 1
1/5/25 6755 97 Skirting light with white LED 3
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx
energy sockets
xxxxxxxx low voltage sockets,
xxxxxxxx
power unit TV socket, RJ 11 telephone socket and
accessories
6755 50 6755 55 6755 53 6755 46 6755 41 6755 44
6755 58 6755 91 6755 45
Conforming to IS 1293 : 1988 Pack Cat.Nos Sockets

Shuttered for Child Safety Number of
modules
Compatible with reception of antenna,
Shutter opens only with phase and neutral
insertion simultaneously. satellite and cable network signals.
9.5 mm connector TV female for
Number of
modules co-axial cable
Pack Cat.Nos Energy sockets
20/200 6755 46 TV Socket 1
10/100 6755 50 6 A - 2/3 pin combined 2

10/100 6755 51 6 A - 3 pin 2 20/200 6755 41 RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1

20/200 6755 44 Double RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1
10/100
6755 52 Universal socket 2
6 A - 2/3 pin combined
20/200 6755 45 RJ 45 Cat 6 computer socket 1
20/200 6755 53 Euro-us-socket 1
6/16 A - 2 pin
20/200 6755 47 RJ 45 Cat 5e computer socket 1
10/100 6755 55 6/16 A - 3 pin combined 2
Multistandard socket Accessories

10/100 6755 54 6/10/13 A 2/3 pin for 230 V AC 2 20/200 6755 91 Cable Outlet Straight -- 8 mm 1
application
Power unit

5/25
6755 58 Power Unit for 2 Ton A.C 4 20/200 6755 92 Spare 12 Screws with nuts
and 3.5 KW Geyser
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxwhite plates
modular xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular
6755 61 6755 62 6756 02
6755 69 6756 04
Pack Cat.Nos White plates Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates

Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
dust proof, solid strength. proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
Supported by plastic frame behind with flexible wall behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
alignment. adjustment facility. Dimensions
Horizontal adjustment facility. (mm)
Dimensions HxW
(mm) Pearl finish
White plates HxW
10/100 6756 00 For 1 module 86 x 86

6755 61
20/200 For 1 module (square) 86 x 86

10/100 6756 01 For 2 modules 86 x 86
6755 62
20/200 For 2 modules (square) 86 x 86

10/100 6756 02 For 3 modules 86 x 121
6755 63
10/100 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6756 03 For 4 modules 86 x 146
6755 64
10/100 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6756 04 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 146
5/50 6756 05 For 8 modules 86 x 245


5/25 6756 06 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
6755 68
5/25 For 8 modules (2 row x 4) 172 x 146

5/50 6756 07 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/50
6755 69 For 9 modules (3 column x 3) 86 x 288

10 6755 72 For 12 modules 172 x 224 5/25 6756 08 For 12 modules 172 x 224
(2 row x 2 column x 3)
10 6755 73 For 16 modules 172 x 245

(for specific box) 5/25 6756 09 For 18 modules 240 x 224
10 6755 78 For 18 modules 240 x 224

(3 row x 2 column x 3)
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular xxxxxxxx
6756 12 6756 22
6756 14 6756 24
Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility. Dimensions adjustment facility. Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
HxW HxW
Bronze finish Grey finish
10/100 6756 10 For 1 module 86 x 86 10/100 6756 20 For 1 module 86 x 86
10/100 6756 11 For 2 modules 86 x 86 10/100 6756 21 For 2 modules 86 x 86



5/50 6756 14 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224 5/50 6756 24 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224

5/25 6756 16 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146 5/25 6756 26 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 27 For 9 modules 86 x 228

5/50 6756 17 For 9 modules 86 x 228
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
surrounds
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular xxxxxxxx
white modular surrounds
6756 32 6755 81 6755 82
6756 34 6755 89
Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates Pack Cat.Nos White surrounds

Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust Superior finish, screwless appearance
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame rounded corners, dust proof, for acrylic or hylem
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal sheet or partition wall
adjustment facility. Dimensions Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
HxW White surrounds HxW
Wood finish

20/200 6755 81 For 1 module 61 x 34.4
10/100 6756 30 For 1 module 86 x 86
20/200 6755 82 For 2 modules 61 x 58

10/100
6756 31 For 2 modules 86 x 86

10/100 6755 83 For 3 modules 61 x 81.6
10/100
6756 32 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6755 84 For 4 modules 61 x 105.2
10/100 6756 33 For 4 modules 86 x 146
10/100 6755 86 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 61 x 162.5


10/100 6755 89 For 9 modules (3 column x 3) 61 x 243.5
5/50 6756 35 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 36 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 37 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/25 6756 38 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 39 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
boxes: xxxxxxx pour
Mylinc
exemple
TM
boxes: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush boxes xxxxxxxx
surface boxes
Sliding
clamp for
vertical
adjustment
6890 07 6890 09
6733 03 6733 04
6890 10
6890 11 6890 12 6890 21 6890 22
Pack Cat.Nos Flush boxes for MylincTM plate Pack Cat.Nos Surface boxes for MylincTM plate
Factory made metal sheet enclosure Factory made enclosure
top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit offwhite shade
entry from any direction. top, bottom and back wall knockout for conduit
Possible to break open knockout without anyspecial entry / casing caping.
tool. Dimensions (mm) Possible to break open knockout without any special
HxWxD tool.
Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
40 6890 07 1 or 2 module 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
10/50 6733 02 1/2 modules 86 x 86 x 45
40 6890 08 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0

5/35 6733 03 3 modules 86 x 121 x 45
40 6890 09 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0

5/25 6733 04 4 modules 86 x 146 x 45
40 6890 10 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0

1/10 6733 06 6 modules 86 x 224 x 45

40 6890 42 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0

1/5 6733 08 8 modules 86 x 245.2 x 45
20 6890 31 8 modules (2 rows x 4) 136.8 x 136.6 x 61

1/5 6733 05 8 modules (2 rows x 4) 172 x 146 x 45
20 6890 29 9 modules 77.3 x 279.3 x 51.2

1/5 6740 99 9 modules 86 x 288 x 45
10 6890 11 12 modules 145.3 x 215 x 61.2

1/6 6890 21 Metal surface box 172 x 224 x 50
12 module (2 row x 6)
10 6890 13 16 modules 232.8 x 147.4 x 61.2

1/4 6890 22 Metal surface box 240 x 224 x 50
18 module (3 row x 6)
10 6890 12 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
Red catalogue numbers : New products 383
for example xxxxxxx P.392-394
xxxxxxxx Floor box
screed &
raised floor
Floor system:
raised access floor
and screed floor P.429-431
Raceways &
junction boxes
for screed floor
P.436-457
Pop-up
Connection boxes
P.457-458
Snap-on
LCS systems
2
trunking
P.406-407
Soluflex
Selection charts
Cable
Management
Solutions
384
P.395-398 P.399-402 P.403 P. 408-409
Screed & raised Floor boxes Floor Soluflex
floor boxes for tiles access unit
for carpet for raised floor
P.440-441 P.444-445 P.448-449

Desk Desktop Flush
grommets module mounting
P.463-472 P.476-479 P.481-484

DLP U-PVC DLP Aluminium
trunking system aluminium snap-on
trunking system column
P.452-453 P.460-462 P.474-475

Snap-on DLP U-PVC DLP
trunking aluminium
385
1 | SOLUFLEX FLOOR SYSTEM
Soluflex floor box tile allows
installation of full backbox or
modular backbox. G A
F
Minimum floor height: 90 mm. B
C D
2 | Traditional RAISED access

FLOORS A
Full backbox or adjustable height B
multi basket support can be
easily fitted after cutting floor
slabs. C
D
3 | screed floor systems E

The screed floor backbox is
supplied with a special cover
allowing floor box height
adjustment according to different
A
screed thicknesses.
The floor box is also available for B
tile and marble applications.
C
386
A
B
Stainless steel insert
lid and trim Floor boxes
C Wiring devices plates
Simplicity and flexibility: the same lid and trim,
D 3 modules
E Support frame
the same socket outlets and the same wiring
F Grommet see device supports are compatible with any type of
G Soluflex floor system Legrand floor systems.
A carpet
B lid and frame
D Full backbox
A Stainless steel insert

B lid and trim
D Backbox
E Flip-up floor boxes

for example
floor boxes xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx chart
selection
Solution for Type of Floor box Lid and Trim
3 module floor box 0896 44
Floor box for carpet 6896 31
Lid and Trim -

6896 52
SS304; 2 cable outlet
Lid and Trim - Headband

Floor box for tile / marble and single cable outlet - 6896 55
Painted Grey RAL 7031
Lid and Trim - Headband

and single cable outlet - 6896 56
Stainless Steel GI
0896 83
Floor box without cable exit - IP 66 +
+
- 8 KN Load
0896 85
Screed floor
0896 84
Floor box without cable exit - IP 66 +
+
- 20 KN Load
0896 85
0896 87 +
Floor box with cable exit - 0896 86

IP 14 - 8 KN Load
Heavy duty floor box + +
0896 83
+
0896 87
+
Floor box with cable exit -
0896 86
IP 14 - 20 KN Load
+ +
0896 84
3 module floor box 0896 44 -
Raised floor Floor box for carpet 6896 31 -
Access box 0893 07 -
for example xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Back box Support plates for power Waved support plate for data Plates for data
0896 49 - - -
6896 34 6896 17 6896 78 6896 62
0896 04 6896 17 6896 78 6896 62
0896 04 6896 17 6896 78 6896 62
0896 04 6896 17 6896 78 6896 62
0896 34 - - -
0896 34 - - -
0896 34 - - -
0896 34
- - - -
6896 38 6896 17 6896 78 6896 62
- - - -
METal HandlE and locKinG SYSTEM
for easy handling and securing access
discreet integration with the floor
lid and TriM

common to all floor types.
reversible lid for maximum flexibility
roUndEd cornErS
390
Lid and trim
FlEXiBlE caBlE EXiTS
for carpet
for maximum protection of cables
Lid and trim common to all floor types
Simple to use and fast implementation, the oor boxes for carpet
can be installed both on raised access and concrete oors.
Grey finish to suit the color

of the floor covering.
Supplied with protective
film for a perfect finish
lEVErS
for easier handling and removal
for installing on carpet
caBlE GUidES
WaVEd SUPPorT PlaTES

for data connection

floor boxes 3 module NEW floor boxes 3 modules
for screed floor and raised floor for screed floor and raised floor
Material characteristics
The floor boxes are on plastic PC/ABS RAL 7031.
Temperature of use of transport and storage: -5 C/+60 C
Conforms to standard NF EN 60.670-1
IP 20/IK07
0896 44 Grey color RAL 7031
Technical information
Compression test, 500N / 1 cm during 1 min :
Comply with norm CEI 60670-23 (2004)
No degradation after 10000 opening/closing
For restoration in the presence of a technical floor low depth or for
concrete (height 80 mm)
To be equiped with 2 module Arteor sockets & 1 module data or
switch
0896 49
2 covers of independent exit for the cables current low and high
tension current
Conform to EN 50 085 - 2.2 and EN 60670-23
Flat and simple installation
Compatible with raised floor and screed floor system Dimensions
Under floor boxes 3 modules:
Pack Cat.Nos Floor service outlet boxes - 3 modules
Cat.No 0896 44
ccess units for raised or concrete floor (minimum
A
110
height 80 mm)
1 0896 44 Floor service outlet box - 3 modules.
Grey RAL 7031. To be Equipped with Arteor
5.5
Mechanism
1 0896 49 Flush mounting box for concrete for Cat.No 0896 44
65
85
18
Flush mounting box:
Cat.No 0896 49
94
76
51
22.5
136
floor boxes 3 modules
for screed floor and raised floor
Installation The wiring device support allows to mount:

In raised floor 1 socket Arteor standard 2 modules :
Minimum raised floor height: 80 mm
And 1 socket RJ 45 1 module only

90
Compatible with straight outlet or side outlet plug

80 min.
Can be equipped with: 2-module socket outlet and 1-module RJ 45 data

socket. Direct clip into 3-module support frames
1
CLACK!
2 The support frame for wiring devices tilt up in order to accept a

straight outlet plug or a side outlet plug
80 min.
In concrete floor
With flush-mounting box Cat.No 0896 49
80 min.
Can be equipped with: 2-module socket outlet and 1-module RJ 45 data

socket. Direct clip into 3-module support frames
CLACK!
80 min.
393
floor boxes for carpet NEW
raised floor and screed floor
+
6896 38 6896 38 + 6896 31
6896 34 + 6896 31
with WD**
=
6896 38 + 6896 31 Flexible cable exits
with WD* 6896 34
6896 62 6896 17 6896 78
Technical characteristics & installations (p. 395-398)

Compatible with raised floor, flush floor and screed floor system
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for raised floor Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for screed floor
Full backbox for raised floor Full backbox for screed floor
1 6896 38 3 compartments (264 x 264 mm). 1 6896 34 3 compartments (325 x 325 mm). Accepts PVC and
Height 86 mm. metal screed floor raceways and conduits with Dia20
Backbox to be connected and 25 mm. Auto adjustable to screed height 65 to
to trunking with flexible conduits. 90 mm
Lid & trim Lid & trim
5 6896 31 for 3 compartment floor box 5 6896 31 for 3 compartment floor box
Grey cover RAL 7031 with flexible Grey cover RAL 7031 with flexible
cable exits. Size 265 mm x 265 mm cable exits. Size 265 mm x 265 mm
Support plates for floor boxes 77 mm Support plates for floor boxes
width plate 77 mm width plate
12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of 12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of
an unused compartment. an unused compartment.
1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module for 1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module
integration of Myrius/Arteor mechanisms for integration of Myrius/Arteor
mechanisms
4 6896 78 Waved support plates.
For 4 modules 4
6896 78 Waved support plates.
(2 x 2 modules) For 4 modules
(2 x 2 modules)
Stainless steel insert for lid
*Floor box raised floor with support plates & wiring devices
** Floor box screed floor with support plates & wiring devices For a metal finish on lid. To be used
instead of fitting carpet onto the lid
10 6896 92 For 3 compartment floor boxes
dimension : 245.5 x 210 mm
lid and trim
for carpet floor boxes
n Application n Functions
Lid and trim can be used for all applications: screed and raised Lid & trim
access floor systems. It allows a uniform finish within the project
Flexible cable exits
Cat.No 6896 31
Flexible cable exits: maximum cable capacity 4 cables
7 mm + 3 cables 11 mm. Both systems provide maximum protection
for cables. Flexible exit does not require closing when not in use.
Soft cable exits
Site protection cover

Lid and trim comes with a building site protection to avoid damages
during installation. This site protection should be removed to access
the floor box and can be repositioned afterwards. Site protection
cover should remain on the floor box until hand-over of the project
Raised floor
Reversible lid
The lid is reversible (180) to adapt to office furniture reconfiguration
180
Screed floor
395
lid and trim
for carpet floor boxes
n Functions n Installation process

Lid & trim (continued) Fix the lid and trim directly onto the backbox, push and fit system.
Lid and trim can be assembled with backbox even before carpet fitting
Locking system
The floor box can be locked by means of a locking system on the
lid (hidden under the opening handle). For safety reasons, floor box
should not be locked when in use
To fit carpet, pull the levers on both sides to take out the lid and trim
Fit the carpet to the backbox edge
n Dimension
Lid & trim
Maximum cable capacity 4 cables 7 mm + 3 cables 11 mm
X Y
B
A
Push the lid and trim back on to the backbox The trim will adjust to the
carpet thickness
41
8 mm
15 mm max.
4.5 mm
Put 8 mm carpet tile on the lid, to have perfect finish
Carpet thickness < 15 mm 8 mm

15 mm
max.
Cat.No X Y A B
6896 31 280 280 245.5 210
3 compartments
Grey RAL 7031
396
floor box for carpet
raised floor
n System overview
A Floor box (full backbox + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data sockets plates to be ordered separately
Full backbox Cat.No 6896 38 for raised floor

D
E F
A
C
B
A
A B C D
Cat.No (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) No compartment
6896 38 263 263 48 86 3
8 mm
15 mm
max.
11188
ax
mm
10
11188
Cut raised access floor tiles according to On trunking, remove knockouts to fit flexible Fit the floor covering (carpet,...) and clip the
backbox size and earth the system conduit. Fix the wiring accessory plates. lid and trim onto the backbox (push and fit
(minimum every 10 meters) Earth the system principle)
397
floor boxes for carpet
screed floor
n System overview n Installation principle

Backboxes are to be used with lid & trim
Once the screed is dry, remove disposable cover protection
G E
D C F
B A
To install the backbox:

Lift the frame (A) and retainers will automatically drop out (B).
Backbox
A B
A Raceways F Riser
B Coupler G Floor box (back-box + lid and
C Junction box trim)
Socket outlets and data
D Fixing bracket socket plates to be ordered
E Vertical trunking such as DLP separately
Lock the frame onto the backbox by pushing down clips onto the
threaded rods in each corner.
n Backbox Cat.Nos 6896 34 and 0896 04
The backbox should be fixed directly on the slab.
The backbox has to be equipped with wiring accessory plates and lid
& trim.
The backbox allows deviation of power and data cable:
Adjustable height from 65 to 90mm.
Side plates are pierced to suit raceways and are supplied with
knockouts to fit conduits (20 or 25mm diameter).
Backboxes consist of a base, levelling system and a disposable cover
protection
Disposable cover protection
Connect wiring to accessory plates and them

fix to the backbox. Finally, earth the system.
Levelling system
Base
Dimensions
Backbox (mm):
Cat.Nos X Y Z
6896 34 / 0896 04 325 325 90
Fit carpet and clip the lid and trim onto the backbox (push and fit
principle)
V
8 mm
15 mm
Z max.
Y X
U
W
Metal frame (mm):

Cat.Nos W V U
6896 34/0896 04 276 264 264
398
floor boxes for tile NEW
screed floor
0896 04 + 6896 52 6896 52 + 0896 04 6896 52 with cable exit
6896 62
0896 04 + 6896 56 0896 04 + 6896 55
6896 17
6896 56 + 0896 04 6896 56 with cable exit 0896 04 + 6896 55* 6896 78
Technical characteristics & installations (p. 400-402)

Compatible with raised floor, flush floor and screed floor system
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for tile / marble Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for tile / marble (continued)
ackbox for screed floor
B Support plates for floor boxes
1 0896 04 For installation of floor box 77 mm width plate
Cat.No 6896 52 for screed floor 12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of an
system. Screed thickness 65 to 90 mm unused compartment.
Lid & trim for tiles / marble 1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module for
1 6896 52 Double cable outlet (stainless steel 304 integration of Myrius/Arteor mechanisms
lid & trim) 4 6896 78 Waved support plates.
Edge trim for tile 15 to 22 mm thickness For 4 modules
To be installed in backbox (2 x 2 modules)
Cat.No 0896 04 for screed floor system.
1 6896 55 Single cable outlet (powder coated head
band & cable outlet)
Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness.
To be installed in backbox
1 6896 56 Single cable outlet (stainless steel 304
head band & cable outlet)
Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness.
To be installed in backbox
*Floor box for tile (8-15 mm thick)

with support plates & wiring devices
Red catalogue numbers : new products 399
floor boxes for tile
screed floor
n Lid & trim Dimensions (in mm) Cat.Nos 6896 55/56

Floor box for tile / marbles
Cat.Nos 6896 52/55/56
65
Dimensions (in mm)
Headband
Cable outlet :
Opening handle Maximum cable capacity
X 4 cables 7mm + 3 cables 11mm
Provides maximum protection for cables and strength.
h
A B
65/90 mm
Y
Dimensions (mm):
Cat.Nos X Y A B
Total screed thickness has to be between 65 and 90 mm 6896 55/56 264 264 57 47
Material of floor boxes for tiles/marble:

Backbox Lid and trim for Screed thickness Tile thickness galvanised steel (DX51D Z275 MAC)
for tiles/marble floor box (mm) h (mm)
for tiles/marble Material for Headband and Cable outlet:
Cat.No 6896 55 : galvanised steel + paint RAL 7031
Cat.No 6896 56 : stainless steel 304
Material for opening handle:
Cat.No 6896 55 : Zamak + paint RAL 7031
6896 52 15 to 22
Cat.No 6896 56 : Zamak + send blasting + varnish
0896 04 6896 55 65 to 90 8-15 mm
6896 56 8-15 mm
n Functions
Cat.No 6896 52
Dimensions (in mm) Cat.No 6896 52
Rigid cable exits
Full metal rigid cable exits
Maximum cable capacity 4 cables 7 mm + 3 cables 11 mm
X
Provides maximum protection for cables and strength
Material for opening

handle = Zamak
Locking system
The floor box can be locked by means of a locking system on the lid
(hidden under the opening handle)
For safety reasons, floor box should not be locked when in use
Full metal rigid cable exits: Maximum cable capacity 4 cables 7 mm +
3 cables 11 mm Provides maximum protection for cables and strength
B
A
Cat.No X Y A B
6896 52 264 264 64 54
Material of floor boxes for tiles / marble: stainless steel material AISI 304.
400
floor boxes for tile
for screed floor
n Installation process
65
To remove the lid from the trim, hold it under an angle of Remove site cover protection from backbox
approximately 65 and pull it out
Place the trim onto the threaded rods Make a rough adjustment to finished floor level by turning threaded
rods in each corner with a screw driver
Cable the system Tiling should be carried out at this stage
65
Make final adjustment to finished floor level by turning threaded rods Push the lid back in place by holding it under an angle of
in each corner with a screw driver approximately 65
401
for example
heavy duty in-screed
xxxxxxx floor box NEW heavy duty in-screed floor box
xxxxxxxx
IP 66, for screed floor
n Metal in-screed floor box, installation principle

When used as junction box
Junction box with plain cover Cat.No 0896 85
Junction box
0896 34 + 0896 83 + 0896 85 0896 34 + 0896 83 + 0896 86 + 0896 87 with plain cover
Cat.No 0896 85
Set for normal

load
Cat.No 0896 83
or set for heavy
load
Cat.No 0896 84
0896 34 + 0896 83 + 0896 88
Metal backbox
For highly frequented areas, requiring important mechanical resistance Cat.No 0896 34
and/or washing down
Conform to standard EN 60-670 and EN 50 085-2-2
Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty in-screed floor box

Metal in-screed floor box
1 0896 34 Universal metal in-screed backbox
Junction or connection point for concrete floor
according to type of cover associated
For junction of LV and ELV cabling and/or installation
of floor boxes When used as floor box for wiring accessories
Height adjustable from 105 mm to 140 mm using Floor box with central cable Cat.No 0896 86
4 inserts located in the box corners and a tool
adapting to electric drill or screwdriver
Bendable side walls for assembling with different
sizes of floor raceways Cable exit
Supplied with worksite protection cover to be Cat.No 0896 87
replaced by blanking cover plate or mounting cover
plate
Allowing floor covering infill between 6 and 24 mm
Acessories for metal in-screed floor box
1 0896 83 Normal load support upto 8KN load with deflection
<6 mm
1 0896 84 Heavy load support
Up to 20 KN load with deflection <3 mm - Floor box with central
Plates for metal in-screed floor boxes cable Cat.No 0896 86
- Wiring accessories
1 0896 85 IP 66 plain cover (cover closed) acess trap for support
junction. No cable exit - Wiring accessories
frames
Heavy duty in screed floor box with cable exit

Metal in-screed floor box
1 0896 34 Universal metal in-screed backbox
Junction or connection point for concrete floor Set for normal load
according to type of cover associated Cat.No 0896 83 or
For junction of LV and ELV cabling and/or installation Set for heavy load
Cat.No 0896 84
of floor boxes
Height adjustable from 105 mm to 140 mm using
4 inserts located in the box corners and a tool
adapting to electric drill or screwdriver Metal backbox
Cat.No 0896 34
Bendable side walls for assembling with different
sizes of floor raceways
Supplied with worksite protection cover to be
replaced by blanking cover plate or mounting cover
plate
Allowing floor covering infill between 6 and 24 mm
Acessories for metal in screed floor box
1 0896 83 Normal load support upto 8KN load with deflection
<6 mm
1 0896 84 Heavy load support
up to 20 KN load with deflection <3 mm
Plates for metal in-screed floor boxes
1 0896 86 Ip 66 plate (cover closed and plugs not connected)
with central cable exit
1 0896 87 Cable exit acessory for IP66 cover plate
Cat.No 0896 86
for example
floor access unit
xxxxxxx NEW floor access unit
xxxxxxxx
for raised floors for raised floors
e o 8Technical
9307a data
0893 07
3 piece GRP top, with removable section to allow passage of cables.

Pack Cat.Nos Access master box
Circular floor box that can be used as a simple fl 127
access to the floor void
IP 20 - IK 08
h
1/10 0893 07 Box made of 2 parts : aluminium and polyester with
neoprene joint3 20 mm outgoings
Dimensions : 145 mm x 60 mm depth
Cut-out dimensions : 127 mm
Frame dimensions : 144 mm
The specially designed rubber jaws keep the cables
secure and prevents accidental disconnection
Cabling / conduit not supplied
25 mm < h < 50 mm
1
1
Cable
e 0 8 9 3from
0 7 office multi-outlet extension
SUSTainaBlE dEVEloPMEnT
constructed from galvanized steel tiles and polypropylene
supports, Soluflex requires no specialized equipment
or labour, no fixing and no glue for installation
a wide range of power and data

equipment for answering all needs
of offices and commercial building
installations: floor boxes, mini-columns,
grommets...
HiGH load BEarinG:

30 000 n/m 2
Perfect compatibility
with legrands market leading
cable management solutions
and wiring devices...
4 SUPPorT HEiGHTS
37, 60, 90 120 mm for easy
Vdi cable installation,
cablofil wire mesh
404
Soluflex
cable floor system
quick and easy to
install
Soluflex is an innovative and time saving low-
level raised floor system engineered for ultimate
flexibility of the office environment. Perfectly
adapted for both renovation and new buildings.
Soluflex creates well-organised, multifunctional
rooms to provide users with required number
of connection points. It is no longer necessary
to decide on connection point location at design
stage. Cabling can be carried out anywhere under
the entire floor and the location of connections can
be determined at any stage. Cablofil wire mesh is
a complementary solutions for distributing power
and data.

for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system
xxxxxxxx chart
selection
FLOOR PARTS
Height Tile Support Double edge plate Single edge plate Plenum sealing Plenum exterior
(mm) angle
37 84000 10 84037 00 84000 60 84000 61 84037 20 84037 30
60 84000 10 84060 00 84000 60 84000 61 84060 20 84060 30
90 84000 10 84090 00 84000 60 84000 61 84090 20 84090 30
120 84000 10 84120 00 84000 60 84000 61 84120 20 84120 30
EQUIPMENT - to be equipped with Arteor mechanisms
Height Built-in Built-in Fully submerged power unit Fully submerged data unit
(mm) power unit data unit
37 84037 50 84037 51
60 84060 72 84060 73
90
120
406
for example xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Ramp Earthing tile Cable outlet Chrome outlet Accessory outlet tile Fixing bracket
tile grommet
84037 40 84000 20 84000 30 81902 32 84000 40 84000 50
84060 40 84000 20 84000 30 81902 32 84000 40 84000 50
84090 40 84000 20 84000 30 81902 32 84000 40 84000 50
84120 40 84000 20 84000 30 81902 32 84000 40 84000 50
Floor boxes Mini-column
Floor box tile Backbox + lid and trim Outlet tile Mini-column
3 compartments
84000 40
84090 82
84090 82
407
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
37 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Built-in units
Cable outlet tile Cat.Nos 84037 50/51
Cat.No 84000 30
Plenum exterior angle
Cat.No 84037 30
Plenum sealing Outlet tile
Cat.No 84037 20 Cat.No 84000 40
Support for tile
Cat.No 84037 00 Ramp
Cat.No 84037 40
Selection chart (p. 406-407)

Technical characteristics & dimensions (p. 412-415)
Floor tiles manufactured from Pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of Tile 225 m x 225 m
The supports are made of polypropylene. inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102
4 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2
Thickness: 2 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Floor parts Pack Cat.Nos Floor parts (continued)

Tile Chromed outlet grommet
1 84000 10 Supplied with 4 contact/distance 1 81902 32 For cable access to work station
projections To be used with outlet tile
Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84037 00 Cat.No 84000 40
Support for tile Outlet tile
1 84037 00 100 x 100 mm support 1 84000 40 Supplied with 4 contact/distance
Height 37 mm projections
With 2 grooves for tiles positioning For integration of columns, pedestals+cable spine
Black - polypropylene or chrome outlet grommet
Cat.No 81902 32
Edge plates
Used to finish installation against wall Fixing brackets
Length 900 mm, width 300 mm 1 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with
Trim to size on site outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
1 84000 60 Double edge plate Built-in units to be equipped
2 flanges of 13 mm
225 x 225 mm
1 84000 61 Single edge plate Height 37 mm
1 flange of 13 mm (accessory outlet rises to 71 mm)
Plenum sealing 1 84037 50 For 2 x 2 module
1 84037 20 For edging the floor to create a step Arteor power sockets
Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Provided with connection
Heigth 37 mm terminal
Plenum exterior angle 1 84037 51 For up to 4 x 1 module Arteor
1 84037 30 56 x 56 mm data sockets
Ramp Cable worm
1 84037 40 Length 400 mm, width 112 mm 1 0535 98 2 compartments: power and data
Ramp 10 % Length: 0.75 m
Include 1 extra support per tile Colour: white
Earthing tile
1 84000 20 Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections
Earthing clamp max. 6 mm
Use 1 tile per 100 m or in hallways max. 14 m apart
Cable outlet tile
1 84000 30 For cable access to work station
Access 125 x 15 mm
Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
60 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Cable outlet tile

Cat.No 84000 30

Cat.No 84060 30
Plenum sealing
Cat.No 84060 20
Support for tile Outlet tile
Cat.No 84060 00 Cat.No 84000 40
Ramp
Cat.No 84060 40

Floor tiles manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of tile 225 m x 225 m
Thickness: 2 mm

Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84000 40
Cat.No 84060 00
Outlet tile
Support for tile 1 84000 40 Supplied with 4 contact/distance
1 84060 00 100 x 100 mm support projections
Height 60 mm For integration of columns,
With 2 grooves for tiles positioning pedestals + cable spine or chrome outlet grommet
Black - polypropylene Cat.No 81902 32
Edge plates Fixing brackets
Used to finish installation against wall 1 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with
Length 900 mm, width 300 mm outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
Trim to size on site
Fully submerged units to be equipped
1 84000 60 Double edge plate
2 flanges of 13 mm To be combined with cable outlet tile
Cat.No 84000 30
1 84000 61 Single edge plate
1 flange of 13 mm 1 84060 72 For 2 x 2 module Arteor
power socket
Plenum sealing Provided with connection terminal
1 84060 20 For edging the floor to create a step 1 84060 73 For 4 x 1 module Arteor
Length 900 mm, width 56 mm data sockets
Heigth 60 mm
Cable worm
Plenum exterior angle 1 0535 98 2 compartments: power and data
1 84060 30 56 x 56 mm Length: 0.75 m
Colour: white
Ramp
1 84060 40 Length 616 mm, width 112 mm
Ramp 10 %
Include 1 extra support per tile
Earthing tile
1 84000 20 Supplied with 4 contact/
distance projections
Cable outlet tile
1 84000 30 cable outlet tile
For cable access to work station
Access 125 x 15 mm
Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
90 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Cable outlet tile

Cat.No 84000 30 Backbox
+ lid + trim
Plenum sealing Plenum exterior angle

Cat.No 84090 20 Cat.No 84090 30
Support for tile
Cat.No 84090 00 Outlet tile
Ramp Cat.No 84000 40
Cat.No 84090 40

Thickness: 2 mm

1 84000 10 Supplied with 4 contact/ 1 81902 32 For cable access to work station
distance projections To be used with outlet tile
Cat.No 84090 00
Outlet tile
Support for tile 1 84000 40 Supplied with 4 contact/distance
1 84090 00 100 x 100 mm support projections
Height 90 mm For integration of columns, pedestals+
With 2 grooves for tiles positioning cable spine or chrome outlet grommet
Black - polypropylene Cat.No 81902 32
Edge plates Fixing brackets
Used to finish installation against wall 1 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with
Length 900 mm, width 300 mm outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
Trim to size on site
Floor box tile
2 flanges of 13 mm 450 x 450 mm
1 84000 61 Single edge plate For lid + trim assemblies
1 flange of 13 mm 1 84090 82 For 3-compartment
floor boxes
Plenum sealing (square opening
1 84090 20 For edging the floor to create a step 265 x 265 mm)
Length 900 mm, width 56 mm
Heigth 90 mm Cable worm
1 0535 98 2 compartments: power and data
Plenum exterior angle Length: 0.75 m
1 84090 30 56 x 56 mm Colour: white
Ramp
Ramp 10 %
Include 1 extra support per tile Backboxes for raised floors (p. 394)
Earthing tile
1 84000 20 Earthing tile
Supplied with 4 contact/
Cable outlet tile
Access 125 x 15 mm
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
120 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Cable outlet tile

Cat.No 84000 30 Backbox
+ lid and trim

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84120 30
Cat.No 84120 20
Support for tile
Cat.No 84120 00 Outlet tile
Ramp Cat.No 84000 40
Cat.No 84120 40

Thickness: 2 mm

Cat.No 84120 00
Outlet tile
Support for tile 1 84000 40 Supplied with 4 contact/
1 84120 00 100 x 100 mm support distance projections
Height 120 mm For integration of columns,
With 2 grooves for tiles positioning pedestals+cable spine or
Black - polypropylene chrome outlet grommet
Edge plates Cat.No 81902 32
Used to finish installation against wall Fixing brackets
Length 900 mm, width 300 mm 1 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with
Trim to size on site outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
2 flanges of 13 mm Floor box tile
1 84000 61 Single edge plate 450 x 450 mm
1 flange of 13 mm For lid + trim assemblies
1 84090 82 For 3-compartment
Plenum sealing floor boxes
1 84120 20 For edging the floor to create a step (square opening
Length 900 mm, width 56 mm 265 x 265 mm)
Heigth 120 mm
Cable worm
Plenum exterior angle 1 0535 98 2 compartments: power and data
1 84120 30 56 x 56 mm Length: 0.75 m
Colour: white
Ramp
Ramp 10 %
Include 1 extra support per tile
Earthing tile Backboxes for raised floors (p. 394)
1 84000 20 Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections
Use 1 tile per 100 m or in
gangways max. 14 m apart
Cable outlet tile
Access 125 x 15 mm
Soluflex cable floor system
n Technical details n Level floor

Material The sub-floor must be dry, clean and level, suitable for laying carpet.
If the floor is not level, it must be levelled before you start to install the
The floor tiles are made of pregalvanised steel, according to Soluflex cable floor system. Please contact your floor specialist for
EN 10326. professional advice
The supports are made of recycled polypropylene. Inflammability
class B2 according to DIN4102
n KEMA-certificate
n Weights and measures Soluflex cable floor system has been certified by KEMA and meets the
requirements for mechanical and electrical safety
Dimensions of tiles: 225 x 225 mm.
Available in four different heights: 37, 60, 90 and 120 mm.
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system, approx 20 kg/m2. n Earthing
Tile thickness : 2 mm The cable floor system is automatically earthed, provided that 1
earthing tile is installed per 100 m2. Install an earthing tile every 14 m
n Load bearing data length in gangways
Point load per tile/support: 1500 Newton/25 mm2
Equal divided load of 30000 N per m2 n Other features
Minimum safety factor: V = 171 The sub-floor should be dry, clean and levelled, suitable for
carpeting.
n Acoustic characteristics The cable floor system feels steady. Since the floor is not adjustable
in height, it needs no later adjustment.
Flanking air sound insulation in accordance with ISO 717-1: 1996. The diagonal structure of the Soluflex floor means the cables are
Tested according to ISO 140-12:2000 perfectly parallel, and you can cross data cables at the required
Soluflex cable floor system withou mineral wool underneath the angle of 90 0.
partition wall: 48 dB.
Soluflex cable floor system with mineral wool underneath the
partition wall: 60dB.
Vertical impact sound insulation improvement in accordance with
ISO 140-12:2000
Soluflex cable floor system with carpet and without mineral wool
underneath the partition wall: Ln,F,w = 49dB.
Soluflex cable floor system with carpet and with mineral wool
underneath the partition wall: Ln,f,w = 39dB.
Vertical impact sound level of a floor finish in accordance with
ISO. The improvement in sound proofing is measured in the
underlying floor.
Impact sound insulation of a floor finish according to ISO 717-2:1996.
Tested according to ISO 140-6:1998
Concrete floor 140 mm + Soluflex
D Lw = 17 dB
D Llin = 7 dB
Concrete floor 140 mm + Soluflex + carpet tiles
D Lw = 24 dB
D Llin = 12 dB
n Safety
Safety against short circuits : Soluflex is earthed (as long as 1 earthing
tile is installed per 100 m2)
Fire resistance: due to its low plenum height Soluflex is
self-extinguishing
Tested according to BS EN 13501-1, class B (fl) S1
n TNO-fire
Fire propagation
Its low plenum height enables the cable floor system to be
self-extinguishing
N 13501-1
E
B(fl) S1
NEN 1775
A - Inflammability - complies with the class
T1 criteria for inflammability
B-H orizontal fire propagation: all heights
maximum horizontal fire propagation = 0 cm, which implies a
critical density of heat flow of more than 11 kW/m2
Classification according to NEN 1775: Class T1
NEN 6066
With (highest) heat flow supply of 50 kW/m2 :
(highest) normative smoke density smaller than 05 m-1, which is very
little smoke production in case of fire
DIN 4102
Resistance to fire in accordance with DIN 4102 Class B1
412
n Dimensions Earthing tile Cat.No 84000 20
Tile Cat.No 84000 10
225
225
225 13
225 13
Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Support
Cat.Nos H (mm)
84037 00 35
100
125
84060 00
225
58 15
84090 00 88
100 H 84120 00 118
225 13
18
Double edge plate Cat.No 84000 60
Chrome outlet grommet Cat.No 81902 32

15,4
300
28
62
76
3,2
21
900 13
Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
Single edge plate Cat.No 84000 61

225
4
6
300
225 13
900 13 Fixing bracket Cat.No 84000 50

34
Plenum sealing 33
13
4
Cat.Nos H (mm)
1
84037 20 37
35
84060 20 60
56
84090 20 90
84120 20 120
900 H

H Cat.Nos H (mm)
84037 30 37
84060 30 60
56
84090 30 90
84120 30 120
12 56
Ramp
Cat.Nos H (mm) L (mm)
10%
13
84037 40 37 400
84060 40 60 616
H
L 84090 40 90 898
84120 40 120 1181
112
413
Soluflex cable floor system Soluflex cable floor system
accessory installation
n Dimensions n Installation
Built-in Arteor unit for 37 mm height cable floor system With mini-column
Power pole with accessory outlet tile and fixing bracket
225
225
71
37
Fully submerged Arteor power unit 2 x 240 V for 60 mm height

cable floor system (empty)
112
103
58
Fully submerged Arteor data unit 2 x 2 data for 60 mm height

cable floor system (empty)
112
For 37 mm height cable floor system

Positioning of power outlet units
58
103
Floor box tile

450
Positioning of data outlet units
450 27
414
Soluflex cable floor system Soluflex cable floor system
accessory installation
n Installation (continued) n Installing the Soluflex cable floor system

For 60 mm height cable floor system Start with a dry, clean and level sub-floor that is suitable for laying
Submerged Arteor power unit normal carpet. If the floor does not meet these requirements, level it
with cable outlet tile first
Start in the corner of the room and click the tiles into the supports
Leave a 10 mm gap between the wall and tile to allow for expansion
Continue to build the floor like this and cut fitting tiles or edge plates to
size for final fitting against the wall
You are now ready to open the cable routes using your cabling plan
Make sure that the cables are not placed under proposed locations of
filing cabinets or other furniture as this limits flexibility
The corners of the tiles have small recesses to enable them to be

lifted using a screwdriver. Once one tile has been removed, the others
can be removed by hand
Now place the power track or cables into the cable routes, taking into
account any extra cabling requirements for future flexibility
Fully submerged Arteor data
unit with cable outlet By installing more outlet boxes you will be able to realise extra
connections without interruption later
Dependent on the floor height being installed, a choice can be made

from various (pre-wired) outlet units in or on the cable floor
Earth the cable floor system every 100 m2 by means of an earthing tile
In stretched areas such as corridors, place an earthing tile at least

every 14 metres
The electrical installation should always be carried out by a qualified

electrician in conjunction with the requirements of the latest wiring
regulations
To create islands, install plenum with plenum angles to ensure a neat
finishing of the system
For 90 and 120 mm height cable floor system
The ramp provides a constant transition from an existing floor to the
Floor box lid and trim with floor box tile Soluflex cable floor system
The entire system can easily be dismounted and installed again as

required, giving Soluflex a virtually unlimited life
The finished installation can then be covered with rubber, stone, wood
or carpet tiles
Finishing with carpet tiles is advised for true flexibility and accessibility
of the system
Cable routes Completed Soluflex installation
415
Arteor office
solutions flexibility
Offices and collective spaces require specific solutions and maximum flexibility:
lighting adapted to each situation (meetings, conference, etc.), access security,
comprehensive multimedia connections. The ArteorTM range meets all these
expectations with perfect adaptability.
Automatic switch USB HDMI
Female HD15 + Jack Multistandard socket RJ 45
Switch and socket

mounting instruction H = 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Installation data
Total installation
Corner = 90
1 3
Start in a room with a dry, clean and level subfloor from a You are now ready for opening the cable routes using a cabling plan.
square corner and click the tiles into the plastic supports The corners of the tiles have small recesses for lifting them up using,
for example, a screwdriver. Remove the other tile by hand
Every 100 m2 an earthing tile
2 4
Earthen the cable floor system every 100 m by means
2
of an earthing tile
2a 2b 5
Cut fitting tiles or edge finishing to size The Soluflex cable floor system can be finished with e.g. carpet tiles
Edge finishing Plenum sealing Tile Plenum exterior angle Support
417
mounting instruction service channel H = 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
n Technical data
Local installation
Edge finishing
Plenum sealing
Tile
Support
225mm
X
1 2
3 4
5 6
n Assembly
Place the Soluflex service channel on a dry, clean and even floor area. Equalize the floor area according to the applicable building regulations.
Contact a flooring expert if necessary. A reference sheet is available on request.
Use fastening clamps, when needed, to make the fitting of the channel more secure (5). The number of clamps needed depends on the length
and width of the channel. If you are unsure about this then contact your supplier.
The use of grounding tiles is compulsory (6). The maximum distance between the tiles is 14 m. Contact the technician about the correct placing.
418
mounting instruction service channel H = 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
n Technical data
Local installation
1 2
1 2
Finishing
Cover up the channel entirely after assembly. Use only materials that are suitable for building. A list of materials is available on request.
Before putting on the floor covering, contact a flooring expert.
A reference sheet is available on request.
In use
Remove the covering material, the service channel is now ready to use. Contact a technician if necessary.
419
Floor box for carpet
Riser
Metal or PVC Metallic floor Raceways

floor Raceways
Carpet / Stainless steel insert
Junction box
Lid and trim
Backbox
Fixing bracket
Coupler
PVC RACEWAYS
THE ALTERNATIVE TO METAL
SOLUTIONS
Raceways is also available
in a PVC version, with 1 or 3
compartments. Wiring capacity
can be easily increased on site
by clipping together 2 or more
Raceways.
420
desk module
Screed floor
systems
Screed PVC and metallic Raceways are a quick and
easy way to install power and data distribution
throughout screed floors. These systems are
particularly robust and are designed to support
superior loads. Junction boxes and risers allow
easy access when installing cables or for
extensions.
All the accessories are compatible with both PVC
and metal Raceways.

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE JUNCTION BOX
for PVC and metal Raceways
oPTional diSPoSaBlE SiTE

ProTEcTion coVEr
to be removed once the screed is dry.
JUncTion BoX
allows cables to be accessed at raceway intersections.
Easier access once the screed has been poured
H H
H = 65 mm H = 90 mm
HEiGHT adJUSTaBlE aSSEMBlY

height can be adjusted from 65mm to 90mm
SidE Wall
with removable and pre cut knockouts
422
Height adjustable
junction boxes
For screed floor
systems
Remain accessible once the screed is poured
for adding new cables and for changing the
lid For carPET / TilE installation. For cable junction and/or installing
height can be adjusted from 65 mm to 90 mm floor boxes. To be installed at the Raceway
intersection.
FlY-oVErS
oPTionS aVailaBlE
to ensure data and
power crossover at 900
KnocKoUTS
side plates provided with knockouts
as per raceways dimensions.
MoUldEd caST cornErS

for extra strength and stability

for
Raceways
example
andxxxxxxx
junction boxes NEW
xxxxxxxx
for screed floors
6897 00 + 6897 01
6897 00 6897 01
6895 00 6895 02
0896 67 0896 68
0896 69 6895 03 6895 05

Confirms to EN 50 085 - 2 - 2
Raceways are made from PVC and Galvanised sheet.
Compatible with Cat.6 structured cabling system.
Pack Cat.Nos Raceways - PVC Pack Cat.Nos Raceways - Metal / GI

IP 20 - IK 08 IP 20 - IK 08
For distributing LV and ELV cabling in screed floors For distributing LV and ELV cabling in screed floors
installations. installations.
PVC Raceways combines with junction boxes, Particularly suitable for applications requiring EMC
backboxes for wiring devices, fixing and coupler screening
acessores
Optimized profile to increase cabling capacity Pre-Galvanished sheet with thickness on 1.6mm
Can be combined with junction boxes, backboxes
Raceway - PVC - height 25 mm; length 2 m. (floorboxes) for wiring devices, fixing and coupler
Can be assembled to obtain multiple compartment accessories
configurations Consist of body & cover.
18* 6897 00 75 mm x 25 mm - 1 compartment Cover fitted on to the body with screws & can be
150 mm x 25 mm - 2 compartments, opened easily if required.
use 2x Cat.No 6897 00
2/160* 6897 01 225 mm x 25 mm - 3 compartments Raceways - Metal/GI - height 25 mm; length 2.44 m.
300 mm x 25 mm - 4 compartments 3/54(1) 6895 10 50 mm x 25 mm - 1 compartment
Raceways use 3/21(1) 6895 11 75 mm x 25 mm - 1 compartment
1x Cat.No 6897 00 + 1x Cat.No 6897 01 3/54(1) 6895 12 100 mm x 25 mm - 1 compartment
Raceways - PVC - height 38 mm; length 2 m. 3/18(1) 6895 13 150 mm x 25 mm - 1 compartment
24* 0896 67 50 mm x 38 mm - 1 compartment 3/12(1) 6895 14 225 mm x 25 mm - 3 compartments
32* 0896 68 100 mm x 38 mm - 2 compartments 3/18(1) 6895 15 300 mm x 25 mm - 3 compartments
20* 0896 69 150 mm x 38 mm - 3 compartments Raceways - Metal/GI - height 38 mm; length 2.44 m
3/54(1) 6895 00 50 mm x 38 mm - 1 compartment
3/12(1) 6895 04 225 mm x 38 mm - 3 compartments
3/18(1) 6895 05 300 mm x 38 mm - 3 compartments
* Number of meters in pack (1)

Unit of measure in numbers
for example
Raceways andxxxxxxx
junction boxes NEW
xxxxxxxx
for screed floors
6897 79 6897 20 6897 23 6896 12 6896 15 + 6896 20

Confirms to EN 50 085 - 2 - 2
Raceways are made from PVC and Galvanised sheet.
Compatible with Cat.6 structured cabling system.
Pack Cat.Nos Raceways accessories Pack Cat.Nos Junction box

Fixing bracket For direct acess to cables at the intersection of
Raceways
For fixing Raceways on the floor Supplied completely with base and cover plate (Lid)
9 6897 09 50 mm x 25 mm (metal)
Height adjustable junction box 65 - 90 mm
9 6897 10 75 mm x 25 mm (PVC and metal)
1 6896 10 150 x 150 x 65 - 90 mm
9 6897 12 100 mm x 25 mm (metal)
1 6896 11 225 x 225 x 65 - 90 mm
1 6896 12 300 x 300 x 65 - 90 mm
1 6896 13 400 x 400 x 65 - 90 mm
9 6897 27 50 mm x 38 mm (PVC and metal) Height adjustable junction box 65 - 90 mm with
9 6897 28 75 mm x 38 mm (metal) fly over
9 6897 37 100 mm x 38 mm (PVC and metal) For direct acess to cables at the intersection of floor
Raceways while maintaining perfect separation and
9 6897 38 150 mm x 38 mm (PVC and metal) 900 cross overs between data and power cables
9 6897 25 225 mm x 38 mm (metal) 1 6896 14 225 x 225 x 65 - 90 mm with flyover
9 6897 35 300 mm x 38 mm (metal) 1 6896 15 300 x 300 x 65 - 90 mm with flyover
Riser 1 6896 16 400 x 400 x 65 - 90 mm with flyover
1 6897 23 Vertical - 225 mm width Raceways Optional site cover for junction box
1 6897 33 Vertical - for 300 mm width Raceways 10 6896 18 150 x 150 x 65 - 90 mm with metal cover
Coupler for joining Raceways 10 6896 19 225 x 225 x 65 - 90 mm with metal cover
6 6897 77 Coupling 38 10 6896 20 300 x 300 x 65 - 90 mm with metal cover
6 6897 79 Coupling 25 10 6896 21 400 x 400 x 65 - 90 mm with metal cover
Raceways system
for screed floor
n System overview n Raceways - PVC

Materials
Raceway straight lengths are extruded from PVC
Appearance: all PVC Raceway are in grey colour and with smooth finish
Chemical resistance: non-corrosive and not affected by sea water
G E Excellent resistance to mineral acids, alkalis and detergents but liable
to attack from solvents. PVC Raceway is non-conductive
Workability: the Raceway is light weight and can be easily cut with
hand tools
Fire: non flame propagating
D C F Product details PVC

B A
Raceways - PVC Cat.Nos 6897 00/01
Clipping system - To combine with junction box or backbox.
Delivered in standard length 2 m / Standard depth: 25 mm /
Thickness: 1 mm for partitions / 1.2 mm for Raceways
Note: Can be joined (clipping system) to make a number of
compartments to suit the required width
Cabling capacity for PVC floor Raceway 25 mm height
Cat.Nos Dimensions Number of compartments Section 45% Fill mm
A Raceways F Riser 6897 00 75 x 25 1 754
B Coupler G Floor box (back-box + 6897 01 225 x 25 680/671/680
1 2 3
C Junction box lid and trim)
Socket outlets and data
D Fixing bracket socket plates to be ordered Raceways - PVC Cat.Nos 0896 67/68/69/70
E Vertical trunking such as DLP separately
PVC floor Raceway allows :
- Distribution of power and data in a concrete floor.
n Standards - PVC and Metal / GI Combines with metal underfloor boxes for cable junction or floor box
Standard EN 60-670 and EN 50085-2-2 concerns systems for installation. IP40/IK08, length 2m.
distributing currents in the floor (sunken or surface mounted)
It ensures constant performance along the entire distribution up to Cabling capacity for PVC floor Raceway : 38mm height
the user connection point maxi / compartment : 34 mm for floor Raceway heigth 38 mm
Classification chart
Classification for screed floor Screed floor 0896 67 50 x 38 689
1
6.2 Resistance to impact for installation and application 2.0 J
0896 68 100 x 38 1 2 689/689
6.3 Minimum storage and transport temperature - 25 C
6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature - 5 C 0896 69 150 x 38 1 2 3 689/689/689
6.3 Maximum application temperature + 60 C
6.4 Resistance to flame propagation Non-flame propagating
Without electrical continuity n Raceways - Metal / GI
characteristic (PVC
6.5 Electrical continuity characteristics Raceways) with electrical Metal trunkings Cat.Nos 6895 00/01/02/03/04/05/10/11/12/13/14/15
continuity characteristic
(metal Raceways & Materials
accessories)
With electrical
Raceway - metal and accessories
insulating characteristic Material pre-galvanised sheet (DX51D Z120 MAC)
6.6 Electrical insulating characteristics (PVC Raceways) Standard thickness: 1.6 mm for body and cover / 1 mm for divider
Without electrical insulating Standard length: 2.44 m
characteristic (Metal
Raceways & accessories) Number of compartments: 1 and 3 compartments
6.7 Degree of protection provided by enclosure IP 20 Standard depth: 25 mm and 38 mm
6.9 System access cover retention With a tool
6.101 Floor treatment For dry-treatment of floor Product details - Metal / GI
6.102 Resistance to vertical load applied through small Raceways - metal (for example with 225 x 25):
1500 N (1)
surface area
Optional classification: resistance to vertical load
- compartment 1, 2 and 3 have the same capacity
6.103 applied through large surface 3 000 N
area
Rated voltage (PVC Raceways) 500 V Metal Raceways allows: distribution of power data underneath to the
Protection against mechanical impact IK 08
screed floor.
Linear impedance in mW/m of metal Raceways length 5 mW/m
(1)For 4 compartments, resistance to vertical load applied over a small surface area = 750 N
*for adjustable junction box, resistance to vertical load applied over a small surface area = 500N 6895 00 50 x 38 663
**for adjustable junction box, resistance to vertical load applied over a large surface area = 2000N
6895 01 75 x 38 1040
6895 02 100 x 38 1417
6895 03 150 x 38 2171
6895 04 225 x 38 1118/1150/1118
6895 05 300 x 38 1512/1544/1512
6895 10 50 x 25 397
6895 11 75 x 25 637
6895 12 100 x 25 867
6895 13 150 x 25 1328
6895 14 225 x 25 703/723/703
6895 15 300 x 25 950/970/950
426
Raceways system
for screed floor
Selection chart
for PVC and metal
Trunkings Cat.Nos 6895 00 to 05, 6895 10 to 15, 0896 67 to 70, 6897 00/01
Trunking 50 x 25 75 x 25 100 x25 150 x 25 225 x 25 300 x 25 50 x 38 75 x 38 100 x 38 150 x 38 225 x 38 300 x 38
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
6897 00 6897 00 x 2 6897 01 6897 01 + 6897 00 0896 67 0896 68 0896 69

PVC - - - - -
6895 10 6895 11 6895 12 6895 13 6895 14 6895 15 6895 00 6895 01 6895 02 6895 03 6895 04 6895 05
Metal
n Cable capacity guide

The number and location of boxes will depend on the end user requirements.
If the furniture layout is available, a lid & trim should be considered for each workstation or desk.
If the final furniture layout is not available, the minimum recommended distribution is one lid & trim for every 10 m, and the maximum being one
lid & trim per 4 m.
45 % available cross section: POWER/DATA CABLES
Capacity: maximum number of conductors per compartment (for one specific cable type)
PVC stranded Twin & earth Data cables
Available section 1,5 2,5 4 6 10 16 25 2,5 4 6 cat. 5e cat. 5e cat. 6 cat. 6
Trunking at 45 % fill mm 3.3 4 4.6 5.2 6.7 7.8 9.7 10.5 11.2 13.7 UTP 5.5 STP 6 UTP 6.5 STP 7
703 82 56 42 33 20 15 10 8 7 5 23 20 17 14
225 x 25 723 84 57 44 34 20 15 10 8 7 5 24 20 17 15
703 82 56 42 33 20 15 10 8 7 5 23 20 17 14
1118 130 89 67 53 32 23 15 13 11 8 37 31 26 23
225 x 38 1150 134 91 69 54 33 24 16 13 12 8 38 32 27 23
1118 130 89 67 53 32 23 15 13 11 8 37 31 26 23
950 111 75 57 45 27 20 13 11 10 6 31 26 23 19
300 x 25 970 113 77 58 46 27 20 13 11 10 7 32 27 23 20
950 111 75 57 45 27 20 13 11 10 6 31 26 23 19
1512 176 120 91 71 43 32 20 18 15 10 50 42 36 31
300 x 38 1544 179 123 93 73 44 32 21 18 16 10 51 43 37 32
1512 176 120 91 71 43 32 20 18 15 10 50 42 36 31
50 x 25 397 46 31 24 19 11 8 5 5 4 3 13 11 9 8
75 x 25 637 74 51 38 30 18 13 9 7 6 4 21 18 15 13
100 x 25 867 101 69 52 41 25 18 12 10 9 6 29 24 21 18
150 x 25 1328 154 105 80 63 38 28 18 15 13 9 44 37 31 27
50 x 38 663 77 53 40 31 19 14 9 8 7 4 22 18 16 14
75 x 38 1040 121 83 63 49 29 22 14 12 11 7 34 29 25 21
100 x 38 1417 165 112 85 67 40 30 19 16 14 10 47 39 34 29
150 x 38 2171 252 172 131 102 61 45 29 25 22 15 72 60 51 44
75 x 25 754 88 60 45 36 21 16 10 9 8 5 25 21 18 15
680 79 54 41 32 19 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
225 x 25 671 78 53 40 32 19 14 9 8 7 5 22 19 16 14
680 79 54 41 32 19 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
50 x 38 689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
100 x 38
689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
150 x 38 689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
689 80 55 41 32 20 14 9 8 7 5 23 19 16 14
Screed system Raceways complies with EN50085-1: 2005 and draft EN50085 Part 2-2.
The above table gives the available capacity units on 45 % factor, applied to the internal wiring area.
427
Raceways accessories for screed floor junction box for screed floor
Riser Cat.Nos 6897 23/33 Junction box Cat.Nos 6896 10/11/12/13/14/15/16
The riser allows a change of direction (horizontal to vertical) of the The junction box should be positioned directly on the slab. It provides
Raceways. Conduit or Raceways can be run vertically from the box. access to cables at the intersection of trunkings or changes of
E direction. The junction box allows deviation of power and data cables.
Use for Raceways Cat.Nos Screed height should be between 65 to 90 mm. Junction boxes are
225 x 38 mm PVC or 6897 23
supplied with a base with flyovers and a lid. A disposable cover
metal protection is available as an option. Side plates are pierced to suit
Raceways.
300 x 25 / 38 mm PVC 6897 33
or metal
C D
A
B
Cat.Nos A B C D E B A
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
6897 23 250 89 201 43 52
6897 33 325 89 201 43 52
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions Cat.Nos A B C
Fixing bracket Cat.Nos 6897 09/10/12/15/20/25/27/28/30/35/37/38 6896 10 252 252 65-90
6896 11/14 325 325 65-90
6896 12/15 402 402 65-90
6896 13/16 500 500 65-90
D E
D E
For fixing Raceways onto the slab.

Dimension (mm)
Dimensions (mm) for carpet cut out
Cat.Nos D E
Z
6896 10 192.5 192.5

Thickness 1mm 6896 11/14 263 263
X
20 6896 12/15 340 340
6896 13/16 437 437
Dimension (mm) Note: junction box with flyovers include for Cat.Nos 6896 14/15/16
Cat.Nos Fixing brackets X Z

6897 09 50 x 25 mm 92 27.5
6897 10 75 x 25 mm 120 27.5
6897 12 100 x 25 mm 142 27.5
6897 15 150 x 25 mm 194 27.5
6897 20 225 x 25 mm 267 27.5
6897 30 300 x 25 mm 342 27.5
6897 27 50 x 38 mm 92 40.5
6897 28 75 x 38 mm 120 40.5
6897 37 100 x 38 mm 142 40.5
6897 38 150 x 38 mm 194 40.5
6897 25 225 x 38 mm 267 40.5
6897 35 300 x 38 mm 342 40.5
Couplings Cat.Nos 6897 77/79

X
Y
Used to connect two Raceways lenghts

Cat.Nos Designation X Z
6897 77 Coupling 38 55 32
6897 79 Coupling 25 55 19
Thickness: 1mm, Comes with 2 screws M6 x 10
428
junction box for screed floor Raceways system for screed floor
Dimensions (continued) Installation process

Junction box Cat.Nos 6896 10/11/12/13 & Mark the pathway for Raceways, junction boxes and backboxes.
Mask Cat.No 6896 18/19/20/21
Optional disposable site cover
+ Lid
Base
Fix risers, junction boxes and backboxes on the slab.
Backbox
Raceways 150 mm max. 225 mm max 300 mm max. 400 mm max.
Disposable site Junction Box

6896 18 6896 19 6896 20 6896 21
cover
Junction box 6896 10 6896 11 6896 14 6896 12 6896 15 6896 13 6896 16
A B A B A B A A
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
198 198 287 267 348 348 446 446
A B
Remove knockouts as per Raceway dimension.
B H = 25 mm
The junction box includes a base, flyovers, lid and the disposable H
cover protection. The junction box is designed to suit Raceways
allows cables to be pulled over long distances.
H = 38 mm
429
Raceways system for screed floor
Installation process (continued) Fix Raceways with couplers and fixing brackets
Connect the Raceways to the junction box & fix the knock out to fit the
required Raceway.
0111 88
Execute screeding
H
H
H min. = 65 mm H max. = 90 mm
+
Remove disposable metal cover
430
Raceways system for screed floor
Installation process (continued) n Example of layout

Adjust junction box to floor level For optimal flexibility of the installation, the trunking is usually installed
on either a Grid, Fishbone or a Comb Pattern of single, double or triple
Junction Box runs.
Grid Pattern
A B
A Grid Pattern is widely used in areas where the occupants require the
highest degree of flexibility in reconfiguring workspace. Capacity can
be increased by returning individual ring mains through different runs
of trunking, which in itself allows easier installation.
Fishbone Pattern
Backboxes and junction boxes dont need to be levelled to screed

height. Height adjustment can be done after pouring screed.
The Fishbone Pattern is ideal for a medium sized area where fewer
boxes are required.
Comb Pattern
The Comb Pattern is the most economical way of installation in which

a minimum of trunking is used. The Comb Pattern is suited for small to
medium office areas.
431
Pop-up boxes
desktop
extension unit
snap-on
mini-column
desktop
extension unit
floor box Cable worm
Pop-up boxes Power and Data Desk Grommet desktop extension unit
Refer pg. 436 Refer pg. 440 Refer pg. 444
432
Power and data
Supplied right to
the desktop
With its new offer of integrated workstation
solutions, Legrand provides users with
functionality, ergonomics, comfort and speed of
installation for various ofce building areas.
Pop-up boxes, power & data desk grommets, desk
modules, flush mounting office modules... integrate
harmoniously in all types of furniture for meeting
rooms, individual or open space offices... Users
are immediately operational. They have at their
fingertips all the power and low current sockets to
connect their equipment. The rich offer of finishes
bring modern aesthetic for a perfect integration into
today office environment.
flusH mountinG office modules
Refer pg. 448

SLEEK DESIGN ELEGANT FINISHES SAFETY AND EASE OF USE
Extra-slim format to blend discreetly into the Aluminium, bronze, stainless steel, black or white - Soft opening cover with damper and
office furniture or floor a perfect match for furniture and decor push & slide locking system
434
Pop-up
boxes
Our sleek new ergonomically designed pop-up
boxes provide real ease of use and rapid
connection solutions for mobile applications such
as PCs, mobile phones, audio and video systems.
functionalitY and flexibilitY

available in 3, 2 x 3, 4 and 2 x 4 modules for
custom configuration or ready assembled with low
and high current functions

pop-up type flush-mounting boxes NEW
for workstation & meeting room table applications
0540 13 0540 18 0540 06 0540 00
0540 28
0540 23
0540 33
Can be installed in concrete or raised access floors or integrated directly into the furniture (desks, meeting room tables, etc)
Conform to IEC 60670-1, IEC 60670-23 et IEC 60884-1
Pack Cat.Nos Pop-up boxes to be equipped Pack Cat.Nos Installation kits for raised access floors or
table top
Slim design for perfect integration into the floor or
office furniture Include an empty receptacle and fixing brackets for
Soft opening for enhanced comfort and safety raised access floor tiles or table tops
Equipped with "push and slide" locking system to Equipped with cable retainer for power cables, to
avoid accidental opening by feet ensure increased safety of the installation
To be equipped with Arteor/Myrius socket outlets Compatible with:
For installation use the fl ush-mounting boxes for - Cat. 6 data cabling
concrete floors or the kits for raised access floors or - Audio/video cabling
table top 1 0540 05 3 modules
1 0540 07 6 (2 x 3) modules
3 modules 1 0540 06 4 modules
1 0540 10 Matt Aluminium finsih 1 0540 08 8 (2 x 4) modules
1 0540 15 Brushed Brass
1 0540 20 Brushed Stainless Steel finish
6 (2 x 3) modules Flush-mounting boxes for installation in
1 0540 12 Matt Aluminium finsih concrete floors
1 0540 17 Brushed Brass For installation of pop-up floor boxes in concrete
1 0540 22 Brushed Stainless Steel finish floors
4 modules Equipped with knockouts for 20 and 25 mm
1 0540 11 conduits
Matt Aluminium finsih
1 0540 16 Brushed Brass Metal flush-mounting boxes
1 0540 21 Brushed Stainless Steel finish 1 0540 00 3 modules
1 0540 26 Matt Black
1 0540 02 6 (2 x 3) modules
1 0540 31
1 0540 01 4 modules
Glossy White 1 0540 03 8 (2 x 4) modules
8 (2 x 4) modules
1 0540 13 Matt Aluminium finsih
1 0540 18 Brushed Brass
1 0540 23 Brushed Stainless Steel finish
1 0540 28 Matt Black
1 0540 33 Glossy White
pop-up type flush-mounting boxes
n Technical characteristics n Installation - on screed floor

Classification of pop-up flush-mounting boxes according to Screed floors (fixing centres)
NFC 61-314 / EN 60670-1 / EN 60670-23
Earthing system: R < 0.05 Ohms
Protection against mechanical impact: IK 07
Degree of protection: IP 30 cover open
IP 40 cover closed Pop-up size A (mm)
Resistance to vertical load applied through small surface area: 3 modules 84
1500 N cover open
3000 N cover closed 4 modules 106.5
Rated voltage: U 500 V - R > 5 MOhms 6 modules 194
Electric strength: 2000 V A
8 modules 239
Installation on the floor: to be insatlled on floor subjected to a dry
treatment
Material Under screed floor
Halogen free, fire proofed and no propagator of the flame Minimum depth = 60 mm
Corrosion resistant and to temperature changes
Use the backbox for concrete with conduits diameter 20 mm.
Finishes Material It is necessary to close the backbox for concrete using the protection
Brass Brass material cover delivered with before pouring the concrete in order to prevent
that the concrete to enter in the backbox.
Aluminium Aluminium material
The backbox for concrete is delivered with protection cover:
Stainless Steel Zamak nickel coating
Black Aluminium material with black painting Protection cover
White Aluminium material with white painting
High/low current compatibility

Floor type High current Low current
Pop-up 3mod Pop-up 4mod Pop-up 6 (2x3) mod Pop-up 8 (2x4) mod
Concrete Yes No
Technical floor Yes Cat. 6 compatible
Furniture Yes Cat. 6 compatible
Cat.No 54000 Cat.No 54001 Cat.No 54002 Cat.No 54003
n Dimensions Desk
Cover
Pop-up with installation kit for desk or technical floor
C
A B
A
Pop-up size A (mm) B (mm) B D
3 modules 120 120
4 modules 120 142.5 Pop-up size A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)
6 modules 120 230 3 modules 79.8 92 74.8 96.1
8 modules 120 275 4 modules 102.3 114.5 74.8 96.1
6 modules 189.8 202 74.8 96.1
Empty pop-up 8 modules 231.6 247 74.8 96.1
On the desk or on the technical floor

Cut the desk or technical floor :
C
A D
Pop-up size A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)

3 modules 79.8 92 57 77.5
4 modules 102.3 114.5 57 77.5
6 modules 189.8 202 57 77.5
8 modules 231.6 247 57 77.5 A(mm) B(mm)
3 modules 108 (+/-1mm) 108 (+/-1mm)
4 modules 108 (+/-1mm) 131 (+/-1mm)
6 modules 108 (+/-1mm) 218 (+/-1mm)
8 modules 108 (+/-1mm) 263 (+/-1mm)
437
Quick installation ESsential functions within easy reach Clever cable management
Replaces the existing cable outlet 2P+E, RJ 45 and USB sockets to meet the Versions available with reels equipped
(60 < < 80 mm) connection needs of mobile users quickly with retractable RJ 45 and USB cables
and easily
438
Power & data
desk grommets
An ingenious ergonomically designed system that
can be used to provide power, connect to the data
network or recharge a mobile phone.
modeRn finisHes
white, black or stainless steel finishing
plates to match any office environment

for example
power & dataxxxxxxx
desk grommets NEW
xxxxxxxx
for workstation & meeting room table application
0540 73 0540 70 0540 60 0540 62 0540 63
0540 70 + 0540 60 0540 73 + 0540 62 0540 67 0540 65
Particularly suitable for integration of power, mobile phone charger and data connections into desks.
A solution which integrates access to high/low currents and cellphone charger.
A reliable, durable solution with optimal safety (conform to standard CEI 60884, IK07)
3 finishes available:
Empty unit with plastic parts in white RAL 9003
Empty unit with plastic parts in black RAL 9017 and optional cover plate in stainless steel / black color finish
Pack Cat.Nos Empty power & data desk grommets Pack Cat.Nos Pre-wired modules with retractable cords
To be equipped with Myrius or Arteor socket outlets, For fitting on an empty power & data desktop
Easily retro fitted into a 60 to 80 mm diameter hole in modules (under the table top)
current office desks and workspace table tops Automatic cable rewind when not connected, for an
(by replacing the desk grommet) optimized use of the desk surface
Cover opens to 180 angle to prevent breaking
Cat. 6 FTP
For one 2P+E socket 1 0540 65 Equipped with:
1 0540 70* White RAL 9003, to be equipped with 1 socket - 1.35 m RJ 45 Cat. 6 FTP retractable cord on the
1 0540 71* Black RAL 9017, to be equipped with 1 socket user side and
For one 2P+E socket and USB phone charger - 1 x RJ 45 socket on the installation side
Patch cord for connection to data network to be
Supplied with one USB phone charger output ordered separately
5 V= 750 mA, to be wired
1 0540 72* White RAL 9003 with USB, to be equipped with 1 USB / micro USB
socket 1 0540 67 Equipped with
1 0540 73* Black RAL 9017 with USB, to be equipped with 1 - 1.35 m retractable cord with micro USB connector,
socket on the user side and
- 0.5 m cable with USB connector on the installation
side
Finishing plates for empty power & data

desk grommets
For fitting on an empty power & data desk grommets
10 0540 60 White RAL 9003
10 0540 62 Black RAL 9017
10 0540 63 Stainless Steel
* Finishing plates to be ordered separately

power & data desk grommets
n Classification of power & data desk grommets n Installation

Classification of power & data desk grommets according to Can be fitted directly into the desk, in the angle of the furniture
IEC 60884-1 Table top thickness : min. 10 mm
max. 34 mm
Standard IEC 60884-1 Level
Classification according to the
degree of protection against
7.1.1 access to hazardous parts and IP2X
against harmful effects due to the
ingress of solid foreign objects
Classification according to the
7.1.2 degree of protection against IPX0
harmful effects due to the ingress
of water
7.1.3 Classification according to the - Accessories with earthing contact

provision for earthing
min: 10 mm
7.1.4 Classification according to the max: 34 mm
- Rewirable accessories
method of connecting the cable
- Accessories with screw-type terminals
7.1.5 Classification according to the - Accessories with screwless terminals for rigid
type of terminals and flexible conductors
80 mm
Classification according to the 150 mm
7.2.1 degree of protection against - Socket-outlets with increased protection
electric shock
80
7.2.2 Classification according to the - Socket-outlets with shutters
existence of shutters 150 mm
Classification according to the - flush type
7.2.3 method of application/mounting of - portable type
the socket-outlet - table type
- fixed socket-outlets where the cover or cover-
7.2.4 Classification according to the plate cannot be removed without displacement
method of installation of the conductors (type B).
- socket-outlets for circuits where a single
7.3.5 Classification according to the earthing circuit provides protective earthing for
intended use connected equipment and exposed conductive
parts of the socket-outlet, if any. 80 mm
150 mm
n MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Blocs desk grommet in ABS, non-flame propagating. 150 mm
n Dimensions
100
20
90
180
250
441
diveRse functionalitY flexibilitY of customisable solutions discReet cuRRent distRibution
mix of high and low current functions desktop extension modules can support different cablol unit can be used to carry power / data
(available in different installation standards) standards for power sockets or innovative functions extension module under the desk & this regular
extension module can act as intermediary for
multi-outlet desktop extension
442
Desktop
modules
Available ready to use or as a customisable
solution, our multi-outlet desktop extensions
provide a high degree of flexibility and ease of use
for both mobile and deskbased users.
These solutions can adapt to any furniture
conguration and are easily installed on the desks
to carry power as close to the user as possible
without having to drill through the furniture.
oPtimum cable manaGement

a neat solution for tidying and protecting cables from
the oor to the workspace

for example
desktop multi-outlet
xxxxxxx extensions
xxxxxxxx
0535 90 0535 91
0535 99 0535 98
Aluminium extensions with grey end caps RAL 7035. Reversible cable guide for grouping cords of connected devices
Designed to have 450 Slope for easy insertion of angled plug
An ideal solution dedicated to nomadic people and / or satisfy a esthetic needs
Products answering all needs of office users
Possibility to organise cables and plugs through the cable guide (reversible if not used)
A specific accessory allowing to fit the product on the desk in 3 different position
A reliable and secure installation with conformity to NFC 61-314
Index of protection: IK7
Pack Cat.Nos Empty desktop multioutlet extensions Pack Cat.Nos Cable worm
Aluminium extensions with 1 0535 98 2 compartments
cable guide (reversible) Length: 0.75 m
To be equipped with White colour
Arteor sockets Very suitable solution for a safe and
1 0535 90 8 modules design protection of the cabling between
1 0535 91 12 modules desk and floor
1 0535 92 16 modules
Accessories
Fixing accessory
5 0535 99 Fixing accessory to clip on desktop
desktop and meeting rooms multi outlet extensions
n Material characteristics n Cable management

Body anodised aluminium 55 mm
End caps in ABS grey RAL 7035 or stainless steel finish
Cable management in polyamide RAL 7035 8 mm
Cable thightener in ABS
Linetap in polypropylene 3G
8 mm
n Dimensions 40 mm
1 < < 8 mm
C
B
Products are delivered with cable tightener
1 < < 8 mm 8 < < 18 mm
Cat.Nos A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)
0535 90 277 114 75
0535 91 367 114 75
0535 92 457 114 75
8 < < 18 mm
n Fixing accessory Cat.No 0535 99
Multi-position fixing device:
1 - On the desk
2 - Under the desk
3 - Along the desk
4 - On the desk leg
To fit 2 cables 3G 1.5 mm2 or 3 data cables + 1 power cable
Passing the cable thourgh the end cap :

The end cap include 1 cable entry.
Allow fitting on a desk To fit a second cable, take out the part as shown above
Material : Zamak (stainless steel color)
Multiple cable exits to fit any workstation configuration
n Reversible cable guide
445
Customisable functions High-quality finish
Modular functions can be adapted to suit requirements A neat and attractive solution which integrates discreetly
into the surrounding decor
446
Flush mounting
office modules
Flush-mounting ofce modules can be installed
unobtrusively in any ofce furniture and congured
according to the needs of the user.
This integrated solution provides all high and low
current connections within easy reach ensuring
maximum user comfort.

flush
for example
mounting
xxxxxxx
power and data NEW flush mounting power & data module
module
xxxxxxxx
n Application
Flush mounting power & data modules can be installed in dry
supports such as :
- partition walls (fixed or mobile) in offices
- in office furniture (horizontally or vertically)
1. Vertically : partition between two desks ; plasterboard...
Aluminium anodise body

0535 63 with WD
0535 64 with WD
2. Horizontally : desk top ; meeting room table...

Cover plates
0535 65 with WD
Aready to embed solution for all dry support with thickness between 3 and
25 mm.
Conform to standard NFC 61-314 which ensures saftey of the user
Aesthetic product (no visible screw), thickness of 6mm only.
Product available in 8 and 12 module, with the option of configuring power
sockets, data, AV, protection etc.
3 Finishes; white/ black and aluminium
Pack Cat.Nos Flush mounting power and data module to

be equipped
Module to be connected:
Aluminium extensions with
cable guide (reversible) Delivered without cord to be connected to screw terminal block.
To be equipped with
Arteor sockets
8 module; length - 180 mm
1 0535 60 Flush 8 module white finish
1 0535 61 Flush 8 module stainless finish
1 0535 62 Flush 8 module black finish
12 module; length - 270 mm
1 0535 63 Flush 12 module white finish To be connected with cords :
1 0535 64 Flush 12 module stainless finish
HO5 VVF 3G 1.5 mm or 3G 2.5 mm
1 0535 65 Flush 12 module black Finish
HO7 RNF 3G 1.5 mm or 3G 2.5 mm
Note: Connection (for power and data) can be done in both sides
according to the constraint of the installation site.
n INSTALLATION
Cat.Nos 0535 60/61/62/63/64/65
With screws/clamps : Fixes itself on the wall (in the plasterboard)
integration in dry wall horizontally or vertically
1 Cut the wall to fix the module
flush mounting power & data module
n INSTALLATION (continued) Dimensions:
The flush mounting power & data modules are provided with fixation For 8 modules For 12 modules Special
product
end caps making it possible to embed the product directly in the wall
and to ensure the bending radius of the cable Body (mm) 225 315 X
Y = spacing on hollow wall (mm) 275 365 Y = X + 50 mm
Z = total dimension (mm) 285 375 Z = X + (2x30)
Note:
8 modules for Cat.Nos 0535 60/61/62
12 modules for Cat.Nos 0535 63/64/65
Embed the complete block in the wall and screw until the module gets Dimensions + thickness mini/max:
fixed. 87.5 mm
6 mm
45 mm
66 mm
Minimum thickness to install in the wall :
Lastly, to ensure a perfect finishing, clip the cover plate on each end of
the product.
2 mm
Maximum thickness to install in the wall :
25 mm
To install the product :

Y = X+50mm
n TECNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
X Electrical protection :
Earthing of the body : Earthing is necessary only if the module have
more than one circuit. Multi-outlets to be wired are equipped with
tightener (centres of fixing = 28 mm).
30mm
End cap with cable clamp integrated for an optimal safety
n MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Z
Product (boby) :
in aluminium (Anodized or White lacquer or Black lacquer)
End caps in ABS grey RAL 7035
Z = X+(2x30) Cover plate in ABS white RAL 9003 or Black RAL 9017 or
Painted Alumic
449
CABLOFIL
WIRE MESH
SNAP-ON
COLUMN
DLP U-PVC/ALUMINIUM
WALL TRUNKING
DLP WALL TRUNKING SYSTEM

Snap-on trunking system U-PVC & mini trunking system Aluminium trunking system
Available in 5 sizes for routing Installed with a flexible cover Aluminium finish for areas
cables and installing wiring allowing quick installation and requiring a particularly neat and
accessories in work areas. access to the compartments for attractive appearance and design.
Supports any function from the changing configuration according Strong and resistant material
Arteor range by simply clipping to requirements. ensuring the installation's longer
directly onto the trunking. Fully compliant with standard EN service life.
Sockets have to be equipped with 50085-2-1 and the RoHS Directive. Available in 1 or 2 compartments,
Soluclip for extra strength. Supplied complete with cover and both of which can be equipped
dividers. with wiring accessories.
450
Wall and ceiling
systems
Quick and easy solution to distribute the data and
power through the false ceiling or alongside the
walls.
Both solutions offer perfect nish and match the
decor with smart range of nishing accessories.
To be equipped with Arteor mechanisms.
SNAP-ON DLP WALL

TRUNKING
SNAP-ON COLUMNS
To distribute power and data
through the false ceiling for
supplying 1 to 4 workstations.
Ceiling column aluminium
body is divided into 1 or 2
compartments to provide
optimal separation between
power and data.
CABLOFIL WIRE MESH

CABLE TRAYS
Thanks to Cablofil, cables are
constantly accessible and visible for
very easy maintenance.
Cablofil's structure allows easy
cable insertion (for both inlet and
outlet) at any point along the route.

snap-on trunking
routing sections and accessories
TRUNKING TRUNKING AND ACCESSORIES

Monobloc: Divider Fishplate body Stick-on body Cover joint End cap
body + cover(1) joint joint
Number of Cross-section
Cover width
compartments (mm)
1
SNAP-ON trunking - 45 mm cover
45
50 x 80 0756 01 0756 09 0756 61 0756 66 0756 69 0756 11
45
50 x 105 0756 02 0756 09 0756 62 0756 67 0756 69 0756 12
45 45
50 x 130 0756 03 - 0756 61 0756 66 2 x 0756 69 0756 13
45 45
1 0756 66
50 x 145 0756 04 - 0756 63 + 2 x 0756 69 0756 14
2 0756 67
45 45 45
50 x 180 0756 06 - 0756 61 0756 66 3 x 0756 69 0756 16
1: Partition(s) integral to the body

2: Internal and external corner angles supplied with multi-compartment partition joint
mechanisms for snap-on trunking
Mounting functions Installation principle for sockets for snap-on trunking

The Arteor sockets to be fitted with Soluclip 1 2 3
accessory which has following features:
- Anti-slip
- Anti-pullout 0756 90
- IP 4X
- Perfect finish Snap the sockets directly Install the covers Disengage the finishing
into the trunking piece
Installation principle for Arteor functions

1 2 3
Snap on the mechanism Install the covers Disengage the finishing

and fix with Soluclips piece
452
ANGLES JUNCTIONS ACCESSORIES
Internal angles(2) External angles Flat angles Flat junctions Flat junctions Angled junctions Junction with Extra Adaptor
with width with width 105 85/105/ 130mm floor cover for modular
80 mm mm raceways wiring
50 x 12/ accessories
80 100 85 120 92 x 20
2 2
1 1
0756 81
0756 21 0756 31 0756 41 0756 71 - 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 21
0756 81
0756 22 0756 32 0756 42 0756 72 0756 76 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 22
0756 81
0756 23 0756 33 0756 43 0756 71 0756 75 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 23
1 0756 71 1 0756 75
0756 81
0756 24 0756 34 0756 44 + + 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
2 0756 72 2 0756 76 + 0756 24
0756 81
0756 26 0756 36 0756 36 0756 71 0756 75 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 26
4 5 6
180
180
Rotate the finishing Snap on the finishing An impeccable result

piece by 180 piece
4 5 6
180
180
Rotate the finishing Snap on the finishing An impeccable result

piece by 180 piece
453
for example
snap-on xxxxxxx
trunking 45 mm cover 50 x 80 and 50 x 105
xxxxxxxx
Cat.Nos for trunking 50 x 80

Internal External
variable angle Flat junction
variable angle Cat.No 0756 71
Cat.No 0756 21 Cat.No 0756 31
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 41

External Flat junction
Internal variable angle Cat.No 0756 72
Cat.No 0756 22
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 42

Wiring capacity chart (p. 458)
Pack Cat.Nos Snap-on trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles

50
50 x 80 50 x 105
50 x 80 50 x 105 1-compartment trunking 10 0756 21 0756 22 Internal angle, varies from 80 to 100
20 1 121 0756 01 0756 02 Snap-on trunking
80 45
Can take any
Arteor wiring 10 0756 31 0756 32 External angle, varies from 85 to 120
accessory 50
Includes: 10 0756 41 0756 42 Flat angle at 90
- 1 body
- 1 cover, width 45 mm
105 45
Length 2 m
50 x 80 50 x 105 End caps
Extra cover 10 0756 11 0756 12 Left or right end cap
20 1 0756 08 Width 45 mm
Length 2 m
Extra partition Flat junctions

26 1 0756 09 Divider
Length 2 m 50 x 80 50 x 105 With 80 mm wide sections
5 0756 71 0756 72 Creates a junction with
Fishplate body joint snap-on trunking 50 x 80 mm
50 x 80 50 x 105
10 0756 61 0756 62 Used to join 2 bodies and
simplifies fixing sections to
the wall - set of 2 50 x 105 With 105 mm wide sections
5 0756 76 Creates a junction with
Joint snap-on trunking 50 x 105mm
20 0756 66 0756 67 Stick-on body joint
Cover joint Angled junction

10 0756 69 Cover joint, width 45 mm 5 0756 81 Creates a junction in an
internal angle with snap-on
trunking 50 x 80 mm,
Height spacer 50 x 105 mm, 50 x 130 mm
24 1 0105 80 Length 2 m, colour charcoal grey Must be used in conjunction
For fitting 15 mm from the ground with internal angle
Junction with floor raceways

Soluclip accessory 5 0756 88 Creates a junction with a floor
10 0756 90 For installation with any raceways size 50 x 12 mm or
Arteor function 92 x 20 mm
1: Number of metres in pack

snap-on trunking 45 mm cover 50 x 130 and 50 x 145

Cat.No 0756 33
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 43
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 23

Cat.No 0756 34
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 44
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 24

Pack Cat.Nos Snap-on trunking 50 Pack Cat.Nos Angles

50 x 130 50 x 145
50 x 130 50 x 145 2-compartment trunking 45 5 0756 23 0756 24 Internal angle, varies from 80 to 100
121 81 0756 03 0756 04 Snap-on trunking 130
Can take any
Arteor wiring 45 5 0756 33 0756 34 External angle, varies from 85 to 120
accessory
Includes: 50 5 0756 43 0756 44 Flat angle at 90
- 1 body with
2 compartments
- 2 covers, width 45 mm 45
Length 2 m 145 50 x 130 50 x 145 End caps
45 5 0756 13 0756 14 Left or right end cap
Extra cover
20 1 0756 08 Width 45 mm
Length 2 m Flat junctions
50 x 130 Fishplate body joint
50 x 145 50 x 130 50 x 145 For 80 mm wide downward trunking
10 0756 61 0756 63 Used to join 2 bodies and 5 0756 71 0756 72 Creates a junction with
simplifies fixing sections to the snap-on trunking 50 x 80 mm
wall - set of 2
For 80 mm wide upward trunking
Stick-on body joint 5 0756 71 Creates a junction with
20 0756 66 For top part of body snap-on trunking 50 x 80 mm
50 x 145 For 105 mm wide downward trunking
20 0756 67 For bottom part of body 5 0756 75 0756 76 Creates a junction with
snap-on trunking 50 x 105 mm
For 105 mm wide upward trunking
Cover joint 5 0756 75 Creates a junction with
10 0756 69 Cover joint, width 45 mm snap-on trunking 50 x 105 mm
Height spacer Angled junction

24 1 0105 80 Length 2 m, colour charcoal grey 5 0756 81 Creates a junction in an
For fitting 15 mm from the ground internal angle with snap-on
trunking 50 x 80 mm,
50 x 105 mm, 50 x 130 mm
Soluclip accessory Must be used in conjunction with internal
angle
10 0756 90 For installation with any
Arteor function
5 0756 88 Creates a junction with a floor
raceways size 50 x 12 mm or
92 x 20 mm
for example
snap-on xxxxxxx
trunking 45 mm cover 50 x 180
xxxxxxxx

External
variable angle Flat junction
Cat.No 0756 36 Cat.No 0756 71
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 46
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 26
Example of installation: Example of installation:

One current type per compartment Wiring accessories in central compartment and distribution in side compartments

Pack Cat.Nos Snap-on trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles

50 x 180
50 x 180 3-compartment trunking
81 0756 06 Snap-on trunking 50 5 0756 26 Internal angle, varies from 80 to 100
Can take any Arteor wiring
accessory 45
5 0756 36 External angle, varies from 85 to 120
Includes:
- 1 body with 3 compartments 5 0756 46 Flat angle at 90
- 3 flexible covers, 180 45
width 45 mm
Length 2 m 45
End cap
Extra cover 5 0756 16 Left or right end cap
20 1 0756 08 Width 45 mm
Length 2 m
Fishplate body joint Flat junctions
10 0756 61 Used to join 2 bodies and simplifies fixing With 80 mm wide sections
sections to the wall - set of 2 5 0756 71 Creates a junction with snap-on trunking
50 x 80 mm
Stick-on body joints
20 0756 66 For top part of body
With 105 mm wide sections
5 0756 75 Creates a junction with snap-on trunking
Cover joint 50 x 105 mm
10 1 0756 69 Cover joint, width 45 mm
Height spacer Angled junction

24 0105 80 Length 2 m, colour charcoal grey
For fitting 15 mm from the ground 5 0756 81 Creates a junction in an internal angle
with snap-on trunking 50 x 80 mm,
50 x 105 mm, 50 x 130 mm
Soluclip accessory Must be used in conjunction with internal angle
10 0756 90 For installation with any Arteor function
5 0756 88 Creates a junction with a floor raceways size
50 x 12 mm or 92 x 20 mm

snap-on trunking
n New standard EN 50085-2-1

Standard EN 50085-2-1 concerns electrical trunking systems for installation on walls or on the ceiling
This new system standard proposes a tiered classification which allows performance to be adapted to the target applications
To satisfy the requirements of NF C 15-100, Legrand has conformed to the current specifications of NF C 68-104 in terms of both performance
and level of functions provided by the system
To this end, our installation trunking (which carries electrical wiring accessories) is type 1 in the new standard
Classification of snap-on trunking
New standard EN 50085-2-1 Level
6.1 Void
6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature - 5 C
6.5 Electrical continuity characteristic Without electrical continuity characteristic
6.6 Electrical insulating characteristic With electrical insulating characteristic
6.7 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure IP 40
6.9 The system access cover retention With a tool
Wall fixed
Ceiling fixed
6.101 The position when surface mounted Wall fixed and supported by the floor or other
horizontal surface
Prevention of contact between liquids and insulated conductors Instructions restricting the installation position
6.102 and live parts in case of CTS/CDS mounted in a skirting position and wet-
treatment of floor
6.103 The functions provided Type 1
Rated current 500 V
Against mechanical shocks IK 07
Composition and functions for snap-on trunking
Monobloc: Cross-section
Number of
Size (mm) Cover body +
compartments (mm2)
cover
White
50 x 80
1 compartment 1 x 45 0756 01 2934
Cat.No 0756 01
50 x 105
1 compartment 1 x 45 0756 02 4098
Cat.No 0756 02
50 x 130
2 compartments 2 x 45 0756 03 2442/2442
Cat.No 0756 03
50 x 145
2 compartments 2 x 45 0756 04 2442/3024
Cat.No 0756 04
50 x 180
3 compartments 3 x 45 0756 06 2442/1950/2442
Cat.No 0756 06
1. Classification and performance are for a mounting at an angle of 90.

2. See mounting and assembling instructions on technical sheets, boxes.
457
snap-on trunking
n Wiring capacity
Number of Cover Cross- UTP & FTP
Size (mm) Capacity max. 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 x 2.5 mm2 Cat. 6
compartments width section
50 x 80 2934 Max. 38 177 131 115 85 26 19 58
1 compartment 45 1564 with sockets for trunking 94 70 61 45 13 10 31
Cat.No 0756 01 1604 with LEXIC support 97 72 63 46 14 10 32
50 x 105 4098 Max. 38 248 184 161 119 36 26 81

1 compartment 45 2728 with sockets for trunking 165 122 107 79 24 17 54
2442 Max. 38 148 109 96 71 21 16 48
45 1072 with sockets for trunking 65 48 42 31 9 7 21
50 x 130
1112 with LEXIC support 67 50 43 32 9 7 22
2 compartments
2442 Max. 148 109 96 71 21 16 48
Cat.No 0756 03
2442 Max. 38 148 109 96 71 21 16 48
50 x 145
2 compartments
3024 Max. 38 183 135 119 88 26 19 60
Cat.No 0756 04
2442 Max. 38 148 109 96 71 21 16 48
50 x 180 1950 Max. 38 118 87 76 56 17 12 38

3 compartments 45 580 with sockets for trunking 35 26 22 16 5 3 11
2442 Max. 38 148 109 96 71 21 16 48
n Choice and installation of junctions

Flat junctions Angled junctions Flat junctions Angled junctions Angled junctions
Vertical trunking
Size (mm) 50 x 80 mm 50 x 105 mm 50 x 130 mm
Horizontal trunking
White
50 x 80
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
1 compartment 0756 71 -
+ 0756 21 + 0756 21 + 0756 21
Cat.No 0756 01
50 x 105
0756 81 0756 81
1 compartment 0756 72 - 0756 76 + 0756 22 + 0756 22
Cat.No 0756 02
50 x 130
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
2 compartments 0756 71 -
+ 0756 23 + 0756 23 + 0756 23
Cat.No 0756 03
50 x 145
0756 71 (upward) 0756 81 0756 75 (upward) 0756 81 0756 81
2 compartments
0756 72 (downward) + 0756 24 0756 76 (downward) + 0756 24 + 0756 24
Cat.No 0756 04
50 x 180
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
3 compartments 0756 71 -
+ 0756 26 + 0756 26 + 0756 26
Cat.No 0756 06
458
Full of functions for
installing in all supports
WIRING ACCESSORIES
ARTEORTM STANDARD FUNCTIONS

Power and data sockets Multistandard socket RJ 11 RJ 45 6A multistandard socket
ARTEORTM PROTECTION FUNCTIONS RCBO Thermal magnetic proximity MCB
ARTEORTM AUDIO AND VIDEO SOCKETS 2 x female RCA 3.5 mm Jack Female HD 15 Female HD15 + jack
ARTEORTM ADVANCED FUNCTIONS

For mobile use
e.g. in meeting rooms and reception areas... Ethernet switch Wi-Fi access point
MYRIUSTM STANDARD FUNCTIONS /

AUDIO AND VIDEO SOCKETS* 6A socket RJ 11 RJ 45 2 x female RCA Female HD15 + jack
*Compatible with floor box for screed & raised floor & with pop up box and DHM.

2m
length:
LP* LP*
DLP U-PVC adaptableDescription
trunking systems
0000000000000000000000000000000000000 Packfor installations
xxxxxxxx Description Rs. / Pack
Rs. /
base, covers, partitions, finishing accessories and mounting wiring accessories
UnitUnit
Selection chart for Installation of trunking, Accessories and ArteorTM
Trunking Covers C
lip on partition ArteorTM frames

Number of Cover(s) Section Flexible Partitions Plastic Aluminium 1 module 2 module 3 module 4 module 6 module
compartments width (mm) separation
1 x 65
1 80 x 50 0105 21 0105 82 - - - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61

0104 12
1 x 85
1 105 x 50 0105 22 0105 82 - - - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62

2 x 40
0104 22 2 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - -
1 x 130
1 150 x 50 0105 24 0105 82 - - - - - -
2 x 65
2 0105 21 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61
0104 32

1 x 40 + 1 x 85
2 0105 20
+ 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0105 22
3 x 40
3 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 - - - -
1 x 180
1 195 x 50 0105 26 0105 82 - - - - - - -

2 x 85
2 0105 22 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0104 52
1 x 40 + 1 x 130 0105 20
2 + 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - -

0105 24

1 x 85 + 2 x 40 0105 22
3 +
0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0105 20
1 x 40 + 2 x 65 0105 20
3 + 0105 82 104 72 x 2 111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61

0105 21
4 x 40
4 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 3 0111 06 x 3 0109 10 - - - -
Selection chart for Installation trunking, Accessories and ArteorTM
Insulating unit for

ArteorTM modules
Section (mm) Wall crossing Capacity change Partition junction Cable tie base 2 module 3 module Earth link
to increase for capacity can be added
height of change to get
trunking 4/6 module
80 x 50 / 105 x 50 0106 98 0106 87

+ 0106 89 0308 81 0109 27 0109 37 0111 88
150 x 50 / 195 x 50 0106 99 0106 88
LP* LP*
Description Rs. / Pack Description Rs. / Pack
xxxxxxxx Unit Unit
Selection chart for Installation of trunking, Additional accessories
Cover Bases Internal angles 800 - 1000 External angles 600 - 120 Flat angles Flat junction
Joint for Base End caps Angles Partition VDI Angles Partition VDI Angles VDI Angles Partition VDI Clips
covers joint junction access. junction access. access. junction access.
0108 01 0106 91 0107 22 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 67 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 85 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 0106 11 - 0106 22 0106 32 - - - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 04 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 - - 0106 22 - 0107 89 - 0107 32 - - 0106 86
0108 01 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 - 0107 89 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 06 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 - 0106 22 - - 0107 92 - 0107 32 - - 0106 86
0108 02 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83

0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 3 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 3 - 0107 92 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
DLP U-PVC mini trunking systems
for cable distribution
Selection chart for DLPmini trunking 033327-5751o.eps 033330-5756o.eps

030250-14210o.eps
033325-5747o.eps
033325-5746o.eps
Length Finishing accessories Junction elements
030804-6740s.eps
White 2 m End cap Internal angle External angle Flat angle Flat junction
030804-6740s.eps
32 x 12.5 0300 15 0312 03 0302 51 0302 51 0302 53 0302 54
030804-6740s.eps
32 x 16 0308 04 0312 07 0333 25 0333 25 0333 27 0333 30
32 x 20 0300 17 0312 09 0302 71 0302 71 0302 73 0302 74
Carrying capacity
Cat.Nos without Maximum X- Number of conductors Cable max.

030802-6739s.eps
partition section in mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2 in mm
0300 15
030802-6739s.eps 285 19 12 10 4 2 x 10
32 x 12.5 mm
0308 04
32 x 16 mm
030802-6739s.eps 330 25 16 15 7 13
0300 17
32 x 20 mm 500 34 22 19 11 18
Cable-grip
It makes the installation easier and faster
by containing all the wires inside the
trunking body before the cover is clipped
Comfortable
implementation
n During installation,
the conductors stay
in place in the
1 compartment
mini-trunking thanks to
cable-grip membranes
Speed of
installation
n Cable holding is
integrated with the
trunking (no staple to
add)
n Easy conductors
position
n Quick cover fitting
DLP U-PVC trunking system 32 x 12.5, 32 x 16 and 32 x 20
mini-trunking system
End030250-14210o.eps
cap left
or right
Cat.No 0312 03
0300 15
Changeable
internal external
angle
030251-5460o.eps
Cat.No 0302 51
Changeable 030254-5462o.eps
flat angle
030253-5461o.eps
Flat junction
Cat.No 0302 53 Changeable Cat.No 0302 54
internal external
030251-5459o.eps
angle
Cat.No 0302 51

White RAL 9010

Factory finish
Uniform grip and thickness throughout the length
System with independent cover 030015-13630c.eps
Conforms to NF C 68-104
Pack Cat.Nos Mini-trunking - 32 x 12.5 mm 32 Pack Cat.Nos Finishing accessories

80
(1)
0300 15 Without central partition 10/500 0312 07 End cap right or left
12.5
Length 2 m
10/100 0333 25 Changeable internal-external angle
from 600 to 1200
Finishing accessories
10/100 0333 27 Changeable flat angle from 850 to 950
20/400 0312 03 End cap right or left
10/200 0333 30 Flat junction
10/100 0302 51 Changeable internal-external angle 030017-4083c.eps
from 600 to 1200
Mini-trunking - 32 x 20 mm 32
50(1) 0300 17 Without partition
20
030804-4108c.eps Length 2 m
32 Finishing accessories
Mini-trunking - 32 x 16 mm
10/200 0312 09 End cap right or left
60(1) 0308 04 Without central partition
16
Length 2 m
10/100 0302 71 Changeable internal-external angle
from 600 to 1200
(1)
Number of meters per pack (1)
Number of meters per pack
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 80 x 50
trunking and fittings
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 01
Changeable
flat angle Changeable
Cat.No 0107 67 external angle
Cat.No 0106 21 Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 35
Selection table (p. 460-461)

Cable carrying capacity (p. 458)
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking Pack Cat.Nos Junctions

Suitable for a wide range of requirements and 10 0107 32 Flat junctions to tap-off to a branch smaller
applications: than 50 x 105
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to
the wiring space 5/25 0107 35 For specific size tap-off to 80 mm wide
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring branch
accessories
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking Accessories
Bodies Holding cables in place
80
Supplied without cover
Length 2 m 50 0106 82 Clip
50
20(1) 0104 12 80 x 50 mm
Flexible cover (Length 2 m) VDI accessories
20(1) 0105 21 Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
Full cover width 65 mm
Partitions (Length 2 m) 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
24(1) 0105 82 Separation partition
for 80 x 50 trunking
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases
during installation 5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
For cover 65 mm width
Additional accessories
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint
5/25 0106 98 Wall crossing
Angles and end caps 100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
Internal and external angles 20/500 0111 88 Earthing link

Include the 2 components for the top Capacity change
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted Allows to increase 15mm height of trunking to
preserve the space of wiring with a flat junction or a
10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80 to 100 support equipment
40 0106 87 Raise, length 57 cm
10/100 0106 88 Set of 4 accessories to change capacity of
10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60 to 120 the body
5/50 0106 89 Set of 2 accessories of change height of
Flat angle partition (to be used only on trunking with
10 0107 67 900 flat angle multi compartments)
End cap
10/50 0107 22 Left or right end cap
(1)
Number of meters in pack
DLP U-PVC trunking system and NEW DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM
accessories 80 x 50
mounting wiring accessories
Flexible cover
ArteorTM
2 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 21
ArteorTM
4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 41
> WDLPstand
ithin its new concept of flexible cover,
apart from the rest...
a more professional finish in less time

Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
ArteorTM supports Installation
principles
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side

20 0109 21 2 modules
5/50 0109 31 3 modules Whether you choose fully assembled or

adaptable trunking, the DLP systems are quick
10/50 0109 41 4 modules and simple to install and provide you with
discrete routing of your cables
5/25 0109 61 6 modules
ND
LEGRA Flexible cover
10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (ArteorTM) can TION
be fitted together to create 4/6 module INNOVA
supports This clips onto
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (ArteorTM) the whole branch,
supports including in corners:
Legrand Lexic support
guaranteed to save
5 0109 25 2 modules
you time
T IME
SAVING
New accessories
- angled junction
- flat junction
- internal and
external angle
- flat angle
These accessories
have been optimised
to make the system
even easier to install
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 105 x 50
Changeable Changeable
internal angle external angle
Cat.No 0106 01 Cat.No 0106 21
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 35

Pack Cat.Nos Trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and Flat angle
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to 10 0107 85 900 flat angle
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring End cap
accessories 20/100 0107 02 Left or right end cap
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies Junctions
Supplied without cover 105 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch smaller than
Length 2 m 50 x 105
20(1) 0104 22 105 x 50 mm
50
5/25 0107 35 For tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch

Flexible cover (Length 2 m)
Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles 5/25 0107 36 For tap-off to an 105 mm wide branch
20(1) 0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm equipped with an 85 mm cover
20
(1)
0105 20 Two covers width 40 mm
Partitions (Length 2 m) Partion junction
for 105 x 50 trunking 5/50 0106 11 For internal angles
48(1) 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition 5/50 0106 32 For external angles
12
(1)
0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition 5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation Accessories
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width Holding cables in place
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
50 0106 82 Clip
Angles and end caps VDI accessories
Internal and external angles 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles

Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
the flexible cover is fitted
10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80 to 100
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60 to 120
(1)
adaptable DLP trunking 105 x 50 FULLY ASSEMBLED
DLP TRUNKING
Save time
ArteorTM
4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 42
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories

100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Aluminium earthing link

Capacity Change
Allows to increase 15mm height of trunking to
support equipment
the body
partition (to be used)
Supports for mounting wiring accessories

ArteorTM supports
> F or repetitive and standard installations

> support
o combine with Arteor sockets with
T TM

for direct mounting on trunking
10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (ArteorTM) can
be fitted together to create 2/4/6 module
supports
supports
Legrand Lexic supports
5 0109 35 3 modules
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking system and accessories 150 x 50
A
1 compartment
B
2 compartments
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 02
Changeable Flat junction
external angle Cat.No 0107 36
Cat.No 0106 35
Changeable flat
angle
Cat.No 0107 89

applications:
the wiring space
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies 150 Junctions
Supplied without cover 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch
Length 2 m smaller than 50 x 105
50
20(1) 0104 32 150 x 50 mm To tap-off a branch of 150 x 50,

Flexible cover (Length 2 m) use 2 nos of 0107 32 (2 x 0107 32)
in internal or external angles 5/25 0107 35 To tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch
8 0105 24 Full cover width 130 mm
20 0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm 5/25 0107 36 To a tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
20 0105 21 Full cover width 65 mm equipped with a 85 mm cover
20 0105 20 Full cover width 40 mm
Partitions (Length 2 m) Partion junction
48 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition 5/50 0106 32 For external angles

12 0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint for 65 mm width 50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm width cover
50 0106 82 Clip for 65 mm width cover
Angles and end caps VDI accessories

Internal and external angles 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
and bottom of the trunking on which 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
the flexible cover is fitted
10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80 to 100 5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions

(1)
adaptable DLP trunking 150 x 50 FULLY ASSEMBLED U-PVC
DLP TRUNKING
Segregation of
ArteorTM
4 modules supports
Cat.No 0109 41
power and data
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories

100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link

Capacity change
support equipment
the body

ArteorTM supports

> Possible
to have separation by aluminium
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover clip-on partition, minimises the
5/25 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover interference on data cable

be fitted together to create 4/6 module
supports
supports
Legrand Lexic supports

5 0109 25 For 2 modules for 65 mm cover (2 comp.)
pour
DLP U-PVC
exemple
adaptable
: xxxxxxx
trunking system and pour
accessories
exemple195
: xxxxxxx
x 50
xxxxxxxx
trunking and fittings xxxxxxxx
A
1 compartment
B C
2 compartments 3 compartments
Changeable Changeable Flat junction

Changeable Cat.No 0107 36
flat angle internal angle external angle

applications:
the wiring space

Bodies Junctions
Supplied without cover 195
Length 2 m 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch
8(1) 0104 52 195 x 50 mm smaller than 50 x 105
50
To tap-off a branch of 150 x 50,

Flexible cover (Length 2m) use 2 nos of 0107 32 (2 x 0107 32)
in internal or external angles 5/25 0107 35 To tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch
8(1) 0105 26 Full cover width 180 mm
20
(1)
0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm
8(1) 0105 24 Full cover width 130 mm 5/25 0107 36 o a tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
T
20
(1)
0105 21 Full cover width 65 mm equipped with a 85 mm cover
20(1) 0105 20 Full cover width 40 mm
Partitions (Length 2m) Partion junction
48
(1)
0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition 5/50 0106 32 For external angles

12
(1)
0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
VDI accessories
Angles and end caps 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
Internal and external angles 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted 5/50 0107 82 For flat angles

10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80 to 100 5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour
adaptable
exemple
DLP:trunking
xxxxxxx 195 x 50
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Angled junction
Cat.No 0107 63
ArteorTM 4 modules supports

Cat.No 0109 41
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Additional accessories Legrand Lexic supports
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link be fitted together to create 4/6 module
supports
Capacity change
preserve the space of wiring with a flat junction or a 5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (ArteorTM)
support equipment supports
the body

ArteorTM supports





be fitted together to create 4/6 module
supports

supports
capacity of U-PVC DLPtrunking systems
for installation
n New standard EN 50085-2-1

Classification EN 50085-2-1 Level
6.1 Void
6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature - 5 C
6.5 Electrical continuity characteristic Without electrical continuity characteristic
6.6 Electrical insulating characteristic With electrical insulating characteristic
6.7 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure IP 40
6.9 System access cover retention With a tool
6.101 Position when surface mounted Wall fixed, ceiling fixed, wall fixed and supported by the floor or other horizontal surface
6.102 Prevention of contact between liquids and insulated conductors and live parts
in case of CTS/CDS mounted in a skirting position and wet-treatment of floor Instructions restricting the installation position
6.103 The functions provided Type 2: 0 104 32/33/52/53, type 3: other Cat.Nos
Rated current 500 V
Against mechanical shocks IK 07
Type 1, type 2 distribution, type 3 installation
Insulation resistance : all the DLP plastic range (including accessories) insulation resistance superior to 5 megohms
CV : Cover
1 Cross-section in mm2 (or diameter for ELV cables)

depending on number of conductors
Normal Cable
Example
cross- 1 conductor 2 conductors 3 conductors 4 conductors 5 conductors
section Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum A - Description :
of cores cross- cross- cross- cross- cross-
(mm ) section (mm) section (mm)
2
section (mm) section (mm) section (mm) 2 cables 3 x 1.52 4 cables 4 x 2.52
(mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) 10 cables 4 x 42
1.5 44 6.6 111 10.5 121 11.0 144 12.0 169 13.0
B - Calculation of cumulative cable cross-sections:
2.5 49 7.0 133 11.5 157 12.5 169 13.0 211 14.5 See table 1
4 58 7.6 169 13.0 183 13.5 211 14.5 256 16.0
6 68 8.2 196 14.0 225 15.0 256 16.0 307 17.5 Theoretical cross- Pratical cross-
section (mm2) section (mm2)
10 85 9.2 256 16.0 289 17.0 343 18.5 400 20.0
16 111 10.5 43 18.5 381 19.5 441 21.0 529 23.0 2 cables 3 x 1.5 2 x 121 =
2
242
4 cables 4 x 2.52 4 x 169 = 676
25 157 12.5 484 22.0 553 23.5 651 25.5 784 28.0
10 cables 4 x 4
2
10 x 211 = 2 110
35 183 13.5 601 24.5 676 26.0 813 28.5 993 31.5
50 225 15.0 - - 841 29.0 1 057 32.5 - - TOTAL 3 028 3 330*
*K (filling factor) = 1.10 Section = 3 028 x 1.10 = 3 330 mm2
C - Trunking selection
See table 2
2 Capacity of trunking (CV : Cover) 010412+10521-59299s.eps

010422+10520+10472-59303s.eps 010422+10522-59302s.eps
80 x 50 105 x 50
Cross-section (mm2)
Max. (mm2)
CV65 CV40 CV40 CV85

Cross-section 3380 1930 1930 4330
Trunking only Max. 40 28 43 28
Cross-section 1830 1410 1410 2300
With Arteor support
TM
Max. 2 x 18 2 x 21 2 x 21 2 x 24
010432+10520+10472-59309s.eps 010432+10520+10522+10472-59308s.eps
010432+10521+10472-59307s.eps 010432+10524-59306s.eps
150 x 50

Cross-section (mm2)

Max. (mm2)
CV40 CV40 CV40 CV65 CV65 CV40 CV85 CV130

Cross-section 2000 1570 2000 3020 3020 2000 4020 6470
Trunking only
Max. 28 28 43 43 2x43 43 28 28
Cross-section 1480 1050 1480 1470 1470 1480 1990 -
With ArteorTM support
Max. 24 2x17 24 18 18 24 26 -
010452+10520+10521+10472-59318s.eps
010452+10520+10521+10472-59318s.eps
010452+10520+10472-59319s.eps
010452+10520+10522+10472-59317s.eps
010452+10522+10472-59315s.eps
010452+10520+10524+10472-59316s.eps
010452+10526-59314s.eps
195 x 50
Cross-
section
(mm2)
Max.
(mm2) CV40 CV40 CV40 CV40 CV65 CV40 CV65 CV65 CV65 CV40 CV40 CV85 CV40 CV130 CV40 CV85 CV85 CV180

Trunking only
Cross-section 2000 1570 1570 2000 3020 1570 3020 3020 2580 2000 2000 3590 2000 6040 2000 4020 4020 8470
Max. 28 28 28 28 43 28 43 43 42 28 28 42 28 2 x 42 28 43 43 3 x 42
With ArteorTM Cross-section 1480 1050 1050 1480 1470 1050 1470 1470 1030 1480 1480 1560 1480 - 1480 1990 1990 -
support Max. 2 x 21 2 x 17 2 x 17 2 x 21 18 2 x 17 18 18 14 2 x 21 2 x 21 2 x 18 2 x 21 - 2 x 21 26 26 -
472
DLPU-PVC adaptable trunking
installation made easy
With its new concept flexible lid, DLP stands apart from the rest... a more professional finish in less time
Installation of
external angle
External angles adjustable Easy to install external External angles accepts flexible
from 600-1200 angles continuous cover on to it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Installation of
internal angles
Internal angles adjustable Integrated accessories for Internal angles accepts flexible
from 800-1000 superior finish continuous cover on it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Perfect separation
between power and
data evan in the
angles
Ideal for VDI Separation junction for VDIaccessories ensures bending radius
external angle required by the standards. Bending radius
should be 8 times the diameter of cable
Mounting of cover
and body joint
Cover joints in 2 parts Secured cover and base Zip lock flexible cover
with captive links joint for superior finish
Mounting of
ArteorTM
Frames to combine with ArteorTM Cable grip on mounting frame Pre marked cutouts for
sockets with support for direct minimize the stress on ArteorTM drilling, threaded back
mounting on trunking terminals for better wall gripping
Isolating boxes
for ArteorTM
mechanisms
Flat junction for tap-off to a Tap-off from bottom compartment As well Complete installation
150, 195 or 220 width profile. as the base junction, insert the additional for professional finish
For tap-offs to a profile wider junction. Cat.Nos 107 42/43 (depending on
than 105, use 2 base junctions the profile), between 2 partitions to tap off
(3 to 220 trunking) the cables from the bottom compartment
New internal and

Flat external angle Flat Base Flexible Separation Clip-on Clips Base Joint for End
Flexible angles, wall angle junctions cover partition partition joint cover caps
crossing accessories, Internal External
capacity change, cables angle angle
retention using cable-tie
bases... The new DLP
trunking system for
installation, includes a
set of clever accessories
to improve installation
speed and efficiency.
ArteorTM
frames
473
DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM >>> DLP
pouraluminium
exemple : xxxxxxx
selection chart
xxxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system
DLP
TRUNKINGS
Rigid Separation
full aluminium :
Body
covers partitions
Nos of Cover width Size
excellent screening
compartiments (mm) (mm)
and earthing properties

85
50 x 105 0111 00 0111 11 0111 08
130
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 12 0111 08
180
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 13 0111 08
65 65 2x
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 10 -
85 85
2x
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 11 -
> Save time : multi-covers, removable

separation, angles ready to use
> Ideal for VDI installations
DLP TRUNKING
n To complete already equipped SYSTEM ALUMINIUM
installations with DLP aluminium with aluminium adaptable
trunking, use Cat.Nos DLP trunking,
0307 10/11/20/21/26/25,
get better styling too !
on request only
474
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
AND FITTINGS SUPPORTS FOR WIRING ACCESSORIES

ArteorTM supports
Division End cap Flat External Internal Flat Body Cover 2 3 4 6
partition angle angle angle junction joint joint modules modules modules modules
- 0111 58 0111 43 0112 32 0112 21 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
- 0111 60 0111 45 0112 34 0112 42 0112 51 0111 66 0111 64 - - - -
- 0111 61 0111 47 0112 36 0112 25 0112 51 0111 66 0111 65 - - - -
0111 06 0111 60 0111 45 0112 34 0112 42 0112 51 0111 66 0111 62 0112 02 0112 03 0112 04 0112 06
0111 06 0111 61 0111 47 0112 36 0112 25 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
Save time
Flexibility : multi-covers
Removable separation
Angles delivered pre-cut, ready to use
Fast fixing device support
Uniform colours for the entire installation
ArteorTM wiring accessories go with
aluminium adaptable DLP trunking
475
pouraluminium
DLP exemple : xxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system 50 x 105
xxxxxxxx
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 21
External angle
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 43

105 Cat.Nos Supports for ArteorTM for cover

Pack Cat.Nos Body Pack
85 mm width
50 x 105
50
8(1) 111 00 Supplied without cover 20 0112 12 2 modules

lenght 2 m 105
5/50 0112 13 3 modules

65
20 0112 14 4 modules
Cover and partition
16(1) 0111 11 Full rigid cover 85 mm width
10 0112 16 6 modules
50 x 105
24(1) 0111 08 Separation partition Cabling accessories
50 0106 82 Clip
50 x 105
20/100 0111 58 End cap 20/500 0111 88 Earth link
1/10 0112 43 Flat angle

100/1000 0308 81 Base for cable ties
1 0112 32 External angle
1/5 0112 21 Internal angle
1/10 0112 51 Flat jonction
20/200 0111 66 Body joint
10/100 0111 63 Cover joint
(1) Number of meters in pack
pouraluminium
DLP exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 42 External angle
Cat.No 0112 34
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 45

150
Pack Cat.Nos Body Pack Cat.Nos Supports for ArteorTM for cover
65 mm width
50
50 x 150
4(1) 0111 02 Supplied without cover 150 20 0112 02 2 modules
Allow fitting of partial covers
lenght 2 m
65
5 0112 03 3 modules
Covers and partitions 10 0112 04 4 modules

16(1) 0111 10 Partial rigid cover 65 mm width
8(1) 0111 12 Full rigid cover 130 width
5 0112 06 6 modules
50 x 150
12(1) 0111 06 Division partition for cover

65 mm width Supports for ArteorTM for cover
24(1) 0111 08 Separation partition 85 mm width
20 0112 12 2 modules
5/50 0112 13 3 modules
50 x 150
10/50 0111 60 End cap
20 0112 14 4 modules
1/5 0112 45 Flat angle
10 0112 16 6 modules
Cabling accessories
1 0112 42 Internal angle
50 0106 82 Clip for 65 mm cover
20/500 0111 88 Earth link

20/400 0111 66 Body joint
10/100 0111 62 Cover joint for cover 65 mm

(1) Number of meters in pack
pour
DLP aluminium
exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Cat.Nos for 50 x 195 trunking

Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 25 External angle
Cat.No 0112 36
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 47

195
Pack Cat.Nos Body Pack Cat.Nos Supports for ArteorTM for cover
85 mm width
50
50 x 195
4(1) 0111 04 Supplied without cover 195 20 0112 12 2 modules
Allow fitting of partial
covers lenght 2 m
65
5 0112 13 3 modules
Covers and partitions 20 0112 14 4 modules

16
(1)
0111 11 Partial rigid cover 85 mm width
8(1) 0111 13 Full rigid cover 180 width 10 0112 16 6 modules
50 x 195
Cabling accessories
12(1) 0111 06 Division partition for cover
85 mm width
50 x 195
20/500 0111 88 Earth link
10/100 0111 61 End cap

1/5 0112 47 Flat angle
1 0112 25 Internal angle
20/400 0111 66 Body joint

(1)
DLP aluminium adaptable trunking system
wiring capacity chart
Conform to NF EN 50085-2-1
The aluminium trunking range is classified under type 1 in the NF 50085-2-1
Calculation of the usable cross-section

Simply add together the usable cross-sections of the conductors or cables you want to run in one compartment
Type of conductor Usable Max. diameter The usable cross-sections in the table opposite are
or cable (mm2) cross-section (mm2) (mm) theoretical, and correspond to the minimum
1.5 9.7 3.5
dimensions of the conductors. You must assign a
packing coefficient of 30% to get closer to the actual
2.5 13.9 4.2 conditions in installations
4 18.1 4.8
6 31.2 6.3
FTP(1) - 7
(1) Diameter on a Legrand category 6 4 pair FTP cable
Choice of section
Choose your DLP trunking according to the calculated usable cross-section, the number of compartments and whether or not any wiring
accessory supports are used
50 x 105 50 x 150
Cross
section
(mm2)
Max.
(mm2)
Cover 85 Cover 65 Cover 65 Cover 130
Cross-section 4 330 3 020 3 020 6 470
Max. 28 43 2 x 43 28
With ArteorTM Cross-section 2 300 1 470 1 470 -

support Max. 2 x 24 18 18 -
With 60 mm Cross-section 1 660 - - 2 990

fixing centres Max. 2 x18 - - 2 x 30
With Lexic Cross-section 2 460 1 810 1 810 3 230

support Max. 2 x 21 24 24 2 x 20
50 x 195
Cross
section
(mm2)
Max.
(mm2)
Cover 85 Cover 85 Cover 180
Cross-section 5 350 5 350 111 60

Trunking only
Max. 55 55 3 x 54
With ArteorTM Cross-section 3 320 3 320 -

support Max. 33 33 -
With 60 mm Cross-section 2 680 2 680 -

fixing centres Max. 24 24 -
With Lexic Cross-section 3 480 3 480 -

support Max. 35 35 -
With Hypra Cross-section - - -

support Max. - - -
479
Aluminium snap-on
columns & mini-columns
Ideal for distribution of power and data vertically, close to
the workstations. Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
Time saving thanks to the direct clipping system
DISCOVER THE RANGES

Aluminium columns and mini-columns
Aluminium columns: 1 or 2 compartments and adjustable height (up to 4.7 m)
Aluminium mini-columns: 2 compartments ; 0.68 m height
NEW
Snap-on aluminium columns and mini-columns
Arteor sockets for snap-on system Cablofil wire mesh cable tray

for examplesnap-on
aluminium xxxxxxxcolumns NEW aluminium columns & poles
xxxxxxxx
Material characteristics
The columns, covers and partitions are in anodized aluminium.
Plastic accessories:
The accessories (base plate for fixing, protection cover, completion
cover and normaclip) below are in plastic PVC with painting grey color
aluminium.
The base plate for fixing to the overhead are in polycarbonate color
black.
Eco conception :
- Aluminium : material 100% recyclable
- Against mechanical shocks: IK07
6 038 01
Conform to EN 50085-2-4
For distribution of power vertically
Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
To be equipped with Arteor wiring accessories (direct clipping)
Pack Cat.Nos Columns

Consisting of:
- Aluminium body and cover
- Telescopic pole with height adjustment for installing
between false ceiling and ceiling (length 1 m)
- Two fixing bases with protective caps
- Anodised aluminium cover
74 x 80 mm - 1 compartment
1 6038 00 Height 2.70 m
Can be adapted to a ceiling height up to 3.70 m
1 6038 02 Height 3.70 m
81 x 130 mm - 2 compartments
1 6038 01 Height 2.70 m
1 6038 03 Height 3.70 m
Separation partition for 74 x 80 and 81 x 130

snap-on columns
36 (1) 6038 07 Height 60 mm, 2 meters
Mini-column
1 6038 05 81 x 130 mm 2 compartments
Height 0.68 m
Can be associated with floor trunking range
Other accessories
20 0111 88 Accessory - Earth Link
10 6038 57 Fixing CLIP- Normaclip
10 6038 58 Fixing CLIP - Normaclip
(1)
aluminium snap-on columns aluminium columns & poles
n Technical characteristics n Technical data

Heigth adjustment Pole Cat.No 6038 05
1000 maxi
200 mini
1000 maxi
200 mini
50 8
x1 x1
2 75
3700 maxi
2700 maxi
They are composed of:

An aluminium body of 4 compartments (height = 650 mm).
2 aluminium lids anodized (height 650 mm)
1 base plate for fixing to the ground (this base is an adapters floor
raceways for 50 x 12 and 75 x 18)
1 protection cover.
1 completion cover.
A bag with earth connection and screws (screw 6 x 10 and nut HM6)
Snap-on column 3.7 m Snap-on column 2.7 m
x4 x1
Fixing base
1-compartment columns 2-compartment columns
118,76 126,2
x4 x4
The energy supply is made by the ground using technical floor or floor
raceways.
Poles are not mobile.
128,3
Its possible to install a partition Cat.No 6038 07 inside each compart-

172,6
ment.
n Dimensions
38
18
45
25
Wiring capacity
1-compartment columns
Max. capacity of conductors With 45 mm Without wiring 680 mm
(for each type of conductor) mechanisms accessories
Cross-section 2916 4150
1.5 mm2 3 324 460
Wire
2.5 mm2 3.5 238 338
3 x 1.5 mm2 9 36 51
3 x 2.5 mm2 11 24 34
Cable
FTP cat. 6 59 84
or coaxial 7
2-compartment columns
Max. capacity of conductors With 45 mm Without wiring
(for each type of conductor) mechanisms accessories
Compartiment 2 3 2 3
Cross-section 2683 2683 3900 3900
1.5 mm2 3 298 298 435 435
Wire
2.5 mm2 3.5 219 219 319 319
3 x 1.5 mm2 9 33 33 48 48
3 x 2.5 mm2 11 22 22 32 32
Cable
FTP cat. 6 54 54 79 79
or coaxial 7
482
aluminium columns & poles
n Technical data Accessories.

Columns Cat.Nos 6038 00/01/02/03 (continued) Normaclip Cat.Nos 6038 57/58
Accessory for fixing wiring devices inside the column
Columns 1 compartment Cat.Nos 6038 00/02 Aluminium color, pack by 10
Allows:
- anti-slip
- anti-pullout
x1 - perfect finish
- respect of the degree protection (IP4X)
x2
CLIC
6038 57/58
50
x1
2 x12
50
CLIC
They are available in 2 dimensions following the height of the

construction ceiling.
Cat.No 6038 00, Height = 2.70 m and can be fixed until height of
3.70 m.
Cat.No 6038 02, Height = 3.70 m and can be fixed until height of A B
4.70 m.
Note: On the base plate to fix on the ground, you can only connect floor
raceways 50 x 12
Columns 2 compartments Cat.Nos 6038 01/03

A - put the normaclip on the body and clip it
B - push it down
After installing the wiring devices: 111 88
x1
x4 C CLIC
50 8
x1 x1 A
2 75
They are available in 2 dimensions following the height of the

construction ceiling.
3.70 m.
A B
4.70 m.
Note: On the base plate to fix on the ground, you can connect floor
raceways 50 x 12 and 75 x 18
B
A - fix the covers

B - clip the protection cover
C - push to lock the normaclip
483
aluminium columns & poles
n Technical data Accessories (continued)

Technical characteristics Partition Cat.No 6038 07
For columns 1 or 2 compartments
To fix columns : Its possible to install a partition Cat.No 6038 07 inside each
compartment.
A
Partition Cat.No 6038 07

Clipping partition here.
B C E
6038 07
Material : PVC
A - fix the body on the base plate Earth link Cat.No 11188
B - adjust the telescopic pole between ground and ceiling
C - tighten using the screw
D - to fold back the lever against the telescopic pole
E - fix the base plate or fixing for the overhead to the ceiling
Attention to leave minimal 200 mm between the ceiling and the body
of the column allowing to correctly fold back the lever against the
telescopic pole (locking, to see point 3 above)
Earth link to ground the columns.
111 88
1000 maxi
200 mini
C CLIC
Note: Maximum mounting wiring
devices per side = 2 of 8 Arteor
modules.
You can shorten the aluminium
body but take care of not cutting
the telescopic pole.
The energy supply is made by
the ground or the over head but
columns and pole are not mobile.
A
A B
484
485
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx P.488
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
LCS2,
LCS2 systems cabinets and
enclosures
Selection chart
P.496
LCS2, cat. 6A
patch panels
and connector units
P.502
LCS2, cat. 6 cables,
LCS copper
2
cords, zone
distribution boxes and
cooper feedthroughs
P. 511
LCS2: panels,
connector units,
switches, PoE, etc.
P. 515
LCS2,
fibre optic cables
LCS2 fibre optic

P.518
LCS2, 19" high
density fibre optic
drawer
P.525
LCS2, 19" cabling and
server freestanding
Structured
cabinets and
equipment
LCS2 cabinets
P.531
Cabling
LCS2,
19" wall-mounting
cabinets and
accessories
Solutions Audio/Video
System
P.538
Audio/video
Sockets
with LCS2
486
P.497 P.498 P.500 P. 501
Copper and fiber LCS2, cat. 6A LCS2 cat. 6A LCS2, cat. 6 patch
cables, cords and RJ 45 sockets panels and
zone distribution connector units
boxes
P. 504 P.506 P.507 P.509

LCS2, cat. 6 LCS2, cat. 5e LCS2, cat. 5e LCS2, cat. 5e
RJ 45 sockets patch panels cables, cords, zone RJ 45 sockets
and connector distribution boxes and
units cooper feedthroughs
P. 512 P. 512 P.513 P.514

LCS2, double LCS2, system Telephone, Switches and Wi-Fi
sockets and installation panels units, access points
adaptors accessories cables and data Arteor
sockets
P. 516 P. 517 P. 517 P. 518

LCS2, Tool case LCS2, 19" fibre LCS2, fibre LCS2, 19" high
fibre optic optic drawers optic drawers, density fibre optic
connectors and converters and drawer
pigtails cassettes
P. 521 P. 522 P. 523

LCS2, fibre optic LCS2, fibre optic LCS2,
sockets, and zone FTTO fibre optic
distribution boxes patch cords
P.527 P.528 P.529 P. 530

Plinths, LCS2, cable LCS2, 19" racks
adjustable entries, thermal 19 equipment
height plinths management
and wiring
P.532 P.534 P.533 P.536

LCS2, Power Metered PDU Wall mounting
10" wall- Distribution Units cabinet and free
mounting and DIN rail kit standing cabinet
cabinets
P.540 P.540 P.541

Audio/video Audio/video Audio/video
Patch pannel Cords and cables Kits
487
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system
LCS2 panels and connector units (see p. 496, 501, 504) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
Patch panels 1U STP Quick-fixing 0335 73 Quick-fixing 0335 63 -

Fitted with 24 connectors FTP - Quick-fixing 0335 62 0335 52
STP 0335 86 - -
High density patch panels FTP - 0335 68 -
UTP - 0335 67 -
STP 0335 76 0335 66 -
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors
FTP - 0335 65 0335 55
Blanking plate 0335 91 0335 91 0335 91
Patch panel 1 U Quick-fixing 0335 90 Quick-fixing 0335 90 0335 90
To be fitted with 4 units
additional LCS2 panels and units (see p. 511, 513)
LCS2
Telephone panels 1 U 3-6/4-5 contacts (digital) 0335 31

Fitted with 4 units of 12 ports
Quick-fixing
4-5/7-8 contacts (analogue) 0335 30
Telephone units 3-6/4-5 contacts (digital) 0335 33

Fitted with 12 ports 4-5/7-8 contacts (analogue) 0335 32
Ethernet/Ethernet FTP 0335 39
Doubler units Telephone/Ethernet FTP 0335 37
Telephone/telephone 0335 35
Video streaming unit 6 x "F" connectors 0335 34
7 x RJ 45 ports 0335 02
Switch units 6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type
0335 05
optic port
Power over Ethernet (PoE) injector 4 ports 0335 01
Controlled access units 0334 71/72/73/74/75
LCS 19" feedthrough panels and blanking plates (see p. 529)

2
1U 0465 22
Metal, 2 axes Quick-fixing
2U 0465 23
1U 0465 28
Plastic with brushes, snap on
2U 0465 29
1U 0465 30
Metal with brushes Quick-fixing
2U 0465 31
Plastic blanking plate, 1U 0465 32

snap on 2U 0465 33
1U 0465 38
Quick-fixing
Metal blanking plate 2U 0465 39
3U 0465 40
LCS zone distribution boxes (see p. 496, 499, 501, 503, 506, 508, 521)
2
LCS cat. 6a
2
LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
STP 0335 49 0335 46 -
Zone distribution box Equipped with
FTP - 0335 45 -
12 x RJ 45 connectors
UTP - 0335 44 -
STP - 0335 66 -
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors FTP - 0335 65 0335 55
UTP 0335 77 0335 64 0335 54
Fibre optic accessory - 0335 20 0335 20
Zone distribution box - To be fitted with 4 units - 0335 40 0335 40
488
configure your LCS2 system (continued)
Plain ARTEOR RJ 45 sockets (see p. 499, 500) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
STP 5734 32 5723 23 -
1 Module FTP - 5723 22 5734 30
UTP 5723 49 5734 28 5734 29
STP - 5723 17 -
2 Module FTP - 5723 16 -
UTP - 5734 74 5734 75
STP 5723 51 - -
1 Module with Orange Shutter FTP - - -
UTP 5723 58 5723 54 -
STP 5723 52 - -
1 Module with Green Shutter FTP - - -
UTP 5723 59 5723 55 -
STP 5723 50 - -
With Controlled Access FTP - - -
UTP 5723 57 5723 53 -
STP - - -
Copper Feedthroughs FTP - 5723 33 5723 32
UTP - 5723 31 5723 30
STP - - -
Retractable FTP - - -
UTP - 5723 39 -
wi-fi access points (see p. 514)
With RJ 45 socket,
5723 76 - -
Wall-mounted manageable Wi-Fi access dual-band and dual-radio
points
Dual-band and dual-radio 5728 77 - -
Manageable Wi-Fi access point (false ceiling) 0335 21 0335 21 0335 21
Manageable Wi-Fi access point (surface-mounted) 0335 22 0335 22 0335 22
Centralised configuration software 0335 24 0335 24 0335 24
4 inputs/4 outputs 0335 01 0335 01 0335 01

PoE injector
1 input/1 output 0327 37 0327 37 0327 37
fibre optic equipment (see p. 517) Singlemode Multimode
For 6 fibres 0335 13 0335 18

LC units
High density - For 12 fibres - 0335 19
SC units For 6 fibres 0335 12 0335 17
ST unit For 6 fibres - 0335 16
10/100 base T to 10/100 base SX - 0335 06

Copper/fibre optic
converters
1000 base T to 1000 base SX/LX - 0335 07
6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic
Switch units 0335 05
port
Fibre optic racks 1 U - For 4 fibre optic units 0335 10
Fibre optic cassettes for patch panel 0335 11
489
RJ 45 patch cords and user cords (see p. 498, 502, 507) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
1m 0517 80 0517 52 -
2m 0517 81 0517 53 -
S/FTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m 0517 82 0517 54 -
5m 0517 83 0517 55 -
1m - 0517 62 0516 40
2m - 0517 63 0516 41
PVC F/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m - 0517 64 0516 42
5m - 0517 65 0516 43
1m 0518 82 0517 72 -
2m 0518 83 0517 73 -
U/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m 0518 84 0517 74 -
5m 0518 85 0517 75 -
RAL 3020 0518 70 - -
1m
RAL 6026 0518 66 - -
RAL 3020 0518 71 - -
2m
RAL 6026 0518 67 - -
S/FTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 0518 72 - -
3m
RAL 6026 0518 68 - -
RAL 3020 0518 73 - -
5m
RAL 6026 0518 69 - -
RAL 3020 - 0518 54 -
1m
RAL 6026 - 0518 50 -
RAL 3020 - 0518 55 -
2m
RAL 6026 - 0518 51 -
LSOH F/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 - 0518 56 -
3m
RAL 6026 - 0518 52 -
RAL 3020 - 0518 57 -
5m
RAL 6026 - 0518 53 -
RAL 3020 0518 78 0518 62 -
1m
RAL 6026 0518 74 0518 58 -
RAL 3020 0518 79 0518 63 -
2m
RAL 6026 0518 75 0518 59 -
U/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 0518 80 0518 64 -
3m
RAL 6026 0518 76 0518 60 -
RAL 3020 0518 81 0518 65 -
5m
RAL 6026 0518 77 0518 61 -
copper cables (305 or 500 m reels) (see p. 498, 502, 507)
S/FTP 4 pairs 500 m 0327 77 - -
4 pairs 500 m - 0327 57 -
SF/UTP
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 59 -
305 m - 0328 56 0327 52
4 pairs
F/UTP 500 m 0327 78 0327 56 0328 50
2 x 4 pairs 500 m 0328 78 0327 76 0327 74
305 m - 0327 54 0327 50
4 pairs
U/UTP 500 m - 0328 61 0328 53
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 63 0328 55
OS1/OS2 OM4 OM3
(UPC)
fibre optic patch cords (see p. 523) multimode multimode
singlemode
50/125 m 50/125 m
9/125 m
1m 0326 00 0326 30 0326 09
SC/SC duplex cords 2m 0326 01 0326 31 0326 10
3m 0326 02 0326 32 0326 11
1m 0326 03 - 0326 12
SC/LC duplex cords 2m 0326 04 - 0326 13
3m 0326 05 - 0326 14
0.5 m 0326 28 0326 33 -
1m 0326 06 0326 34 0326 15
LC/LC duplex cords 2m 0326 07 0326 35 0326 16
3m 0326 08 0326 36 0326 17
5m 0326 29 0326 37 -
optical cables (reel) (see p. 515)
6 fibres 0325 12 0326 65/66 0325 10
Loose tube 0325 14 - -
12 fibres
Indoor/Outdoor Tight buffer 0325 50 0326 67 0325 11
Loose tube 0325 51 - 0325 53
24 fibres
Tight buffer - 0326 68 0325 52
6 fibres 0325 13 - -
Outdoor, reinforced steel, anti-rodent
12 fibres 0325 15 - -
490
for FTTO infrastructure
EQUIPMENT FOR INDIVIDUAL WORKSTATIONS EQUIPMENT FOR SHARED WORKSTATIONS
RJ 45 socket, cat. 6 - FTP - 2 modules 0765 65 Fibre optic/copper converter switch 0779 05
Power supply for fibre optic/

Length 8 m 0517 96 0779 06
copper switch
Cat. 6 cords -
RJ 45/stripped - F/UTP
Length
0517 97 3m 0326 14
15 m
OM3 multimode optical
cord
50/125 m - SC/LC
SC/LC > consult our
Active zone box 0326 80
3m customised offer
False ceiling support for

0326 81
active zone box
Ready-assembled zone distribution box 0335 43
Raised access floor support for
0326 82
active zone box
ZONE BOX <-> FLOOR DISTRIBUTOR LINK
Fast-connection connector Fast-connection connector

0326 58 0326 57
50 m OM3/OM4 900 m - LC/UPC 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m - SC/UPC
Pigtail 10 Gb - OM3 - 50/125 m - LC 0326 23 Pigtail 10 Gb - OM3 - 50/125 m - SC 0326 22
OM3 multimode fibre optic cable 50/125 m - 6 fibres 0325 10
EQUIPMENT FOR FLOOR DISTRIBUTOR
Modular cabinet 0462 90
Fibre optic floor distributor cabinet - ready-assembled 0462 91
Fast-connection connector - 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m - SC/UPC 0326 57 x 2
Pigtail 10 Gb - OM3 - 50/125 m - SC 0326 22 x 2
FLOOR DISTRIBUTOR <-> BUILDING DISTRIBUTOR LINK
Pigtail 10 Gb - SC (for input) - OM3 - 50/125 m - SC (incoming) 0326 22
OM3 multimode fibre optic cable 50/125 m - 24 fibres 0325 52
Pigtail 10 Gb - SC (for output) - OM3 - 50/125 m - SC (outgoing) 0326 22
EQUIPMENT IN THE GENERAL BUILDING DISTRIBUTOR
19 fibre optic drawer - equipped with SC units 0335 09
Fast-connection connector - 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m - SC/UPC 0326 57
Pigtail 10 Gb - OM3 - 50/125 m - SC 0326 22
491
configure your LCS2 system
Depth Depth Depth

LCS2 19" cabinets (see p. 525) 600 mm 800 mm 1000 mm
24 U Width 600 mm 0463 00 - -
29 U Width 600 mm 0463 06 - -
33 U Width 600 mm 0463 12 - -
Width 600 mm 0463 18 0463 19 -
Single front door 42 U
Width 800 mm 0463 21 0463 22 0463 23
Width 600 mm 0463 30 - -
42 U extension(1)
Width 800 mm - 0463 33 -
47 U Width 800 mm - 0463 28 0463 29
Double front door 42 U Width 800 mm 0463 41 0463 42 0463 43
For cabinet
For cabinet For cabinet
Equipment for LCS2 19" cabinets (see p. 525, 529) depth 600 mm depth 800 mm
depth
1000 mm
Cabling unit for 42 U cabinet 0463 34 0463 35 -
Direct baying kit 0463 37 0463 38 0463 39
Depth 115 mm 0465 00 0465 00 0465 00
Fixed shelf
Depth 200 mm 0465 01 0465 01 0465 01
Projecting fixing on 2 x 19" uprights, 2 U
Depth 360 mm 0465 02 0465 02 0465 02
Fixed shelf 50 kg max., 1 U 0465 05 0465 06 0465 07
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 100 kg max., 1 U - - 0465 17
Telescopic shelf, fixing on 4 x 19" uprights, 1 U 0465 08 0465 09 0465 10
Set of 2 fixed runners 0465 11 0465 12 0465 13
LCS2 19" server cabinets (see p. 525) Depth 1000 mm
Width 600 mm 0463 85
42 U
Width 800 mm 0463 86
equipment for LCS2 19" server cabinets (see p. 525, 529) For cabinet depth 1000 mm
Baying kit 0463 39
Depth 115 mm 0465 00
Fixed shelf
Depth 200 mm 0465 01
Projecting fixing on 2 x 19" uprights, 2 U
Depth 360 mm 0465 02
Fixed shelf 50 kg max., 1 U 0465 07
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 100 kg max., 1 U 0465 17
Telescopic shelf 50 kg max., 1 U 0465 10
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 100 kg max., 2 U 0465 18
Set of 2 fixed slidders 0465 13
Cable guide support 0464 79 (+ 0464 78)
Set of 4 casters, 500 kg max. 0464 82
plinth for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 527)
For cabinet width 600 mm 0464 50
Plinth kit, height 100 mm
Plinth kit, height 200 mm
For cabinet depth 600 mm 0464 54(2)
Set of 2 solid side traps For cabinet depth 800 mm 0464 56(2)
For cabinet depth 1000 mm 0464 58(2)
For cabinet width/depth 600 mm 0464 60
Ventilated trap, height 100 mm
Trap with brushes, height 100 mm
For cabinet depth 600 mm 0476 93
Cross bar For cabinet depth 800 mm 0476 94
Linking interface For cabinet depth 600 mm 0464 66
Plinth for cabling unit, trap height 100 mm 0464 64(2)
492
cable entries for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528)
1U 0465 28
Plastic plate with brushes, snap on
2U 0465 29
1U 0465 30
Metal plate with brushes
2U 0465 31
thermal management for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528)
2 fans 0464 87
19" 3 U plate with 230 V ~ fans
3 fans 0464 88
2 fans, depth 150 mm 0464 89

1 U ventilation drawer
4 fans, depth 300 mm 0464 90
Thermostat Adjustable from 5 to 60C 0348 48
cable management for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528, 529)
Set of 3 cable management supports For cabinet width/depth 800 mm 0464 73
For 33 U cabinet 0464 76

Flat cable guide
For 42 U cabinet 0464 77
Width 200 mm 0464 69

U-shaped cable guide, 3 m
Width 400 mm 0464 70
Vertical cable management grille For 42 U cabinet, width 800 mm 0331 35
Vertical cable manager For 42 U cabinet, width 800 mm 0464 80
Patch extension For 42 U cabinet, width 800 mm 0464 81
1U 0465 22
19" management panels, 2 axes
2U 0465 23
Accessories for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528, 529)
230 V lighting kit, 1 U 0464 85
Anti-tilt kit 0464 84

Accessories
Floor fixing kit 0464 86
Set of 4 casters - 380 kg max. 0464 83
For 42 U cabinets 0465 75

Vertical PDU supports
For 47 U cabinets 0465 76
493
FIXED PIVOTING
LCS2 19" FREESTANDING cabinets and equipment (see p. 531)
Depth 400 mm Depth 580 mm Depth 600 mm
6U Height 350 mm x width 600 mm 0462 00 - -
9U Height 500 mm x width 600 mm 0462 01 0462 06 0462 11
12 U Height 600 mm x width 600 mm 0462 02 0462 07 0462 12
16 U Height 800 mm x width 600 mm 0462 03 0462 08 0462 13
21 U Height 1000 mm x width 600 mm - 0462 09 0462 14
Depth 115 mm 0465 00 0465 00 0465 00
Fixed shelves Depth 200 mm 0465 01 0465 01 0465 01
Depth 360 mm - 0465 02 0465 02
Cable entry plate with brush - - 0462 55
Cable management ring 0465 41(1) 0465 41/42 -
Equipment 230 V~ fan 0462 60 0462 60 0462 60
Thermostat 0348 48 0348 48 0348 48
Set of 4 casters - - 0462 64
19" Power Distribution units (pdus) (see p. 534, 535)
12 x C13 sockets 0465 51
9 x C19 sockets 0465 52

PDU 2P+E
5 x 2P+E sockets British standard 6339 00
6 x 2P+E sockets British standard 0465 65
PDU with surge protector - -
PDU to be equipped Takes 16 Arteor modules 0332 79
Rail DIN kit with front cover 0465 46

Multiapplication 19" rail DIN kit
Rear cover 0465 47
vertical Power distribution units (pdus) (see p. 534)
24 x C13 sockets 0465 81(2)
16 x C13 + 6 x C19 sockets

PDU 2P+E Cord with IEC 60309 plug - 16 A
0465 84(2)
24 x C13 + 3 x C19 sockets

Cord with IEC 60309 plug - 32 A 0465 85(2)
3-phase supply
1. Except for 6 U cabinet

2: Mounting in LCS2 cabling and server cabinet with mounting bracket Cat.Nos 0465 75/76. Mounting in Varicon-L server cabinet with 2 mounting brackets Cat.Nos 6466 55/57
494
selection chart for panels and cords for audio/video applications
assembled panels, audio/video applications (see p. 540)
19" panel equipped with HD 15 units 0335 98
19" panel equipped with HDMI units 0335 97
19" panel equipped with XLR units 0335 96
19" panel equipped with 9-way SUB-D units 0335 99
cords for audio/video applications (see p. 540)
HD 15 cord - 10 m 0517 23
HD 15 cord + 3.5 mm jack - 2 m 0517 22
HDMI 1.4 cord - 10 m 0517 20*
HDMI 1.4 cord - 5 m 0517 27*
HDMI 1.4 cord - 1.5 m 0517 26*
XLR cord - 10 m 0517 24
9-way SUB-D cord - 10 m 0517 25
cables for audio/video applications (see p. 540)
VGA cable - 20 m 0327 81
HDMI cable - 20 m 0327 80
* To be introduced shortly.
495
LCS2 ZONE DISTRIBUTION Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a
BOXES patch panels, connector units
Consolidation 0335 73
and redistribution
made easy 0335 90
Complete flexibility with the LCS2 zone boxes:

centralisation of connections close to the
workstation, copper and fibre optics can be
used together. 0335 76 Connector cat. 6a
shielded STP
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panel cat. 6a

Panel supplied with quick-fixing system
Universal mounting for all freestanding or
wall-mounted cabinets
Panel ensures automatic earthing of each connector
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance
Fitted with 4 units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 6A
quick-fixing crimp connectors, with wiring schemes
T 568 A and T 568 B
Supplied with numbered colour labels
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0,
amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C
19" panel - 1 U
1 0335 84 UTP panel - 8 contacts
1 0335 85 UTP high density panel - 8 contacts
1 0335 73 STP - metal shielding 360
1 0335 86 STP high density panel - 360 metal shielding
> Flexible installation with lines in reserve
meet future requirements quickly. Modular panel
Universal mounting for all freestanding or wall-
> Guaranteed performance across the whole mounted cabinets
Panel ensures automatic grounding of each connector
LCS2 system. Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance
Modular empty panel for up to 4 units
> Fast, reliable connection to the LCS2 zone Takes the following equipment:
- units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 connectors
box with sockets with copper and fibre optic - telephone inlet units
- fibre optic units
feedthrough and RJ 45/RJ 45 cords. - PoE injector units
- video streaming units
- switch units
- telephone/Ethernet doubler units
- copper/fibre optic converter units
- blanking plates
a il a b le in cat. 6A 1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U

Av
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6a
Fitted with 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 6A quick-fixing crimp
connectors, with wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B
Supplied with colour labels
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0,
amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C
2 0335 77 UTP unit - 8 contacts
2 0335 76 STP unit - metal shielding 360
10 0335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black
Legrand cabling system LCS NEW Customised solutions
solution preterminated copper solution preterminated copper
n Choosing the termination and the cord length

Choose the termination
Cassette-cassette termination
Termination
cassette-cassette
0335 50 fitted with 4 preterminated cassettes
Cassette
termination
Cassette-RJ 45 cord termination
RJ 45 cord
termination
0328 30 0328 33
Cassette
termination
Pack Cat.Nos Modular high density panel

Panel specifically for using preterminated cassettes
(maximum 4)
Fitted with: Choose the cord length: 1 to 70 m
- a side cord management accessory (does not
require the use of feedthrough panels)
- soluclip for automatic fixing (no screws) on the
cabinet uprights
1 0335 50 19" panel - 1 U
Preterminated cassettes
Clip directly onto panels Cat.No 0 335 50 Links
factory tested with test report provided
Cassette-cassette termination
Cat. 6A S/FTP copper band 6 links (trunk)
1 0328 30 Length 6 m Mount the cassette for the snap on system on the panel
1 0328 31 Length 9 m
1 0328 32 Length 12 m
Cassette-RJ 45 cord termination
Cat. 6A S/FTP copper band 6 links (trunk)
1 0328 33 Length 6 m
1 0328 34 Length 9 m
1 0328 35 Length 12 m
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a category 6a
cables cords
0327 77 0517 82 0518 90
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 6a LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 6a patch cords and user cords
Cables with 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs 100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
LSZH sleeve: no halogen Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Yellow RAL 1018 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Colour code TIA/EIA
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 PVC U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Performance 500 MHz
LSZH 5 0518 82 Length 1 m
U/UTP - 4 pairs 5 0518 83 Length 2 m
Performance 500 MHz 5 0518 84 Length 3 m
500 1 0327 87 Length 500 m 5 0518 85 Length 5 m
Supplied on reel LSZH
Weight 25 kg
F/UTP - 4 pairs
500 1 0327 78 Length 500 m 5 0518 79 Length 2 m
Supplied on reel 5 0518 80 Length 3 m
Weight 25 kg 5 0518 81 Length 5 m
F/UTP - 2x4 pairs
500 1 0328 78 Length 500 m 5 0518 75 Length 2 m
S/FTP - 4 pairs PVC S/FTP shielded impedance 100
Performance 600 MHz
500 1
0327 77 Length 500 m
5 0517 82 Length 3 m
5 0517 83 Length 5 m
LSZH
5 0518 70 Length 1 m
5 0518 71 Length 2 m
5 0518 72 Length 3 m
5 0518 73 Length 5 m
5 0518 66 Length 1 m
5 0518 67 Length 2 m
5 0518 68 Length 3 m
5 0518 69 Length 5 m
Kit for identification

1 0518 90 Kit of 200 coloured rings (red, green, yellow and
blue) for identifying RJ 45 cords
Snap onto patch cords
1: in metre(s)
Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a
zone distribution boxes, feed through sockets and cords specifically for zone distribution boxes
0335 49 0335 40 0517 86 0515 23
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cat. 6a cords - RJ 45/stripped
For ELV distribution in a zone Fitted with 2 units of 6 x RJ 45 - straight stripped
cat. 6a RJ 45 LCS2 connectors and adaptability of the Clip into zone distribution boxes and connect to an
installation RJ45 socket LCS2 connector on the stripped side
Installed on false ceiling or false floor Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring"
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 (2011),
Connection to workstation for RJ 45 cords EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 C2
Can take switch Cat.No 0 335 02 or PoE injector Yellow
Cat.No 0 335 01 or 6-connector units Cat.No 0 335 76 RAL 1018S/FTP screened impedance 100
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100,
4 0517 86 Length 8 m
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, 4 0517 87 Length 15 m
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 4 0517 88 Length 20 m
Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1,
TIA/EIA 568 Cat. 6a cords - RJ 45/RJ 45
Technical characteristics: For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
- polycarbonate PC hood zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
- polypropylene PP base copper feedthrough, to ensure:
- RAL 7035 - Safe connection
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N - Speed and reliability of connection
- cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties Yellow
RAL 1018S/FTP screened impedance 100
Cat. 6a zone distribution boxes 4 0515 23 Length 8 m
Fitted with 2 units of 6 x LCS2 connectors 4 0515 24 Length 15 m
RJ 45 cat. 6 a and RJ 45 blanking plates 4 0515 25 Length 20 m
Supplied with Colring cable ties
2 0335 49 STP
Self-assembly zone distribution box Cat. 6a feedthrough sockets
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 A (p. 506), cat. 6 Easy connection at the rear through simply inserting
(p. 513) and cat. 5e (p. 519) connector units, a male plug
fibre optic accessories or blanking plates Provides network access for the RJ 45 socket
Used to create cat. 6 and cat. 5e links
Conforming to standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN
50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 in the context of use with
zone distribution boxes
Multidirectional cord entry
Installation possible in all supports min. depth 40 mm
2 modules
Cat. 6a STP
10 0786 28 White
10 0786 29 Aluminium
Legrand cabling system LCS NEW LCS PRO2 SOFTWARE
category 6a
RJ 45 sockets
Your LCS cabinet

in a few clicks
Select your products and visualise your
5734 32 5723 57
cabinet simply and quickly with
Sockets with LCS quick-fixing crimp connector the new LCS Pro2 software...
Take aWG 22 single-core cables up to aWG 26 and
aWG multicore cables and complete your study with Chantier
Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes Chrono software which integrates trunking,
T 568 a and T 568 B
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-1 columns, floor and feeder boxes
and TIa/EIa 568C
Pack Cat.Nos arteor rJ 45 socket cat. 6a

360 metal shielding LCS Pro2 allows you to
Stp - 1 module
automatically find Cat.Nos
20 5734 32 White
by selecting characteristics
10 5728 06 Magnesium and options
10 5723 52 White with green shutter
10 5728 52 Magnesium with green shutter
10 5723 51 White with orange shutter
10 5728 51 Magnesium with orange shutter
Stp with controlled access - 2 modules
Supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets
5 5723 50 White with red shutter
5 5728 50 Magnesium with red shutter
utp - 1 module LCS Pro2 lets you visualise
10 5723 49 White the cabinet installation and
10 5728 49 Magnesium amend it if required
10 5723 59 White with green shutter
10 5728 59 Magnesium with green shutter
utp with controlled access - 2 modules
5 5723 57 White with red shutter
5 5728 57 Magnesium with red shutter
LCS Pro2 allows you to

easily manage your
projects: technical
summaries, purchase
orders, document printing
In addition to LCS Pro2, Chantier Chrono extends the

selection to trunking, columns, floor and feeder boxes
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
category 6
patch panels, connector units
0335 62 0335 90
0335 65 Cat. 6 connector

STP shielded
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 6 Pack Cat.Nos Modular panels

24 x RJ 45 quick-fixing connectors
Panels supplied with quick-fixing system
Panels supplied with quick-fixing system Universal mounting for all freestanding or wall-mounted
Universal mounting for all freestanding or cabinets
wall-mounted cabinets Panels ensure automatic earthing of each connector
Panels ensure automatic earthing of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance
maintenance Empty panels to be fitted with 4 units
Fitted with 4 units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 Take the following equipment:
quick-fixing crimp connectors, with colour code and - 6 LCS RJ 45 connector units
wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B - telephone inlet units
Supplied with numbered colour labels - fibre optic units
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, - PoE injector units
amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C - video streaming units
19" panel - 1 U - switch units
1 0335 61 UTP panel - 8 contacts - telephone/Ethernet doubler units
1 0335 67 UTP high density panel - 8 contacts - copper/fibre optic converter units
1 0335 62 FTP panel - 9 contacts - blanking plates
1 0335 68 FTP high density panel - 9 contacts 1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U
1 0335 63 STP panel - metal shielding 360
UTP through panel
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6
1 0335 89 UTP through panel Fitted with 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 quick-fixing crimp
connectors, with colour code and wiring schemes
T 568 A and T 568 B
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
2 0335 64 UTP unit - 8 contacts
2 0335 65 FTP unit - 9 contacts
2 0335 66 STP unit - metal shielding 360
category 6 category 6
cables cords
0327 54 0517 62
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 6 LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 6 patch cords and user
cords
Cables with 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs
100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
Blue RAL 5015
Colour code TIA/EIA PVC U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 C 1 0517 72 Length 1 m
LSZH PVC U/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0517 73 Length 2 m
305 1 0327 54 Length 305 m 1 0517 74 Length 3 m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0517 75 Length 5 m
Weight 16 kg LSZH
500 1 0328 61 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 18 kg 1 0518 62 0518 58 Length 1 m
305 1 0327 55 Length 305m 1 0518 63 0518 59 Length 2 m
Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 13 kg
1 0518 64 0518 60 Length 3 m
1 0518 65 0518 61 Length 5 m
U/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500 1 0328 63 Length 500 m PVC F/UTP screened impedance 100
Weight 38 kg
1 0517 62 Length 1 m
F/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0517 63 Length 2 m
305 1
0328 56 Length 305 m 1 0517 64 Length 3 m
Supplied on reel
500 1 0327 56 Length 500 m LSZH
Supplied on reel
Weight 25 kg
1 0518 54 0518 50 Length 1 m
F/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0518 55 0518 51 Length 2 m
305 1
0328 57 Length 305 m 1 0518 56 0518 52 Length 3 m
Weight 17 kg
1 0518 57 0518 53 Length 5 m
F/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs PVC SF/UTP shielded impedance 100
50 1 0327 76 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
5 0517 53 Length 2 m
SF/UTP - 4 pairs 5 0517 54 Length 3 m
500 1 0327 57 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
5 0517 55 Length 5 m
Weight 29 kg
500 1 0327 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 30 kg
SF/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500 1 0328 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 52 kg
1: in metre(s)
category 6 category 6
zone distribution boxes cords and feedthrough sockets specifically for zone distribution boxes
0335 46
0517 57 0515 13 5723 31
0335 40
RJ 45 RJ 45
0335 40 fitted with SC fibre optic unit, accessory 0335 20 fibre optic Connection principle
Cat.No 0 335 20 and a 6 x RJ 45 connector unit accessory
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/stripped AWG 24
For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 RJ 45 - straight stripped
sockets Clip on and off in the zone distribution boxes
Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and and connection via LCS connector
adaptability of the installation of an RJ 45 socket by the stripped side
Installed on false ceiling or false floor Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring"
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Connection to an RJ 45 socket with stripped cord Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
or to a Arteor RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough Blue RAL 5015
with an RJ 45/RJ 45 cord Wiring in T 568 B
IP 21 - IK 07 U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, 4 0517 57 Length 8 m
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, 4 0517 58 Length 15 m
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568
Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C
4 0517 59 Length 20 m
TIA/EIA 568 F/UTP screened impedance 100
Technical characteristics:
4 0517 96 Length 8 m
- polycarbonate PC hood
1 0517 97 Length 15 m
- polypropylene PP base
4 0517 98 Length 20 m
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/RJ 45
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
Zone distribution boxes cat. 6 zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
Fitted with 2 x 6 LCS connector units copper feedthrough to ensure:
RJ 45 cat. 6 and RJ 45 blanking plates - safe connection
Supplied with Colring cable ties - speed and reliability of connection
1 0335 44 UTP Blue RAL 5015
1 0335 45 FTP U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
1 0335 46 STP 4 0515 10 Length 8 m
Self-assembly zone distribution box 4 0515 11 Length 15 m
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 connector units 4 0515 12 Length 20 m
(p. 511)
F/UTP screened impedance 100
4 0515 13 Length 8 m
4 0515 14 Length 15 m
4 0515 15 Length 20 m
Sockets with copper feedthrough cat. 6

Easy connection at the rear through simply attaching
a male plug
Ensures network access for the RJ 45 socket
Used to create cat. 6 links
According to standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN 50173-1
and TIA/EIA 568 within the framework of operation
with zone distribution boxes
Multidirectional cord entry
Installation possible in all supports with min. 40 mm
depth
2 modules
Arteor Cat. 6 UTP Arteor
10 5723 31 White
10 5728 31 Magnesium
Cat. 6 FTP Arteor

10 5723 33 White
category 6
RJ 45 sockets
5736 28 5728 24 6755 45 6730 56 0778 91 0695 69 0904 67
Sockets with LCS quick-fixing crimp connector. Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG
24 multicore cables. Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B. Conforming to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed.
2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
Pack Cat.Nos Arteor RJ 45 socket cat. 6 Pack Cat.Nos Mylinc RJ 45 socket cat. 6
UTP - 1 module UTP - 1 module
20 5734 28 White 20 6755 45 White
10 5723 55 White with green shutter Myrius RJ 45 sockets cat. 6
10 5728 55 Magnesium with green shutter UTP - 1 module
UTP - 2 modules 20 6730 55 White
10 5734 74 White 20 6731 55 Black
UTP - 2 modules
UTP - 2 modules - round 20 6730 56 White
10 5723 24 White 20 6731 56 Black
UTP with controlled access - 2 modules Soliroc RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 - IK 10

5 5723 53 White with red shutter 10 0778 91 IP 20
5 5728 53 Magnesium with red shutter For at-risk areas or areas with no surveillance
FTP socket
UTP retractable RJ 45 sockets - 4 modules
With integrated retractable cord (0.9 m) Plexo RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 - IP 55 closed
Winds up automatically with a pushbutton flap IK 07
1 5723 39 White
1 5728 39 Magnesium Protection against water, dust. For industrial sites
5/100 0695 69 FTP socket
Grey/white
1/20 0695 61 UTP socket
Grey/white
FTP - 1 module
10 5723 22 White 1 0695 81 Adaptor for RJ 45 socket
10 5728 22 Magnesium Weatherproofing ensured (IP 44)
plug inserted
FTP - 2 modules Grey/white
10 5734 76 White
Plexo 66 RJ 45 socket cat. 6 - IP 66 - IK 08
Shielded STP - 1 module FTP socket
10 5734 34 White 1 0904 67 9 contacts
10 5728 23 Magnesium Weatherproofing ensured (IP 66) with
plug inserted
Shielded STP - 2 modules Inclined 90
10 5734 77 White Grey RAL 7016/T029
Legrand standard solution NEW
category 6
6327 91 6327 24 6327 60 6327 50
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 6 Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat 6 LANs 24 AWG
24 x RJ 45 connectors, for unshielded Cables with 4 pairs twisted pairs 100 W
keystone Dark grey RAL 7037
1 6327 91 Universal mounting for all freestanding or Color code TIA/EIA
wall-mounted cabinets Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 U/UTP - 4 Pairs
Modular Empty panel for 24 unshielded keystone
jacks cat 6 and cat 5e supply with rear plastic cable 305 6327 24 Length 305 m
support Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 16 Kg
Keystone RJ 45 sockets cat. 6

Patch cords
10 0765 88 Cat 6 UTP socket with fast connection thanks to
integrated crimping RJ 45 - RJ 45
PVC
Surface mounting box U/UTP cat. 6 unscreened impedance 100 W
Light blue
1 or 2 ports 20 6327 50 Length 1 m
20 6327 79 For keystone connectors 20 6327 51 Length 1.5 m
Provides solution for integration of keystone in 20 6327 52 Length 2 m
surface mounting installations 20 6327 53 Length 3 m
20 6327 54 Length 5 m
F/UTP cat. 6 screened impedance 100 W
Blue-green
20 6327 60 Length 1 m
20 6327 61 Length 2 m
20 6327 62 Length 3 m
20 6327 63 Length 5 m
category 5e
patch panels, connector units
0335 52 0335 90
0335 55 FTP cat. 5e connector
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 5e Pack Cat.Nos Modular panel

Panels supplied with quick-fixing system Universal mounting for all freestanding or
Universal mounting for all freestanding or wall-mounted cabinets
wall-mounted cabinets Panel ensure automatic grounding of each connector
Panels ensure automatic earthing of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance
maintenance Modular empty panels for up to 4 units
Fitted with 4 units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 5e Take the following equipment:
quick-fixing crimp connectors, with colour code and - units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 connectors
wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B - telephone inlet units
Supplied with colour labels numbered from 1 to 24 - fibre optic units
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 - PoE injector units
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 - video streaming units
19" panel - 1 U - switch units
UTP panel - telephone/Ethernet doubler units
1 0335 51 UTP panel - 8 contacts - copper/fibre optic converter units
- blanking plates
FTP panel 1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U
1 0335 52 FTP panel - 9 contacts
UTP through panel
24 RJ 45 connectors Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 5e
1 0335 88 UTP through panel Fitted with units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 cat. 5e connectors
with quick-fixing crimp connectors, with colour code
and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B
Conforms to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
2 0335 54 UTP unit
2 0335 55 FTP unit
category 5e category 5e
cables cords
0328 50 0516 40
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 5e LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 5e patch cords and user cords
4 twisted pair cables 100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45
LSZH sleeve: no halogen PVC
U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Grey RAL 7035
Colour code TIA/EIA Grey
LSZH PVC U/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0516 36 Length 1m
305 1 0327 50 - Length 305 m 1 0516 37 Length 2m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0516 38 Length 3m
Weight 10 kg 1 0516 39 Length 5m
500 1 0328 53 - Length 500 m F/UTP screened impedance 100
Supplied on reel
Weight 15 kg Grey
305 1 - 0327 51 Length 305 m 1 0516 40 Length 1 m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0516 41 Length 2 m
U/UTP - 2x4 pairs 1 0516 43 Length 5 m
500 1 0328 55 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 34 kg
500 1 - 0327 73 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
F/UTP - 4 pairs
305 1 0327 52 - Length 305 m
Weight 12 kg
500 1 0328 50 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 21 kg
305 1 - 0327 53 Length 305 m
Supplied by box
Weight 11 kg
F/UTP - 2x4 pairs
500 1 0327 74 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 38 kg
1: in metre(s)
category 5e category 5e
zone distribution boxes cords specifically for zone distribution boxes feedthrough sockets
0 335 40 0515 03 5728 32
0335 40
RJ 45 RJ 45
0335 40 fitted with SC fibre optic unit, accessory Connection principle

Cat.No 335 20 and a 6 x RJ 45 connector unit
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cat. 5e cords - RJ 45/stripped
For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 RJ 45 - straight stripped. Clip on and off in the zone
sockets distribution boxes and RJ 45 socket connection
Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and via LCS connector via the stripped side. Cords
adaptability of the installation prepared in factory, "ready for wiring". Conform to
Installed on false ceiling or false floor standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet TIA/EIA 568. Grey RAL 7035
Connection to an RJ 45 socket with stripped cord Wiring in T 568 B
or to a Arteor RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
with an RJ 45/RJ 45 cord 4 0517 90 Length 8 m
IP 21 - IK 07 4 0517 91 Length 15 m
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, 4
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC 0517 92 Length 20 m
11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 F/UTP screened impedance 100
Colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B 4 0517 93 Length 8 m
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1, 4 0517 94 Length 15 m
TIA/EIA 568 4 0517 95 Length 20 m
- polycarbonate PC hood
- polypropylene PP base Cat. 5e cords - RJ 45/RJ 45
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
ties copper feedthrough to ensure:
- safe connection
Self-assembly zone distribution box - speed and reliability of connection
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 5e connector Grey RAL 7035
units (p. 511) U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
4 0515 00 Length 8 m
4 0515 01 Length 15 m
4 0515 02 Length 20 m
F/UTP unscreened impedance 100
4 0515 03 Length 8 m
4 0515 04 Length 15 m
4 0515 05 Length 20 m
Sockets with copper feedthrough cat. 5e

Easy connection at the rear through simply attaching
a male plug. Ensures network access for the RJ 45
socket. Used to create cat. 5e links. According to
standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN 50173-1 and
TIA/EIA 568 within the framework of operation with
zone distribution boxes. Multidirectional cord entry.
Installation possible in all supports with a min.
40 mm depth. 2 modules
Arteor Cat. 5e UTP
10 5723 30 White
Arteor Cat. 5e FTP

10 5723 32 White
category 5e
RJ 45 sockets
6731 54 5734 29 0695 57
Sockets with LCS quick-fixing crimp connector

Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG 26 multicore cables
Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B
Side cable entry for easy installation in all supports
Conforms to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
Pack Cat.Nos Myrius RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e Pack Cat.Nos Arteor RJ 45 socket cat. 5e
UTP - 1 module UTP - 1 module
20 6730 54 White 20 5734 29 White
20 6731 54 Black 20 5736 29 Magnesium
UTP - 2 modules
10 5734 75 White
Mylinc RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e 20 5736 75 Magnesium
UTP - 1 module
20 6755 47 White
FTP - 1 module
20 5734 30 White
Plexo RJ 45 sockets, cat. 5e -

IP 55 closed flap IK 07
Protection against water, dust
For industrial sites
1/20 0695 57 FTP socket
Grey/White
1/20 0695 56 UTP socket
Grey/White
1 0695 81 Adaptor for RJ 45 socket
Ensures weatherproofing (IP 44)
with the plug inserted
Grey/White
Legrand standard solution NEW
category 5e
6327 91
0765 87 6327 30 6327 40
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 5e Pack Cat.Nos Patch cords

24 x RJ 45 connectors, for unshielded
keystone RJ 45 - RJ 45
1 6327 91 Universal mounting for all freestanding or PVC
wall-mounted cabinets U/UTP cat. 5e unscreened impedance 100
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Light pink
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 20 6327 30 Length 1 m
Modular Empty panel for 24 unshielded keystone 20 6327 31 Length 1.5 m
jacks cat 6 and cat 5e supply with rear plastic cable 20 6327 32 Length 2 m
support 20 6327 33 Length 3 m
20 6327 34 Length 5 m
Keystone RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e
10 0765 87 Cat 5e UTP socket with fast connection thanks to F/UTP cat. 5e screened impedance 100
integrated crimping Light brown
20 6327 40 Length 1 m
20 6327 41 Length 2 m
Surface mounting box 20 6327 42 Length 3 m
1 or 2 ports 20 6327 43 Length 5 m
20 6327 79 For keystone connectors
Provides solution for integration of keystone in
surface mounting installations
LCS system additional products cat. 6A, LCS cat. 6, LCS cat. 5e
0335 39 0335 34 0335 12 0335 16
0334 75 0335 02 0335 01
Pack Cat.Nos Modular panels Pack Cat.Nos Controlled access units

Panels supplied with captive screws and cage Solution for making an RJ 45 passive connection on
nuts or with quick fixing. Universal mounting for sensitive networks secure. A cord can be locked/
all freestanding or wall-mounted cabinets. Panels unlocked using the unlocking tool. Suitable for all
ensure automatic earthing of each connector. 19" patch panels in the LCS2 Legrand cabling
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables in place system range, cat. 5e, cat. 6 and cat. 6 A
during maintenance Compatible with the cords in the LCS2 Legrand
Modular empty panels for up to 4 units cabling system range, cat. 5e, cat. 6 and cat. 6 A
Take the following equipment: Controlled access units
- units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 connectors
- telephone inlet units Unlocking tool not supplied
- fibre optic units 2 0334 71 Black shutter
- PoE injector units 2 0334 72 Blue shutter
- video streaming units 2 0334 73 Red shutter
- switch units 2 0334 74 Orange shutter
- telephone/Ethernet doubler units 2 0334 75 Green shutter
- copper/fibre optic converter units Unlocking tool for controlled access units
- blanking plates 5 0334 70 Unlocking tool
1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U
Ethernet switches 100 Mbps
Doubler units
Mounted in the patch panel
Units of 6 x LCS RJ 45 doubler connectors for fast Conform with standards IEEE 802-3,
tool-free connection. Used with doubler sockets (p. 512) EN 500 81-1 and EN 500 82-1 (Conformity with EMC
2 0335 54 UTP unit requirements)
2 0335 55 FTP unit 10/100 base T ports
Switch units for patch panel
Ethernet/Ethernet doublers 100 base T Clip directly onto the patch panels
1 0335 39 FTP - 9 contacts 1 0335 02 7 RJ 45 ports at the front, 1 of which is a cascade
1 0335 38 UTP - 8 contacts port
Telephone/Ethernet doublers 100 base T Power supply with transformer provided
1 0335 37 FTP - 9 contacts 1 0335 05 6 RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic port with
1 0335 36 UTP - 8 contacts front-mounted cascade 100 base FX type LC
Power supply via transformer provided
Telephone/telephone doubler
1 0335 35 45 contacts
Copper/fibre optic converter units
Video streaming unit Simply and quickly permit copper to fibre conversion
and vice versa
1 0335 34 Unit of 6 "F" connectors for video circuits Clip directly onto the patch panels
Fitted with an SC type fibre optic connector
Fibre optic units 1 0335 06 10/100 base T to 10/100 base FX type SC
1 0335 07 1000 base T to 1000 base SX type SC
Clip directly onto fibre optic enclosure
Cat.No 0 335 10 (p. 517), on the patch panels with
fibre optic cassette Cat.No 0 335 11 (p. 517) or in the Midspan Power over Ethernet (PoE)
zone distribution boxes with fibre optic accessory injectors
Cat.No 0 335 20 (p. 521) 1 0335 01 4 inlets/outlets
Singlemode fibre units (9/125 m) Used for supplying 4 Wi-Fi access points
1 0335 13 LC unit for 6 singlemode fibres Clips directly onto a patch panel
1 0335 12 SC unit for 6 singlemode fibres 1 0327 37 1 inlet/outlet
Used for supplying a Wi-Fi access point
Multimode fibre units (62.5 and 50/125 m) Direct connection to the patch panel
1 0335 16 ST unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 17 SC unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 18 LC unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 19 High-density LC unit for 12 multimode fibres
Blanking plates
Set of 12 blanking plugs for RJ 45 LCS connector
10 0517 40 White
10 0517 41 Black
Blanking plate for 19" panel
10 0335 91 Black
doubler sockets, adaptors and accessories
Reinforced
protection
0539 49 0533 00 in position 0533 01 0327 60 0517 09

(no cord supplied)
Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 doubler sockets Pack Cat.Nos Cable protection accessories

ArteorTelephone/Ethernet Plastic material
10 5723 36 FTP - 9 contacts IP 66/67 guaranteed connection with the pair
White Cat.No 0533 02
10 5728 36 FTP - 9 contacts IP 55 with no connection for base with shutter
Magnesium Protection for RJ 45 shielded or unshielded cables
10 5723 35 UTP - 8 contacts ensuring a link of category 5
White Conform to standards of the IEC 60603-7 series and
10 5728 35 UTP - 8 contacts to standard IEC 61076-3-106 (version 5)
Magnesium Compatible with products on the market conforming
to the standards listed
Plug
Mobile doublers 3 0533 00 Integrated PE with sealing ring and clamping blades
Clip into RJ 45 sockets to double applications Tool-free assembly
10 0327 83 TV/computer network or telephone double Ability to protect cables of category 5e
connector Flush-mounting base
3 0533 01 Locking base
10 0327 47 Telephone/telephone doubler Supplied with RJ 45 female/female coupler cat. 5e
Kit
10 0327 45 Computer network/telephone doubler 3 0533 02 Flush-mounting base + plug
Protective flap
10 0327 46 L1/L2 telephone doubler 3 0533 03 Fits on base Cat.No 0533 01
10 0327 48 Computer network/computer network double

connector RJ plugs for round cables
Gold-coated contacts 1.2 m
RJ 11
Weatherproof adaptors 50 0517 01 4 contacts, width 9.65 mm
IP 55 - IK 07 RJ 12
Allow all functions to be adapted 50 0517 02 6 contacts, width 9.65 mm
Grey/White 2 Arteor modules IP 55 operation RJ 45 cat. 5e
10 0695 80 Adaptor with smoked flap 50 0517 03 8 contacts, width 11.70 mm
1 0695 79 Adaptor with smoked flap lockable by special tool 50 0517 04 9 contacts, width 11.70 mm
1 0695 81 Adaptor for RJ socket ensuring IP 44 waterproofness
cable already connected RJ 45 sleeves
1 0919 45 Locking tool (used for changing vandal-proof 50 0517 06 Black
screws) 50 0517 07 White
Soliroc adaptor
Used for adapting all functions Stripping tool
2 Arteor modules
IK 10 - IP 55 Slits the sheath and releases the conductors by
1 0778 80 Adaptor with flap rotation
1 0778 81 Adaptor without flap For twisted pair cables
Does not damage the conductors
Hypra adaptor
5 0539 49 IP 55 adaptor base Stripper
1 0332 62 For twisted pair and fibre optic cable
Cutting pliers
1 0327 60 Cut wires cleanly without damaging the copper
Crimping tool for RJ 45 plugs

Used for crimping plugs
RJ 4/6/8/9 contacts
Ratchet control of crimping
mechanism
Able to cut and strip cables
1 0517 09 Tool with 3 crimping points
High resistance steel material
110 tool
1 0332 60 110 tool
1 0332 61 Replacement blade
telephone sockets, patches panels and cables
5728 12 0335 79
Pack Cat.Nos Telephone sockets Pack Cat.Nos Patch panel telephone 50 ports 110 connect
RJ 11 and RJ 12 sockets 1 0335 79 19" panel - 1 U
Equipped with a modular Jack connector with
Arteor 1/4turn terminal for fast connection Tap-off possible
10 5723 00 White - RJ 11, 4 contacts 1 module Cables for telephone networks cat. 3
10 5728 00 Magnesium - RJ 11, 4 contacts - PVC sleeve
1 module Colour white
10 5723 13 White - RJ 11, 4 contacts - Colour code TIA/EIA
2 modules
10 5728 13 Magnesium - RJ 11, 4 contacts - U/UTP - 50 pairs
2 modules 1 0328 91 Length 500 m
10 5723 12 White - RJ 12, 6 contacts - Supplied on reel
2 modules U/UTP - 100 pairs
10 5728 12 Magnesium - RJ 12, 6 contacts - 1 0328 88 Length 500 m
2 modules Supplied on reel
Single master - 2 modules
With IDC connection
Conform to British Telecom Panels and units for incoming telephone
10 5723 10 White Panels assembled - 1 U
10 5728 10 Magnesium Fitted with 4 LCS RJ 45 units of 12 ports with fast
tool-free connection
Single secondary - 1 module 1 0335 31 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone
With IDC connection 1 0335 30 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone
Conform to British Telecom
5 5723 01 White Incoming telephone units for
5 5728 01 Magnesium self-assembly panels
Fitted with 12 LCS RJ 45 ports with quick tool-free
connection
2 0335 33 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone
2 0335 32 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone
* to be introduced shortly.
Legrand cabling system LCS Wi-Fi
switches, distributors and Wi-Fi access points
5720 84 5723 76 5723 77
Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting 10/100 base T switches Pack Cat.Nos Manageable Wi-Fi access points 802.11a and b/g
For networking computer peripherals without a patch Dual-band and dual-radio
panel: computers, printers, servers, etc. Conform with standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
Possibility of extending an existing network by Gross speed: 54 Mbps max. on each frequency
simply replacing an RJ 45 socket (802.11a and 802.11g) simultaneously
Tool-free connection Can be installed in addition to a new or existing
Conform with standards IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and LCS/LCS structured cabling system to meet mobile
EN 500 81/82-2 (EMC requirements) working requirements
Installation in all supports with minimum 40 mm depth Can be integrated into all compatible supports
6 ports at the front + 1 side RJ 45 connector for with minimum 40 mm depth
cabling and carrying out link tests Tool-free network connection via RJ 45 connector
Port status display integrated into the RJ 45 connectors PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - standard
Labelling of each port from 1 to 6 and marker holder 802.3 af)
for switch identification The installation must include at least:
6 modules - Wi-Fi access point
Arteor Non-manageable - a PoE injector conforming with 802.3af (LCS unit
1 5720 84 PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - format) to be installed in the patch panel
standard 802.3 af) The management function allows the network
White administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points
1 5720 83 230 VA power supply remotely via a web interface
Security via WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and 802.1x
White authentication
Guest access: allows visitors free access to the
Internet (access independent of the main Wi-Fi
Arteor VDI distribution block without Arteor network). 4 modules
connectors 1 5723 76 With RJ 45 socket on front
1 0332 80 16 modules White
Dimensions: 135 x 223 x 57 mm
1 5728 76 With RJ 45 socket on front
For small patch panel Magnesium
For mounting a Arteor switch
1 5723 77 With no RJ 45 socket
Cat.Nos 5720 84 / 83 White
1 5728 77 With no RJ 45 socket
Magnesium
Manageable Wi-Fi access points802.11n
Coverage area: 600 m2. Dual band 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Wi-Fi network management system
Conforms with standard 802.11 a, b, g, n Access point manager (disembedded)
Theoretical speed: 300 Mbps gross
MIMO 2x2, supports up to 4 SSIDs APs centralised configuration software
False ceiling integration - PoE power supply 1 0335 24 Access point manager
(Power over Ethernet - standard IEEE 802.3 af)
Network connection via a tool-free RJ 45 connector
The installation must include at least: Midspan Power over Ethernet (PoE) injectors
- a Wi-Fi access point (false ceiling) 1 335 01 4 inlets/outlets
- a PoE injector Cat.No 0335 01 conforming with Used for supplying 4 Wi-Fi access points
802.3 af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the Clip directly onto a patch panel
patch cabinet 1 327 37 1 inlet/outlet
Can be configured centrally via controller Used for supplying a Wi-Fi access point
Cat.No 0332 25 or via configuration software Direct connection to the patch panel
Cat.No 0335 24 or individually
The management function allows the network
administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points
remotely via a web https interface
Security via WEP, WPA and WPA2 (802.11i)
encryption and 802.1x authentication QOS WMM
compatible and supports SNMP management
Guest access:
independent access to the private Wi-Fi network
Energy saving with standby management
1 0335 22 Wi-Fi surface-mounted access point802.11n
1 0335 21 Wi-Fi ceiling-mounted access point802.11n
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
fibre optic cables
0325 15 0325 10
0325 06 0325 08
Fibre optic cables:

fibre colour code: FOTAG
standard: EN 50173-2, ISO IEC 11801
Pack Cat.Nos OS1/OS2 singlemode fibre optic Pack Cat.Nos OM4 multimode fibre optic cables
cables (9/125 m) (50/125 m)
For 9/125 m singlemode installations For 50/125 m multimode installations
900 m (OS1) (OM4)
Yellow jacket
Loose tube Tight buffer Tight buffer Blue sheaths
2000 1 0325 12 - Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres 900 m 10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant
2000 1 0325 13 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres 500 0326 65 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
2000 1 0325 14 0325 50 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres 6 fibres - 500 m
1000 0326 66 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
2000 1 0325 15 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres 6 fibres - 1000 m
2000 1 0325 51 - Indoor/outdoor (universal) 24 fibres 1000 0326 67 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
12 fibres - 1000 m
1000 0326 68 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
OM2 multimode fibre optic cables 24 fibres - 1000 m
(50/125 m)
For 50/125 m multimode installations
(OM2)
900 m
Orange jacket
Loose tube Tight buffer
2000 1 - 0325 55 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 4 fibres
2000 1 0325 04 0325 08 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres
2000 1 0325 05 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres
2000 1 0325 07 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres
OM3 multimode fibre optic cables

(50/125 m)
(OM3)
900 m Green jacket
Loose tube Tight buffer 10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant
1: in metre(s)
optic connectors and pigtails
0326 57 0326 58 0326 53
0331 27 0331 00
0326 90 0330 49
Technical characteristics p. 545
Pack Cat.Nos Tool case for preparing fibre optic for fibre Pack Cat.Nos Pigtails
optic connectors
Supplied with 900 m sleeve, 1 m
1 0326 90 Provides the tools required for preparing fibre optic
cables, for carrying out initial tests of the connection 10 Gb - 50/125 m - OM4
of fibres to connectors and the accessories for easy 10 0326 70 LC connectors
connection in all situations 1 0326 71 Kit of 12 pigtails LC connectors
Comprises: 10 Gb - 50/125 m - OM3
- installation instructions and video 1 0326 22 SC connector
- stripping tool (for fibres and cables) 1 0326 23 LC connector
- cleaving tool
- microscope for checking the quality of the cut
1 0326 27 6 x LC-PC connectors
- visual fault locator with cord
1 0326 26 12 x LC-PC connectors
- accessories (ultra-strong scissors, marker, 9/125 m - OS1/OS2
protective glasses, etc.) 1 0326 19 SC/APC connector
1 0326 20 SC connector
1 0326 21 LC connector
Update kit for case Cat.No 0 331 93 1 0326 24 12 x LC-UPC connectors
1 0326 91 Comprises: 1 0326 25 6 x LC-UPC connectors
- visual fault locator with cord Thermoretractable sleeve for pigtails
- adaptors for connectors 1 0327 44 40 mm - pack of 50 sleeves
- connector support for easier connection
- fibre positioning label to be affixed to the cleaver in
case Cat.No 0331 93 Glue-on connectors 50/125 and 62.5/125 m
Supplied with sleeve 900 m
Fast-connection connectors Connectors with ceramic ferrule
Typical attenuation: 0.3 dB
Quick to connect, reliable and can be reused up to 10 0331 27 ST connector
5 times 10 0331 47 SC connector
Microswitch for locking the fibre inside the connector 10 0331 00 LC connector
and illuminated indicator for checking for faults at the
end of the process
These connectors do not require any glue, polishing Breakout kits
or special tools
For installation on tight jacketed fibre ( 900 m) For 900 m of fibre optic
For loose jacketed fibre ( 250 m), use a spreader Take 250 m fibre diameters
Cat.Nos 0330 48 or 0330 49 1 0330 48 6 fibre breakout kit
Multimode connectors 1 0330 49 12 fibre breakout kit
10 0326 57 SC/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 58 LC/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 56 ST/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 62 SC connector 62.5 m OM1 900 m
10 0326 61 ST connector 62.5 m OM1 900 m
Singlemode connectors
10 0326 52 SC/UPC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
10 0326 53 LC/UPC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
10 0326 54 SC/APC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
19" fibre optic drawers
0335 10 fitted with fibre optic units "Tail-coat" rear

for easier cable entry
0462 91
0335 13 0335 12 0335 16 0335 11 fitted with fibre

optic unit 335 17
Pack Cat.Nos Floor distribution fibre optic cabinets Pack Cat.Nos Copper/fibre optic converter units
Reversible metal cabinets with key lock For simply and fast copper to fibre conversion and
IP20 - IK 08 vice versa
Maximum capacity: Clip directly onto the patch panels
- 24 fibres with ST connectors Fitted with an SC type fibre optic connector
- 48 fibres with SC connectors 1 0335 06 10/100 base T to 10/100 base FX type SC
- 96 fibres with LC connectors 1 0335 07 1000 base T to 1000 base SX type SC
Up to 4 fibre optic units can be fitted
Cat.Nos 0325 70/71/72/73/74/75/76/77/78/79,
0335 12/13/16/17/18/19 and 0327 86 Fibre optic cassette for patch panel
4 cable entries (2 at the top and 2 at the bottom) 1 0335 11 Ensures fibre coiling (from 2 to 12 fibres)
12 cable outlets, 22 mm diameter (3 at the top, 3 at Takes a fibre optic unit
the bottom and 6 at the sides) Cat.Nos 0335 12/13/16/17/18/19
Supplied with 1 black ISO 20 cable gland to hold the Used for linking copper and fibre optic units on the
incoming cable and 15 feedthrough covers same LCS patch panel
Supplied with fibre optic accessories for the fibre
coiling
The outgoing cables can be clamped using a clamp Blanking plate for 19" panel
at the back of the cabinet
Can take 2 cassettes for pigtails Cat.No 0329 07 10 0335 91 Black
(incoming and outgoing)
292 x 323 x 92 mm Cassette for pigtails
Black RAL 9005
1 0462 90 Modular cabinet 1 0329 07 12-fibre capacity
1 0462 91 Cabinet equipped with 2 SC fibre optic units for 1 0326 72 24-fibre capacity
12 multimode fibres
19" slide-in modular fibre optic drawers

Limit switch stop with 45 slope
Depth 220 mm, height 1 U
1 0335 10 Maximum capacity:
- 24 x ST and SC connectors ST
- 48 x LC connectors
Supplied with screws and wiring accessories
Takes up to 4 fibre optic units (see below)
1 0335 09 Supplied with 24 SC connectors
Fibre optic units

Clip directly onto the fibre optic drawer
Cat.No 0335 10 or on the patch panels with fibre
optic cassette Cat.No 0335 11
Singlemode fibre units (9/125 m)
1 0335 13 LC unit for 6 singlemode fibres
1 0335 12 SC unit for 6 singlemode fibres
Multimode fibre units (62.5 and 50/125 m)
1 0335 16 ST unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 17 SC unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 18 LC unit for 6 multimode fibres
1 0335 19 High-density LC unit for 12 multimode fibres
Switch/fibre optic unit

Clips directly onto the patch panels
1 0335 05 6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 cascade LC type optic port at
the front
Power supply via transformer provided
Legrand cabling system NEW Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
LCS fibre optic OM4 cables and cords
19" high density fibre optic drawer
n MTP connectors
Specifications
Multimode Elite Singlemode Elite
0.1 dB Typical (all fibres) 0.1 dB Typical (all fibres)

Insertion loss 0.35 dB Maximum (single fibre)(2)(3) 0.35 dB Maximum (single fibre)(1)(4)
Optical return N/A > 60 dB (8 Angle Polish)
Loss
1: As tested per ANSI/EIA-455-171 Method D3
2: As tested per ANSI/EIA-455-171 Method D1
3: As tested with proposed encircled flux launch condition on 50 m fiber and 850nm per
IEC 61280-4-1
4: Compliant with proposed IEC 61755-3-31/GRADE B
n Cassette connectors
Optical performance Singlemode Multimode
IL MAX/Master 0.15 dB 0.15 dB

(acceptance)
0325 69 (not equipped) IL MAX/Random 0.30 dB 0.25 dB
Ave/Master 0.12 dB 0.08 dB

Pack Cat.Nos 19" high density fibre optic drawer
Ave/Random 0.12 dB 0.10 dB
1 0325 69 Modular fibre optic drawer
Slide-in and modular drawer
Maximum capacity: Return Loss 55/65 dB -
- 36 ST and SC connectors
- 72 LC connectors
Depth 220 mm, height 1 U
Supplied with screws and wiring accessories
Receives up to 3 fibre optic units below n Maximum length of channel by 850/1300 nm
fibre optic application bandwidth
(Mhz x km)
Fibre optic units
Clip directly onto the optic drawer
Cat.No 0325 69
Singlemode fibre units (9/125 m) 3500 / 5000
1 0325 73 LC duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue OS1/OS2
1 0325 74 LC quadriplex unit for 24 singlemode fibres - blue 2
1 0325 70 ST duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue 1500 / 500

1 0325 71 SC duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue 500 / 500 OM4
1 0325 72 MPO unit type A for 6 x 12 singlemode fibres - blue 550
OM3
Multimode fibre units (62.5 and 50/125 m)
1 0325 78 LC duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige
1 0325 79 LC quadriplex unit for 24 multimode fibres - beige OM2
1 0325 75 ST duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige
1 0325 76 SC duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige
1 0325 77 MPO unit type A for 6 x 12 multimode fibres - beige
Accessory
1 0335 93 Blanking plate Applications
Multimode Singlemode
OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1/OS2
Accessories common to 2 fibre optic 10 Gigabits Ethernet

(S/R base) 82 m 300 m 550 m (1)
NA
drawers
Giga Ethernet (LX base) 550 m 550 m 550 m 2 km
Cassettes for pigtails
1 0329 07 12 fibre capacity Giga Ethernet (SX base) 550 m 550 m 1100 m NA
1 0326 72 24-fibre capacity
Bend limiting clip TIA 568
8 0335 94 Fibre management bend limiting clip Applications IEEE 802.3
1: Engineered solution using a max. cabled fibre attenuation of 3.0 dB/km. If not distance is of
400 m
Legrand cabling system NEW LCS2 equipment
LCS fibre optic
MTP solutions
A/C polarity for

high density
0326 40
cassettes
0326 42
The polarity of Legrand cassettes is

compatible with methods A and C defined
0326 45 0326 46 in standard ANSI/TIA - C.O. - Annex B
Pack Cat.Nos High density, modular fibre optic drawer
Fibre optic drawers with cord management at the
front and rear
Modular fibre optic drawer
Fixed modular frame to take the cassettes below
Maximum capacity 2 U (takes up to 12 cassettes)
- 288 LC connectors
- 144 SC connectors
- 120 LC connectors
- 60 SC connectors
Depth: 500 mm
1 0326 40 1 U
1 0326 42 2 U
Fibre optic drawers without cord management
Modular fibre optic drawer
Fixed modular frame to take the cassettes below
- 120 LC connectors
- 60 SC connectors
Depth: 340 mm
1 0326 41 1 U
High density cassettes (1)

Clip directly into fibre optic drawers
Cat.No 0326 40/41/42
Cassettes slide into the above frame
Remove cassettes from the front using the metal tab
provided Advantages
MTP Elite high performance cassettes
Low insertion loss < 0.35 dB
A/C polarity The cassettes are identical at each end of the link
OM4 multimode cassettes (50/125 m)
For 10 Gigabit Ethernet network
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM4 type Can be used with singlemode and multimode
1 0326 45 MTP Elite cassette (MPO compatible) 24 x LC fibres
OM4 Type A/C
1 0326 46 MTP Elite cassette (MPO compatible) 12 x SC fibres 1 single type of patch cord for each end of the link
OM4 Type A/C
OS1/OS2 cassettes (9/125 m) (method C polarity)
For 9/125 m singlemode installations, OS1/OS2 type
1 0326 47 MTP Elite cassette (MPO compatible) 24 x LC fibres
OS1/OS2 Type A/C
1 0326 48 MTP Elite cassette (MPO compatible) 12 x SC fibres
OS1/OS2 Type A/C
Cover
1 0326 49 Blanking cassette
1: MTP Elite is a registered trademark of the US Conec Ltd

customised solutions
preterminated solutions
n Cassette with mtp solution

Cassette with MTP + trunk MTP,
40 Gbit/100 Gbit scalability
MTP: one single connection to

connect 12/24 fibres instantly
n Cassette without mtp solution

Cassette without MTP at the back + Terminated MTP or Fan out
n 2 cassettes without mtp solution

2 cassettes without MTP at the back terminated together
520
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
fibre sockets zone distribution boxes
0786 16 0786 17 0786 18 0335 40 0335 20 fibre optic

accessory
Pack Cat.Nos Fibre optic sockets Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution box
Fitted with duplex feedthrough 2 inlets 2 outlets For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with
Used for connecting 2 fibres (fitted with their 1 to 12 RJ 45 sockets
connector) Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and
Supplied with protective caps adaptability of the installation
Fitted with transparent marker holder Installed on false ceiling or false floor
2 modules Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x ST Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100,
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC
Bayonet connection (STII compatible) 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568
1 0786 16 White Colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B
TIA/EIA 568
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x SC Technical characteristics:
Push-pull connection - polycarbonate PC hood
1 0786 17 White - polypropylene PP base
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x LC ties
Push-pull connection Self-assembly zone distribution box
1 0786 18 White 1 0335 40 Used for fitting fibre optic accessory units
Fibre optic accessory

Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 1 0335 20 Used for fitting fibre optic units and the fibre coil in
the zone distribution box
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x SC/APC
Push-pull connection
With shutters
1 0786 14 White
NEW
Legrand cabling system FiBRe OptiC SOLutiOnS
LCS fibre optic
FTTO (Fiber To The Office) - Full IP
LCS: your
concentrated
0779 05 0326 80 digital
infrastructure
Conforming to IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet), POE 802.3af, PoE+ 802.3at,
802.1x (authentication via port), and 802.1q VLAN trunking standards
Compatible with SNMP, IPv6, QoS level 2 (802.1p) and level 3 (DiffServ),
VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree, and IGMPv3 snooping
Pack Cat.Nos Shared working areas Recommended for areas which require
Fibre optic/copper switch rigorous hygiene.
1 0779 05 For converting and distributing the optical signal to
four 10/100/1000 RJ 45 ports with auto-MDI/X and
PoE/PoE+ auto-negotiation on the front
One 10/100/1000 RJ 45 port with auto-MDI/X and
auto-negotiation on the side for network extension
Fully manageable, without fan
One SFP 1000 base SX fibre optic port included,
LC connector 1 FttO
SHAReD AReA
Labelling of each port with label-holder 2
For integration in all 4-module supports, depth
50 mm minimum
Supplied with its own power supply Cat.Nos 3
0779 06, max. power 60 W. 4 modules - White
1
Power supply for fibre optic/copper switch
0779 06 Power supply for fibre optic/copper switch
FttO
inDiViDuAL AReA
Cat.No 0779 05
For installation in trunking only
Individual working areas

Active zone box 4
1 0326 80 For converting and distributing the optical signal to
five 10/100/1000 RJ 45 ports
For powering IP devices via the four RJ 45 ports via
PoE or PoE+
One SFP 1000 base SX fibre optic port included,
LC connector
Labelling of each port with label-holder
For installation in false ceilings or raised access
floors using supports Cat.Nos 0326 81/82
Power supply 230 VA
Supports
Integral fibre optic coiling cassette with quadriplex
LC feedthrough
1 0326 81 For installing the active zone box
Cat.No 0326 80 in a false ceiling
Access to the zone box via a pivoting flap
Support for spare cords
1 0326 82 For installing the active zone box
Cat.No 0326 80 in a raised access floor
Auxiliary contact 1 Fibre optic oor 2 Copper/fibre optic
1 0326 83 For active zone box Cat.Nos 0326 80 distribution cabinet converter switch
For feeding back volt-free data to takes up to 4 bre For converting and
the IP network
For integration directly in the active zone box optic units. distributing the optical
(automatic connection) signal to four RJ 45 ports.
Battery
1 0326 84 For active zone box Cat.No 0326 80
Provides continuity of operation of the active zone
box in the event of a power cut. 52 V - 800 mAh
Integrated directly in the active zone box (automatic
connection)
OM3 multimode fibre optic cables (50/125 m)

(OM3)
Green jacket 3 Active zone 4 19 fibre optic drawer
900 m
Tight buffer 10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant distribution box fitted with 4 SC units
2000 0325 10 Indoor/outdoor (universal) For converting the modular sliding drawer.
6 fibres optical signal to ve
2000 0325 52 Indoor/outdoor (universal) RJ 45 ports.
24 fibres
patch cords
0330 70 0330 65 0326 01 0326 07
0326 13 0326 16
Fitted with 2 connectors with ceramic ferrule at either end

Packed and tested singly (report supplied)
Zipcord LSZH sleeve
Pack Cat.Nos OM2 (UPC) multimode fibre optic cords Pack Cat.Nos OS1/OS2 (UPC) singlemode fibre optic
(50/125 m) cords
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM2 type For OS1 9/125 m singlemode installations, OS2
Orange sheaths OS1 type
Yellow sheaths
ST/ST duplex cords
3 0330 80 Length: 1 m SC/SC duplex cords
3 0330 81 Length: 2 m 3 0326 00 Length: 1 m
3 0330 82 Length: 3 m 3 0326 01 Length: 2 m
3 0326 02 Length: 3 m
SC/SC duplex cords
3 0330 69 Length: 1 m SC/LC duplex cords
3 0330 70 Length: 2 m 3 0326 03 Length: 1 m
3 0330 71 Length: 3 m 3 0326 04 Length: 2 m
3 0326 05 Length: 3 m
ST/SC duplex cords
3 0330 72 Length: 2 m LC/LC duplex cords
3 0330 73 Length: 3 m 3 0326 28 Length: 0.5 m
3 0326 06 Length: 1 m
LC/LC duplex cord 3 0326 07 Length: 2 m
3 0330 61 Length: 2 m 3 0326 08 Length: 3 m
SC/LC duplex cords 3 0326 29 Length: 5 m
3 0330 75 Length: 1 m
3 0330 63 Length: 2 m
3 0330 76 Length: 3 m OM3 (PC) multimode fibre optic cords
LC/ST duplex cord (50/125 m)
3 0330 65 Length: 2 m Suitable for 10 Gb Ethernet network
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM3 type
OM4 multimode fibre optic cords Purple sheaths
(50/125 m) SC/SC duplex cords
10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant 3 0326 09 Length: 1 m
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB 3 0326 10 Length: 2 m
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM4 type 3 0326 11 Length: 3 m
Blue sheaths SC/LC duplex cords
SC/SC duplex cords 3 0326 12 Length: 1 m
3 0326 30 Length: 1 m 3 0326 13 Length: 2 m
3 0326 31 Length: 2 m 3 0326 14 Length: 3 m
3 0326 32 Length: 3 m LC/LC duplex cords
LC/LC duplex cords 3 0326 15 Length: 1 m
3 0326 33 Length: 0.5 m 3 0326 16 Length: 2 m
3 0326 34 Length: 1 m
3 0326 17 Length: 3 m
3 0326 35 Length: 2 m
3 0326 36 Length: 3 m
3 0326 37 Length: 5 m
fibres preterminated with connectors
n Fibres preterminated with connectors n Fibres preterminated with connectors

Length of link Length of link
(from connector to connector in metres) Connectors: (from connector to connector, Connectors:
Link supplied with protective sleeve in metres) MTP
and compression gland pull system to LC
facilitate entry into the fibre optic units
Link supplied with
SC sleeve on request
Number of
Number of fibres: fibres:
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ST 6, 12, 24, 48
Fibre type Fibre type

Performance:
Multimode: 62.5/125 m - OM4 Free or microcable structure
Conforms with category OM1 - OM3
- OS1/OS2
Multimode: 50/125 m
(ensured speed 1 Gbps)
Conforms with category OM2
Structure: Multimode: 50/125 m Type of sheath: LSZH
- tight buffer
- loose tube (ensured speed 10 Gbps over 300 m)
- loose tube corrugated Conforms with category OM3
steel tape Singlemode: 9/125 m
(ensured speed 10 Gbps over 550 m)

Conforms with category OM4
Singlemode: 50/125 m
n Documents
Each link is supplied with a test report (fibre by fibre) and illustrated
operating instructions
Notice dutilisation / user guide

Stockage : Utiliser lemballage dorigine. Manipulation du cble / branchement : drouler le Ouvrir la protection avec un cutter
cble de faon ce quil ne subisse pas de torsion ni longitudinalement par rapport au cble
Prvenir lcrasement en cas de stockage
temporaire en balisant lemplacement du cble. de contraintes en se vrillant.
Open the protection with a cutter along the cable
Storage: use the original packaging. To prevent Handling of the cable / connection: lay out the cable so
that it does not undergo torsion nor constraints while
t crushing during temporary storage, mark out the
ol shee
location of the cable. being bored.
le / Contr
de Contr
Feuille
Co de :
/ /
: M
Date Lg :
/
lation dr
Type
: Int - Ext Manipuerio es connecteurs : Ne pas tirer sur les
ur / Ext
connecteurs, les manipuler avec prcaution.
Ext : Exterie ~ avant tonm

Protection des connecteurs : laisser les bouchons en
Ext : place 850 ut branchement. Nettoyer la ferrule

avec de lair sec ou de lalcool si ncessaire
Int : r
rieur
/ Interio
FO
0, dB Handling of the connectors: dont draw on the
connectors, handle them with precaution. Protection of
Int : Inte
0, dB
the connectors: leave the protective caps before any
/ fiber
:
0, dB connection. clean the ferrule with dry air or alcohol if
necessary
fibre 0, dB
0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
Respect du rayon de courbure : Mise en place des colliers de
0, dB
lover le cble en respectant un fixation : ne pas trop les serrer
0, dB
rayon minimum de 30 cm afin de ne pas craser la fibre
0, dB
Respect of the radius of curvature: Installation of the cable ties:
0, dB
coil the cable by respecting a dont tighten them too much in
minimum ray of 30 cm order not to crush fibre
0, dB
B 0, dB
A 0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
568B3 dB
0, dB /EIA
+ TIA 100)= 1,1
11801 *
/CEI dB/km de D1
um ISO + (3,5 mtho
maxim m = 0,75. -171A
lg 100 TIA/EIA 455
Ex. : Test
n Packaging
According to length of link:
- packed on a reel
- packed on a ring
Connector protection by tube
Reel
524
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets
LCS 19" cabling freestanding cabinets LCS 19" freestanding server cabinets and equipment
0463 41 0463 34 + 1 cabinet 0463 18 0463 85

+ 1 extension cabinet 0463 30
IP 20 - IK 08 baying cabinets with single or double curved front door IP 20 - IK 08

made of screen-printed safety glass. Side and rear removable panels Baying cabinets with front and rear metal microperforated door (80 %),
Panels with automatic equipotential connection. Lock with 2433 A key for reversibles, can be opened without key
locking of the 4 sides. Top and bottom cable entries (19" cut-out format) Front door can be fitted with a European DIN cylinder (30 + 10 mm), with
receive 19" plates with brushes, fans, etc option of fitting a handle Cat.No 0347 71/72 (see Legrand general catalogue)
Equipped with 4 x 19" uprights with U marking and depth adjusting aid Rear door can be fitted with a key cylinder Cat.Nos 0368 22/23/24/25/26/27
Option of cable and patch cord management in cabling unit (see Legrand general catalogue)
Cat.Nos 0463 34/35. Cabinets can be dismantled completely where Removable side panels
access is difficult Levelling feet adjustable from the inside. Loading Top cable entries in 19" cut-out format, capable of taking 19" plates with
capacity: 420 Kg. Anthracite grey RAL 7016 brushes, fans, etc
Open bottom cable entries
Pack Cat.Nos LCS 19" cabling cabinets Equipped with 4 x 19" uprights with depth adjusting aid
Levelling feet adjustable from the inside
Single front door Cabinets can be dismantled completely where access is difficult
Reversible door Supplied with earthing kit
Capacity Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Loading capacity: 630 Kg
1 0463 00 24 U 1226 600 600 Anthracite grey RAL 7016
1 0463 06 29 U 1448 600 600
1 0463 12 33 U 1626 600 600 Pack Cat.Nos LCS 19" server cabinets
1 0463 18 42 U 2026 600 600
Capacity Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm)
1 0463 19 42 U 2026 600 800
1 0463 21 42 U 2026 800 600
1 0463 85 42 U 2026 600 1000
1 0463 22 42 U 2026 800 800
1 0463 86 42 U 2026 800 1000
1 0463 23 42 U 2026 800 1000 LCS2 baying kit
1 0463 28 47 U 2248 800 800
1 0463 29 47 U 2248 800 1000 For direct linking 2 LCS2 cabinets
For cabinets depth (mm):
Double front door 1 0463 39 1000
Door opening suitable for small spaces
Capacity Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Accessories for LCS2 19" server cabinets
1 0463 41 42 U 2026 800 600
1 0463 42 42 U 2026 800 800 Set of 4 caster wheels
1 0463 43 42 U 2026 800 1000 1 0464 82 Set of 4 pivoting casters, 2 of which have brakes
Load on the 4 wheels: 500 kg
LCS 19" extension cabinets Cable guides support
Single front door. No side panels Fast screw-free assembly of cable guides (p. 526)
Supplied with baying kit 1 0464 78 For width 600/800 mm
Capacity Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Fitted between 2 supports
1 0463 30 42 U 2026 600 600 Cat.No 0464 79
1 0463 33 42 U 2026 800 800 1 0464 79 For depth 1000 mm
Pre-cut every 100 mm for
LCS baying kits height 500 to 200 mm
For direct linking of 2 LCS cabinets
For cabinet depth (mm):
1 0463 37 600
1 0463 38 800
1 0463 39 1000
LCS cabling units
Can be attached between 2 LCS 42 U cabinets
Easier cable and patch cord management
Width 250 mm
Supplied with earthing kit
Anthracite grey RAL 7016
1 0463 34 600
1 0463 35 800
LCS 19" freestanding cabinets
n Lcs 19" freestanding cabinets n Lcs 19" freestanding cabinets (continued)

40 sizes 19" equipment assembly
Capacity 24 U 29 U 33 U 42 U 47 U
Patch panel, 1 U,
Width 600 or 800 mm equipped or to be
equipped with:
copper and for fibre
Depth 600, 800, 1000 or 1200 mm optic units, fibre
optic cassettes and
active products
Feedthrough panels,
metal or plastic
cabinet definition Fibre optic drawer,

equipped or to be
Thermal management: plate with equipped with:
230 V fans, thermostat connector units,
Lighting kit(1) pigtails/cassettes
Rear door
Other Ventilation drawer

key codes
Set of 2 L-shaped
fixed sliders
Cabling or
server cabinet PDU
No panels
Rail kit
DIN
Blanking plates,
metal or plastic
Plinth, ventilation/
brush trap, raised Shelves:
floor plinth(1) - fixed
- telescopic
- keyboard support
19" cable entries: Anti-tilt kit(1) or ground
metal or plastic fixing kit(1)
Earthing wire/braid n Colours
Wiring management: vertical

brush panels, patch extension, 180 RAL colours available.
supports, guards
Optional touch-up brush in the
1: Supplied ready for assembly selected RAL
Option of solid or microperforated metal doors, screen-printed glass

doors, double doors or no doors
Cabinet fitted with Cabinet fitted with Cabinet fitted with

screen-printed glass microperforated microperforated metal
double door at the metal doors at double rear door and
front (42 U/47 U; the front and rear screen-printed glass
width 800 mm) (opening to the left) front door
526
LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets
plinths and adjustable height plinths
0464 61
Cross Bar 0476 93 0464 66

with cable guide
Kit 0464 52 comprising 4 corner blocks 0464 63
and solid traps at front/rear
For raised
access floor
0464 32
Technical characteristics (p. 547 to 549)
Pack Cat.Nos Plinths for cabinets Pack Cat.Nos Linking interface

Metal. Open on 4 sides Make junction between cabinet plinth and cable tray
Anthracite grey RAL 7016 to protect cables
Plinth kits Supplied with weatherproof brush
Reversible cover with cut-outs providing a
Consisting of 4 corner blocks and solid high-quality finish
front/rear traps height 100 mm Height 200 mm. Anthracite grey RAL 7016
Side traps to be ordered separately 1 0464 66 For cabinet depth 600 mm
Height 100 Height 200 For cabinet width (mm):
1 0464 50 0464 52 600
1 0464 51 0464 53 800 Adjustable height plinths for raised access
Sets of 2 solid side traps floors
Trap height 100 mm Transfer the load of the cabinet directly to the ground
Order 2 sets for a plinth height of 200 mm Height adjustable from 200 to 350 mm in 25 mm
(Cat.Nos 0464 52/53) steps to adapt to different floor heights
For cabinet depth (mm): Levelling feet for fine adjustment
1 0464 54 600 For floor tiles 30 or 38 mm thick
1 0464 56 800 Permissible load: 1000 kg
1 0464 58 1000 Adjustable height plinths
Ventilated traps Front and rear floor tile supports included
1 trap height 100 mm For cabinet width/depth (mm):
For cabinet width/depth (mm): 1 0464 30 600 x 600
1 0464 60 600 1 0464 31 600 x 800
1 0464 61 800 1 0464 32 600 x 1000
1 0464 34 800 x 600
Traps with brushes 1 0464 35 800 x 800
1 trap height 100 mm 1 0464 36 800 x 1000
For cabinet width/depth (mm):
Set of 2 tile support brackets
1 0464 62 600
1 0464 63 800 Fix onto adjustable height plinths to support the side
tiles
For plinths depth (mm):
Plinth for cabling units 1 0464 38 600
1 0464 39 800
1 0464 64 For mounting between the plinths of the 1 0464 40 1000
associated cabinets
Trap height 100 mm
Double the number of traps for a height of
200 mm
Cross bars
Fixed between 2 cabinet plinth corner
blocks
For clamping cables between associated
cabinets and fixing a cable guide (p. 538)
1 0476 93 600
1 0476 94 800
1 0476 95 1000
LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets
cable entries, thermal management and PDU supports cable management, patch extension
0465 29
0465 31
0464 87 0465 75 0331 35 0464 80 0464 81
Technical characteristics (p. 549) Technical characteristics (p. 550)
Pack Cat.Nos 19" cable entry plates Pack Cat.Nos Cable and cord management
Black RAL 9005 Set of 3 cable management supports
Plastic plates with brushes, snap on Fix on structure
1 0465 28 1 U Quick, screw-free mounting of cable guides
1 0465 29 2 U 1 0464 72 For cabinets width/depth 600 mm
1 0464 73 For cabinets width/depth 800 mm
1 0464 74 For cabinets depth 1000 mm
Metal plates with brush
1 0465 30 1 U Flat cable guides
1 0465 31 2 U Quick, screw-free mounting on cable
management supports
Width 250 mm
Thermal management 1 0464 76 For 33 U cabinet
Plates with fans 3 U 1 0464 77 For 42 U cabinets
Fix onto the 19" cable entries U-shaped cable guides
2.5 m power supply cable. 230 VA For creating a cable tray
Anthracite grey RAL 7016 Used with cross bars
1 0464 87 2 fans Cat.Nos 0476 93/94/95 in a 200 mm high plinth on
1 0464 88 3 fans associated cabinets, and 0464 78/79
supports on server cabinets
1 U ventilation drawers Height 54 mm - Length 3 m
For internal air circulation. Fix on 2 x 19" uprights 1 0464 69 Width 200 mm
ON/OFF switch. Supplied with power supply cord 1 0464 70 Width 400 mm
230 VA. Black RAL 9005
1 0464 89 Drawer with 2 fans Vertical cable management grille
Depth 150 mm For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
1 0464 90 Drawer with 4 fans Fixes onto 19" uprights
Depth 300 mm 1 0331 35 Grille with articulated bolts
1560 x 100 x 150 mm
Thermostat
Adjustable from 5 to 60 C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz Vertical cable manager
1 0348 48
NC contact (5 A) and NO contact (10 A) For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
Magnetic mounting Fixes onto 19" uprights
1 0464 80 Set of 2 vertical panels with brush feedthroughs
Supplied with 10 cable guide rings Cat.No 0465 42,
PDU supports 3 cable ties Cat.No 0331 94, 3 cable ties
Cat.No 0331 95 and 3 cable ties Cat.No 0331 96
Vertical support for fixing to the rear of 19" LCS2 Black RAL 9005
cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 560). For
mounting 19" PDU vertically and vertical PDU
1 0465 75 For 42 U cabinets Patch extension
1 0465 76 For 47 U cabinets For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
Fixes onto 19" uprights
Accessories 1 0464 81 Set of 2 uprights for increasing the capacity of
the cabinet by 12 U, for mounting 19" equipment
Anti-tilt kit vertically (feedthrough panels, 19" PDU, etc.)
1 0464 84 Stabilises a cabinet when heavy items Supplied with 8 cable guide rings Cat.No 0465 42
installed on telescopic equipment are Black RAL 9005
being removed
Floor fixing kit
1 0464 86 Used for permanently fixing
a cabinet to the ground by locking the
levelling feet
Casters
1 0464 83 Set of 4 pivoting casters
Total permissible load on the 4 casters: 380 kg
Legrand cabling system
LCS2 19" equipment
0465 01 0465 22 0465 23
0465 06 0465 29 0465 32
Pack Cat.Nos Fixed shelves Pack Cat.Nos 19" management panels

For cabinets and server cabinets For organisation and circulation of patch cords
Quick, screw-free mounting. Black RAL 9005 Black RAL 9005
Projecting mounting on 2 x 19" uprights Metal 2 axes, quick-fixing
Height 2 U. Max. load: 15 kg Horizontal and through run. Fitted with plastic cable
1 0465 00 Depth 115 mm guide rings radiating out for optimum protection of
1 0465 01 Depth 200 mm the cords (compliance with the bending radius)
1 0465 02 Depth 360 mm Quick, screw-free fixing
1 0465 221 1 U
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights
Height 1 U. Max. load: 50 kg
1 0465 05 Shelf depth 425 mm 1 0465 231 2 U
For depth 600 mm
1 0465 06 Shelf depth 625 mm
For depth 800 mm
1 0465 07 Shelf depth 825 mm Plastic with brushes, snap on
For depth 1000 mm 1 0465 282 1 U
1 0465 29 2 2 U
Telescopic shelves Metal with brushes, quick-fixing
For cabinets and server cabinets Quick, screw-free fixing
Quick fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 1 0465 301 1 U
Height 1 U. Max. load: 50 kg. Black RAL 9005 1 0465 311 2 U
For depth 600 mm
1 0465 09 Shelf depth 625 mm 19" blanking plates
For depth 800 mm Black RAL 9005
For depth 1000 mm Plastic, snap on
1 0465 322 1 U
1 0465 332 2 U
Shelves for heavy items
Metal, quick-fixing
Max. load: 100 kg
For cabinets depth 1000 mm (server cabinet only for Quick, screw-free fixing
telescopic shelf) 1 0465 381 1 U
Screw fixing on 4 x 19" uprights. Black RAL 9005 1 0465 391 2 U
1 0465 17 Fixed shelf depth 820 mm, 1 U 1 0465 401 3 U
1 0465 18 Telescopic shelf
depth 820 mm, 2 U
19" lighting kit
19" metal panel with a
Keyboard support shelf lighting kit with switch
Quick, screw-free fixing
For cabinets and server cabinets Supplied with
For depth 800 mm and 1000 mm 230 VA - 8 W fluorescent tube
Screw fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 1 0464 85 1 U
1
Max. load: 50 kg. Black RAL 9005

1 0465 19 Can take:
- a computer screen Fixing screws
- a keyboard on the retractable support
- a mouse on a sliding shelf with integrated mat Set of 50 cage nuts, 50 plastic washers and
Area for mouse or CD 50 x M6 screws
1 0364 53 With 8.5 mm cage nuts
1 0364 54 With 9.5 mm cage nuts
Sets of 2 fixed sliders
1: Can be mounted on 19" racks with screws Cat.No 0464 23 (p. 526)
For cabinets and server cabinets 2: Not for mounting on 19" racks
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights
Max. load: 50 kg
1 0465 11 For depth 600 mm
1 0465 12 For depth 800 mm
1 0465 13 For depth 1000 mm
Legrand cabling system neW
19" racks and accessories
19'' screw fixing

in tapped holes
0464 06 0464 25 0464 27 0464 06 + 0464 27 + 0464 26 + 0464 18 + 0465 70

with LCS2 patch panels and cords
Pack Cat.Nos 19" racks Pack Cat.Nos Cable tray supports

Racks for high-density cabling (e.g. data centers, To be fitted in the depth of the
SANs, main distributors, etc) rack to support a high cable tray
Channel type 19" uprights for guiding and fixing (Cat.Nos 0464 69/70 (p. 528))
cables, with U marking and tapped holes for fixing 1 0464 18 For rack Cat.No 0464 06
19" equipment 1 0464 19 For rack Cat.No 0464 07
Roofing for right-left cord routing that complies with
the bending radiuses
Receive 19" LCS2 metal management panels,
19" power distribution units and the LCS 19" DIN rail Lower finishing plates
kit fastened by screws Cat.No 0464 23 (1 set of 50 Metal plates provide the finishing of the lower part of
supplied with the rack) the rack and protection against dust
Supplied with straps with hook and loop type closure The sides of the plates can be folded easily for direct
Aluminium structure to be assembled insertion of cables in the 19" upright channel
Racks joined using grids Cat.Nos 0464 25/26/27 1 0464 15 For rack Cat.No 0464 06
Black 1 0464 16 For rack Cat.No 0464 07
Height Width Depth Permissible Depth of
Capacity (mm) (mm) (mm) load (kg) uprights (mm)
1 0464 06 45 U 2185 604 521 675 267 19" cord management panels
1 0464 07 45 U 2185 604 667 675 413
1 axis closed panels with pivoting cover
Depth 172 mm
Cord management grids Black
1 0465 70 1 U
To be mounted between 2 joined racks or on an 1 0465 71 2 U
isolated rack
The grid creates a 63 mm space between 2 joined
racks for running cables and cords to the front and 19" equipment screws
rear
Capacity: 200 cat. 6 cords 1 0464 23 Set of 50 special screws for 19" racks
Black and 25 earthing claws
1 0464 25 Grid with hinged closing latches
1965 mm x 153 mm x 156 mm
Cord management grids with door

Easily removable door that opens in both directions
To be mounted between 2 joined racks or on an
isolated rack (Cat.No 0464 26 only)
The grids create a space between 2 joined racks
(63 mm for Cat.No 0464 26, 165 mm for
Cat.No 0464 27) for running of cables and cords to
the front and rear
Side cord channels every 1 U
Capacity: 200 cat. 6 cords for Cat.No 0464 26,
580 cords for Cat.No 0464 27
Supplied with 12 bend limiting clips and 4 coiling
supports
Black
1 0464 26 1970 mm x 165 mm x 204 mm
1 0464 27 1970 mm x 267 mm x 331 mm
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets
LCS 19" wall-mounting cabinets and accessories
0462 01 0462 11 Pivoting cabiinet 0462 11 0465 01
IP 20 - IK 08
With reversible curved print screen glass safety door
Pivoting side panels, tool-free removal from inside
Lock closure with key 2433 A
Equipped with 2 x 19" uprights with depth adjusting aid
Supplied with earthing kit
Top and bottom grilles for natural ventilation, capable of taking a fan in the top part
Pack Cat.Nos Fixed LCS 19" cabinets Pack Cat.Nos Fixed shelves
Easier cable management: ability to fix cable guide Quick fixing without screws
connecting rings Cat.Nos 0465 41/42 and cable ties Height 2 U
(p. 535) Max. load 15 kg
DLP format cable entries at the top and bottom, Black RAL 9005
bendable, with ability to attach cables using cable ties
Rear pre-cut cable entries Quick fixing on 2 x 19" uprights
1 0465 00 Depth 115 mm. For cabinets depth
Cabinet depth 400 mm 400, 580 and 600 mm
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg) 1 0465 01 Depth 200 mm. For cabinets depth
1 0462 00 6U 600 350 18 400, 580 and 600 mm
1 0462 01 9U 600 500 27 1 0465 02 Depth 360 mm. For cabinets depth
1 0462 02 12 U 600 600 36 580 and 600 mm
1 0462 03 16 U 600 800 48
Cabinet depth 580 mm
1 0462 06 9U 600 500 27
Thermal management
1 0462 07 12 U 600 600 36 Fan
1 0462 08 16 U 600 800 48 2.5 m power supply cable
1 0462 09 21 U 600 1000 63 1 0462 60 230 VA fan
Thermostat
Pivoting LCS 19" cabinets 1 0348 48 Adjustable from 5 to 60 C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz
NO contact (10 A) and NC contact (5 A)
Cabinets composed of: Fixed by magnet
- base (wall-fixing)
- pivoting body allowing free access to the rear of
the cabinet to facilitate installation and maintenance Cable entry
Reversible pivoting direction
Full cable entry plate at top and bottom, a brush 1 0462 55 Cable entry plate with brush
plate can be fitted Cat.No 0462 55 For pivoting cabinets
Cabinet depth 600 mm
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg) Cable management rings
1 0462 11 9U 600 500 27
1 0462 12 12 U 600 600 36 Direct clipping onto front structural uprights of 9 U
1 0462 13 16 U 600 800 48 to 21 U fixed cabinets (Cat.No 0465 41 only) and on
1 0462 14 21 U 600 1000 63 central upright of 580 mm depth cabinets
4 0465 41 1 U, plastic
Usable section 1890 mm2
4 0465 42 2 U, plastic
Usable section 4070 mm2
Accessories
1 0462 64 Set of 4 caster wheels for assembly on pivoting
cabinets
Total load permissible on the 4 casters: 120 kg
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets customised solutions
LCS 10" wall-mounting cabinet for small businesses LCS 19" wall-mounting cabinets
n Lcs 19" wall-mounting cabinets
Cable entry plate Thermal management

with brushes(1) (fan, thermostat)
Other colour, 180 RAL
Solid metal door,

opening to the
left, no door
No side
panels
Fixed or
0335 92 pivoting
0462 20 0462 23
Earthing wire
Other key
Pack Cat.Nos LCS 10" cabinet Fixed shelves,
modular patch codes
panel 1 U and
300 mm depth cabinet feedthrough,
Compact cabinet suitable for small business blanking plates,
DIN rail kit, fibre
applications up to 36 RJ 45 sockets optic drawer
IP 20 IK 08 Power supply unit
Equipped with: 1: Pivoting cabinets
-1 reversible curved door made of safety glass
-2 side panels removable from inside
-key locking No 2433A
-2 depth-adjustable uprights
-top and bottom cable entries to DLP trunking
system format
-pre-cut back cable entry
-top and bottom perforations for natural ventilation
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg)
1 0462 20 6U 314 352 12
10" equipment
Supplied with screws and cage nuts
Modular empty panel
1 0335 92 10" panel - 1 U
For up to 2 connector units or 2 fibre optic units
(p. 506, 517)
Fixed shelf 1 U
1 0462 23 Depth 120 mm
Max. load. 10 kg
Black RAL 9005
PDU
1 0462 25 To be equipped with Arteor 2P+E
sockets
Capacity: 8 modules
energy distribution NEW customised solutions
metered PDU PDU
n PDU
With or without
measurement
- Number of circuits
- Single or three-phase
19" or vertical
format
Protected/not
protected by
circuit breaker
Number and
type of sockets
(2P+E, C13, C19,
etc.)
Cable entry:
- On terminal block or with cord
- Cords cut to length, with or
without plug
0 465 95
PDU equipped with a digital display ammeter

For supplying power to active products in 19 cabinets
Measure consumption to provide better installation management:
balancing circuits, displaying available capacity, preventing overloads
and power failures
Measure total PDU current for single-phase version and current per
phase for three-phase version
Pack Cat.Nos 19" PDU

For fixing on 19" fixing centres
Connection on terminal block
Height 1U
Supplied with screws
1 0465 90 6 x C13 sockets
Vertical PDU
Protection of each circuit by circuit breaker with a
cover providing protection against accidental breaks
Single phase
Measurement of the total PDU current
230 V 50/60 Hz power supply
PDU comprising 2 circuits with 10 IEC 60320 C13
sockets + 2 IEC 60320 C19 sockets
Fixing centre: 1700 mm min. - 1735 mm max.
H 1750 x W 62 x D 50/85 (1) mm
1 0465 93 20 x C13 sockets + 4 x C19 sockets
Connection on 2.5 - 6 mm2 terminal block
3 m power supply cord with 32 A IEC 60309
2P+E plug
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60320 C20 plug
Three-phase
Measurement per phase
380 V 50/60 Hz three-phase power supply
1 circuit per phase, each with 5 IEC 60320 C13
sockets + 1 IEC 60320 C19 socket
Fixing centre: 1738 mm min. - 1772 mm max.
H 1787 x W 62 x D 45/85 (1) mm
3 m power supply cord with 32 A IEC 60309
3P+N+E plug
1: Overall depth at the circuit breaker slot

energy distribution NEW
Power Distribution Units (PDU) and DIN rail kit
0465 65 Kit 0465 46 + 0465 47
Pack Cat.Nos Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDU) Pack Cat.Nos 19" Power Distribution Units (PDU)
PDU with protection of each circuit by 16 A circuit 230 V - 50/60 Hz power supply
breaker (equipped with cover for protection against For fixing on 19" fixing centres
accidental breaks) 180 reversible end piece
Mounting in LCS2 cabling and server cabinet with Connection via 2.5 mm2 terminal block
PDU support Cat.Nos 0465 75/76 (p. 528) Provide a 2 U space
Mounting in Varicon-L server cabinet with 2 fixing Supplied with screws
crosspieces Cat.Nos 6466 55/57
Fixing centres: 1697 mm min - 1703 mm max. PDU
H 1720 x W 55 x D 51/88 mm (2)
1 0465 511 12 x IEC 60320 C13 sockets
Supplied with screws 1 0465 521 9 x IEC 60320 C19 sockets
Single phase 1 0465 651 6 x 2P+E black sockets - British standard
230 V 50/60 Hz power supply 1 6339 001 5 x 2P+E white switch sockets - British standard
PDU comprising 2 circuits PDU with voltage surge protector unit
The total number of sockets is distributed equally 1 6339 10 5 x 2P+ sockets + MCB
between the 2 circuits Each circuit is identified by
colour-coding 1 6339 11 6 x 2P+ sockets + switch
1 0465 81 24 x C13 sockets PDU to be equipped
Connection on 4/6 mm2 terminal block 1 0332 791 Takes 16 Arteor modules
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 2P+E plug 16 A
3-phase
380 V 50/60 Hz three-phase power supply
1 circuit per phase, each with 8 IEC 60320 C13
sockets and 1 IEC 60320 C19 socket
Multi-application DIN rail kit
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 For mounting modular devices (circuit breakers,
2P+N+E plug 32 A Legrand multimedia network components, etc)
Capacity: 24 modules
Height 4 U
Screw fixing on 19" uprights
1 0465 461 DIN profile rail with front panel
Supplied with blanking plates
24 modules
Black RAL 9005
1 0465 47 Rear cover

Used with Cat.No 0 465 46
To be used for high current
applications (greater than 50 V)
Ensures IP XXB
Supplied with terminal block
(8 + 1 connections)
1: Can be mounted on 19" racks with screw Cat.No 0464 23 (p. 540)
2: Overall depth at the circuit breaker slot
cable ties and document holders NEW
0331 94
0331 95
0331 96 0331 85 0331 87 0320 68
For grouping together and organising audio, computer, VDI, etc, cables
Re-usable (cables can be added)
Pack Cat.Nos Cable ties with tightening indicator Pack Cat.Nos Self-locking cable ties
Wide cable ties with patented Repositionable cable ties
warning system to prevent Double-sided textile with "loops" on one side and
overtightening cables "hooks" on the other
Release by pinching the head of the cable tie Do not damage cables
Strap held in place after tightening Tightening
Tightening Colour Width (mm) Length (mm) max. (mm)
Width (mm) Length (mm) max. min. 10 0331 84 Black 16 150 35
50 0331 94 15 180 35 15 10 0331 85 Red 16 150 35
50 0331 95 15 225 50 35 10 0331 86 Green 16 150 35
50 0331 96 15 320 80 50 10 0331 87 Black 16 300 80
10 0331 88 Red 16 300 80
10 0331 89 Green 16 300 80
Self adhesive base

50 0320 68 For cable ties max. width 20 mm
Black - 38 x 38 x 9.4 mm
Possible central fixing with screw 4 mm
Self-adhesive document holders

Open - RAL 7035
Ext. dimensions Int. dimensions
Height Width Height Width Depth
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
20 0365 80 235 340 200 310 18
20 0365 81 165 260 130 230 18
Closed - RAL 7035
1 0365 82 Rigid plastic - IP 50
Int. dimensions: 324 x 120 x 18 mm
Transparent
10 0097 99 Soft plastic, A4 - 305 x 220 mm
Legrand cabling system LCS2
cabinets
Pack Cat.Nos Wall mounting cabinets Dimensions Pack Cat.Nos Free standing cabinets Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
Wall mounting cabinets equipped with Hx Free standing cabinets equipped with Hx
One door made of tinted glass WxD Reversable door made of Tinted glass WxD
Top & bottom cable entry plates Reversal metal rear door
Ventilation grills at sides Ventillation grills on all sides
Black RAL9017 Cable entry at top and bottom
Reducing cable channels through the
1 6348 05* 6U capacity cabinet 371.30 x usable ht Black RAL9017
600 x 500
1 6348 00 22U capacity cabinet 1124.9 x
1 6348 06 9U capacity cabinet 504.65 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 04 27U capacity cabinet 1357 x
1 6348 07 12U capacity cabinet 638 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 01 36U capacity cabinet 1747.2 x
1 6348 08 15U capacity cabinet 771.35 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 02* 42U capacity cabinet 2013.9 x
800 x 800
Accessories
1 6348 16 Mounting accessories Pkt (20 nos. each of 3) Dimensions
Accessories (mm)
1 6348 17 Cable manager 1U Metal HxD
1 6348 15 230 V AC 90 CFM fans 1 6348 11 Heavy duty shelf support 600 x 475
1 6348 10 Cantilever Trey. 1U 225D 1 6348 16 Mounting accessories Pkt

(20 nos. each of 3)
1 6348 18 Earthing strips 150 mm H
1 6348 17 Cable manager 1U Metal
1 6348 15 230 V AC 90 CFM fans
1 6348 18 Earthing strips 150 mm H
*Product available only in RAL 9017 *Product available only in RAL 9017
Audio/video preterminated sockets
The right system

to meet your needs
A wide range of technologies (HD15, HDMI, DISPLAY PORT, RCA, JACK)
to suit the location and the user requirements
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE WITH HD15 PRETERMINATED SOCKET AND VIDEO PROJECTOR SWITCH
1 Quick 2 Easy 3 Optimum

installation connection performance
6
3
1 Infrared ON/STANDBY control 2 3 Preterminated HD15 sockets 4 10 m male/male HD15 cords 5 6 Male/male HD 15 cords
for video projector associated Cat.No 0787 77/5720 97 Cat.No 0517 23
with a pushbutton
Cat.No 0787 99/5720 89

audio/video system
audio/video sockets
5720 97 5720 96 5723 70 5720 89
Pack Cat.Nos Female HD15 sockets Pack Cat.Nos HD15 + 3.5 mm Jack amplifier
Used to transmit analogue video streams (VGA, Used to connect audio/video terminals more than
XGA, UXGA depending on graphic card) between a 20 m apart up to 100 m
source (computer) and a compatible receiver (video The video link is via an HD15 connector (resolution
projector, TV, etc) up to UXGA)
Preterminated sockets - 1 module The stereo audio link is via a 3.5 mm Jack
Equipped with cord, length 15 cm The kit includes:
Arteor
- one 4-module transmitter equipped with an HD15
1 5720 97 White connector and a 3.5 mm Jack
1 5725 97 Magnesium - one 4-module receiver equipped with an HD15
connector and a 3.5 mm Jack
Screw-type female HD15 - one 4-module power supply to be connected on
sockets - 2 modules the mains then linked to the receiver or transmitter
1 5722 82 White The link between the transmitter and receiver is via
1 5727 82 Magnesium Arteor a network cord RJ 45/RJ 45
1 5723 70 White
Screw-type female HD15 sockets
2 modules + 3.5 mm Jack
1 5722 88 White
1 5727 88 Magnesium
Solder-type female HD15 sockets Infrared ON/STANDBY control

1 module Universal remote switch for turning a video projector
15 pin on or setting it to STANDBY mode
1 5722 79 White Works with all video projectors or TVs through IR
1 5727 79 Magnesium learning process
Installed close to the room's light switches, it
replaces the manufacturer's remote and is used
HDMI type A sockets to switch the video projector on and off, therefore
reducing energy consumption and extending the
Used to transmit high-definition digital audio/video Arteor bulb's lifetime
streams between a source (computer, HD-DVD 1 5720 89 White
drive, etc) and a compatible receiver (TV, video
projector, etc)
Preterminated sockets HDMI 1.4 - 1 module
Arteor Equipped with cord, length 15 cm
1 5720 96 White Display port sockets
1 5725 96 Magnesium
Used to transmit high-definition digital audio/video
Screw-type sockets HDMI 1.3 - 2 modules streams between a source (laptop, computer, etc.)
and a compatible receiver (video projector, TV, etc.)
1 5722 81 White
1 5727 81 Magnesium Preterminated socket - 1 module
ArteorEquipped with cord, length 15 cm
1 5720 90 White
Jack sockets 3.5 mm 5725 90 Magnesium
3.5 mm Jack connectors can be used to create
audio/video links
Preterminated sockets - 1 module
Arteor Equipped with cord, length 15 cm
1 5720 91 White
1 5725 91 Magnesium
4 screw-type female 3.5 mm Jack

socket - 1 module
1 5722 74 White
1 5727 74 Magnesium
Solder-type female 3.5 mm Jack

socket - 1 module
1 5722 78 White
1 5727 78 Magnesium
audio/video system
audio/video sockets (continued)
5722 72 5727 73 5722 76 5722 83 5727 70 5722 84 5720 94
Pack Cat.Nos Female 2 RCA socket Pack Cat.Nos Audio sockets

Provide the stereo audio link for any peripheral XLR 3-pin - 2 modules
device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder Provides the stereo link for microphone, amplifier,
1 module mixing console, etc
Recommended cable: 1 audio pair 0.14 mm2 to
Preterminated 0.5 mm2 shielded
Arteor Equipped with a 15 cm cord Arteor Max. cable length: 50 m (without amplifier)
1 5720 92 White 1 5722 83 White - Fast screw connection female
1 5725 92 Magnesium 1 5727 83 2
PUSH
Magnesium - Fast screw connection female

3
1
1 5722 77 White - Fast screw connection male

Connection via screw terminals 1 5727 77 Magnesium - Fast screw connection male
1 5722 72 White
XLR
1 5727 72 Magnesium
Loudspeakers sockets
Terminal 4 mm
Female 3 RCA socket 10 5722 80 White - 2 modules
Provide the composite video and stereo audio links 10 5727 80 Magnesium - 2 modules
for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc 10 5722 70 White - 1 module
1 module 10 5727 70 Magnesium - 1 module
Preterminated 100 V Line Volume Attenuators - 2 modules
Arteor Equipped with a 15 cm cord Used to adjust power and volume of a
1 5720 93 White 100 V loudspeaker line
1 5725 93 Magnesium 1 5722 84 White - 100 V - 25 W
1 5727 84 Magnesium - 100 V - 25 W
Connection via screw terminals Min
1 5722 73 White
1 5727 73 Magnesium
Female USB DATA amplifier - for
data transfer
Other audio and video sockets Used to bring connections closer to the user in case
Female BNC 75 socket - 1 module of large distances
Provides the composite video link for any peripheral For connecting USB devices (digital school board
device such as a DVD drive, camera, video / interactive whiteboard) located more than 5 m
recorder, etc away from a source (computer)
1 5722 76 White The kit includes a transmitter (1 module) and a
1 5727 76 Magnesium receiver (1 module)
The link between the transmitter and the receiver is
made via a RJ 45 / RJ 45 cord
Female USB DATA sockets - for
1 5720 23* White
data transfer
Used to bring connections closer to the user
For connecting USB devices (scanner-printer,
external hard disk). Max. cable length: 5 m.
Recommended cable: USB A
1 module
Preterminated
Arteor USB 3.0. Equipped with a 15 cm cord
1 5720 94 White - square version
1 5725 94 Magnesium - square version
Connection via screw terminals
USB 2.0. Cross section - 1 mm2
1 5722 75 White
1 5727 75 Magnesium
audio/video system
audio/video patch panels, cords and cables
0335 98 0335 97
0335 96 0335 99 0517 23 0517 24
Pack Cat.Nos 19" patch panels Pack Cat.Nos Cables

Used to distribute the audio/video signal For connecting 2 sockets a long distance apart
Equipped with marked connectors
19" female 1 U metal panels VGA cables
1 0335 98 HD15 19" panel - 12 connectors
1 0327 81 Length 20 m
1 0335 97 HDMI 19" panel - 16 connectors For full pin connection of HD15 sockets over
1 0335 96 XLR 19" panel - 16 connectors distances of up to 20 m
1 0335 99 SUBD9 19" panel - 12 connectors HDMI cables
1 0327 80 Length 20 m
For connecting HDMI sockets over distances of up
Cords to 10 m
For connecting a socket to a terminal
HD15 cord
1 0517 23 Length 10 m. For connecting an HD15 socket to a
video terminal (PC, video projector, etc.)
HD15 cord + 3.5 mm Jack
1 0517 22 Length 2 m
For connecting an HD15 video socket and a 3.5 mm
audio Jack to a terminal (PC, video projector)
HDMI 1.4 cord
For connecting an HDMI socket to an audio/video
terminal (plasma screen, DVD player, home cinema,
games console, etc)
For use over a distance of more than 10 m, use
the HDMI booster Cat.No 0779 30
1 0517 26* Length 1.5 m
1 0517 27* Length 5 m
1 0517 20* Length 10 m
HDMI booster
1 0779 30 Used to extend an HDMI connection. Consists of
2 female connectors and used as an addition to
the HDMI cord (for example cord Cat.No 0517 20)
Does not need external power supply
XLR cord
1 0517 24 Length 10 m. For connecting an XLR socket to
an audio peripheral (microphone, amplifier, etc)
9-way SUB-D cord
1 0517 25 Length 10 m. For RS 232 serial connection (printer,
machine screen, etc)
audio/video system NEW
kits
5720 26 5720 27
Pack Cat.Nos Media Hub Pack Cat.Nos Audio/video multi-participant transmitter

HD15+3.5 mm Jack
Used to connect several kinds of audio/video
devices (computer, camera, video recorder, mp3 Allows the different participants in a meeting room to
player, smartphone, etc) to a specific product and to broadcast a presentation on their PC by pressing the
display and/or listen to these media files on the TV shutter button control without disconnecting the cable
screen Connection via one HDMI cable to a TV from the projector
Particularly suitable for remote TV connection when Must be associated with other transmitters and one
it is wall-mounted receiver
Inputs: HD15+Jack, HDMI, 3RCA, Bluetooth audio Can be installed in pop-up, desktop multi-outlet
connection extensions and DLP trunking
Output: HDMI The video link is via an HD15 connector and the
4 modules stereo audio link is via a 3.5 mm Jack HD15+3.5 mm
1 5720 68* White Jack cord length 2 m included for connection to a PC
1 5725 68* Magnesium Transmitters are connected by RJ 45 patch cord (not
included)
1 5720 26* White - 4 modules
HD15 video kit
Up to 15 m Audio/video multi-participant receiver
Ideal for classrooms and small meeting rooms HD15+3.5 mm Jack
Used to transmit analogue video streams (VGA,
XGA, UXGA depending on graphic card) between Receives commands from the audio/video multi-
a source (computer) and a compatible receiver participant transmitter
(video projector, TV) over a length of 15 m Can be installed in pop-up, desktop
The video link is via an HD15 connector. The kit multi-outlet extensions and DLP trunking
includes: The video link is via an HD15 connector and the
- 2 female HD15 preterminated sockets stereo audio link is via 3.5 mm Jack
1 module HD15 + 3.5 mm Jack cord length 2 m included for
- 1 HD15 cord Length 15 m connection to a video projector
- 1 video projector switch (2 modules) and 1 push- Must be associated with the first transmitter by
button (2 modules) with supports and plates a RJ 45 patch cord (not included)
1 5720 24* White 1 5720 27* White - 2 x 4 modules
Audio/video HD15+3.5 mm Jack amplifier kit

Up to 100 m
Ideal for large meeting rooms
Used to transmit audio and analogue video streams
(VGA, XGA, UXGA depending on graphic card)
between a source (computer) and a compatible
receiver (video projector, TV) over a length (up to
100 m)
The video link is via an HD15 connector and
the stereo audio link is via a 3.5 mm Jack
The link between the transmitter and receiver is via
RJ 45 patch cord (not included)
The kit includes:
- 1 transmitter HD15+3.5 mm Jack - 4 modules
- 1 receiver HD15+3.5 mm Jack - 4 modules
- 1 power supply- 4 modules
- 2 HD15+3.5 mm cord length 2 m
- 1 video projector switch (2 modules) and
1 push-button (2 modules) with supports and plates
1 5720 25* White
audio/video system
kits
n HD15 video kit (Cat.No 5720 24)
HD15 cord HD15 cord

2m 2m
HD15 cord male/male - 15 m
Female HD15 Female HD15

preconnected socket preconnected socket
Push-button Videoprojector
switch Video on HD15
n Audio/video HD15+3.5 mm Jack amplifier kit (Cat.No 5720 25)
230 V AC
HD15 + Jack cord HD15 + Jack cord

2m 2m
RJ 45 patch cord (not included)
U/UTP or F/UTP - Cat. 5e or 6
Transmitter HD15 + Jack Receiver HD15 + Jack Power supply
Push-button Videoprojector Audio and video on HD15 + Jack

switch Audio and video on RJ 45 patch cord
n Audio/video HD15 + 3.5 mm Jack multiparticipant transmitter (Cat.No 5720 26) and receiver (Cat.No 5720 27)
230 V AC
RJ 45 patch cord
HD15 + Jack cord (not included)
2m U/UTP or F/UTP
Cat. 5e or 6
Possibility of
adding
additional
transmitters
(unlimited)
Transmitter Transmitter Receiver HD15 + Jack Power supply
HD15 + Jack HD15 + Jack
Audio and video on HD15 + Jack

Shutter button control Audio and video on RJ 45 patch cord
542
standards and certification
n New fibre optic classes ISO 11801 2nd Ed. n Compliance of LCS systems with standards and
certifications
Parameters of the fibre optic link (ISO 11801/EN 50173)
LCS systems and components (de-embedded)
Multimode Singlemode conform to the following standards:
- TIA/EIA 568C
Parameter 850 nm 1300 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm - EN 50173-1 and EN 50173-2
- ISO/IEC 11801 version 2
Fibre attenuation dB/km 3.5 max. 1.5 max. 1.0 1.0
The LCS system supports 10GBase-T applications
Bandwidth MHz.km 200 min. 500 min. n/a n/a up to 100 m in a transmission channel
Conforms with standards ISO/IEC 24750, TIA TSB 155
Connector attenuation dB 0.75 max. 0.75 max. 0.75 max. 0.75 max. and IEEE 802.3
The Ea link class of the LCS system also conforms with amendment1
Return loss dB 20 min. 20 min. 26 min. 26 min. (04/2008) of standard ISO 11801 and its components conform with
amendment 2
LCS systems are certified by expert independent laboratory 3P
n Typical layout of a fibre optic link between 2 distribution

blocks n Main characteristics of LCS systems
Table 2 RJ 45 sockets
LCS 6a LCS 6 LCS 5e
RJ 45 panel
Frequency 500 Mhz 250 MHz 100 Mhz
2 Electrical signal
Speed 10 Gbps 1 Gbps 1 Gbps
Copper/ Copper/optical
optical fibre switch fibre converter Wiring Copper FO Copper FO Copper
Optical fibre drawer Connectors RJ 45 SC-LC RJ 45 SC-LC RJ 45
Optical signal Max. cable length 100 m variable 100 m variable 100 m
Table 1
Optical fibre drawer
1
Copper/optical n New names for LAN cables (according to ISO 11801-2)
Copper/ fibre converter
optical fibre switch They correspond to: "type of cable shield"/ "type of twisted pair shield"
Electrical signal
TP monitoring (for twisted pairs)
RJ 45 panel
Type of cable Twisted
RJ 45 sockets Cable pair
shielding
: Optical link old name new name shielding
: Copper link SSTP S/FTP S: screen made up F: screen

formed
a metal braid of
an aluminium
and polyester
ribbon
n Maximal length of channel by fibre 850/1300 nm SFTP SF/UTP SF: combination of U: no screen
Shielding of
twisted pairs
optic application bandwidth ribbon + braid
(Mhz x km) STP U/FTP U: no screen F: screen formed Cable shielding
of an aluminium
and polyester
ribbon
FTP F/UTP F: screen formed of U: no screen
an aluminium and
3500 / 5000 polyester ribbon
OS1/OS2 UTP U/UTP U: no screen U: no screen
2
1500 / 500
500 / 500 OM4
550
OM3
OM2
Multimode Singlemode
Applications
OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1/OS2
10 Gigabits Ethernet 82 m 300 m 550 m (1)
NA
(S/R base)
Giga Ethernet (LX base) 550 m 550 m 550 m 2 km
Giga Ethernet (SX base) 550 m 550 m 1100 m NA
TIA 568
IEEE 802.3 applications
1: Engineered solution using a max. cabled fibre attenuation of 3.0 dB/km. If not distance is
400 m
543
standards and certification
n Zone distribution boxes Application example

A zone distribution box is installed to connect the RJ 45 sockets and
Compliance with standards: meet the future requirements of the installation
Zone distribution box: TIA/EIA 568
UTE C 15-900
NF C 15-100 - NF C 20-730
EN 50-174.2
ISO 11801
EN 50173
IEC 60950
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 id.2.0, EN 50173-1, TIA/EIA 568
General characteristics:
- 6 or 12 incoming ports (depending on Cat.No)
RJ 45 wiring
- 4, 8 or 12 outgoing ports (depending on Cat.No) maximum
Connection of mixed cords via RJ 45 connector
(RJ 45/stripped)
- UTP and FTP versions
- Cat. 5e, 6 and 6 A 7 lines
- for computer applications; telephone, access control, etc in reserve
- Material: Polycarbonate PC hood
Polypropylene PP base
- Colour: RAL 7035
- Weatherproofing protection index: IP 21
- Mechanical impact protection index: IK 07 Connection to additional RJ 45 sockets is done by adding RJ 45 - RJ 45
cords between the unit and the RJ 45 sockets with copper feedthrough
- Holding strength of connector units in the box: 100 N
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties
Dimensions
49.8
137.1
352 166
Performance
Maximum recommended lengths of links to ensure high performance
of the systems with the use of RJ 45 sockets with copper
feedthroughs and/or RJ 45 sockets
Associated lengths (m)
Cords Cables Links 1 line

in reserve
8 70 78
Cat. 6A 15 60 75
20 55 75
8 70 78
Cat. 6 15 60 75
20 55 75
8 75 83
Cat. 5e 15 65 80
20 60 80
We recommend selecting the shortest wiring lengths for more
flexibility regarding cord length in the event of reconfiguration
544
n Flush-mounting 10/100 Base-T Ethernet switches n Installation principle for a Wi-Fi access point with Power
over Ethernet injector
0 779 00 0 779 01
Power supply 230 V PoE
Speed 100 Mbps
Standards 802.3/802.3u 802.3u
802.3 af
Common technical Operating temperature: from 0C to +40C
characteristics Max. permissible humidity level: 95 %
Auto MDI-X (takes crossed and straight cords)
Orange LED: - on: speed of 100 Mbps
- off: speed 10 Mbps
Green LED on: traffic
n Wi-Fi access points RJ45 Connector
An 802.11 a and b/g/n solution
Radio communication standard 802.11 b/g/n

802.11 b/g 802.11 a PoE injector
or 802.11 a/n
Power supply standard 802.3 af
Power over Ethernet
Frequency band between 2.40 230 V
5 GHz 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz
and 2.48 GHz
Number of available channels 13 8 40 MHz or 20 MHz
Switch
Max. gross speed 54 Mbps 54 Mbps 300 Mbps
230 V
n Benefits of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point

-P ossibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g
New products: invited access: used to allocate a network dedicated
to visitors
Provides a max. gross speed of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous
mode Particular case of the
- Very high security level: WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and 1 port PoE: Clips directly
authentication (802.1x) onto a port on any patch
- Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another panel A single cord is
without breaking the link) necessary to connect it
- Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video to a port on the switch PoE injector
and finally data)
- Easy to configure and make secure: using the CD supplied with the 4 x RJ 45 connector
access point unit
n Installation
n Operation of PoE injector
In all supports able to take a Arteor mechanism (trunking, columns,
flush-mounting boxes, floor boxes, etc) A PoE injector has one input and one output per access point to be
Do not place access points behind anything that could limit the supplied
antenna's range
Access points are connected tool-free via an RJ 45 connector Incoming switch: data
Power supply
48 V
n Sizing
: Data
- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement (in entrance hall)
- Provide 1 access point per 100 m2 for overall coverage and a : Power
maximum gross speed
- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for a desk used by Pair 2
Outgoing cable to
visitors Pair 3 Pair 1 Pair 4
patch panel:
Data + power supply
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Twisted pairs cable

exiting from the PoE
carries power (48 V)
to feed the data
n Legrand services
The Relations Pro (1) service will work with you and guide you in setting
up your VDI sites, offering:
- help with sizing the installation
- on-site assistance for integrating products and making important
installations secure
Advisors are also available to answer all your technical questions
1: 0810 48 48 48 (local call rate) Monday to Friday 8am to 6pm
545
fibre optic connectors
n Technical characteristics Connection:

- Connection of connectors on 900 m fibre 1/ Insert the fibre into the connector
- Maximum attenuation: 0.3 dB
- Ideal for high-speed systems: 10 gigabit Ethernet
- Operating temperature: 0 to 65 C
- Shallow connectors
n Advantages:
- High quality finish
- Can be reused 5 times
- Shallow connector, depth less than 40 mm
- Connector factory pre-polished and does not require any glue
- No special tools, easy to transport
- Speed of installation: simple connection process, quick training
It takes less than five seconds to fit the connector
2/ Slide the switch on the connector -
the splice is done
n The basic steps

Preparation of the fibre:
Stripping Cleaving
3/ Slide the boot onto the connector

Finally, the visual fault locator is used
to check the connection.
Inspection
n Rapid crimping connectors with tool case Cat.No 0326 90

Types of connector
- ST connector: Helical shape locked
by "push and turn"
bayonet type connector
- SC connector: Rectangular shape "push-pull"

latch type locking
Suitable for a large number
of active devices
Recommended in the generic
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
- LC connector: Rectangular shape tab locking

Half the size of a conventional
connector
546
LCS 19"cabling and server freestanding cabinets
n General characteristics n Usable dimensions

Extendable metallic cabinets. RAL 7016 textured polyester coating
600
providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching
Front door made of safety glass, front and rear microperforated metal
doors for server cabinets
Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20.
Protection index against mechanical impact: IK 08 A
Perforations in 19" uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm
Loading capacity: 4 20 kg for cabling cabinet
630 kg for server cabinet
D C
n Compliance with standards

LCS cabinets comply with the following standards: E
450le B
b
IEC 60529 (NF C 20-010) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures Usaea
EN 60529 (IP code) ar
IEC 62262 (EN 50102, NF C 20-015) Degree of protection provided by enclosures of

EN 62262 electrical equipment against external mechanical impacts (IK code) 465ce
tan
87(2) Dis
IEC 60950-1
EN 60950-1 Safety of data processing equipment (maximum 162)
C 77-210-1
G
Cabinets, enclosures, panels and associated equipment
EIA-310-E (ANSI/EIA/310-E-2005)
IEC 60297-3-100 (NF C 20-150, NF C 20-151) Sizes of mechanical structures

DIN 41414-7 of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series F(2)
Min/Max
LCS cabinets can be integrated into installations complying with the

following standards:
800
EN 50173-1 Information technology - Generic cabling systems
EN 50174-1 and 2 Information technology - Cabling installation

C 90-480-1 and 2
ISO IEC 11801 Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises A
NF C 15-100 Low voltage electrical installations - Recommendations

Part 4-41
D C
Low voltage electrical installations
IEC 60364-4-41 - Protection for safety
- Protection against electric shock
B
450le
E b
Usaea
ar
n Overall dimensions (mm)
465ce
tan
D Dis
A B C A B 87(2)
(maximum 162)
G
F(2)
160 Min/Max 2: Continuous adjustment
W 160 with adjustments in widths
160 of 12.5 mm
Single front door cabinets Single front door cabinets
Cat.Nos Capacity H(1) W D A B
Usable area F(2)
0463 00 24 U 1226 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
0463 06 29 U 1448 B C D Min. Max.
659 1208 0463 00 24 U 1086
0463 12 33 U 1626 610 1138
0463 18/30 0463 06 29 U 1308
659 490 425
0463 19 859 0463 12 33 U 1486 490 118 193 41
1408 0463 18/30
0463 21 42 U 2026 657
0463 22/33 857 1608 0463 19 859 690 625
0463 23 810 1057 1525 1808 0463 21 42 U 657 1886 490 425
0463 28 857 1608 0463 22/33 857 690 625
47 U 2248 0463 23 1057 690 890 825 122 197 141
0463 29 1057 1808
0463 28 857 690 625
Double front door cabinets 0463 29
47 U
1057
2108
890 825
Cat.Nos Capacity H(1) W D A B C
Double front door cabinets
0463 41 657 815
Usable area F(2)
0463 42 42 U 2026 810 857 1165 1015 1535 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
B C D Min. Max.
0463 43 1057 1215
0463 41 657 490 425
0463 42 42 U 857 1886 690 690 625 122 197 141
Server cabinets
0463 43 1057 890 825
Cat.Nos Capacity H (1)
W D A B
0463 85 42 U 2026 610 1086 1160 1655
Server cabinets
Usable area F(2)
0463 86 42 U 2026 810 1096 1550 1858 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
B C D Min. Max.
1: Without adjustment levelling feet (+ 15 to 45 mm with feet) 0463 85 1086 490 41
42 U 1886 890 825 75 150
0463 86 1096 690 141
547
LCS 19"cabling and server freestanding cabinets and accessories
n LCS cabling cabinet cable entries (mm) n Cabinet plinths (mm)

Pre-cut at the top and bottom in 19" format (usable area 451 mm) Base kit + side traps
14
Width 600 Width 800
Depth
600
E
Depth F C
D A
800 B
00
or 2
100
Cabinet dim. Overall Mounting Usable area

Depth
1000 - Width x Depth A B C D E F
600 x 600 599 599 478 478 449 449
600 x 800 599 799 478 678 449 649
800 x 600 799 599 678 478 649 449
n LCS server cabinet cable entries (mm) 800 x 800 799 799 678 678 649 649
Pre-cut at the top in 19" format (usable area 451 mm) 600 x 1000 599 999 478 878 449 849
Bottom central cut (805 x 450 mm) 800 x 1000 799 999 678 878 649 849
Top Bottom n Linking interface (mm)

Left or right assembly of a cabinet fitted with a 200 mm high base
Width Reversible interface cover
600
Width
800
n Weight of cabling cabinets (kg)

Weights shown correspond to net weight (without packaging)
Weight Weight
Cat.Nos Cabinet Extension cabinet
0463 00 69 - C
A
C
0463 06 77 - A
B
0463 12 84 - B
0463 18/30 (ext) 99 72

200
0463 19 110 -
0463 21 114 -
0463 22/33 (ext) 127 90
0463 23 151 - Cabinet dim. A B C
Depth
0463 28 138 -
600 595 435 120
0463 29 163 -
0463 41 114 -
0463 42 127 -
0463 43 151 -
n Weight of server cabinets (kg)

Weights shown correspond to net weight (without packaging)
Weight
Cat.Nos Cabinet
0463 85 155
0463 86 166
548
LCS cabling and server cabinet accessories
n Adjustable height plinths n 19" plates with fans (mm)
3U
89
465
482
3U
89
465
482
Ventilation zone
Cat.Nos Output
Number of fans (m3/h)
0464 87 2 180
0464 88 3 270
n Shelves (mm)
W3
th W2
Wid De
pth W1
D C
B D
31
A
t of (ti
sup le
Se ral 14 Usable width
te p Cat.Nos D C
2 la por t are or t W1 W2 W3
sup ets D a)
tilebrack os 9 0462 23(1) 120 216
t.N
Ca 4 38/ C
6 0 0465 00 115 435
0 4 39/4
30 0465 01 200 435
38
or ile 0465 02 360 435
(t )
e s s
kn 25 0465 05 425 440
hic
H t
15 0465 06 625 440
0465 07 825 440
0465 08 425 425 320
0465 09 625 425 420
H(1) Usable area Distance (width x depth) 0465 10 625 425 420
Width x
Cat.Nos With To the
Depth Min. Max. A B C D 0465 17 820 425
cabinet ground
0464 30 600 x 600 530 435 478 x 478 520 x 520 0465 18 820 380 650
0464 31 600 x 800 530 730 435 635 478 x 678 520 x 720
1: Fixing centre 236.5 mm
0464 32 600 x 1000 930 835 478 x 878 520 x 920
200 350
0464 33 800 x 600 530 435 678 x 478 720 x 520
n Keyboard support shelf (mm)
0464 34 800 x 800 730 730 635 635 678 x 678 720 x 720
0464 35 800 x 1000 930 835 678 x 878 720 x 920
1: Adjustable in steps of 25 mm + fine tuning
n Supports for cable guides on server cabinets
825
Cat.No 0464 78 max
. - 62
5 min
.
460
max
.
Cat.No 0464 79
5U
250
Cable guides can be installed

quickly on the supports
Cat.Nos 0464 72/73/74/78/79
549
Legrand cabling system
19" racks and accessories
n PDU support n 19" Racks
73 Permissible load: 15 kg/U

31.2
0464 06 0464 07
510 655
20
27 x 7
80.5 x 5.5 74 x 9
29 x 9
105.5 x 5.5
94 x 9
2185
2185
2135
2135
70.5 x 5.5
73
31.2
20
25
27 x 7
267 604 41
80.5 x 5.5 74 x 9 521 667 3 604
105.5 x 5.5 29 x 9
94 x 9
70.5 x 5.5
n Cord management grids
0464 25 0464 26 0464 27
1755 MAX (0 465 75)
1986 MAX ( 0 465 76)
165
5 x 7U ( 0 465 75)
6 x 7U ( 0 465 76)
1822 ( 0 465 76)
1600 (0 465 75)
1858 (0 465 75)

2080 (0 465 76)
1827 (0 465 75)

2049 (0 465 76)
156
153
1U
1U
800 (0 465 75)
911 (0 465 76)
7 U(1)
22(1)
1970
105.5
12(1)
1970
1965
1: For PDU with button mounting
204 331
165 267
550
n 0464 25 n Cable tray support
Swing latch replacement installation 0464 18/19
Installation can be either right or left hand swing out
n 0464 26/27
Bend limiting clips Cord coiling support
1U
n Joining racks with grid

0464 25/26 0464 27
63 mm 165 mm
n 19" cord management panels

0465 70/71
1U
or
2U 172
551
19" and 10" LCS wall-mounting cabinets
n General characteristics
Metallic wall-mounting cabinets
RAL 7016 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching
Front door made of safety glass
Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20
Protection index against mechanical impact: IK 08
Perforations in uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm
Permissible load: 3 kg/U (or 48 kg for a 19" cabinet 16 U)
12 kg for the 10" cabinet 6 U
n Compliance with standards

LCS cabinets comply with the following standards: LCS cabinets can be integrated into installations complying with the
following standards:
IEC 60529 (NF C 20-010) Degrees of protection provided by
EN 60529 enclosures (IP code). EN 50173-1 Information technology - Generic
IEC 62262 (EN 50102, NF C 20-015) Degrees of protection cabling systems.
EN 62262 provided by enclosures of electrical equipment against EN 50174-1 Information technology - Cabling installation.
external mechanical impacts (IK code). and 2
IEC 60950-1 Safety of data processing equipment. C 90-480-1 and 2
EN 60950-1 ISO IEC 11801 Information technology - Generic cabling for
C 77-210-1 customer premises
EIA-310-E Cabinets, enclosures, panels and associated equipment NF C 15-100 Low voltage electrical installations - Recommendations.
(ANSI/EIA/310-E-2005). Part 4-41
IEC 60297-3-100 (NF C 20-150, NF C 20-151) Sizes of mechanical UTE C90-483 Residential cabling for communication networks
DIN 41414-7 structures of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series
Low voltage electrical installations
IEC 60364-4-41 - Protection for safety
- Protection against electric shock
n Overall dimensions (mm)
Dep Cat.Nos Capacity Height Width Depth
th
600 0462 00 6U 350
0462 01 9U 500
400
0462 02 12 U 600
0462 03 16 U 800
19" fixed cabinets 600
Height
0462 06 9U 500
0462 07 12 U 600
580
0462 08 16 U 800
0462 09 21 U 1000
0462 11 9U 500
19" pivoting 0462 12 12 U 600

600 615
cabinets 0462 13 16 U 800
0462 14 21 U 1000
10" cabinet 0462 20 6U 352 314 300
Pivoting bottom opening Front door and side panel opening

D
C
93
843
96

A
1 114
167 B
1 171 175
Doors open Panels open

Cat.Nos
A B C D
1 190
0462 00
0462 01
400 962 305 1205
0462 02 10" cabinet door opening Cat.No 0462 20
0462 03
19" fixed cabinets
0462 06
0462 07
580 1140 482.5 1565
0462 08
615
0462 09
180
0462 11
19" pivoting 0462 12

600 1179 482.5 1565
cabinets 0462 13
660
0462 14
552
n Usable dimensions (mm)
19" LCS fixed cabinets depth 400 mm 19" LCS fixed cabinets depth 580 mm
50 50
Ove
rall Ove
dim
600 ens 600 rall
dim
area ions area ens
ble 400 ble ions
Usa 105 Usa 105 580
3 x 3 x
50 50
Height 350 / 500 / 600 / 800

Capacity 6U / 9U / 12U / 16U
285 / 435 / 535 / 735
Height 500 / 600 / 800 / 1000

Usable area
435 / 535 / 735 / 935

525
Usable area
200 x 80 200 x 80
451 rea
a
ble
Usa 5 451 rea
550 / 750
250 / 350 /
150 / 250 /
350 / 550
46 ce ble
a
an Usa
Dist 525 465 ce
n
Dista
(ma 258
xim (ma 435
um xim
308 um
) 92 485
(minimum 42) ) 92
(minimum 42)
19" LCS pivoting cabinets depth 600 mm 10" LCS cabinet depth 300 mm
62 50 Ove
rall
Ove dim
rall ens
600 ions
440 dim 314 305
le area ens
ions 105
b
Usa 615
Height 500 / 600 / 800 / 1000
.5
Usable area 288

435 / 535 / 735 / 935
222 rea
a
Usable area
s a ble
U
200 x 140
Height 352
.5
236 ce
451 rea an
ble
a Dist
Usa
465 ce
n
Dista
(ma 207
xim
(ma 365 um
xim 257
um )
465 82
)
200 (minimum 32)
(minimum 100)
125 25
n Fixing of cabinets (mm) n Weight (kg)

Capacity A B C D Cat.Nos Weight
6U 275 0462 00 16.7
25
C 9U 425 0462 01 20.4

B 19" fixed 12 U 525 408 20 11 0462 02 22.8
cabinets
16 U 725 19" fixed 0462 03 26
21 U 925 cabinets 0462 06 25.7
D 9U 425 0462 07 32.7
A
19" pivoting 12 U 525 0462 08 41.5

500 18 9
cabinets 16 U 725 0462 09 52.5
A
21 U 925 0462 11 31.8

10" cabinets 6U 275 250 15 6.5 19" pivoting 0462 12 40
cabinets 0462 13 47.3
0462 14 59
10" cabinet 0462 20 8
A
553
energy distribution
vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
n Vertical Power Distribution Units configuration

0465 81 0465 84 0465 85 0465 93 0465 94 0465 95 0465 96
n Mounting in LCS2 cabling and server cabinets
Mounting in LCS2 cabinets and server cabinets

with a PDU support Cat.Nos 0465 75/76 (p. 533)
554
Aluminium snap-on
columns & mini-columns
Ideal for distribution of power and data vertically, close to
the workstations. Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
Time saving thanks to the direct clipping system
DISCOVER THE RANGES

Aluminium columns and mini-columns
Aluminium columns: 1 or 2 compartments and adjustable height (up to 4.7 m)
Aluminium mini-columns: 2 compartments ; 0.68 m height
NEW
Snap-on aluminium columns and mini-columns
Arteor sockets for snap-on system Cablofil wire mesh cable tray

P.564
Motion sensors for
Motion sensors 1 circuit for passageway
without natural light
P.567
Lighting Lighting Management
management sensors for
sensors passageways with
natural light
P.560-561
Choosing the right
Selection chart sensor
P.565
Motion Sensors for
Technical data 1 circuit
Lighting
Management
with Sensors
556
P.567 P.570 P.571
Lighting Management Lighting Management Lighting Management
sensors for work areas sensors for multi-circuit sensors for controllers for
with natrual light ceiling mounted controllers passageway and work areas
for areas with natural light with natural light
P.562 P.563
Motion and Lighting Lighting Management
Management sensors sensors and room
for 1 circuit controllers for multiple
circuits control
P.568-569
Lighting
Management
sensors
557
pour exemple
STEP 2 : Choose
: xxxxxxx
the right sensor pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Coverage patterns
Installation type Examples of

Cat.Nos Range Detection area
Technology applications
2.5 m
Individual office,
5m :5 m corridor, stairways,
restrooms etc.
(1)
0488 04 m:
.
8m Individual office
(1)
0489 14
Individual office,
classroom, meeting
8m . room, open plan
office
5740 79
(2)
5740 31
.
6 m (US) Classroom, meeting
room, open plan
5 m (PIR) . office
0488 06/09
. .
.
Individual office,
7 m (US) classroom, meeting
12 m (PIR) room, restrooms
etc.
(1)
0489 16
.
0488 07 Hall, stairways
8m
. etc.
.
0488 08
(1)
1 lighting output & 1 fan output
(2)
without neutral
.
Hall, stairways, very
15 m
long areas
0489 17
(1) . 15 15
8m . Hall, stairways
5740 47
(2)
5740 34
.
2 x 12 m Long corridor
0488 17
High ceiling areas

20 m (Warehouses,
gymnasium)
0489 32
High ceiling areas

(Warehouses,
18 m gymnasium)
outdoor car park,
0489 33 cellar, laboratory
(1)
1 lighting output & 1 fan output
(2)
without neutral
pour exemple
STEP 2 : Choose
: xxxxxxx
the right sensor pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
room controller

.
6 m (US) Individual office,
. classroom
5 m (PIR)
0488 22 . .
7 m (US) Individual office,

5 m (PIR) classroom
0488 23
8m . Individual office,
classroom
5740 48
.
Restrooms,
8m
. changing room
0488 20
.
Restrooms,
5m
changing room
0488 24
Restrooms,
8m .
changing room
5740 46
12
2.4 m
m: 3 10 18 27
Corridors, very long
27 m
70 corridor
0488 25 10 m
.
Outdoor car park,
10 m cellar, laboratory,
test rooms
0488 30
n rooM ConTroLLEr - ConTroL oF CIrCUITS

In order to control several circuits (lighting, fans, blinds),
Lighting Management sensors can be used with room
controllers.
The following chart indicates which room controller to use:
DIMMIng
on-oFF
DaLI 1-10 v HaLogEn - InCanDESCEnT - DIMMaBLE LEDS (1)
1 lighting circuit in the same room 0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 0488 45
1 lighting circuit
0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 -
+ fan output in the same room
2 lighting circuits in the same room 0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 0488 45
2 lighting circuits
- 0488 51 - -
+ 1 fan output in the same room
2 lighting circuits (2 inputs, 2 outputs) 0488 42

0488 41 - 0488 45
in 2 rooms (1000 VA)
0488 44
4 lighting circuits (4 inputs, 4 outputs)
0488 43 (max. 32 0488 43 -
in 4 rooms
ballasts)
2 lighting circuits + 1 blind output

+ 1 fan output (4 inputs, 4 outputs) 0488 47 - 0488 47 -
in the same room
(1)
Refer to the load table in the data sheet available online in the e-catalogue (note: some commercially available dimmable LEDs are not compatible).
pour exemple
motion and Lighting
: xxxxxxx
Management sensors for
pour
1 circuit
exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx chart
selection xxxxxxxx
MOTION SENSORS
Installation
areas without
Wall
natural light Ceiling
Surface mounting(2) Flush-mounting(1)
Passageway
Hall/lobby
Stairways/hallways
Storage areas/technical areas 8m 8m 8m
0488 03(1) 0489 11 5740 47(1)/5740 34(4) - Without neutral
Outdoor and damp areas
8m
Indoor/external car park 0489 31 Fixed head

IP 55 -
Indoor entrance areas 8m 0 / 90
0697 40/0697 80
8m
0697 40 Directional head
Lighting management SENSORS

Areas with Automatic On-Off
natural light Checking permanently the presence and daylight level
Work areas
Individual office/small room

8m 8m 8m
0488 00/0488 04(3) 0489 14 5740 49/5740 31(1)
Open plan office/classroom/

meeting room 8m 8m 8m
0488 06(1)/0488 09 0489 16(3) 5740 49/5740 31(1)

Passageway
Hall/lobby
Stairways/hallways 8m 20 m 8m
0488 07(1)/0488 08(1) 0489 17 (3) 5740 47(1)/5740 34(4) - Without neutral
Hallways
Very long areas 2 x 12 m 20 m 8m
0488 17 (1)
0489 17 (3) 5740 47 /5740 34 - Without neutral
(1) (4)
10 m 270
High ceiling areas fixing
(gymnasium, IP 55 25 m height -
storage areas...) 20 m
0489 32 (Flush-mounting)
0489 33
Restrooms, bathrooms
Dressing room 8m 8m 8m
0488 04(3) 0489 16 (3) 5740 47(1)/5740 34(4) - Without neutral

outdoor & damp areas
8m
0489 32
Indoor/outdoor car park lot
IP 55 270 270 -
Indoor entrance areas
20 m 20 m
0489 33 Directional head 0489 33 Directional head
1: Surface mounting box option - 2: corner mounting option - 3: 1 lighting output + 1 fan output - 4: Dedicated retrofit solution
562
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors and room controllers
pour exemple
for multiple
: xxxxxxx
circuits control
xxxxxxxx chart
selection xxxxxxxx
CHOOSE THE SENSOR Automatic On-Off

Checking permanently the presence and the light level
Installation
Wall
Ceiling
Surface mounting Flush-mounting
Work areas
Individual office
Classroom 8m 5m 8m
0488 22 0488 23 5740 48
Passageway
Restrooms, changing rooms...

8m 5m 8m
0488 20 0488 24 5740 46
Hallways
-
Very long areas 8m 30 m
0488 20 0488 25
High ceiling areas

- -
(gymnasium, storage area...) 30 m
0488 25
outdoor & damp areas
270
Car park lot, cellar, 15 m
laboratory, test room, IP 55 - 15 m -
changing room
0488 30 10 m
AND THE OUTPUTS

TO BE MANAGED Dimming
on-off
dali 1-10 V Halogen - Incandescent - Dimmable leds (1)
1 lighting circuit in the same room 0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 0488 45
1 lighting circuit + fan output in the

0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 -
same room
2 lighting circuits in the same room 0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 0488 45
2 lighting circuits + 1 fan output in the

- 0488 51 - -
same room

0488 41 - 0488 45
in 2 rooms (1000 VA)

0488 43 (max. 32 0488 43 -
in 4 rooms ballasts)
2 lighting circuits + 1 blind output +
1 fan output (4 inputs, 4 outputs) 0488 47 - 0488 47 -
in the same room
1: Refer to the load table in the data sheet available online in the e-catalogue (Note: some commercially available dimmable LEDs are not compatible)
563
pour exemple
motion sensors
: xxxxxxx
for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
motion sensors for passageway without natural light xxxxxxxx
0489 11 0488 03 0489 31 0697 80 5740 47

(directional head)
Selection chart (p. 562)
Automatic on/off
Manual adjustment of light level threshold and time delay via potentiometer
All load 8.5 A - 240 V
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for passageways Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for outdoor and damp areas
Surface mounted on wall Surface mounted on wall
1 0489 11 PIR wall mounted motion sensor 1 0489 31 PIR wall mounted motion sensor
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 180 infrared detection, range 8 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m
3-wire with neutral 3-wire with neutral
IP 42 IP 55
Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux Light level threshold: 5 to 1275 lux
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min
Standby consumption: 0.7 W Standby consumption: 0.7 W
For direct surface mounting on wall For direct surface mounting on wall
Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568)
Wall mounted - Arteor Ceiling mounted
PIR wall mounted motion sensors PIR wall and ceiling mounted motion sensor
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 360 infrared detection with directional head,
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m range 8 m
IP 41 Fixes directly to ceiling or wall (min. height: 1.70 m)
Light level threshold: 5 to 1275 lux 3-wire with neutral
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min IP 55
Standby consumption: 0.2 W Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux
1 5740 47 White - with neutral Adjustable time delay: 12 s to 16 min
1 5740 34 White - without neutral Standby consumption: 0.4 W
Wall mounted Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
PIR wall mounted motion sensor 1 0697 40 Grey
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 1 0697 80 White
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
IP 41
Without neutral, ideal to replace push-buttons wired
to a timer
The time delay settings must be the same between
the sensor and the timer
1 0784 57 White
Ceiling mounted
6 0488 03 PIR ceiling motion sensor
360 infrared detection, range 8 m
3-wire with neutral
IP 41
Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min
Consumption: 0.4 W on standby
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
Can be surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
motion sensors for 1 circuit
detection areas and load table
n Detection areas
Cat.Nos 5740 47/34, 0784 54/55/56 and 0792 58/59 Cat.No 0488 03
8m
0.5 m
1.5 m 1.3 m
3m
5m 1.5 m
10 m 3m
2.4 m
3m 1.2 m
5m 1.5 m
10 m 3m
m: 5 4 2 1 0 1 2 4 5
Cat.Nos 0489 11/31

Cat.Nos 0697 40/80
15
2.50 m
2.50 m
2.5 m
8m 12 m
0 4m 8m 45
6m
6m
6m
45
4m 8m
n Load table
ELV halogen with ELV halogen

ferromagnetic with electronic Compact
Cat.No Halogen bulb transformer transformer Fluorescent tube fluorescent bulb LED
5740 47 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W
5740 34 40 x 400 W 40 - 400 VA 40 - 400 VA - - -
0489 11 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W
0488 03 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W
0489 31 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W
0697 40/80 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W
565
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for passageway with natural light
Lighting xxxxxxxx
With knock-out
cable entries
0488 17 0488 08 0489 17 0489 33 0489 32 5740 34

Load table (p. 569)
Check presence and natural light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Occupancy mode (automatic switch-on/off factory setting). Can be used with pushbutton Cat.No 0770 40 (or illuminated pushbutton Cat.No 0770 33) for
vacancy mode (manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off). Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool Cat.No 0882 30 (p. 568)
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 59 min. Light level threshold adjustable from 5 to 1275 lux
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for passageways Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for outdoor and damp areas
Ceiling mounted Wall or ceiling mounted
Fix directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws 1 0489 33 PIR wall and ceiling mounted multi lens Lighting
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm, Management sensors
Cat.No 0893 58 270 infrared detection with directional head,
3-wire with neutral range 20 m
Standby consumption: 0.4 W Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m 3-wire with neutral
1 0488 17 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors IP 55
360 infrared with detection angle of 2 x 12 m Standby consumption: 0.7 W
Ideal for hallway Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory
IP 41 Cat.No 0489 72 (p. 568)
Connection via automatic terminals
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory Ideal for high ceiling areas
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568) Ceiling mounted
1 0488 07 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors 1 0489 32 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors
360 infrared detection, range 8 m 360 infrared detection, 20 m at 10 m high, 8 m
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m at 2.5 m high
Connection via automatic terminals 3-wire with neutral
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory IP 55, IP 66 with cable gland Cat.No 0980 23
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568) Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 20 m
1 0488 08 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors Standby consumption: 0.4 W
360 infrared detection, range 8 m Compatible with Cablofil cable trays
Fast connection
Surface mounted on wall Ideal for storage areas and restrooms
1 0489 17 PIR wall mounted Lighting Management sensors Wall mounted
180 infrared detection, range 20 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m 180 infrared detection, range 8 m
3-wire with neutral Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
IP 42 Standby consumption: 0.2 W
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
presence data 2-wire cable (without neutral)
Standby consumption: 0.4 W IP 41
Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
2 modules
1 5740 34 PIR flush mounted Lighting Management sensors
without neutral
White
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for work areas with natural light
Lighting xxxxxxxx
Lighting Management
sensor: Integrated
pushbutton
0488 09 0489 16 5740 49

Load table (p. 569)
Check presence and light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off (factory setting)
Can be used with pushbutton Cat.No 0770 40 (or illuminated pushbutton Cat.No 0770 33) for manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off
Infrared and ultrasonic motion sensors for workplaces, providing precise presence detection as soon as the wave transmitted by the sensor is
modified (for example, by hand movement on a keyboard)
Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool (p. 568)
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for work areas Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for offices
Suitable for meeting room, classroom, open plan Wall mounted
office, etc. 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range 8 m
Ceiling mounted Recommended fixing height: 1.20 m
Standby consumption: 0.2 W
360 infrared and ultrasonic detection, 8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
IP 20 3-wire cable
3-wire with neutral IP 41
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
Standby consumption: 0.8 W surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
Fix directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws 2 modules
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm 1 5740 49 Dual technology flush mounted Lighting
1 0488 06 Dual technology ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors with neutral
Management sensors White
Connection via automatic terminals
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
1 0488 09 Dual technology ceiling mounted Lighting
Management sensors
Fast connection Ideal for a individual office
Surface mounted on wall Ceiling mounted
1 0489 14 PIR technology wall mounted Lighting Management PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors
sensors with presence output 360 infrared detection, 8 m range
180 infrared detection, range (front) 8 m 3-wire with neutral
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
3-wire with neutral Standby consumption: 0.4 W
IP 42 Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on (included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
presence data Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Consumption: 0.4 W on standby Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m IP 41
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) 1 0488 00 Without 2 A contact for HVAC control
1 0488 04 Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on
1 0489 16 Dual technology wall mounted Lighting Management presence data
sensors with presence output
180 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range (front)
8m
3-wire with neutral
IP 42
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on
presence data
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568)
configuration tools and accessories configuration tools and accessories
n Customising settings on-site

All sensors are preset in the factory
500 lux light level threshold for ceiling mounted sensors and 300 lux
for surface mounting sensors
15-minute time delay and walkthrough function activated
The configuration tools are used to adjust the preset settings and the
RJ 45 connectors 0488 72 detection sensitivity
n Installing surface mounting boxes Cat.Nos 0488 74/75
0882 35 0882 30 0488 68
Pack Cat.Nos Configuration tools for Lighting

Management sensors
All sensors are supplied with factory settings:
- 500 lux light level threshold for ceiling mounted
sensors, 300 lux for surface and flush mounting
sensors
- 15-minute time delay and walkthrough function
activated n Installing fixing accessories in/on a corner
The configuration tools are used to adjust these
presets and the detection sensitivity. (view from above)
1 0882 35 Step programming on preset buttons
1 0882 30 Digital programming to one decimal place on the Wall
digital screen
Instant programming control Wall
Used to display the parameters of each sensor
Option to store settings in the memory and to apply
Sensor
them to other sensors
Standard preset configurations for each room type
(office, hallway, etc.) according to EN 12 464
Mounting in Mounting on
internal corner external corner
RJ 45-BUS/SCS connector
Used to connect controller(s) and sensor(s) to a
BUS/SCS cable via tap-off
RJ 45 doubler
10 0488 68 Used to double the number of controller inputs
Surface mounting boxes

Used for surface mounting ceiling mounted sensors
5 0488 75 For ceiling mounted sensors Cat.Nos 0488 04/06/
07/17/20/22/35/99
Fixing accessories for installation in/on

corners
Used to surface mount sensors in/on corners
1 0489 71 For surface mounting sensors Cat.Nos 0488 94/95/
16/17
1 0489 72 For surface mounting sensor Cat.No 0489 33
motion sensors and Lighting Management sensors for controllers
n Example of how Lighting Management sensors function in an office

Deliberate switch-on action
Lighting switches off automatically when there is sufficient natural light, in accordance with standard EN 15 193
Meet the requirements of RT 2012
Arrival: low light level Strong light level Fading light level Departure: end of day
On entering the room the When someone is in When someone is in On leaving the room, the light is switched
light is switched on using the room, the sensor the room, the sensor off by pressing the pushbutton. If the light
the pushbutton by the door will turn the light off turns the light back on is not switched off, the sensor will operate
automatically if the automatically. automatically.
light level threshold is
reached (1)
1: Press the pushbutton to keep the light on
n Load table
ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent

ferromagnetic with electronic Compact bulb with 1-10 V Volt-free motor
Cat.No Halogen bulb transformer transformer Fluorescent tube fluorescent bulb LED ballast DALI contact
0488 20/22
0488 24/30/23/25 3600 W 1800 VA 1800 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W - - 2A
0784 85/86
+ 0488 50
0488 20/22
0488 24/30/23/25 - - - - - - - 32 ballasts 2A
0784 85/86
+ 0488 51
0488 20/22
0488 24/30/23/25 - - - - - - 1000 VA - -
0784 85/86
+ 0488 52
0488 04 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W - - 2A
0488 07/08 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W - - -
0488 06/09 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W - - -
0488 17 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 W - - -
0784 53 - 0792 53 40-400 W 40-400 VA 40-400 VA - - 20-150 W(1) - - -
0784 52 - 0792 52 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 VA - - -
0489 16 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 VA - - 2A
0489 17 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 VA - - 2A
0489 32 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 VA - - -
0489 33 2000 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 10 x (2 x 36 W) 250 W 250 VA - - -
1: Operates with dimmable LEDs
569
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensor for managingpour
several
exemple
circuits
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
multi-circuit ceiling mounted controllers for areas with natural light
xxxxxxxx
Local control Rear view

solutions Connection via screw
terminals
Rear view
Connection via screw
terminals
DALI 1
DALI 2
0488 51 0488 41
Sensor and controller selection chart (p. 563)
Ceiling mounted or installed in Cablofil cable trays (see Legrand Cable Management catalogue)
Connection to sensors (Cat.Nos 0488 20/22/30/24/23/25 and 0784 85/86) by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with
RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 571)
Pack Cat.Nos For controlling 1 or 2 circuits in one room Pack Cat.Nos For controlling 4 lighting circuits
1 sensor input, 2 inputs for auxiliaries Can be controlled for each output by a sensor
2 outputs and/or an individual BUS control unit
Can be used with a pushbutton, including a Addressing methods using sensors and control
pushbutton with LED indicator, Cat.Nos 0770 40/33 units:
for manual switch-on and manual or automatic - automatic configuration
switch-off - custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
ON/OFF button on the product
1 0488 50 2 x 16 A outputs Dimming - ballast 1-10 V or ON/OFF
Used to control 2 ON/OFF lighting circuits or 1 0488 43 4 outputs
1 lighting circuit + 1 ventilation circuit 1000 VA maximum per output
Connection via screw terminals
Dimming - DALI ballast
Dimming - DALI ballast 1 0488 44 4 outputs
1 0488 51 2 DALI outputs (32 ballasts max.) and 1 ventilation 32 ballasts maximum per output
output (volt-free contact)
Used to dim the light level on the window side of a
room (where there is more natural light) separately For controlling 2 lighting circuits,
from the corridor side 1 shutter and 1 HVAC contact
Used to control a maximum of 32 DALI ballasts
Connection via screw terminals Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/
or an individual BUS control unit
Dimming - 1-10 V ballast Addressing methods using sensors and control
1 0488 52 2 x 1000 VA lighting outputs units:
Used to dim the light level on the window side of a - automatic configuration
room (where there is more natural light) separately - custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
from the corridor side button on the product
Connection via screw terminals 1 0488 47 2 ON/OFF or 1-10 V dimming lighting outputs
1 output for roller blind
1 ventilation output (volt-free contact)
For controlling 2 lighting circuits
Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/
or an individual BUS control unit
Addressing methods using sensors and control
units:
- automatic configuration
- custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
button on the product
ON/OFF
1 0488 41 2 x 16 A outputs
Dimming - 1-10 V ballast
1 0488 42 2 outputs
1000 VA maximum per output
Dimming - LV and ELV halogen
1 0488 45 2 outputs
1000 W maximum per output
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for managing
pour
several
exemple
circuits
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for controllers for passageway and work
Lighting xxxxxxxx
areas with natural light
Local control
solutions
Integrated pushbutton
Connection to controller via cord or RJ 45 cable 0488 25 5740 48 0488 22 0488 23

(IR detection) (IR + US detection) (IR + US detection)
Sensor and controller selection chart (p. 563)
Check presence and light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Automatic switch-on/off (factory setting)
Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool (p. 568)
Connect to controllers by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for large areas Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for work areas
Ceiling mounted Wall mounted
1 0488 20 360 infrared detection, range 8 m 1 5740 48 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection,
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m range 8 m
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws IP 41
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm Consumption: 0.2 W on standby
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory Integrated pushbutton
Cat.No 0488 75 For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
IP 41 surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
Surface mounted 2 modules
1 0488 25 140 infrared detection with directional head, range Ceiling mounted
30 m 1 0488 22 360 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range 8 m
IP 42 Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
Supplied with fixing plate Consumption: 0.5 W on standby
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
Wall mounted (included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
1 5740 46 180 infrared detection, range 8 m Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
IP 41 IP 20
Integrated pushbutton Surface mounted
For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in 1 0488 23 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection with
surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81 directional head, range (front) 7 m
2 modules IP 42
Surface mounted Supplied with fixing plate
1 0488 24 180 infrared detection with directional head, range
(front) 5 m
IP 42 Light level measurement cell
Supplied with fixing plate 1 0488 28 For synchronising the light level measurement when
used with sensors
Use the configuration tool Cat.No 0882 30 (p. 568)
Ideal for outdoor and damp areas to configure the light level cell
Connects to the BUS/SCS cable with connector
Surface mounted Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
1 0488 30 270 dual infrared detection, side range 2 x 15 m IP 20
and front range 10 m
IP 55
Consumption: 0.5 W on standby RJ 45-BUS/SCS connectors
Supplied with fixing plate
Used to connect controller(s) and sensor(s) to a
BUS/SCS cable via tap-off
10 0488 73 Female connector
>>>
Lighting Management
BUS/SCS OR BUS/KNX individual and centralised BUS controls
LIGHTING MANAGEMENT
Local or global
control, the
0791 75 0784 73 0784 78
Connection:
- To the BUS/SCS controller via cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to
choice is yours!
be fitted with RJ 45-BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
- Directly to the BUS/SCS cable (supplied with BUS/SCS connector
Cat.No 3515 for connection to the BUS/SCS cable via tap-off)
To be fitted with Arteor cover plates and Batibox support frames
Pack Cat.Nos ON/OFF lighting controls

once you have selected your sensors and
Pushbutton control used to control 1 controller
controls, you can opt for a local BUS/SCS 1 way
solution or a BUS/KnX building control Used to control 1 lighting circuit
(1 output)
system. 1 0784 75 White
1 0791 75 Aluminium
LoCaL ConTroL 2 way

BUS/SCS wiring enables local and remote Used to control 2 lighting circuits
presence and light level detection and (2 outputs)
management, shutter control, time 1 0784 72 White
management and scenario management 1 0791 72 Aluminium
functions.
Ideal for meeting rooms, small businesses
or office spaces etc. Switch multifunction controls
Used to control several controllers (or several
outputs on one or more controllers):
ON/OFF, dimming, ventilation, roller blind
1 way
BUILDIng ConTroL 1 0784 71 White
In addition to local control, 1 0791 71 Aluminium
BUS/KNX wiring enables supervision and
integration of other building applications, 2 way
such as emergency lighting, HVAC and fire 1 0784 73 White
alarms. 1 0791 73 Aluminium
An ideal solution to the needs of energy
performance, operating performance and
ease of maintenance. Scenario controls
Used to control several controllers
2 scenarios
4 buttons used to manage the start and end of each
scenario
raDIo/ZIgBEE: Example: adjusting lighting levels, controlling
lighting with blind, etc.
THE PErFECT CoMPLEMEnT To BUS/SCS 1
1
0784 78
0791 78
White
Aluminium
As an addition to BUS/SCS wiring, the Radio/ZigBee offer

can be used to install new radio control points without
damaging walls.
Ideal for refurbishment installations or glazed surfaces.
572
Legrand a motive force in buildings
as well as the lighting,

optimise operating performance
For optimum energy performance and maintenance, you need active management
solutions for all the equipment in the building.
With global control, Legrand becomes an active part of new generation buildings,
responding to all their requirements.
ISOZ 50000/HQE/LEED/BREEAM/SMART GRID READY
IP InFraSTrUCTUrE
KnX MoDBUS
LIgHTIng, BLInDS,
SoCKETS MEaSUrEMEnT
Building manager
viewer Ready to
supervise software
Cat.No 0490 00
Building manager
viewer Customised
software
Cat.No 0490 04
Automatic building
manager controller
Cat.No 0035 44

xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx Colour image digital
Access control video door entry kits
p. 578
Video door entry kits
Technical data
Safety &
Security
Solutions
with Door
Phones
574
575
Door Phones
Your home appreciates peace of mind
with safety and security.
> Available in conventional handset and a hands-free model

> Offers simplicity in identifying your visitors immediately
> Provides comfort of having a dialogue while moving freely
> Comes with ready-to-install kit with mounting guide for your convenience
+ +
Colour video kit with handset Colour video kit with handsfree

video door entry NEW
colour video door entry kits
+ +
3690 71 3690 81
Pack Cat.Nos Colour video door phone monitor kit Pack Cat.Nos Colour video door phone monitor kit
Installation with 4 wire, monitor is with handset Installation with 4 wire, monitor is with handsfree
with possibility to adjust volume, brightness & with possibility to adjust volume, brightness &
contrast contrast
Composition Composition
Extra - slim street panel Extra - slim street panel
Colour monitor Colour monitor
Colour video kit with handset Colour video kit with handsfree
1 3690 71 1 flat 1 3690 81 1 flat
Additional monitor Additional monitor

1 3690 76 Additional colour monitor for kit 3690 71 1 3690 86 Additional colour monitor for kit 3690 81
video door entry kits
cabling system
Technical data
Colour video door entry kits - 3690 71
Cable specification for colour video door entry kits
578
High performance simplified
The D45 system simplifies installation in residential spaces right from a single
house to a group of houses to multi-apartment residential complexes.
7 Colour Monitor 5.6 Colour Monitor
Audio handset Entrance panels

xxxxxxxx Hypra Prisinter
xxxxxxxx Prisinter
and Hypra panel mounting
plugs and sockets sockets
P17 Tempra p. 586

Interlocked switched
combined sockets without
units protection
Metra p. 594
Sockets
plugs and
sockets
p. 589
P17 Tempra plugs
Dimensions and sockets
Connection
solutions
with P17
Tempra,
Hypra &
Metra
580
p. 588 p. 588 p. 588
Interlocked switched Panel mounting with Interlocked switch
sockets with DIN rail inter locked socket combined
switched sockets units
p. 594
Plugs
p. 590 p. 593 p. 595

Hypra Prisinter and P17 Tempra Metra plugs and
Hypra plugs and Combined units sockets
sockets
581
> Hypra prisinter and > P17 Tempra
Hypra plugs and combined units
sockets Fast and reliable wiring
For extremely harsh environment DIN rail for fitting Lexic modular
With 2 half clamps for uniform protection device
grip on cable, in case of plugs Plug-in system : fast wiring of
IP 44, IP 66/67 the socket in the cover on site,
independently of the box already
Panel mounting and mobile
mounted on the wall Automatic
sockets
and reliable connection of the
Straight plugs socket when mounting in the box
IK 09
> Metra metallic > Ekinoxe

plugs and sockets plug and socket DBs
With aesthetically elegant, white
for P17 Tempra
plugs and sockets 16 A and 20 A plug and socket
Metal clad plugs and sockets for distribution boards suitable for
trouble free termination of air SP / DP MCBs or DP RCCBs
conditioners 32 A and 63 A plug and socket
distribution boards suitable for
TP / FP MCBs or FP RCCBs or
FP Loadstop RCBOs
582
p17 Tempra,
Hypra & Metra
plugs and Sockets
For safe connection which you can depend on.
Ensures the protection of personnel at electrical
installation
> p17 Tempra

combined units
2 sizes only
Transparent flap with fastener
- View of Lexic modular protection devices
- Easy maintenance
- Guaranteed weatherproofing
Locking handle for a more accurate
reading of ON/OFF positions
IP 44, IP 55, IP 66
IK 09

pour
plugsexemple
& sockets
: xxxxxxx
- interlocked switched sockets
xxxxxxxx
16 to 63 A xxxxxxxx
IK 08 according to IEC 62262

Self-extinguishing: 750 0 C
according to standard
IEC 60695-2-1
Surface mounting Surface mounting Surface mounting without protection

Without protection With din rail Panel mounting
125 x 220 mm 125 x 280 mm 125 x 220 mm
IP 44 IP 55 IP 44 IP 66 IP 55
LV Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack
200 to 250 V A* 16 A / 20 A 2P + T 0566 01 1 0566 21 1 0566 41 1 0566 61 1 0572 21 1
50 Hz 32 A 2P + T 0566 09 1 0566 29 1 0566 49 1 0566 69 1 0572 29 1

A
380 to 415 V * 3P + T 0566 13 1 0566 33 1 0566 53 1 0566 73 1 0572 33 1
32 A
50 Hz 3P + N + T 0566 14 1 0566 34 1 0566 54 1 0566 74 1 0572 34 1

Self-extinguishing: 750 0C
according to standard
IEC 60695-2-1
Surface mounting with protection

125 x 421 mm 125 x 501 mm
IP 66 IP 66
LV Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack
380 to 415 V A 3P + T 0572 98 1 0589 18 1

63 A
50/60 Hz
3P + N + T 0589 10 1 0572 99 1
pour exemple
plugs : xxxxxxx
& sockets - Hypra pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
16 to 125 A xxxxxxxx
Conforming to IEC 60309-1/60309-2

Material : Plastic
Prisinter panel Panel Mobile Straight

mounting mounting sockets plugs
sockets sockets
IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 44
LV Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack
A
200 to 250 V * 16 A / 20 A 2P + T 0520 02 1/10 0520 22 5/50 0520 92 5/50 0520 42 5/50
50/60 Hz 32 A 2P + T 0527 02 1/6 - - 0527 92 5/50 0527 42 5/50
16 A / 20 A 3P + T 0522 03 1/6 0522 23 5/50 0522 93 5/50 0522 43 5/50
3P + T 0529 03 1/6 - - 0529 93 5/50 0529 43 5/50

A
380 to 415 V * 32 A
3P + N + T 0529 04 1/6 - - 0529 94 5/50 0529 44 5/15
50/60 Hz
3P + T 0536 03 1 0538 23 1 0538 93 1/5 0538 43 1/5
63 A
3P + N + T 0536 04 1 0538 24 1 0538 94 1/5 0538 44 1/5
* In IEC 38, the network voltage value of 230/400 V AC has been standardised. This value should progressively supercede the values of 220/380 V AC and 240/415 V AC.
Wherever there is a reference to 230 V or 400 V, they may be read as 220 V or 240 V and 380 V or 415 V respectively.
For Angled Plugs IP 66 please contact nearest Legrand office.
pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits - LV 16 to 63 A pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
to be composed xxxxxxxx
Example of combined unit configuration

Self-extinguishing: 650 C
Max. IP 66

base faceplate sockets combined unit
COMBINED UNITS HEIGHT 220 MM TO 441 MM
BASES FOR 220 x 125 MM FACEPLATES 220 X 125 MM FACEPLATES
Surface Base up to Base up to Base up to 1 for socket 2 for sockets 1 for socket Plain plate
mounting 2 sockets 3 sockets 6 sockets 16 or 32 A 16 A 63 A
box 16 A 16 A 16 A
220 x 125 mm(4) 371 x 125 mm(4) 441 x 265 mm(4) 441 x 405 mm(4)
Rail 5 Lexic Rail 12 Lexic Rail 18 Lexic
modules modules modules

Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No
2 0577 10 1 0589 38 1 0577 05 1 0577 06 5 0577 12 5 0577 13 (1)

2 0577 17
5 0577 15
COMBINED UNITS HEIGHT 280 MM TO 501 MM
BASES FOR 280 x 125 MM FACEPLATES 280 x 125 MM FACEPLATE
Surface Base up to Base up to Base up to 1 socket

2 sockets 3 for socket
mounting 3 sockets 6 sockets 9 sockets 16 or 32 A and Plain plate
16 or 32 A 16 A(3)
box 16 A 16 A 16 A 1 socket 63 A

280 x 125 mm(4) 421 x 125 mm(4) 501 x 265 mm(4) 501 x 405 mm(4)
Rail 5 Lexic Rail 12 Lexic Rail 18 Lexic
modules modules modules
Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No
3 0577 11 1 0577 20 1 0577 03 1 0577 04 4 0577 18(1) 2 0577 19(1) 4 0577 14(1) 4 0577 16
(1) Supplied with blanking plate (2) To be fixed horizontally except 16 A domestic pin sockets, vertically (IP 44 - connected)
(3) IP 54 cover closed - IP 44 connected (4) External dimensions: H x W
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
EXAMPLE OF SOCKETS Possible combinations with bases

for 220 x 125 mm faceplates
ELV (p. 476)
Intensity Number of faceplates
20/25 V 16 A 2P

Cat.No

Nb of
sockets 16 A or

LV (p. 474 - 485) 16 A 63 A 0577 12 0577 13 0577 17

32 A
100/130 V 16 A 2P+E With box or base
0577 10 - 1 - 1 - -
1 socket
16 A 2P+E or - - 1 - - 1

200/250 V 32 A 2P+E
0589 38 2 sockets

2
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
-
63 A 2P+E 2 sockets - 1 1 1 - 1
- - 2 - - 2
3P+E 0577 05 3 - - 1 1 -
16 A 3 sockets 2 1 - 1 1 -
-
2 - 1 - 1 1
3P+E 4 sockets 4 - - - 2 -
380/415 V 32 A - 3 - 3 - -
- 3 sockets - - 3 - - 3
3P+E - 1 2 1 - 2
63 A - 2 1 2 - 1
-
0577 06
4 sockets 2 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 - 2 1 -
2 - 2 - 1 2
5 sockets 4 1 - 1 2 -
4 - 1 - 2 1
6 sockets 6 - - - 3 -
EXAMPLE OF SOCKETS Possible combinations with bases

for 280 x 125 mm faceplates
ELV (p. 476)
Intensity Number of faceplates
Nb of
20/25 V 16 A 2P

Cat.No
sockets 16 A or
16 A 63 A 0577 18 0577 19 0577 14
LV (p. 474 - 475) 32 A
100/130 V 16 A 2P+E
With box or base
0577 11 - 2 - 1 - -
2 sockets
16 A 2P+E or - 1 1 - 1 -

200/250 V 32 A 2P+E
0577 20 3 sockets

3
-
-
4
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
-
63 A 2P+E 4 sockets - 2 2 - 2 -
- 3 1 1 1 -
3P+E 0577 03
3 1 1 - 1 1
16 A 5 sockets
- 3 2 - 1 - 1
6 sockets 6 - - - - 2
3P+E
380/415 V 32 A

- 6 - 3 - -
6 sockets
- - 3 3 - 3 -
- 5 1 2 1 -
3P+E - 4 2 1 2 -
63 A
- 3 2 2 - 2 1
0577 04
7 sockets 3 4 - 2 - 1
3 3 1 1 1 1
8 sockets 6 1 1 - 1 2
6 2 - 1 - 2
9 sockets 9 - - - - 3
pour
P 17 Tempra
exempleIP: xxxxxxx
44 - LV 16 A pourIP44,
P17 exemple
54, 66/67
: xxxxxxx
- LV 16-125 A
schuko sockets
xxxxxxxx combined
xxxxxxxx unit - interlock switch sockets & refrigerated
ontainer use
0577 21 0577 22 0573 00 6571 06
Conforming to IEC 60695-1/60695-2

Technical characteristics (p. 594) Material - Plastic
IK 08 as per IEC 62262
Selfextinguishing : 750 C
Schuko std. sockets IEC/EN 62262 (refrigerated container use)
IK 09 according to IEC/EN 62262
IP 44 connected
IP 54 cover closed Pack Cat.Nos Combined units
Material: plastic
16 A 32 A IP 44 interlock switch sockets with
Self-extinguishing: 850 C (support of active parts) / 650 C (plastic
housing) surface mounting box
Temp. rating: - 50 C to + 80 C 1 0566 01 0566 09 250 V, 2P+E
1 - 0566 13 415 V, 3P+E
Pack Cat.Nos Panel mounting sockets 1 0566 14 415 V, 3P+N+E
Schuko Can be fixed on faceplate IP 55 interlock switch sockets with
standard
surface mounting box
T 200/250 VA
16 A 1 0566 21 0566 29 250 V, 2P+E
20 0576 72 2P + 1 0566 33 415 V, 3P+E
1 0566 34 415 V, 3P+N+E
Panel mounting sockets with small flange IP 44 interlock switch sockets with
surface mounting box and din rail for
Cannot be fixed on pre-drilled faceplate 5 module Lexic protection
200/250 V A 1 0566 41 0566 49 250 V, 2P+E
20 0576 70 2P + T
(colour: blue)

0566 53 415 V, 3P+E
20 0576 69 2P + T
(colour: white) 0566 54 415 V, 3P+N+E
IP 66 interlock switch sockets with
Flush mounting boxes surface mounting box and din rail for
5 module Lexic protection
IP 55 1 0566 61 0566 69 250 V, 2P+E
For panel mounting inclined outlet 1 0566 73 415 V, 3P+E
installation (IP 44 or IP)
1 0566 74 415 V, 3P+N+E
3 0577 21 For 2 panel mounting sockets
With single fixing centres
70 x 70 mm - 16 A Combined units
3 0577 22 For 1 panel mounting socket
With single fixing centres 63 A IP 66 interlock switch sockets with
70 x 70 mm - 16 or 32 A surface mounting box
(32 A to be fixed horizontally) 1 0572 98 415 V, 3P+E
1 0589 10 415 V, 3P+N+E
Bases with mechanical IP 66 interlock switch sockets with
super-compact sockers surface mounting box and din rail for
5 module Lexic protection
1 0573 00 16 A 2P+E IP 44 interlock 1 0589 18 415 V, 3P+E
1 0573 02 16 A 3P+N+E IP 44 interlock 1 0572 99 415 V, 3P+N+E
1 0573 20 16 A 2P+E IP 55 interlock
1 0573 22 16 A 3P+N+E IP 55 interlock
2 0577 23 Mounting plate for 2 super-compact mechanical ombined units for refrigerated
C
interlock sockets containers
IP 66/67 plastic P 17 Tempra
T
32 A - 440 V - 50/60 Hz - 3P + - 3 hours
IK 09
Plastic body and cover
Stainless steel screws
1 6571 06 Combined unit with interlocked switched socket
Double mechanical interlock
Cable glands are not supplied
1 6571 26 Straight plug
With cable grip 12 to 21.5 mm
1 6571 46 Mobile socket
With cable grip 12 to 21.5 mm
maximum
pour exemple
safety
: xxxxxxx
conforming to typical application
international standards
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx

The IEC 60309-1 ensures the protection of personnel at electrical The choice of the right type of industrial plugs and sockets must take
installations. into account the following:
The IEC 60309-2 ensures interchangeability of dimensions and Whether the equipment is mobile or stationary
harmonisation of pin configurations. The current rating and voltage
Each polarity has a clockwise index. Thus, these plastic plugs and The required degree of IP protection
sockets are suitable for any plugs and sockets that conform to the
standard IEC 60309-2. Socket outlets: Panel mounting sockets are fixed directly on the panel
door, while surface mounting sockets are fixed on a wall. Switched
sockets include a built-in switch.
Socket voltage identification (front view of socket) Mobile sockets: are installed at the end of the cable.
LV : indicated by the position of the earth pin socket in relation to the Plugs: are installed at the end of the cable and form part of the
groove on the base electrical portable or mobile equipment. When connected with a
mobile socket, they make an extension lead, thus activating a distant
240 V A - 50-60 Hz - Blue outlet.
Appliance inlets: installed on machines and other mobile electrical
equipment, to receive current necessary for operation through their
mobile socket.
415 V A - 50-60 Hz - Red
LV : indicated by the position of the earth pin socket in relation to the

groove on the base
Legrand plugs and sockets conform to the universal standard IEC
60309 - 2. Therefore, these plugs and sockets are compatible with any
plug and socket conforming to the same standard, whether in Austria
or Australia.
The terminal connection capacities for rigid cables are :

LV 16 A 1 to 4 mm 2
LV 32 A 2.5 to 10 mm2
LV 63 A 6 to 25 mm2
LV 125 A 25 to 70 mm2
589
pour exemple
typical application
: xxxxxxx P17
pourTempra
exemple
IP:66/67
xxxxxxx
- LV 32A
xxxxxxxx refrigerated
xxxxxxxx container use
Hypra Prisinter socket Dimensions

IP 66/67 plastic P17 Tempra
Cat.No 6571 06
Safe to close Safe to open

the power is the plug cannot be
connected only when unlocked until the power
the plug is locked has been disconnected
Simple to use
Switched ON by simply rotating the plug
Safety of personnel
Earth continuity maintained even when the plug is not in use
Operating safety
Colour coding and 309-2 pin configuration prevent incorrect plugging
Straight plugs Mobile sockets
Switch performance
Increased safety Cat.No 6571 26 Cat.No 6571 46
Breaking capacity:
16 A 32 A 63 A
AC1 16 A 32 A 63 A
AC23 8.4 kw 16.8 kw 33 kw

AC3 8.4 kw 16.8 kw 33 kw
A
Hypra plug
B B
Weight

A B Weight
(kg) A B C
(kg)
LV 32 A LV 32 A
T
3P+ 0.276 152 94.5 12 to 21.5 T
3 P+ 0.320 171 94.5 103 12 to 21.5
Compact interlocked socket

125 A
105
16 A IP A IP A
2P+T 44 38 55 45
3P+T 44 38 55 45
Weatherproof seal Stainless steel Tensile force safety 3P+N+T 44 38 55 45
cable gland held external screws 2 half-clamps provide
in position uniform grip for
protection against
accidental
disconnection
Note : AC1 = Non inductive or slightly inductive load e.g., resistance furnace
AC3 = Inductive load e.g., squirrel cage motor, switching OFF motors while running
1 inch = 25.4 mm
590
pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits
xxxxxxxx to be composed
xxxxxxxx
IP 44 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529 Bases
IP 66 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529 Cat.No 0589 38
IP 55 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529
IK 08 according to EN 50102
Interlocked switch sockets with DIN rail
IP 44 A B C D IP 66 A B C D
Cat.No Cat.No
LV 16 A
T
2P+ 0566 40/41 290 125 155 135 0566 60/61 300 125 155 135
LV 32 A
T
2P+ 0566 49 295 125 155 145 0566 69 310 125 155 145
T
3P+ 0572 53 295 125 155 145 0572 73 310 125 155 145
Cat.No 0577 20
T
3P+N+ 0572 54 295 125 155 145 0572 74 310 125 155 144
Interlocked switch sockets without protection
IP 44 A B C D IP 55 A B C D
Cat.No Cat.No
LV 16 A
T
2P+ 0566 00/01 220 125 127 122 0566 20/21 220 125 133 128
0572 00/01 0572 20/21
T
3P+N+ 0572 06 220 125 130 125 0572 26 220 125 135 130
LV 32 A
T
2P+ 0566 09 220 125 138 133 0566 29 220 125 143 138
0572 09 0572 29
T
3P+ 0566 13 220 125 138 133 0566 33 220 125 143 138 Cat.No 0577 05
0572 13 0572 33
T
3P+N+ 0566 14 220 125 139 134 0566 34 220 125 144 139
0572 14 0572 34
IP 66 - LV 63 A
Without protection With empty Din rail -
Cat.Nos 0572 98 and 0589 10 Cat.Nos 0589 18 and 0572 99

1 inch = 25.4 mm
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
P 17 Tempra combined units xxxxxxxx
to be composed
Cat.No 0577 06 Surface mounting boxes

Cat.No 0577 10 Cat.No 0577 11
5
Faceplates
Cat.No 0577 03
Cat.No 0577 15 Cat.No 0577 16

Cat.No 0577 04
Flush mounting boxes

Cat.No 0577 21 Cat.No 0577 22
160 109 160 99
140
255
70
70

1 inch = 25.4 mm
592
pour
Hypra
exemple
Prisinter
Hypra
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Dimensions
Prisinter - panel mounting sockets - LV 16-32-63 A External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts
According to IEC/EN 605 29 Max terminal connection:
ELV 16/32 A: 1 x 10 mm2 flexible
16-32 A IP 44 connected with an IP 44 plug LV 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm2 flexible
IP 55 connected with an IP 66/67-55 Hypra plug LV 32 A: 1 x 6 mm2 flexible
IP 55 cover closed LV 63 A: 1 x 16 mm2 flexible
63 A IP 44 connected with any plug LV 125 A: 1 x 50 mm2 flexible
IP 55 cover closed
Dust resistance IP may be increased by rubber push-button (on request)
Icc 10 kA according to CEI 60309-1 Straight plugs IP 44
IK according to IEC 62262: Plastic = IK 09
Padlockable ELV and LV 16/32 A LV 63 A
Screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts
In case of extension, use a mobile Prisinter available on request
Max terminal connection:

16 A: 1 x 4 mm2 or 2 x 2.5 mm2 rigid
32 A: 1 x 10 mm2 or 2 x 6 mm2 rigid
63 A: 1 x 25 mm2 rigid
Cat.No Material Weight Dimensions clamping

(kg) A B C D and grip
LV - 16 A
T
2P+ 0520 42 Plastic 0.150 135 100 57 55 8 to 15
T
3P+ 0522 43 Plastic 0.175 139 103 65 60 8 to 15

Cat.No Material Weight A
(kg)
B C D E F
min max
G H
max T
3P+N + 0522 44 Plastic 0.210 154 118 73 66 10 to 18
16A LV - 32 A
T
2P+ 0520 02 Plastic 0.42 46 70 132 115 100 92 98 46 6 to 10 T
2P+ 0527 42 Plastic 0.260 164 119 78 70,5 10 to 18
32A T
3P+ 0529 43 Plastic 0.260 164 119 78 70,5 12 to 22
T
2P+ 0527 02 Plastic 0.57 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58.5 10 to 20 T
3P+N+ 0529 44 Plastic 0.300 170 125 86 77 12 to 22
T
3P+ 0529 03 Plastic 0.61 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58.5 10 to 20 LV - 63 A
T
3P+N+ 0529 04 Plastic 0.65 55 79 169 143 125 119 122 58.5 9 to 13 T
2P+ 0536 42 Plastic 0.580 255 188.5 - 102 16 to 26
63A T
3P+ 0538 43 Plastic 0.640 255 188.5 - 102 18.5 to 29
T
3P+N+ 0536 04 Plastic 0.98 55 99 205 143 125 120 122 59.5 10 to 20 T
3P+N+ 0538 44 Plastic 0.700 255 188.5 - 102 20.5 to 32
IP44 - ELV 16 and 32 A - LV 16 to 63 A

IK 09 (plastic), IK 10 (metal)
External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts
Max terminal connection:
ELV: 1 x 10 mm2 rigid
LV 16 A: 1 x 4 mm2 rigid
Cat.No Material Weight Drilling Dimensions

(kg) A B C D d T E F G H I J K
LV - 16 A
T
2P+ 0520 22 Plastic 0.110 52 60 28 55 14.5 4.2 64 72 41 40 94 5.5 78.5
T
3P+ 0522 23 Plastic 0.140 60 70 31 63.5 14.5 5.2 74 84 44 40 98 5.5 88
T
3P + N + 0522 24 Plastic 0.165 60 70 33 70.6 - 5.2 80 84 44 44 110 5.5 93
LV - 63 A
T
2P+ 0536 22 Plastic 0.600 77 85 - 92 - 6.5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129
T
3P+ 0538 23 Plastic 0.640 77 85 - 92 - 6.5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129
T
3P + N + 0538 24 Plastic 0.700 77 85 - 92 - 6.5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129

1 inch = 25.4 mm
Hypra pour
Metraexemple : xxxxxxx
plug & socket
selection chart
xxxxxxxx
IP 44 LV 16 A Metal clad plugs and sockets with scrapping earth conforming to

IS 8804
Mobile sockets
Body made of cast aluminium alloy duly powder coated
Plug sleeves and protection caps made of high grade plastic
A and Red for 440 VA

Colour coding : Blue for 250 V
Cat.No Weight Clamping

(kg) & grip
T
3P+ 0522 83 0.2 8 to 15
Notes : Colour
External screw in stainless steel Blue
Nickel plated contact 10 A 2P + T
250 V A Ivory
Blue
20 A 2P + T Ivory
20 A 3P + T Red
440 V A 3P + T
32 A Red
Pluge
6500 02
10 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
250 V A 6500 22
Pack - 1/10/100
6500 08
20 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
6500 28
Pack - 1/10/100
20 A 3P + T 6500 10
Pack - 1/10/100
440 V A 3P + T 6500 16
32 A Pack - 1/10/100
Sockets
6500 03
10 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
250 V A 6500 23
Pack - 1/10/100
6500 09
20 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
6500 29
Pack - 1/10/100
20 A 3P + T 6500 11
Pack - 1/10/100
440 V A 3P + T 6500 17
32 A Pack - 1/10/100

1 inch = 25.4 mm
594
Metra plugs and sockets
Dimensions
10 A/20 A 2P+E 20 A/32 A 3P+E
Plug Plug
A C A C A
B
B
Socket Socket
H H
E
N L
H
H
I, 4 Nos. HOLES I, 4 Nos. HOLES
EQUISPACED ON PCD J EQUISPACED ON PCD J
G G
E
E
D D
F
Drilling plan Drilling plan

16,2 HOLES 16, 3 Nos. HOLES
ON 23 PCD EQUISPACED ON PCD K
H
150
H
J
H
2
3
I, 4Nos. HOLE
EQUISPACED ON PCD J
I, 4 Nos. HOLES
Plug A B C D E F G H I J K
10 A - 2P+T 42.3 81.55 38 57 28 1.8 44 36.06 4 51 24.75
EQUISPACED ON PCD J
20 A - 2P+T 48.2 87.4 46 68.5 38.5 1.8 50 42.43 5 60 23

Plug A B C D E F G H I J K
10 A - 2P+ T 54.8 99.5 47 76.14 41.5 2.5 60 48.79 5 69 32
20 A - 2P+ T 68.4 130.4 47 83.8 55.5 2.5 67.2 54.35 5 76.86 37

1 inch = 25.4 mm
PRACTICAL TRAINING FOR PROFESSIONALS
For training and information

To facilitate sales team, external and internal
customers to have hands on experience of the subject and products
For more information,

please contact the
Legrand area manager

Technical assistance
from Legrand
Telephonic technical assistance for selection of

products, technical information, guidance, wiring
diagrams and estimation is now made available
to you at each Regional office. Contact the technical
officer of Legrand at the following numbers :
New Delhi : Tel.: (011) 2699 0028, 3990 2200

Kolkata : Tel.: (033) 4021 3535/36
Mumbai : Tel.: (022) 3385 6200
Chennai : Tel.: (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165/67/68
Hyderabad : Tel.: (040) 2341 4398/67, 4567 1717
Click to
discover us
Surf the desired sections at the website
@ : www.legrand.co.in
picto guide-65767j.eps
Get your copy

of brochures
DMX3 catalogue
Arteor brochure
Myrius brochure
LCS2 catalogue
LMS catalogue
Zucchini brochure
contact your local office for details
597
Quality Certificate
a stamp of recognition
Our vision of achieving higher standards of quality has earned us the coveted ISO 14001: 2004 certification. The production
units of Legrand at Jalgaon and Sinnar has been assessed and approved by Bureau Vertias Quality International for
maintaining international quality standards in every stage of production. Our quest for quality doesn't end here. This
achievement has further inspired us to set higher standards of quality through innovation and advanced R&D activities.
Thereby assuring optimum consumer satisfaction.
598
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
current rating chart xxxxxxxx
for copper and aluminium
Estimated current ratings for copper and aluminium conductors, vulcanised rubber, PVC, or polythene
insulated cables (single, twin, three and four core)
Standard Continuous current rating* Standard
copper conductor (Subject to voltage drop) aluminium conductor
In conduit Bunched in free air or 1, 3 or

Area Strand troughing open trench One twin 4 core Area Strand
Item (Sq. inches) (Inches) or casing 2 3 or 4 core cable
- 2 single core single core single core DC or AC balanced (Sq. mm) (mm)
cables (A) cables (A) cables (A) (A) 3 phase (A)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 .0015 1/.044 5 5 55 5 5
2 .002 3/.029 10 10 10.9 10 8/7 1.5 1/1.40
3 .003 3/.036 15 15 13/12 15 10/11 2.5 1/1.80
4 .0045 7/.029 20 20 15 20 15
5 20 20 17 20 14 4 1/2.24
6 27 27 24 27 19 6 1/2.80
7 .007 7/.036 28 28 25 28 20
8 34 34 31 34 25 10 1/3.55
9 .01 7/.044 36 36 32 36 25
10 .0145 7/.052 43 43 39/38 43 30 16 7/1.70
11 .0225 7/.064 53 53 48 53 37
12 59 59 54 59 42 25 7/2.24
13 .03 19/.044 62 62 56 62 43
14 69 69 62 69 48 35 7/2.50
15 .04 19/.052 74 74 67 74 52
16 19 19 82 91 62 50 7/3.00
17 .06 19/.064 97 88 97 68 19/1.80
18 .075 19/.072 123 107 115 78

19 134 118 118 82 70 19/2.24
20 153 138 135 94 95 19/2.50

21 .1 19/.083 160 140 140 98
22 .12 37/.064 177 158 158 109

23 184 170 162 114 120 37/2.06
24 .15 37/.072 205 185 180 126

25 210 185 181 124 150 37/2.24
26 246 216 209 146 185 37/2.50

27 .2 37/.083 250 220 218 153
28 290 248 240 169 225 37/2.80

29 .25 37/.093 293 260 252 178
30 .3 37/.103 335 295 284 199

31 354 302 289 202 300 61/2.50
32 .4 61/.093 425 360 342 240

33 435 372 400 61/3.00
34 .5 61/.103 480 410

35 480 411 500 91/2.65
36 565 484 625 91/3.00

37 .75 91/.103 610 520
38 1.0 127/.103 740 630
*Ratings at ambient temperature 30 0C

For ambient temperature other than 30 0C, the current ratings should be multiplied by the following rating factors
25 0C 35 0C 40 0C 45 0C
Rating factor 1.13 0.86 0.69 0.47
In the above table, current ratings (subject to voltage drop) have been given for copper conductor cables (in conventional British standard sizes) and also for cables with
aluminium conductors (in the new metric sizes as per IS 1753 - 1961). From this chart, the required size of aluminium conductor can be established if either the current
rating or the size of the copper conductor is known.
To establish the size of the aluminium conductor against your requirement, read off the current rating for the conventional copper conductor cable (say, 7/.064) and
select the conductor size from the last two columns (25 sq. mm.) which has a current rating equal to, or nearest to, that of the copper conductor cable.
599
pour exemple
current carringXXXXXXxxxxxx
capacity chart
xxxxxxxx
for copper and aluminium busbars
Copper busbars : Constructional details and current carrying capacity at 35 0C

ambient temperature and 30 0C temp. rise
Continuous current carrying capacity in Amps.

Cross weight AC no. of buses DC no. of buses
Size in sectional (approx)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
mm area in mm2 kg./metre
l ll lll ll 50 ll l ll lll llll
12x2 23.5 0.209 110 200 115 205
15x2 29.5 0.262 140 200 145 245
15x3 44.5 0.396 170 300 175 305
20x2 39.5 0.351 185 315 190 325
20x3 59.5 0.529 220 380 225 390
20x5 99.1 0.882 295 500 300 510
25x3 74.5 0.663 270 460 275 470
25x5 124.0 1.11 350 600 355 610
30x3 89.5 0.796 315 540 320 560
30x5 149.0 1.33 400 700 410 720
40x3 119.0 1.06 420 710 430 740
40x5 199.0 1.77 520 900 530 930
40x10 399.0 3.55 760 1350 1850 2500 770 1400 2000
50x5 249.0 2.22 630 1100 1650 2100 650 1150 1750
50x10 499.0 4.44 920 1600 2250 3000 960 1700 2500
60x5 299.0 2.66 760 1250 1760 2400 780 1300 1900 2500
60x10 599.0 5.33 1060 1900 2600 3500 1100 2000 2800 3600
80x5 399.0 3.55 970 1700 2300 3000 1000 1800 2500 3200
80x10 799.0 7.11 1380 2300 3100 4200 1450 2600 3700 4800
100x5 499.0 4.44 1200 2050 2850 3500 1250 2250 3150 4050
100x10 999.0 8.89 1700 2800 3650 5000 1800 3200 4500 5800
120x10 1200.0 10.7 2000 3100 4100 5700 2150 3700 5200 6700
160x10 1600.0 14.2 2500 3900 5300 7300 2800 4800 6900 9000
200x10 2000.0 17.8 3000 4750 6350 8800 3400 6000 8500 10000
Aluminium busbars : Constructional details and current carrying capacity at 35 0C

ambient temperature and 30 0C temp. rise
Continuous current carrying capacity in Amps.

Cross weight AC no. of buses DC no. of buses
Size in sectional (approx)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
mm area in mm2 kg./metre
l ll lll ll 50 ll l ll lll llll
12x2 23.5 0.0633 80 140 80 145
15x2 29.5 0.0795 95 170 95 175
15x3 44.5 0.120 115 210 115 220
20x2 39.5 0.107 120 220 125 225
20x3 59.5 0.161 145 270 150 280
20x5 99.1 0.268 195 350 200 370
25x3 74.5 0.201 180 330 185 340
25x5 124.0 0.335 230 430 235 440
30x3 89.5 0.242 205 385 220 400
30x5 149.0 0.403 270 500 275 520
40x3 119.0 0.323 280 500 285 525
40x5 199.0 0.538 350 650 360 660
40x10 399.0 1.08 515 975 1350 1800 540 1000 1420
50x5 249.0 0.673 425 780 1120 1500 445 815 1220
50x10 499.0 1.35 625 1150 1600 2160 655 1220 1730
60x5 299.0 0.808 500 900 1300 1730 530 960 1420 1850
60x10 599.0 1.62 730 1330 1900 2500 770 1430 2030 2600
80x5 399.0 1.08 680 1170 1650 2230 700 1260 1850 2400
80x10 799.0 2.16 940 1700 2360 3150 985 1840 2640 3400
100x5 499.0 1.35 820 1440 2000 2600 855 1550 2220 2900
100x10 999.0 2.70 1150 2050 2800 3700 1200 2240 3200 4200
100x15 1500.0 4.04 1450 2500 3350 4400 1500 2750 4000 5200
120x10 1200.0 3.24 1350 2400 3250 4300 1420 2700 3900 5100
120x15 1800.0 4.86 1650 2900 3900 5000 1750 3250 4800 6300
160x10 1600.0 4.32 1750 3000 4150 5300 1850 3450 5000 6500
160x15 2400.0 6.47 2100 3600 4850 6250 2300 4300 6200 8100
200x10 2000.0 5.40 2150 3650 4950 6400 2300 4300 6200 8100
200x15 3000.0 8.09 2550 4200 5600 7300 2850 5250 7650 10100
600
Legrand worldwide
Algeria Denmark Mauritius Singapore
Legrand Electric Algrie Legrand Scandinavia Legrand Legrand (S) Pte Ltd
% : +213 23 23 04 12/13
www.legrandelectric.dz
% : +45 36 34 05 90
www.legrandgroup.dk pour exemple : xxxxxxx
% : +230 249 14 00
bureau.maurice@legrandelectric.com
% : +65 6416 1550
www.legrand.com.sg
xxxxxxxx
Australia Egypt xxxxxxxx
Mexico Slovakia
HPM/Legrand Australia EMB Electrical Industries SAE Bticino Legrand Kosice S.R.O.
% : +61 2 8719 4333 % : +202 35 36 00 00 % : +52 442 238 04 00 % : +421 2 32 153 601
www.legrand.com.au www.bticino.com www.bticino.com.mx www.legrand.sk
Austria Estonia Morocco
Legrand Slovenia
Legrand Austria GmbH Simapel Legrand SLV d.o.o.
% : +43 12 77 62 300 % : 372 68 27 268 % : +212 5 22 77 58 00 % : +386 1 562 01 70
www.legrand.at Finland www.legrand.ma info.slovenia@legrand.si
Azerbaijan Legrand
office.helsinki@legrandelectric.com Netherlands (The) South Africa
Legrand Legrand Nederland B.V. Legrand electrical accessories
% : 994 12 465 60 83 Germany
www.legrand.ru Legrand GmbH % : +31 411 653 111 % : +27 11 444 79 71
info@legrandnederland.nl www.legrand.co.za
Belarus % : +49 2921 104 317 New Caledonia
www.legrand.de Spain
Legrand SAS Legrand Pacifique
Ghana Legrand Group Espaa
% : +375 17 205 04 78/79 Legrand % : +687 462 818 % : +34 91 656 18 12
bureau.minsk@legrandelectric.com
% : +234 803 558 00 61 New Zealand www.legrand.es
Belgium office.ghana@legrandelectric.com HPM Legrand
Legrand Switzerland
Greece % : +64 9 44 20 824 Legrand (Suisse) S.A.
% : +32 2 719 17 11 Helliniki Legrand S.A. sales.auckland@legrand.co.nz
% : +41 56 464 67 67
www.legrand.be
Bosnia-Herzegovina
% : +30 210 67 97 500 Nigeria www.legrand.ch
www.legrand.gr Legrand
Legrand Thailand
% : +387 33 711 025 Hong Kong % : +234 803 558 00 61 Bticino (Thailand) Limited
Legrand (HK) Ltd office.nigeria@legrandelectric.com
www.legrand.ba % : +66 2 656 91 62-7
Brazil
% : +852 2687 4200 Peru bticino@zi-th.com
www.legrand.com.hk Ticino del Peru S.A.
Legrand Tunisia
Hungary % : +51 1242 60 00 Legrand
% : +55 11 5644 2400 Legrand Zrt www.bticino.com.pe
www.legrand.com.br
% : +36 63 510 200 % : +216 71 965 51 45
www.legrand.hu Philippines office.tunis@legrandelectric.com
Bulgaria Bticino Philippines Inc.
Legrand India Turkey
% : +359 2 489 92 97 Legrand (India) Pvt Ltd
% : +632 892 89 72 Legrand Elektrik San. A.S.
Fax: +632 892 89 71
bureau.sofia@legrandelectric.com % : +91 022 3041 6200 Poland
% : +90 262 648 90 00
Cameroon www.legrand.co.in www.legrand.com.tr
Legrand Legrand Polska Sp. z o.o.
Indonesia U.A.E.
% : +237 95 57 44 31 PT Legrand Indonesia % : +48 74 816 2300 Legrand SNC FZE
office.cameroun@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.pl
% : +62 21 525 06 08 Portugal
% : +971 4 3821 821
Canada office.indonesie@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.ae
Legrand Canada Ireland Legrand Elctrica S.A.
Ukraine
% : +1 905 738 91 21 Legrand Electric Ltd % : +351 214 548 800 Legrand Ukraine Ltd
www.legrand.pt
www.legrand.ca % : +44 121 515 0514 % : +38 044 494 00 10
Chile www.legrand.ie Qatar www.legrand.ua
Legrand Electro Andina Ltda (EAL) Italy Legrand
United Kingdom
% : +56 2 550 51 00 Bticino Spa % : +974 4 402 30 18 Legrand Electric Ltd
www.legrand.cl % : +39 02 3480 1 Fax: +974 4 436 66 73
www.bticino.it Reunion
% : +44 870 608 9000
China www.legrand.co.uk
Legrand China Head Office Jordan Legrand
United States
% : +8621 52110111 Legrand % : +33 2 62 90 01 80 Legrand North America
www.legrandgroup.cn % : +962 6 465 5902 bureau.reunion@legrandelectric.com
office.amman@legrandelectric.com Romania % : +1 860 523 3644
Colombia www.legrand.us
Legrand Colombia S.A. Kazakhstan Legrand Romania SRL
Legrand Kazakhstan LLP % : +40 21 232 07 77 Uzbekistan
% : +571 437 67 00/30 % : +7 727 226 26 25/27/28/29/30 www.legrand.ro Legrand
www.legrand.com.co
bureau.almaty@legrandelectric.com % : +998 71 14 80 948/23 89 948
Congo & DR Congo Russia www.legrand.ru
Korea Legrand
Legrand Anam Legrand Co. Ltd
% : +7 495 660 75 50/60 Venezuela
% : +242 068532032 % : +82 31 292 3055 www.legrand.ru Ticino De Venezuela C.A.
office.congo@legrandelectric.com www.anamlegrand.co.kr
Costa Rica Saudi Arabia % : +58 212 361 33 33
Lebanon www.bticino.com.ve
Legrand Costa Rica Legrand Legrand
% : +506 22 98 56 00 % : +966 2 261 96 96 Vietnam
legrand.cr@legrandelectric.com % : +961 1 422 166 office.jeddah@legrandelectric.com Legrand Vietnam
office.lebanon@legrandelectric.com
Croatia Lithuania Senegal % : +848 39 207 674
Legrand office.vietnam@legrand.com.vn
Legrand SNC Legrand
% : +385 1 606 43 50 % : +221 33 865 00 01 West Indies (The)
legrand@legrand.hr
% : +370 5 235 65 00 office.senegal@legrandelectric.com Legrand
office.vilnius@legrandelectric.com
Czech Republic Malaysia Serbia % : 33 5 90 86 18 53
Legrand s.r.o. Legrand Electric d.o.o. bureau.antilles@legrandelectric.com
Legrand
% : +420 246 007 668 % : +603 8962 3333 % : +381 11 383 50 60 Other countries :
www.legrand.cz www.legrand.com.my bureau.belgrade@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.com
2013
Group Net Sales: 4 460 Million H
Breakdown:
France: 21 %
Italy: 11 %
Other European countries: 18 %
US/Canada: 17 %
Rest of the world: 33 %
Number of employees: close to 36 000 Legrand SNC
35catalogues published snc with capital of 6 200 000 euros
in 25languages RCS Limoges 389 290 586
601
Branch offices Area offices
7. SCO 1-2-3, 17. ABC Business Club 16,
19
Second Floor, Sector 17B,
7 Tagore Villa,
17
Chandigarh - 160 017.
Chakrata Road,
Tel : (0172) 305 8631 / 32 / 33 / 34 / 35
8 18
21 20
Fax : (0172) 501 9008 Dehradun - 248 001.
Uttaranchal.
9
8. 507-510, Vth Floor, Soni Paris Point, Tel : (0135) 271 5189 / 248 001
15
Jai Singh Highway, Banipark,
14 24 Jaipur - 302 016. 18. Cabin No.104/105,
10 6 Telefax : (0141) 511 3129 Trade Point,
23
16 9. 504, Sakar IV, Ground Floor,
Opp. M. J. Library, Ellis Bridge, Saran Chamber 1,
11
Ahmedabad - 380 006. Gujarat 5, Park Road, Hazratganj,
13
Tel : (079) 2658 6561 / 2 Lucknow - 226 001.
12 22
Fax : (079) 2658 6563 Tel : (0522) 223 9044 / 7285
10. 402, Swastik Chambers, Fax : (0522) 223 9124
Head office Near Ashwamegh Marriage Hall,
19. Cabin No. 9,
1. 61 & 62, 6th Floor, Behind HP Petrol Pump,
Off Karve Road, Erandwane, Second Floor,
Kalpataru Square, Kondivita Road, Madhok Trade Centre,
Off Andheri-Kurla Road, Andheri (E), Pune - 411 004.
Tel : (020) 6729 5600 / 601 Madhok Complex,
Mumbai - 400 059.
Fax : (020) 6729 5604 Ferozpur Road,
Tel : (022) 3041 6200
Ludhiana - 141 001.
Fax : (022) 3041 6201 11. IInd Floor, Al-Latheef Building,
Website : www.legrand.co.in Tel/Fax No.: (0161) 277 0301 / 304
2/1, Union Street, Off. Infantry Road,
Bangalore 560 001. 20. House No. 97,
Regional sales offices Tel : (080) 2286 1081, 4113 3293 / 4
2014-2015
Ground Floor,
Fax : (080) 2286 1078
2. A-25, Mohan Co-operative Rajgarh Main Road,
Industrial Estate, Mathura Road, 12. No. 36/2178, Syda Building, 2nd Floor, Opp. City Heart Nursing Home,
New Delhi - 110 044. Kaloor Kadavanthra Road, Kaloor, Guwahati - 781 007.
Tel : (011) 2699 0028 / 29 / 30, 3990 2200 Kochi 682 017. Tel : (0361) 245 8498
Fax : (011) 2699 0047 Tel : (0484) 234 2921, 658 0921
Fax : (0484) 233 3921 21. 94, Udham Singh Sarani,
3. Bhakta Towers, 2nd & 3rd Floor,
Plot No. KB 22, Salt Lake, Sector - 3, 13. B-15, Thirumalai Towers, Ground Floor,
Kolkata - 700 098. IV-D, Fourth Floor, Ashrampara,
Tel : (033) 4021 3535 / 36 723, Avanashi Road, Siliguri - 734 001.
Fax : (033) 4021 3537 Coimbatore 641 018. Tel : 94341 91635 / 98009 77780
Tel : (0422) 650 2728, 222 3634 / 0283
4. 34, 3rd Floor, Kalpataru Square, 22. Aparna Towers,
Fax : (0422) 222 3164
Kondivita Road, Off Andheri-Kurla Road, 1st Floor,
Andheri (East), 14. Plot No.95, II Floor, Shreyash Heights,
2/3, Bypass Road,
Mumbai - 400 059. Ramdas Peth, VIP Road,
Madurai 625 010.
Tel : (022) 3385 6200 Nagpur - 440 010.
Fax : (022) 3385 6201 Telefax : (0452) 230 8414
Tel : (0712) 662 7857 / 58
Fax : (0712) 662 7859
5. Gee Gee Universal, 23. 404, Eshwar Plaza,
8th Floor, Door No. 2, 18/1 & 18/2, 15. 204-205, Megapolis Square, Dwaraka Nagar,
Catalogue
McNichols Road, Chetput, 579, M G Road, Main Road,
Chennai 600 031. Indore - 452 001. Vishakhapatnam 530 020.
MC14-15/10000/05/2015
Tel : (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68 Tel : (0731) 393 1650 / 51 / 52
2014
Tel : (0891) 663 5652
Fax: (044) 2836 4169 Fax : (0731) 393 1653 Fax : (0891) 663 9363
6. 205-208, 2nd Floor, Block - II, 16. MF-2, Dattas Lords House,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Jammi Chettu Street, 24. Plot No. 359,
2015
Hyderabad 500 016. Vijayawada 520 010. Saheed Nagar, 2nd Floor,
Tel : (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717 Tel : (0866) 661 1393, 664 6393 Bhubaneswar - 751 007.
Fax : (040) 6636 6974 Fax : (0866) 669 9393 Tel : (0674) 254 0623
Technical assistance from Legrand

Telephonic technical assistance for selection
of products, technical information, guidance,
GLOBAL SPECIALIST
IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING
INFRASTRUCTURES catalogue
wiring diagrams and estimation is now made
available to you at each Regional Office. Contact
the Technical Officer of Legrand at the following
telephone numbers
New Delhi : Tel.: (011) 2699 0028, 3990 2200
Kolkata : Tel.: (033) 4021 3535 / 36
Mumbai : Tel.: (022) 3385 6200
Chennai : Tel.: (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68
Hyderabad : Tel.: (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717
For other places, contact the nearest
Regional / Branch / Area offices
customer.care@legrand.co.in

Main Catg

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Main Catg

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Branch offices Area offices

7. SCO 1-2-3, 17. ABC Business Club 16,

Technical assistance from Legrand

 Manufacturing facilities in 70 countries and sale of products in 180 countries.

 World leader in wiring devices and cable management.

 50% of the investment dedicated to the development of new products.

GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 1

Customer Awareness Innovation

Resource Enhancement Ethical Behaviour

2 I GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES

Orient Taj - Agra Ranbaxy - Gurgaon DLF's Magnolias - Gurgaon

City Centre 2- Kolkata Mani Square - Kolkata Uniworld City - Kolkata

Park Plaza - Mumbai Wankhede Stadium - Mumbai Kalpataru Aura - Mumbai

Green City - Vizag Vishnunivasa - Trimula Apollo DB City - Indore

GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 3

P. 64-65 P. 67-69 P. 71-73

P. 115-135 P. 136-140 P. 141

Distribution Boards P. 213 P. 214 P. 213

and Electronic roller blinds visual indication,

ArteorTM, ZigBee and P. 259 P. 261 P. 261-263

P. 346-348 P. 348-350 P. 350

Swtiches, push Indicatros, Buzzers Volume

MyriusTM White mechanisms dimmer & regulators Connectors Accessories

Wiring Devices P. 352-355 P. 354-356 P. 356

P. 141-142 P. 142-143 P. 143 P. 145-146

P. 185-189 P. 194-196 P. 197-199

P. 211 P. 212 P. 212 P. 213

P. 248-255 P. 254-255 P. 256-257 P. 258

P. 263 P. 284-291 P. 301 P. 308

P. 392-431 P. 406-407 P. 436-449

raised access floor pop-up box,

LCS2: cat. 6A LCS2: cat. 6A LCS2: cat. 6 cables,

P. 564 P. 566 P. 567

Motion sensors- Lighting

P. 584 P. 588 P. 585

P17 Tempra Hypra Prisinter P17 Tempra

P.506-509 P. 511-512 P.513-514 P. 516

P. 527-530 P. 531-536 P. 538-541

MyriusTM..................................................340 Square & round version -

Buzzer - ArteorTM. ......................................... 251 Square version -

Additional toroid - ArteorTM........................... 316

Alpimatic racks............................................. 116

Analogue time switches Intruder alarms - ArteorTM - round version.......................... 245

Contact interface - ArteorTM.......................... 311 DND & MMR - MylincTM................................. 378

DX3 auxillaries............................................... 144 Square & round version bedroom

E G Indian standard socket outlet - ArteorTM. ..... 255

Indicator - Lexic............................................ 198

F Hotel equipment Keyfob Switch - black - MyriusTM..................355

Accessories - ArteorTM........................... 251 Key fob - ArteorTM. ........................................ 250

Fiber optic unit - LCS2................................... 517 Keyboard support shelf................................ 529

Modular colour plates Pigtails - LCS2............................................... 516

Lighting control and automation Grey finish - Mylinc .............................. 381

Locking - DMX3 2500/4000/6300.................. 30 Pop-up boxes...............................................264

MCB - Lexic.................................................. 184

Probes - ArteorTM - BUS/SCS........................ 314

Metra plug & socket - Ekinoxe...................... 215

32mm * 16mm - DLP...............................462 Patch panel - Cat 6 - LCS2............................496 RCBO - ArteorTM............................................254

Stripping tool - LCS2..................................... 512

DPX 250.................................................... 66 MyriusTM - white.......................................346

DPX 630.................................................... 69 MyriusTM - black...................................... 352 W

S Telescopic shelves - LCS2........................... 529 ArteorTM Radio/Zigbee..................................303

Television sockets - ArteorTM. ....................... 256 Weatherproof adaptors - LCS2..................... 512

SCS cables - ArteorTM BUS/SCS.................. 315 Touch control mechanisms -

Manufacturing facilities in 70 countries and sale of products in 180 countries.

World leader in wiring devices and cable management.

50% of the investment dedicated to the development of new products.

n Draw-out version - frame 1

n Draw-out version - frame 2